As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on June 9, 2011
Registration
No. 333-173191
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 3
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
American Midstream Partners,
LP
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4922
|
|
27-0855785
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1614 15th Street
Suite 300
Denver, Colorado 80202
(720) 457-6060
(Address, including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
Brian F. Bierbach
President and Chief Executive Officer
1614 15th Street
Suite 300
Denver, Colorado 80202
(720) 457-6060
(Name, Address, including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
G. Michael OLeary
Timothy C. Langenkamp
Andrews Kurth LLP
600 Travis, Suite 4200
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 220-4200
|
|
William N. Finnegan IV
Brett E. Braden
Latham & Watkins LLP
717 Texas Avenue, Suite 1600
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 546-5400
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box.
o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering.
o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer
o
|
|
Accelerated
filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer
þ
|
|
Smaller reporting
company
o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer
to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
JUNE 9, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
3,750,000 Common
Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
American Midstream Partners,
LP
This is the initial public offering of our common units
representing limited partner interests. We are offering
3,750,000 common units in this offering. We currently expect
that the initial public offering price will be between
$ and
$ per common unit. Prior to this
offering, there has been no public market for our common units.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an
additional 562,500 common units to cover over-allotments.
We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol AMID.
Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read
Risk Factors beginning on page 14.
These risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses,
including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable
us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any distribution
to holders of our common units and subordinated units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Because of the natural decline in production from existing wells
in our areas of operation, our success depends on our ability to
obtain new sources of natural gas, which is dependent on factors
beyond our control. Any decrease in the volumes of natural gas
that we gather, process or transport could adversely affect our
business and operating results.
|
|
|
|
Natural gas, NGL and other commodity prices are volatile, and a
reduction in these prices in absolute terms, or an adverse
change in the prices of natural gas and NGLs relative to one
another, could adversely affect our gross margin and cash flow
and our ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
We are a relatively small enterprise, and our management has
limited history with our assets and no experience in managing
our business as a publicly traded partnership. As a result,
operational, financial and other events in the ordinary course
of business could disproportionately affect us, and our ability
to grow our business could be significantly limited.
|
|
|
|
If third-party pipelines or other midstream facilities
interconnected to our gathering or transportation systems become
partially or fully unavailable, or if the volumes we gather or
transport do not meet the natural gas quality requirements of
such pipelines or facilities, our revenue and cash available for
distribution could be adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
AIM Midstream Holdings, LLC directly owns and controls American
Midstream GP, LLC, our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations, each of which have conflicts of interest with us and
limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests
to the detriment of us and our other unitholders.
|
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading
market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not
develop. Following this offering, the market price of our common
units may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or
part of your investment.
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.
|
|
|
|
Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they
cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.
|
|
|
|
You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income
even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
|
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities
or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common Unit
|
|
Total
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting Discount(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to American Midstream Partners, LP (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes an aggregate structuring
fee payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated that is equal to
0.75% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Please see
Underwriting.
|
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to
purchasers on or
about ,
2011, through the book-entry facilities of The Depository
Trust Company.
Joint Book-Running Managers
Co-Managers
|
|
Barclays Capital
|
Wells Fargo Securities
|
,
2011
Table of
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
ii
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to
be delivered to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have
authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different
information. If anyone provides you with different or
inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not,
and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted. You should not assume that the information contained
in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the
date on the front of this prospectus.
iv
SUMMARY
This summary provides a brief overview of information
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the
entire prospectus carefully, including the historical
consolidated financial statements and related notes of American
Midstream Partners, LP and the historical combined financial
statements and related notes of American Midstream Partners
Predecessor, which we refer to as our Predecessor. The
information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an
initial public offering price of $20.00 per common unit,
(2) unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters
option to purchase additional common units is not exercised, and
(3) that the reverse unit split referred to in
Recapitalization Transactions and Partnership
Structure has occurred. You should read Risk
Factors beginning on page 14 for more information
about important risks that you should consider carefully before
investing in our common units. We include a glossary of some of
the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this
prospectus to (i) American Midstream Partners,
LP, we, our, us or
like terms for periods from and after the acquisition of our
assets on November 1, 2009 refer to American Midstream
Partners, LP and its subsidiaries; (ii) American
Midstream Partners, LP, we, our,
us or like terms for periods prior to
November 1, 2009 refer to our Predecessor and its
subsidiaries; (iii) American Midstream GP or
our general partner refer to American Midstream GP,
LLC; (iv)AIM Midstream Holdings refers to AIM
Midstream Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates,
other than American Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries
and American Midstream GP, as of the closing date of this
offering; and (v) AIM refers to American
Infrastructure MLP Fund, L.P. and its subsidiaries and
affiliates, other than American Midstream Partners, LP, American
Midstream GP, AIM Midstream Holdings and their respective
subsidiaries.
American
Midstream Partners, LP
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership that was
formed by AIM in August 2009 to own, operate, develop and
acquire a diversified portfolio of natural gas midstream energy
assets. We are engaged in the business of gathering, treating,
processing and transporting natural gas through our ownership
and operation of nine gathering systems, three processing
facilities, two interstate pipelines and six intrastate
pipelines. Our primary assets, which are strategically located
in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, provide
critical infrastructure that links producers and suppliers of
natural gas to diverse natural gas markets, including various
interstate and intrastate pipelines, as well as utility,
industrial and other commercial customers. We currently operate
approximately 1,400 miles of pipelines that gather and
transport over
500 MMcf/d
of natural gas. We acquired our existing portfolio of assets
from a subsidiary of Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P., or
Enbridge, in November 2009.
Our operations are organized into two segments:
(i) Gathering and Processing and (ii) Transmission. In
our Gathering and Processing segment, we receive fee-based and
fixed-margin compensation for gathering, transporting and
treating natural gas. Where we provide processing services at
the plants that we own, or obtain processing services for our
own account in connection with our elective processing
arrangements, we typically retain and sell a percentage of the
residue natural gas and resulting natural gas liquids, or NGLs,
under
percent-of-proceeds,
or POP, arrangements. We also receive fee-based and fixed-margin
compensation in our Transmission segment primarily related to
capacity reservation charges under our firm transportation
contracts and the transportation of natural gas pursuant to our
interruptible transportation and fixed-margin contracts.
For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, we generated $38.1 million and
$12.3 million of gross margin, respectively, of which
$24.6 million and $8.2 million, respectively,
represented segment gross margin generated in our Gathering and
Processing segment and $13.5 million and $4.1 million,
respectively, represented segment gross margin generated in our
Transmission segment. For the year ended December 31, 2010
and the quarter ended March 31, 2011, $24.9 million,
or 65.4%, and $7.3 million, or 59.5%, respectively, of our
gross margin was generated from fee-based, fixed-margin and firm
and interruptible transportation contracts with respect to which
we have little or no direct commodity price exposure. For a
definition of gross margin and a reconciliation of gross margin
to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated in
accordance with GAAP, please read Selected Historical
Financial and Operating Data Non-GAAP Financial
Measures.
1
Business
Strategies
Our principal business objective is to increase the quarterly
cash distributions that we pay to our unitholders over time
while ensuring the ongoing stability of our business. We expect
to achieve this objective by executing the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on Organic Growth Opportunities Associated with
Our Existing Assets.
We continually seek to
identify and evaluate economically attractive organic expansion
and asset enhancement opportunities that leverage our existing
asset footprint and strategic relationships with our customers.
|
|
|
|
Attract Additional Volumes to Our Systems.
We
intend to attract new volumes of natural gas to our systems from
existing and new customers by continuing to provide superior
customer service and reestablishing relationships with customers
that were potentially underserved by the previous owner of our
assets.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Strategic and Accretive
Acquisitions.
We plan to pursue accretive
acquisitions of energy infrastructure assets that are
complementary to our existing asset base or that provide
attractive potential returns in new operating regions or
business lines.
|
|
|
|
Manage Exposure to Commodity Price Risk.
We
will manage our commodity price exposure by targeting a contract
portfolio that is weighted towards fee-based and fixed-margin
contracts while mitigating direct commodity price exposure by
employing a prudent hedging strategy.
|
|
|
|
Maintain Financial Flexibility and Conservative
Leverage.
We plan to pursue a disciplined
financial policy and seek to maintain a conservative capital
structure that we believe will allow us to consider attractive
growth projects and acquisitions even in periods of challenging
market environments.
|
|
|
|
Continue Our Commitment to Safe and Environmentally Sound
Operations.
The safety of our employees and the
communities in which we operate is one of our highest
priorities. We believe it is critical to handle natural gas and
NGLs for our customers safely, while striving to minimize the
environmental impact of our operations.
|
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that we will be able to successfully execute our
business strategies because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well Positioned to Pursue Opportunities Overlooked by Larger
Competitors
. Our size and flexibility, in
conjunction with our geographically diverse asset base, position
us to pursue economically attractive growth projects and
acquisitions that may not be large enough to be attractive to
many of our larger competitors.
|
|
|
|
Diversified Asset Base.
Our assets are
diversified geographically and by business line, which
contributes to the stability of our cash flows and creates a
number of potential growth opportunities for our business.
|
|
|
|
Strategically Located Assets.
Our assets are
located in areas where we believe there will be opportunities to
access new natural gas supplies and to capture new customers
that are underserved by our competitors. We continue to see
drilling activity on and around our systems, and we believe that
our assets are strategically positioned to capitalize on such
activity.
|
|
|
|
Focus on Delivering Excellent Customer
Service.
We view our strong customer
relationships as one of our key assets and believe it is
critical to maintain operational excellence and ensure
best-in-class
customer service and reliability.
|
|
|
|
Experienced and Incentivized Management and Operating
Teams.
Our executive management team has an
average of over 25 years of experience in the midstream
energy industry. The team possesses a comprehensive skill set to
support our business and enhance unitholder value through asset
optimization, accretive development projects and acquisitions.
|
2
Our
Sponsor
American Infrastructure MLP Fund, L.P., or AIM, is a private
investment firm specializing in investments in energy, natural
resources, infrastructure and real property. AIM, along with
certain of the funds that AIM advises, currently indirectly owns
84.4% of the ownership interests in AIM Midstream Holdings,
which owns 100.0% of our general partner. Robert B. Hellman,
Jr., Matthew P. Carbone and Edward O. Diffendal serve on the
board of directors of our general partner and are principals of
and have ownership interests in AIM. After the closing of this
offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will continue to hold 100.0% of
the ownership interests in our general partner and will hold
16.0% of our common units and 100.0% of our subordinated units,
or an aggregate of 58.0% of our total limited partner interests.
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common units involves risks associated with
our business, regulatory and legal matters, our limited
partnership structure and the tax characteristics of our common
units. Please read carefully the risks under the caption
Risk Factors immediately following this Summary,
beginning on page 14.
Recapitalization
Transactions and Partnership Structure
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership that was
formed by AIM to own, operate, develop and acquire a diversified
portfolio of midstream energy assets.
Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the following
transactions, which we refer to as the recapitalization
transactions, will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
each general partner unit held by our general partner will
automatically reverse split into 0.485 general partner units,
resulting in the ownership by our general partner of an
aggregate of 108,718 general partner units, representing a 2.0%
general partner interest in us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each common unit held by participants in our Long-Term Incentive
Plan, or LTIP, will automatically reverse split into 0.485
common units, resulting in their ownership of an aggregate of
50,946 common units, representing an aggregate 0.9% limited
partner interest in us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each outstanding phantom unit granted to participants in our
LTIP will automatically reverse split into 0.485 phantom units,
resulting in their holding an aggregate of 209,824 phantom units;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each common unit held by AIM Midstream Holdings will
automatically reverse split into 0.485 common units, resulting
in the ownership by AIM Midstream Holdings of an aggregate of
5,327,205 common units, representing an aggregate 97.1% limited
partner interest in us; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the common units held by AIM Midstream Holdings will
automatically convert into 801,139 common units and 4,526,066
subordinated units.
|
In connection with the closing of this offering and immediately
following the recapitalization transactions, the following
transactions will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
we will issue 3,750,000 common units to the public in this
offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
AIM Midstream Holdings will contribute 76,019 common units to
our general partner as a capital contribution;
|
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner will contribute the common units contributed
to it by AIM Midstream Holdings to us in exchange for 76,019
general partner units in order to maintain its 2.0% general
partner interest in us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we will use the net proceeds from this offering for the purposes
set forth in Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
we will enter into a new credit facility; and
|
|
|
|
we will use the net proceeds from borrowings under our new
credit facility for the purposes set forth in Use of
Proceeds.
|
3
Ownership
of American Midstream Partners, LP
The diagram below illustrates our organization and ownership
after giving effect to this offering and the related
recapitalization transactions and assumes that the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units is
not exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Common Units
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
AIM Midstream Holdings Units:
|
|
|
|
|
Common Units
|
|
|
7.8
|
%
|
Subordinated Units
|
|
|
49.0
|
%
|
LTIP Participants Common Units
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
General Partner Interest
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
Our
Management
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and
executive officers of our general partner, American Midstream
GP. Currently, and upon the closing of this offering, AIM
Midstream Holdings will own all of the ownership interests in
our general partner. Our unitholders will not be entitled to
elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly
participate in our management or operation. AIM holds an
aggregate 84.4% indirect interest in AIM Midstream Holdings.
Robert B. Hellman, Jr., Matthew P. Carbone and Edward O.
Diffendal serve on the board of directors of our general partner
and are principals of and have ownership interests in AIM. In
addition, the executive officers of our general partner and
certain members of our general partners board of directors
hold an aggregate 1.1% interest in AIM Midstream Holdings. After
the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will
continue to hold 100.0% of the ownership interests in our
general partner and will hold 16.0% of our common units and
100.0% of our subordinated units, or an aggregate of 58.0% of
our total limited partner interests. For information about the
executive officers and directors of our general partner, please
read Management. Our general partner will be liable,
as general partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid
from our assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations
that are made specifically nonrecourse to it. Whenever possible,
our general partner intends to cause us to incur indebtedness or
other obligations that are nonrecourse to it.
In order to maintain operational flexibility, our operations
will be conducted through, and our operating assets will be
owned by, American Midstream, LLC and its subsidiaries. However,
we, American Midstream, LLC and its subsidiaries do not have any
employees. Although all of the employees that conduct our
business are employed by our general partner, we sometimes refer
to these individuals in this prospectus as our employees.
Following the closing of this offering, our general partner and
its affiliates will not receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but will be reimbursed for expenses
incurred on our behalf. These expenses include the costs of
employee and director compensation and benefits properly
allocable to us, and all other expenses necessary or appropriate
for the conduct of our business and allocable to us. Our
partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable
to us.
Following the closing of this offering, our general partner will
own 184,737 general partner units representing a 2.0% general
partner interest in us, which will entitle it to receive 2.0% of
all the distributions we make. Our general partner also owns all
of our incentive distribution rights, which will entitle it to
increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of the cash we
distribute in excess of $0.47438 per unit per quarter, after the
closing of our initial public offering. Please read
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
Principal
Executive Offices and Internet Address
Our principal executive offices are located at 1614
15th Street, Suite 300, Denver, CO 80202, and our
telephone number is
(720) 457-6060.
Our website is located at www.americanmidstream.com. We expect
to make available our periodic reports and other information
filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, free of charge through
our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those
reports and other information are electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other
website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not
constitute a part of this prospectus.
Summary
of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
General
Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner
beneficial to the holders of our common and subordinated units.
This legal duty originates in statutes and judicial decisions
and is commonly referred to as a fiduciary duty.
However, the officers and directors of our general partner also
have a fiduciary duty to manage the business of our general
partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, AIM Midstream
Holdings.
5
Certain of the officers and directors of our general partner are
also officers of AIM Midstream Holdings. As a result of these
relationships, conflicts of interest may arise in the future
between us and holders of our common units, on the one hand, and
AIM Midstream Holdings and our general partner, on the other
hand. For example, our general partner will be entitled to make
determinations that affect the amount of cash distributions we
make to the holders of common units, which in turn has an effect
on whether our general partner receives incentive cash
distributions as discussed above.
Partnership
Agreement Modifications to Fiduciary Duties
Our partnership agreement limits the liability of, and reduces
the fiduciary duties owed by, our general partner to holders of
our common and subordinated units. Our partnership agreement
also restricts the remedies available to holders of our common
and subordinated units for actions that might otherwise
constitute a breach of our general partners fiduciary
duties. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to be
bound by the terms of our partnership agreement and, pursuant to
the terms of our partnership agreement, each holder of common
units consents to various actions and potential conflicts of
interest contemplated in the partnership agreement that might
otherwise be considered a breach of fiduciary or other duties
under applicable state law.
AIM
Midstream Holdings May Engage in Competition with
Us
Our partnership agreement does not prohibit AIM, AIM Midstream
Holdings or their respective affiliates other than our general
partner from owning assets or engaging in businesses that
compete directly or indirectly with us. In addition, AIM
Midstream Holdings may acquire, construct or dispose of
additional midstream or other assets in the future, without any
obligation to offer us the opportunity to acquire or construct
any of those assets.
For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and
the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
6
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common units offered to the public
|
|
3,750,000 common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,312,500 common units, if the underwriters exercise in full
their option to purchase additional common units.
|
|
|
|
Units outstanding after this offering
|
|
4,526,066 common units and 4,526,066 subordinated units, each
representing a 49.0% limited partner interest in us. Our general
partner will own 184,737 general partner units, representing a
2.0% general partner interest in us.
|
|
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering of
approximately $69.8 million, after deducting underwriting
discounts, commissions and structuring fees, but before paying
offering expenses, to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
repay in full the outstanding balance under our
existing credit facility of $59.8 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
pay offering expenses of approximately
$3.3 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
terminate, in exchange for a payment of
$2.5 million, the advisory services agreement between our
subsidiary, American Midstream, LLC, and AIM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
establish a cash reserve of $2.2 million
related to our non-recurring deferred maintenance capital
expenditures for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
distribute approximately $2.0 million, on a pro
rata basis, to AIM Midstream Holdings, LTIP participants holding
common units and our general partner. The portion of the
distribution made to AIM Midstream Holdings is a partial
reimbursement of capital expenditures that were funded by its
initial investment in us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will use the proceeds from borrowings of approximately
$30.0 million under our new credit facility to
(i) distribute approximately $28.0 million, on a pro
rata basis, to AIM Midstream Holdings, LTIP participants holding
common units and our general partner and (ii) pay fees and
expenses relating to our new credit facility of approximately
$2.0 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
common units, we will use the net proceeds from that exercise to
redeem from AIM Midstream Holdings a number of common units
equal to the number of common units issued upon such exercise,
at a price per common unit equal to the proceeds per common unit
in this offering before expenses but after deducting
underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees.
|
|
|
|
Please read Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
Cash distributions
|
|
We intend to pay a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125 per
unit ($1.65 per unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we
have sufficient cash from operations after establishment of cash
reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to
our general partner and its affiliates. We refer to this cash as
available
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
cash. Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution is subject to various restrictions and other
factors described in more detail under the caption Our
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions. We will adjust the minimum quarterly
distribution payable for the period from the closing of this
offering through September 30, 2011, based on the length of
that period.
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash each quarter in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to the holders of common units
and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit has
received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125 plus any
arrearages from prior quarters;
|
|
|
|
|
|
second
, 98.0% to the holders of subordinated
units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each subordinated
unit has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
third
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until each unit has received a
distribution of $0.47438.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.47438 per
unit in any quarter, our general partner will receive, in
addition to distributions on its 2.0% general partner interest,
increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the cash we distribute
in excess of that amount. We refer to these distributions as
incentive distributions. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of as adjusted cash available for distribution
generated during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
twelve months ended March 31, 2011 would have been
insufficient to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly
distribution ($0.4125 per unit per quarter, or $1.65 on an
annualized basis) on all of our common and subordinated units,
as well as the corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general
partner interest, for such period. Please read Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that, based on the Statement of Estimated Adjusted
EBITDA included under the caption Our Cash Distribution
Policy and Restrictions on Distributions, we will have
sufficient cash available for distribution to pay the annualized
minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125 per unit on all common
and subordinated units, as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest, for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012.
|
|
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
AIM Midstream Holdings will initially indirectly own all of our
subordinated units. The principal difference between our common
units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not
entitled to receive any distribution of available cash until the
common units have received the minimum quarterly distribution
plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution from prior quarters. Subordinated units will not
accrue arrearages.
|
8
|
|
|
Conversion of subordinated units
|
|
The subordination period will end on the first business day
after we have earned and paid at least (i) $1.65 (the
minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each
outstanding common and subordinated unit, as well as the
corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest,
for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter
periods ending on or after September 30, 2014 or
(ii) $2.475 (150% of the annualized minimum quarterly
distribution) on each outstanding common and subordinated unit,
as well as the corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general
partner interest, in addition to any distribution made in
respect of the incentive distribution rights, for any four
consecutive quarter period ending on or after September 30,
2012; provided that we have paid at least the minimum quarterly
distribution from operating surplus on each outstanding common
unit and subordinated unit, as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest, for each
quarter in that four-quarter period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal
of our general partner other than for cause if the units held by
our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of
such removal.
|
|
|
|
When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will
convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, and all common units thereafter will no longer be
entitled to arrearages.
|
|
|
|
Limited voting rights
|
|
Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the
holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only
limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You
will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors
on an annual or continuing basis. Our general partner may not be
removed except by a vote of the holders of at least
66
2
/
3
%
of the outstanding limited partner units voting together as a
single class, including any limited partner units owned by our
general partner and its affiliates, including AIM Midstream
Holdings. Upon the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream
Holdings will own an aggregate of 58.0% of our common and
subordinated units. This will give AIM Midstream Holdings the
ability to prevent the involuntary removal of our general
partner. Please read The Partnership Agreement
Voting Rights.
|
|
|
|
Limited call right
|
|
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80.0% of the outstanding common units, our general partner
has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the
remaining common units at a price that is not less than the
then-current market price of the common units.
|
|
Eligible holders and redemption
|
|
If our general partner determines that a holder of our common
units is not an eligible holder, it may elect not to make
distributions or allocate income or loss to such holder.
Eligible holders are:
|
|
|
|
U.S. individuals or entities subject to U.S. federal
income taxation on the income generated by us; or
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. entities not subject to U.S. federal income
taxation on the income generated by us, so long as all of the
entitys owners are domestic individuals or entities
subject to such taxation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have the right, which we may assign to any of our affiliates,
but not the obligation, to redeem all of the common units of any
holder that is not an eligible holder or that has failed to
certify or has falsely certified that such holder is an eligible
holder. The purchase price for such redemption would be equal to
the lesser of the holders purchase price and the
then-current market price of the common units. The redemption
price will be paid in cash or by delivery of a promissory note,
as determined by our general partner.
|
|
|
|
Please read The Partnership Agreement
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption and The Partnership
Agreement Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption.
|
|
|
|
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions
|
|
We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in
this offering through the record date for distributions for the
period
ending ,
you will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an amount of
federal taxable income for that period that will
be % or less of the cash
distributed to you with respect to that period. For example, if
you receive an annual distribution of $1.65 per unit, we
estimate that your average allocable federal taxable income per
year will be no more than $ per unit. Please
read Material Federal Income Tax Consequences
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership Ratio of Taxable
Income to Distributions and Material Federal Income
Tax Consequences Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Limitations on Deductibility of
Losses.
|
|
|
|
Material federal income tax consequences
|
|
For a discussion of other material federal income tax
consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who
are individual citizens or residents of the United States, or
the U.S., please read Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences.
|
|
|
|
Exchange listing
|
|
We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol AMID.
|
10
Summary
Historical Financial and Operating Data
The following table presents our summary historical consolidated
financial and operating data, as well as the summary historical
combined financial and operating data of our Predecessor, which
was comprised of 12 indirectly wholly owned subsidiaries of
Enbridge, as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
The summary historical combined financial data presented as of
and for the year ended December 31, 2008, and as of and for
the 10 months ended October 31, 2009 are derived from
the audited historical combined financial statements of our
Predecessor that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
summary historical consolidated financial data presented as of
December 31, 2009, for the period from August 20, 2009
(date of inception) to December 31, 2009, as of and for the
year ended December 31, 2010, as of and for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010 and as of and for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011 are derived from our audited and unaudited
historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. We acquired our assets effective
November 1, 2009. During the period from our inception on
August 20, 2009 to October 31, 2009, we had no
operations although we incurred certain fees and expenses
associated with our formation and the acquisition of our assets
from Enbridge.
For a detailed discussion of the following table, please read
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. The following table
should also be read in conjunction with our historical audited
and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related
notes and our Predecessors audited combined financial
statements and related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Among other things, those historical financial
statements include more detailed information regarding the basis
of presentation for the information in the following table.
The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measures
adjusted EBITDA and gross margin that we use in our business and
view as important supplemental measures of our performance.
These measures are not calculated or presented in accordance
with GAAP. We explain these measures under Selected
Historical Financial and Operating Data
Non-GAAP Financial Measures and reconcile them to net
income (loss), their most directly comparable financial measure
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners Predecessor
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
August 20, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
to December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per unit and operating data)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
|
$
|
67,265
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
|
211,940
|
|
|
|
54,712
|
|
|
|
63,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
|
323,205
|
|
|
|
|
113,227
|
|
|
|
|
26,593
|
|
|
|
|
173,821
|
|
|
|
44,964
|
|
|
|
54,953
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
13,423
|
|
|
|
|
10,331
|
|
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
|
8,618
|
|
|
|
|
8,577
|
|
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
|
8,854
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
358,727
|
|
|
|
|
144,765
|
|
|
|
|
38,915
|
|
|
|
|
215,178
|
|
|
|
54,809
|
|
|
|
66,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
7,621
|
|
|
|
|
(1,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,082
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
Other (income) expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expenses
|
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
General partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,471
|
)
|
|
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners net income (loss) per unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
Pro forma earnings per common unit(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.61
|
)
|
Pro forma weighted average common units outstanding(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,668
|
|
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
$
|
18,155
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,531
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
13,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,323
|
|
|
$
|
5,067
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
(10,486
|
)
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
(151,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
(14,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
159,656
|
|
|
|
|
(4,609
|
)
|
|
|
(2,888
|
)
|
|
|
(3,686
|
)
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
$
|
21,956
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,021
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,263
|
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
6,914
|
|
Gross margin(4)
|
|
|
|
43,143
|
|
|
|
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
|
6,240
|
|
|
|
|
38,119
|
|
|
|
9,748
|
|
|
|
12,312
|
|
Segment gross margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing
|
|
|
|
27,354
|
|
|
|
|
20,024
|
|
|
|
|
3,698
|
|
|
|
|
24,595
|
|
|
|
6,098
|
|
|
|
8,167
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
|
15,789
|
|
|
|
|
9,881
|
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
|
13,524
|
|
|
|
3,650
|
|
|
|
4,145
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (At Period End):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
$
|
421
|
|
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
Accounts receivable, net and unbilled revenue
|
|
|
|
9,532
|
|
|
|
|
8,756
|
|
|
|
|
19,776
|
|
|
|
|
22,850
|
|
|
|
17,446
|
|
|
|
22,248
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
216,903
|
|
|
|
|
205,126
|
|
|
|
|
149,266
|
|
|
|
|
146,808
|
|
|
|
151,167
|
|
|
|
143,394
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
277,242
|
|
|
|
|
250,162
|
|
|
|
|
174,470
|
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
173,217
|
|
|
|
169,693
|
|
Total debt (current and long-term)(5)
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
|
|
56,370
|
|
|
|
58,380
|
|
|
|
56,500
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing segment
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
179.2
|
|
|
|
|
211.8
|
|
|
|
|
169.7
|
|
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
|
164.3
|
|
|
|
242.8
|
|
Plant inlet volume
(MMcf/d)(6)
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Gross NGL production (Mgal/d)(6)
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
|
34.1
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
56.6
|
|
Transmission segment
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
336.2
|
|
|
|
|
357.6
|
|
|
|
|
381.3
|
|
|
|
|
350.2
|
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
446.0
|
|
Firm transportation capacity reservation
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
627.3
|
|
|
|
|
613.2
|
|
|
|
|
701.0
|
|
|
|
|
677.6
|
|
|
|
702.8
|
|
|
|
762.1
|
|
Interruptible transportation throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
141.6
|
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
|
118.0
|
|
|
|
|
80.9
|
|
|
|
80.2
|
|
|
|
76.5
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes LTIP expenses for the period from August 20, 2009
to December 31, 2009, for the year ended December 31,
2010, for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and for the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 of $0.2 million,
$1.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million,
respectively. Of these amounts, $0.2 million,
$1.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million,
respectively, represent non-cash expenses.
|
12
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The pro forma earnings per common unit gives effect to the
recapitalization transactions as of March 31, 2011 and the
additional number of common units issued in this offering (at an
assumed offering price of $20.00 per unit) necessary to pay the
portion of the distribution to AIM Midstream Holdings, LTIP
Participants holding common units and our general partner
described in Use of Proceeds that will be funded
from the proceeds of this offering that exceeds net income for
the three months ended March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Selected
Historical Financial and Operating Data How We
Evaluate Our Operations, and for a discussion of how we
use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance,
please read How We Evaluate Our
Operations.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
For a definition of gross margin and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Note 12 to
our unaudited consolidated financial statements and Note 18
to our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus and for a discussion of how we use
gross margin to evaluate our operating performance, please read
How We Evaluate Our Operations.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Excludes Predecessor Note payable to Enbridge Midcoast Limited
Holdings, L.L.C. of $39.3 million as of December 31,
2008.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Excludes volumes and gross production under our elective
processing arrangements. For a description of our elective
processing arrangements, please read Business
Gathering and Processing Segment Gloria System.
|
13
RISK
FACTORS
Limited partner units are inherently different from capital
stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to
which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by
a corporation engaged in similar businesses. We urge you to
carefully consider the following risk factors together with all
of the other information included in this prospectus in
evaluating an investment in our common units.
If any of the following risks were to occur, our business,
financial condition or results of operations could be materially
adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay
the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, the
trading price of our common units could decline and you could
lose all or part of your investment in us.
Risks
Related to our Business
We may
not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses,
including cost reimbursements to our general partner, to enable
us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our
common and subordinated units.
In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125
per unit, or $1.65 per unit on an annualized basis, we will
require available cash of approximately $3.8 million per
quarter, or $15.2 million per year, based on the number of
common and subordinated units and the 2.0% general partner
interest to be outstanding immediately after completion of this
offering. We may not have sufficient available cash from
operating surplus each quarter to enable us to pay the minimum
quarterly distribution. The amount of cash we can distribute on
our units principally depends upon the amount of cash we
generate from our operations, which will fluctuate from quarter
to quarter based on, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the volume of natural gas we gather, process and transport;
|
|
|
|
the level of production of oil and natural gas and the resultant
market prices of oil and natural gas and NGLs;
|
|
|
|
realized pricing impacts on our revenue and expenses that are
directly subject to commodity price exposure;
|
|
|
|
the market prices of natural gas and NGLs relative to one
another, which affects our processing margins;
|
|
|
|
capacity charges and volumetric fees associated with our
transportation services;
|
|
|
|
the level of competition from other midstream energy companies
in our geographic markets;
|
|
|
|
the level of our operating, maintenance and general and
administrative costs; and
|
|
|
|
regulatory action affecting the supply of, or demand for,
natural gas, the transportation rates we can charge on our
regulated pipelines, how we contract for services, our existing
contracts, our operating costs or our operating flexibility.
|
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available
for distribution will depend on other factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the level of capital expenditures we make;
|
|
|
|
the cost of acquisitions, if any;
|
|
|
|
our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our working capital needs;
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;
|
|
|
|
restrictions contained in our debt agreements;
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general
partner; and
|
|
|
|
other business risks affecting our cash levels.
|
For a description of additional restrictions and factors that
may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please read
Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
On a
historical as adjusted basis we would not have had sufficient
cash available for distribution to pay the full minimum
quarterly distribution on all of our units for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and for the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011.
We must generate approximately $15.2 million of available
cash to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters
on all of our common and subordinated units that will be
outstanding immediately following this offering, as well as the
corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest.
The amount of historical as adjusted available cash generated
during the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the twelve
months ended March 31, 2011 would not have been sufficient
to allow us to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution on
our common and subordinated units as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest, during those
periods. Specifically, the amount of historical as adjusted
available cash generated during the year ended December 31,
2010 would have been sufficient to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on all of our common units, but only 31.6% of the
minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units.
Likewise, the amount of historical as adjusted available cash
generated during the twelve months ended March 31, 2011
would have been sufficient to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on all of our common units, but only 43.1% of the
minimum quarterly distribution on our subordinated units. For a
calculation of our ability to make cash distributions to our
unitholders based on our historical as adjusted results, please
read Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
The
assumptions underlying the forecast of cash available for
distribution that we include in Our Cash Distribution
Policy and Restrictions on Distributions are inherently
uncertain and are subject to significant business, economic,
financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
forecasted.
The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in
Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions includes our forecasted results of
operations, adjusted EBITDA and cash available for distribution
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012. The financial
forecast has been prepared by management, and we have not
received an opinion or report on it from our or any other
independent auditor. The assumptions underlying the forecast are
inherently uncertain and are subject to significant business,
economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks, including
risks that expansion projects do not result in an increase in
gathered and transported volumes, and uncertainties that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted.
If we do not achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able
to pay the full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on
our common or subordinated units, in which event the market
price of our common units may decline materially.
Because
of the natural decline in production from existing wells in our
areas of operation, our success depends on our ability to obtain
new sources of natural gas, which is dependent on factors beyond
our control. Any decrease in the volumes of natural gas that we
gather, process or transport could adversely affect our business
and operating results.
The natural gas volumes that support our business are dependent
on the level of production from natural gas and oil wells
connected to our systems, the production of which will naturally
decline over time. As a result, our cash flows associated with
these wells will also decline over time. In order to maintain or
increase throughput levels on our systems, we must obtain new
sources of natural gas. The primary factors affecting
15
our ability to obtain non-dedicated sources of natural gas
include (i) the level of successful drilling activity in
our areas of operation and (ii) our ability to compete for
volumes from successful new wells.
We have no control over the level of drilling activity in our
areas of operation, the amount of reserves associated with wells
connected to our systems or the rate at which production from a
well declines. In addition, we have no control over producers or
their drilling or production decisions, which are affected by,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the availability and cost of capital;
|
|
|
|
prevailing and projected oil and natural gas and NGL prices;
|
|
|
|
demand for oil, natural gas and NGLs;
|
|
|
|
levels of reserves;
|
|
|
|
geological considerations;
|
|
|
|
environmental or other governmental regulations, including the
availability of drilling permits; and
|
|
|
|
the availability of drilling rigs and other production and
development costs.
|
Fluctuations in energy prices can also greatly affect the
development of new oil and natural gas reserves. Further
declines in natural gas prices could have a negative impact on
exploration, development and production activity, and if
sustained, could lead to a material decrease in such activity.
Sustained reductions in exploration or production activity in
our areas of operation would lead to reduced utilization of our
assets.
Because of these and other factors, even if new natural gas
reserves are known to exist in areas served by our assets,
producers may choose not to develop those reserves. If
reductions in drilling activity result in our inability to
maintain the current levels of throughput on our systems, it
could reduce our revenue and cash flow and adversely affect our
ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.
Natural
gas, NGL and other commodity prices are volatile, and a
reduction in these prices in absolute terms, or an adverse
change in the prices of natural gas and NGLs relative to one
another, could adversely affect our gross margin and cash flow
and our ability to make distributions to our
unitholders.
We are subject to risks due to frequent and often substantial
fluctuations in commodity prices. In the past, the prices of
natural gas and crude oil have been extremely volatile, and we
expect this volatility to continue. The NYMEX daily settlement
price for natural gas for the forward month contract in 2010
ranged from a high of $6.01 per MMBtu to a low of $3.29 per
MMBtu. Natural gas prices reached relatively high levels in 2005
and early 2006 and have exhibited significant volatility since
then, including a sustained decline beginning in 2008, with the
forward month gas futures contracts closing at a seven-year low
of $2.51 per MMBtu in September 2009. NGL prices are generally
positively correlated to the price of WTI crude oil, which has
also exhibited frequent and substantial fluctuations. The NYMEX
daily settlement price for WTI crude oil for the forward month
contract in 2010 ranged from a high of $91.51 per Bbl to a low
of $66.88 per Bbl. Crude oil prices reached historically high
levels in July 2008, hitting a peak of $145.63 per Bbl, and have
demonstrated substantial volatility since then, with the forward
month crude oil futures contracts ranging from $30.81 per Bbl in
December 2008 to above $100.00 per Bbl in March 2011.
The markets for and prices of natural gas, NGLs and other
hydrocarbon commodities depend on factors that are beyond our
control. These factors include the supply of and demand for
these commodities, which fluctuate with changes in market and
economic conditions and other factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
worldwide economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
worldwide political events, including actions taken by foreign
oil and gas producing nations;
|
|
|
|
worldwide weather events and conditions, including natural
disasters and seasonal changes;
|
|
|
|
the levels of domestic production and consumer demand;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
the availability of imported liquefied natural gas, or LNG;
|
|
|
|
the availability of transportation systems with adequate
capacity;
|
|
|
|
the volatility and uncertainty of regional pricing differentials;
|
|
|
|
the price and availability of alternative fuels;
|
|
|
|
the effect of energy conservation measures;
|
|
|
|
the nature and extent of governmental regulation and
taxation; and
|
|
|
|
the anticipated future prices of oil, natural gas, NGLs and
other commodities.
|
In our Gathering and Processing segment, we have exposure to
direct commodity price risk under
percent-of-proceeds
processing contracts as well as under our elective processing
arrangements. Under
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements, we generally purchase natural gas from producers
and retain an agreed percentage of the proceeds (in cash or
in-kind) from the sale at market prices of pipeline-quality
natural gas and NGLs resulting from our processing activities.
We also purchase natural gas at various receipt points, process
the gas at a third-party owned natural gas processing facility
and sell our portion of the residue gas and NGLs. Under
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements, our revenue and our cash flows increase or
decrease as the prices of natural gas and NGLs fluctuate. When
we process natural gas that we purchase for our own account, the
relationship between natural gas prices and NGL prices also
affects our profitability. When natural gas prices are low
relative to NGL prices, it is more profitable for us to process
the natural gas that we purchase and process for our own
account. When natural gas prices are high relative to NGL
prices, it is less profitable for us and our customers to
process natural gas both because of the higher value of natural
gas and because of the increased cost (principally that of
natural gas shrink that occurs during processing and use of
natural gas as a fuel) of separating the mixed NGLs from the
natural gas. As a result, we may experience periods in which
higher natural gas prices relative to NGL prices reduce our
processing margins or reduce the volume of natural gas processed
pursuant to our elective processing arrangements. For the year
ended December 31, 2010 and for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011,
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements accounted for approximately 34.6% and 40.5%,
respectively, of our gross margin, or 53.6% and 61.0%,
respectively, of the segment gross margin in our Gathering and
Processing segment. For a discussion of these arrangements,
please read Industry Overview Typical
Midstream Contractual Arrangements.
A
decrease in demand for natural gas, NGLs or condensate by the
petrochemical, refining or heating industries, could adversely
affect the profitability of our midstream
business.
A decrease in demand for natural gas, NGLs or condensate by the
petrochemical, refining or heating industries, could adversely
affect the profitability of our midstream business. Various
factors impact the demand for natural gas, NGLs and condensate,
including general economic conditions, extended periods of
ethane rejection, increased competition from petroleum-based
products due to pricing differences, adverse weather conditions,
availability of natural gas processing and transportation
capacity and government regulations affecting prices and
production levels of natural gas, NGLs and condensate.
Our
hedging activities may not be effective in reducing our direct
exposure to commodity price risk and the variability of our cash
flows and may, in certain circumstances, increase the
variability of our cash flows.
We have entered into derivative transactions related to only a
portion of the equity volumes of NGLs to which we take title. As
a result, we will continue to have direct commodity price risk
to the unhedged portion of our NGL equity volumes. We currently
have no hedges in place beyond December 2012. Our actual future
volumes may be significantly higher or lower than we estimated
at the time we entered into the derivative transactions for that
period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimated, we
will have greater commodity price risk than we intended. If the
actual amount is lower than the amount that is subject to our
derivative financial instruments, we might be forced to satisfy
all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the
benefit of the cash flow from our sale of the underlying
physical commodity, resulting in a reduction of our
17
liquidity. The derivative instruments we utilize for these
hedges are based on posted market prices, which may be lower
than the actual NGL prices that we realize in our operations. As
a result of these factors, our hedging activities may not be as
effective as we intend in reducing the variability of our cash
flows, and in certain circumstances may actually increase the
variability of our cash flows. To the extent we hedge our
commodity price risk, we may forego the benefits we would
otherwise experience if commodity prices were to change in our
favor. We do not enter into derivative transactions with respect
to the volumes of natural gas or condensate that we purchase and
sell.
We may
not successfully balance our purchases and sales of natural gas,
which would increase our exposure to commodity price
risks.
We purchase from producers and other suppliers a substantial
amount of the natural gas that flows through our pipelines and
processing facilities for sale to third parties, including
natural gas marketers and other purchasers. We are exposed to
fluctuations in the price of natural gas through volumes sold
pursuant to
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements as well as through volumes sold pursuant to our
fixed-margin contracts.
In order to mitigate our direct commodity price exposure, we do
not enter into natural gas hedge contracts, but rather attempt
to balance our natural gas sales with our natural gas purchases
on an aggregate basis across all of our systems. We may not be
successful in balancing our purchases and sales, and as such may
become exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas. For
example, we are currently net purchasers of natural gas on
certain of our systems and net sellers of natural gas on certain
of our other systems. Our overall net position with respect to
natural gas can change over time and our exposure to
fluctuations in natural gas prices could materially increase,
which in turn could result in increased volatility in our
revenue, gross margin and cash flows.
Although we enter into
back-to-back
purchases and sales of natural gas in our fixed-margin contracts
in which we purchase natural gas from producers or suppliers at
receipt points on our systems and simultaneously sell an
identical volume of natural gas at delivery points on our
systems, we may still be exposed to commodity price risks. For
example, the volumes or timing of our purchases and sales may
not correspond. In addition, a producer or supplier could fail
to deliver contracted volumes or deliver in excess of contracted
volumes, or a purchaser could purchase less than contracted
volumes. Any of these actions could cause our purchases and
sales to become unbalanced. If our purchases and sales are
unbalanced, we will face increased exposure to commodity price
risks, which in turn could result in increased volatility in our
revenue, gross margin and cash flows.
We are
a relatively small enterprise, and our management has limited
history with our assets and no experience in managing our
business as a publicly traded partnership. As a result,
operational, financial and other events in the ordinary course
of business could disproportionately affect us, and our ability
to grow our business could be significantly
limited.
We will be smaller than many of the other companies in our
industry for the foreseeable future, not only in terms of market
capitalization but also in terms of managerial, operational and
financial resources. Consequently, an operational incident,
customer loss or other event that would not significantly impact
the business and operations of the larger companies in our
industry may have a material adverse impact on our business and
results of operations. In addition, our executive management
team is relatively small with no experience in managing our
business as a publicly traded partnership and has managed our
business and assets for less than two years. As a result, we may
not be able to anticipate or respond to material changes or
other events in our business as effectively as if our executive
management team had such experience and had managed our business
and assets for many years. Furthermore, acquisitions and other
growth projects may place a significant strain on our management
resources. As a result, our ability to execute our growth
strategy and to integrate acquisitions and expansion projects
successfully into our existing operations could be significantly
limited.
18
We
currently have a limited accounting staff, and if we fail to
develop or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we
may not be able to report our financial results timely and
accurately or prevent fraud, which would likely have a negative
impact on the market price of our common units.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to
the public reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Effective internal
controls are necessary for us to provide reliable and timely
financial reports, prevent fraud and to operate successfully as
a publicly traded partnership. We prepare our consolidated
financial statements in accordance with GAAP, but our internal
accounting controls may not meet all standards applicable to
companies with publicly traded securities. Our efforts to
develop and maintain our internal controls may not be
successful, and we may be unable to maintain effective controls
over our financial processes and reporting in the future or to
comply with our obligations under Section 404 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as
Section 404. For example, Section 404 will require us,
among other things, to annually review and report on, and our
independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
We must comply with Section 404 for our fiscal year ending
December 31, 2012. Any failure to develop, implement or
maintain effective internal controls or to improve our internal
controls could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to
meet our reporting obligations.
Prior to this offering, we have been a private company and have
not been required to file reports with the SEC. We currently
have limited accounting personnel, and while we have begun the
process of evaluating the adequacy of our accounting personnel
staffing level and other matters related to our internal
controls over financial reporting, we cannot predict the outcome
of our review at this time.
Given the difficulties inherent in the design and operation of
internal controls over financial reporting, in addition to our
limited accounting personnel and management resources, we can
provide no assurance as to our, or our independent registered
public accounting firms, future conclusions about the
effectiveness of our internal controls, and we may incur
significant costs in our efforts to comply with
Section 404. Any failure to implement and maintain
effective internal controls over financial reporting will
subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in
our reported financial information, which could have an adverse
effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect
on the trading price of our common units.
We
depend on a relatively small number of customers for a
significant portion of our gross margin. The loss of any one or
more of these customers could adversely affect our ability to
make distributions to you.
A significant percentage of the gross margin in each of our
segments is attributable to a relatively small number of
customers. Additionally, a number of customers upon which our
business depends are small companies that may in the future have
limited access to capital or that may, as a result of
operational incidents or other events, be disproportionately
affected as a compared to larger, better capitalized companies.
In our Gathering and Processing segment, Contango Operators Inc.
and Venture Oil & Gas Co. accounted for approximately
19% and 13%, respectively, of our segment gross margin for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and approximately 15% and 23%,
respectively, of our segment gross margin for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011. In our Transmission segment, Calpine
Corporation accounted for approximately 38% of our segment gross
margin for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
approximately 30% of our segment gross margin for the quarter
ended March 31, 2011. Although we have gathering,
processing or transmission contracts with each of these
customers of varying duration and commercial terms, if one or
more of these customers were to default on their contract or if
we were unable to renew our contract with one or more of these
customers on favorable terms, we may not be able to replace any
of these customers in a timely fashion, on favorable terms or at
all. In any of these situations, our gross margin and cash flows
and our ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders
may be adversely affected. We expect our exposure to
concentrated risk of non-payment or non-performance to continue
as long as we remain substantially dependent on a relatively
small number of customers for a substantial portion of our gross
margin.
19
If
third-party pipelines or other midstream facilities
interconnected to our gathering or transportation systems become
partially or fully unavailable, or if the volumes we gather or
transport do not meet the natural gas quality requirements of
such pipelines or facilities, our revenue and cash available for
distribution could be adversely affected.
Our natural gas gathering and processing and transportation
systems connect to other pipelines or facilities, the majority
of which, such as the Southern Natural Gas Company, or Sonat,
pipeline, the Toca plant, oil gathering lines on Quivira and the
Burns Point processing plant, as well as the Destin, Tennessee
Gas and Transco pipelines, are owned and operated by third
parties. For example, our elective processing arrangements are
entirely dependent on the Toca plant for processing services and
the Sonat pipeline for natural gas takeaway capacity and are
substantially dependent on the Tennessee Gas Pipeline, or TGP,
for natural gas supply volumes. The continuing operation of such
third-party pipelines and other midstream facilities is not
within our control. These pipelines and other midstream
facilities may become unavailable because of testing,
turnarounds, line repair, reduced operating pressure, lack of
operating capacity, regulatory requirements, curtailments of
receipt or deliveries due to insufficient capacity or because of
damage from hurricanes or other operational hazards. If any of
these pipelines or other midstream facilities becomes unable to
receive or transport natural gas, or if the volumes we gather or
transport do not meet the natural gas quality requirements of
such pipelines or facilities, our revenue and cash available for
distribution could be adversely affected.
Our
reliance on our key customers exposes us to their credit risks,
and any material nonpayment or nonperformance by our key
customers or purchasers could have a material adverse effect on
our revenue, gross margin and cash flows.
We are subject to risks of loss resulting from nonpayment or
nonperformance by our customers to which we provide services and
sell commodities. Our three largest purchasers of natural gas in
our Gathering and Processing segment are ConocoPhillips,
Enbridge Marketing (U.S.) L.P., or EMUS, and Dow Hydrocarbons
and Resources, which accounted for approximately 34%, 29% and
10%, respectively, of our segment revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and approximately 59%, 15% and 8%,
respectively, of our segment revenue for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011. Additionally, ExxonMobil and Calpine
Corporation are the two largest purchasers of natural gas and
transmission capacity, respectively, in our Transmission segment
and accounted for approximately 43% and 10%, respectively, of
our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010
and approximately 50% and 7%, respectively, of our segment
revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
Some of our customers may be highly leveraged or
under-capitalized and subject to their own operating and
regulatory risks, which could increase the risk that they may
default on their obligations to us. In addition, some of our
customers, such as Calpine Corporation, which emerged from
bankruptcy in 2008, may have a history of bankruptcy or other
material financial and liquidity issues. Any material nonpayment
or nonperformance by any of our key customers could have a
material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and cash
flows and our ability to make cash distributions to our
unitholders.
Our
gathering, processing and transportation contracts subject us to
renewal risks.
We gather, purchase, process, transport and sell most of the
natural gas and NGLs on our systems under contracts with terms
of various durations. As these contracts expire, we may have to
negotiate extensions or renewals with existing suppliers and
customers or enter into new contracts with other suppliers and
customers. We may be unable to obtain new contracts on favorable
commercial terms, if at all. We also may be unable to maintain
the economic structure of a particular contract with an existing
customer or the overall mix of our contract portfolio. For
example, depending on prevailing market conditions at the time
of a contract renewal, gathering and processing customers with
percent-of-proceeds
contracts may choose to switch to fee-based gathering and
transportation contracts, or a producer with whom we have a
natural gas purchase contract may choose to enter into a
transportation contract with us and retain title to its natural
gas. To the extent we are unable to renew our existing contracts
on terms that are favorable to us or successfully manage our
overall contract mix over time, our revenue, gross margin and
cash flows could decline and our ability to make distributions
to our unitholders could be materially and adversely affected.
20
The
contracts on which our elective processing arrangements are
based are
month-to-month,
and the loss of these contracts would materially and adversely
affect our revenue and gross margin in our Gathering and
Processing segment.
A substantial portion of our revenue and gross margin in our
Gathering and Processing segment is generated by processing
natural gas under our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements with Enterprise Products Partners L.P. at its Toca
plant. Our month-to-month contracts with producers on the Gloria
and Lafitte systems permit us to determine, on a month-to-month
basis, whether it would be more profitable for us to purchase
natural gas from those producers for processing for our own
account at the Toca plant or transport that natural gas in
exchange for a fee. Similarly, we have the ability to purchase
natural gas at the Lafitte/TGP interconnect for processing at
the Toca plant when it would profitable to do so. We refer to
the flexibility built into these contracts as our elective
processing arrangements. During the year ended December 31,
2010, 7% and 20% of our revenue and segment gross margin,
respectively, in our Gathering and Processing segment were
generated under our elective processing arrangements. During the
quarter ended March 31, 2011, 9% and 23% of our revenue and
segment gross margin, respectively, in our Gathering and
Processing segment was generated under our elective processing
arrangements. Our processing contracts with Enterprise at its
Toca plant are currently renewing on a
month-to-month
basis. Our revenue, segment gross margin and cash flows could be
materially and adversely affected if we were unable to negotiate
an extension of such elective processing arrangements or if
Enterprise were to demand commercial terms that are less
favorable to us.
Our
industry is highly competitive, and increased competitive
pressure could adversely affect our business and operating
results.
We compete with other midstream companies in our areas of
operation. In addition, some of our competitors are large
companies that have greater financial, managerial and other
resources than we do. Our competitors may expand or construct
gathering, compression, treating, processing or transportation
systems that would create additional competition for the
services we provide to our customers. In addition, our customers
may develop their own gathering, compression, treating,
processing or transportation systems in lieu of using ours. Our
ability to renew or replace existing contracts with our
customers at rates sufficient to maintain current revenue and
cash flow could be adversely affected by the activities of our
competitors and our customers. All of these competitive
pressures could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition and ability to make
cash distributions to our unitholders.
Significant
portions of our pipeline systems have been in service for
several decades and we have a limited ownership history with
respect to all of our assets. There could be unknown events or
conditions or increased maintenance or repair expenses and
downtime associated with our pipelines that could have a
material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.
We purchased our assets from Enbridge in November 2009.
Significant portions of the pipeline systems that we purchased
have been in service for many decades. In addition, our
executive management team was hired shortly before that purchase
and, consequently, has a limited history of operating our
assets. There may be historical occurrences or latent issues
regarding our pipeline systems that our executive management may
be unaware of and that may have a material adverse effect on our
business and results of operations. The age and condition of our
pipeline systems could also result in increased maintenance or
repair expenditures, and any downtime associated with increased
maintenance and repair activities could materially reduce our
revenue. Any significant increase in maintenance and repair
expenditures or loss of revenue due to the age or condition of
our pipeline systems could adversely affect our business and
results of operations and our ability to make cash distributions
to our unitholders.
We may
incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of pipeline
integrity management program testing and related
repairs.
Pursuant to the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, as
reauthorized and amended by the Pipeline Inspection, Protection,
Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006, the U.S. Department of
Transportation, or DOT, has adopted regulations requiring
pipeline operators to develop integrity management programs for
21
transmission pipelines located where a leak or rupture could
harm high consequence areas, including high
population areas, unless the operator effectively demonstrates
by risk assessment that the pipeline could not affect the area.
The regulations require operators, including us, to:
|
|
|
|
|
perform ongoing assessments of pipeline integrity;
|
|
|
|
identify and characterize applicable threats to pipeline
segments that could impact a high consequence area;
|
|
|
|
maintain processes for data collection, integration and analysis;
|
|
|
|
repair and remediate pipelines as necessary; and
|
|
|
|
implement preventive and mitigating actions.
|
Upon reviewing the integrity maintenance plan we inherited, we
determined that we have an additional sixteen high consequence
areas that we identified after we acquired our assets.
In addition, many states have adopted regulations similar to
existing DOT regulations for intrastate gathering and
transmission lines. Although many of our natural gas facilities
fall within a class that is not subject to these requirements,
we may incur significant costs and liabilities associated with
repair, remediation, preventative or mitigation measures
associated with our non-exempt pipelines, particularly our
AlaTenn and Midla pipelines. We currently estimate that we will
incur future costs of approximately $2.1 million during
2012 to complete the testing required by existing DOT
regulations. This estimate does not include the costs, if any,
for repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating actions that
may be determined to be necessary as a result of the testing
program, which could be substantial. Such costs and liabilities
might relate to repair, remediation, preventative or mitigating
actions that may be determined to be necessary as a result of
the testing program, as well as lost cash flows resulting from
shutting down our pipelines during the pendency of such repairs.
Additionally, should we fail to comply with DOT regulations, we
could be subject to penalties and fines.
We
intend to grow our business in part by seeking strategic
acquisition opportunities. If we are unable to make acquisitions
on economically acceptable terms from third parties, our future
growth will be limited, and the acquisitions we do make may
reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated from operations
on a per unit basis.
Our ability to grow depends, in part, on our ability to make
acquisitions that increase our cash generated from operations on
a per unit basis. The acquisition component of our strategy is
based, in large part, on our expectation of ongoing divestitures
of midstream energy assets by industry participants. A material
decrease in such divestitures would limit our opportunities for
future acquisitions and could adversely affect our ability to
grow our operations and increase our distributions to our
unitholders.
If we are unable to make accretive acquisitions from third
parties, whether because we are (i) unable to identify
attractive acquisition candidates or negotiate acceptable
purchase contracts, (ii) unable to obtain financing for
these acquisitions on economically acceptable terms or
(iii) outbid by competitors or for any other reason, then
our future growth and ability to increase distributions will be
limited. Furthermore, even if we do make acquisitions that we
believe will be accretive, these acquisitions may nevertheless
result in a decrease in the cash generated from operations on a
per unit basis.
Any acquisition involves potential risks, including, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about volumes, revenue and costs, including
synergies;
|
|
|
|
an inability to secure adequate customer commitments to use the
acquired systems or facilities;
|
|
|
|
an inability to integrate successfully the assets or businesses
we acquire, particularly given the relatively small size of our
management team and its limited history with our assets;
|
|
|
|
the assumption of unknown liabilities;
|
|
|
|
limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements and employees attention
from other business concerns;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen difficulties operating in new geographic areas and
business lines; and
|
|
|
|
customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
|
If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and
results of operations may change significantly, and our
unitholders will not have the opportunity to evaluate the
economic, financial and other relevant information that we will
consider in determining the application of these funds and other
resources.
Our
construction of new assets may not result in revenue increases
and will be subject to regulatory, environmental, political,
legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition.
One of the ways we intend to grow our business is through
organic growth projects. The construction of additions or
modifications to our existing systems and the construction of
new midstream assets involve numerous regulatory, environmental,
political, legal and economic uncertainties that are beyond our
control. Such expansion projects may also require the
expenditure of significant amounts of capital, and financing may
not be available on economically acceptable terms or at all. If
we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on
schedule, at the budgeted cost, or at all. Moreover, our revenue
may not increase immediately upon the expenditure of funds on a
particular project.
For instance, if we expand a pipeline, the construction may
occur over an extended period of time, yet we will not receive
any material increases in revenue until the project is completed
and placed into service. Moreover, we could construct facilities
to capture anticipated future growth in production in a region
in which such growth does not materialize or only materializes
over a period materially longer than expected. Since we are not
engaged in the exploration for and development of natural gas
and oil reserves, we often do not have access to third-party
estimates of potential reserves in an area prior to constructing
facilities in that area. To the extent we rely on estimates of
future production in our decision to construct additions to our
systems, such estimates may prove to be inaccurate as a result
of the numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities
of future production. As a result, new facilities may not
attract enough throughput to achieve our expected investment
return, which could adversely affect our results of operations
and financial condition.
In addition, the construction of additions to our existing
gathering and transportation assets may require us to obtain new
rights-of-way.
We may be unable to obtain such
rights-of-way
and may, therefore, be unable to connect new natural gas volumes
to our systems or capitalize on other attractive expansion
opportunities. Additionally, it may become more expensive for us
to obtain new
rights-of-way
or to renew existing
rights-of-way.
If the cost of renewing or obtaining new
rights-of-way
increases materially, our cash flows could be adversely affected.
We do
not intend to obtain independent evaluations of natural gas
reserves connected to our gathering and transportation systems
on a regular or ongoing basis; therefore, in the future, volumes
of natural gas on our systems could be less than we
anticipate.
We do not intend to obtain independent evaluations of natural
gas reserves connected to our systems on a regular or ongoing
basis. Accordingly, we may not have independent estimates of
total reserves dedicated to some or all of our systems or the
anticipated life of such reserves. If the total reserves or
estimated life of the reserves connected to our gathering and
transportation systems are less than we anticipate and we are
unable to secure additional sources of natural gas, it could
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and our ability to make cash
distributions to our unitholders.
23
Recent
incidents and their aftermath could lead to additional
governmental regulation of the offshore exploration and
production industry, which may result in substantial cost
increases or delays in offshore drilling as well as our offshore
natural gas gathering activities.
In April 2010, a deepwater exploration well located in the Gulf
of Mexico, owned and operated by companies unrelated to us,
sustained a blowout and subsequent explosion leading to the
leaking of hydrocarbons. In response to this event, certain
federal agencies and governmental officials ordered additional
inspections of deepwater operations in the Gulf of Mexico. On
May 28, 2010, a six-month federal moratorium was
implemented on all offshore deepwater drilling projects. On
October 12, 2010, the Department of the Interior announced
it was lifting the deepwater drilling moratorium. Despite the
fact that the drilling moratorium was lifted, this spill and its
aftermath has led to additional governmental regulation of the
offshore exploration and production industry and delays in the
issuance of drilling permits, which may result in volume
impacts, cost increases or delays in our offshore natural gas
gathering activities, which could materially impact our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although none of our offshore gathering systems currently depend
on deepwater production, we cannot predict with any certainty
what form any additional regulation or limitations would take or
what impact they may have on offshore drilling activity in
general or the producers to which we provide offshore gathering
services.
Our
business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of
which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant
accident or event occurs for which we are not adequately
insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely
affected.
Our operations are subject to all of the risks and hazards
inherent in the gathering, compressing, treating, processing and
transportation of natural gas, including:
|
|
|
|
|
damage to pipelines and plants, related equipment and
surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, floods,
fires and other natural disasters and acts of terrorism;
|
|
|
|
inadvertent damage from construction, vehicles, farm and utility
equipment;
|
|
|
|
leaks of natural gas and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural
gas as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities;
|
|
|
|
ruptures, fires and explosions; and
|
|
|
|
other hazards that could also result in personal injury and loss
of life, pollution and suspension of operations.
|
For example, in April 2010, there was a rupture in our Bazor
Ridge gathering pipeline which gathers natural gas high in
hydrogen sulfide content which resulted in an extended shut-down
of a significant portion of that system until the pipeline could
be inspected and repaired. The affected portion of the line is
the one that gathers the most significant volumes of gas on this
system and delivers it to our Bazor Ridge plant, and we were
required to curtail a portion of this flow volume until we built
a new bypass pipeline, the Winchester Lateral, connecting this
production, as well as potential new production, to the Bazor
Ridge plant. The affected section of line was fully shut down
for approximately 25 days and, until our Winchester Lateral
was completed approximately 177 days later, we were able to
gather only approximately 70% of pre-rupture flow volume. The
Winchester Lateral cost $3.9 million to construct and the
repairs to, and testing of, the affected sections of pipe cost
approximately $0.5 million.
These risks could result in substantial losses due to personal
injury
and/or
loss
of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and
equipment and pollution or other environmental damage. These
risks may also result in curtailment or suspension of our
operations. A natural disaster or other hazard affecting the
areas in which we operate could have a material adverse effect
on our operations. We are not fully insured against all risks
inherent in our business. For example, we do not have any
casualty insurance on our underground pipeline systems that
would cover damage to the pipelines. Additionally, we do not
have business interruption/loss of income insurance that would
provide coverage in the event of damage to any of our
underground facilities. In addition, although we are insured for
environmental pollution resulting from environmental
24
accidents that occur on a sudden and accidental basis, we may
not be insured against all environmental accidents that might
occur, some of which may result in toxic tort claims. If a
significant accident or event occurs for which we are not fully
insured, it could adversely affect our operations and financial
condition. Furthermore, we may not be able to maintain or obtain
insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates.
As a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for
certain of our insurance policies may substantially increase. In
some instances, certain insurance could become unavailable or
available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Additionally, we
may be unable to recover from prior owners of our assets,
pursuant to our indemnification rights, for potential
environmental liabilities.
Our
interstate natural gas pipelines are subject to regulation by
the FERC, which could adversely affect our ability to make
distributions to our unitholders.
Our AlaTenn and Midla interstate natural gas transportation
systems are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission, or FERC, under the Natural Gas Act of
1938, or the NGA. Under the NGA, the rates for and terms of
conditions of service on these interstate facilities must be
just and reasonable and not unduly discriminatory. The rates and
terms and conditions for our interstate pipeline services are
set forth in tariffs that must be filed with and approved by the
FERC. Pursuant to the FERCs jurisdiction over rates,
existing rates may be challenged by complaint and proposed rate
increases may be challenged by protest. Any successful complaint
or protest against our rates could have an adverse impact on our
revenue associated with providing transportation service.
Under the NGA, the FERC has the authority to regulate companies
that provide natural gas pipeline transportation services in
interstate commerce. The FERCs authority over such
companies includes such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
rates and terms and conditions of service;
|
|
|
|
the types of services interstate pipelines may offer to their
customers;
|
|
|
|
the certification and construction of new facilities;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition, extension, disposition or abandonment of
facilities;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of accounts and records;
|
|
|
|
relationships between affiliated companies involved in certain
aspects of the natural gas business;
|
|
|
|
the initiation and discontinuation of services;
|
|
|
|
market manipulation in connection with interstate sales,
purchases or transportation of natural gas and NGLs; and
|
|
|
|
participation by interstate pipelines in cash management
arrangements.
|
The Energy Policy Act of 2005 amended the NGA to add an
anti-manipulation provision. Pursuant to the amended NGA, the
FERC established rules prohibiting energy market manipulation.
Also, the FERCs rules require interstate pipelines and
their affiliates to adhere to Standards of Conduct that, among
other things, require that transportation employees function
independently of marketing employees. The FERC also requires
interstate pipelines to adhere to its rules regarding the filing
and approval of transportation agreements that include
provisions which differ from the transportation agreements
included in their FERC gas tariff. We are conducting a review of
the transportation agreements entered into by our predecessor to
determine whether, and to what extent, any of our transportation
agreements include such provisions. We are subject to audit by
the FERC of our compliance in general, including adherence to
all its rules and regulations. A violation of these rules, or
any other rules, regulations or orders issued or administered by
the FERC, may subject us to civil penalties, disgorgement of
unjust profits, or appropriate non-monetary remedies imposed by
the FERC. In addition, the Energy Policy Act of 2005 amended the
NGA and the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978, or NGPA, to increase
civil and criminal penalties for any violation of the NGA, NGPA
and any rules, regulations or orders of the FERC up to
$1.0 million per day per violation.
25
Additionally, existing rates may not reflect our current costs
of operations, which may have risen since the last time our
rates were approved by the FERC. Because proposed rate increases
are procedurally complicated, we may have a significant period
of time during which our gross margin from such FERC-regulated
systems may be materially less than we have historically
obtained.
The
application of certain FERC policy statements could affect the
rate of return on our equity we are allowed to recover through
rates and the amount of any allowance (if any) our interstate
systems can include for income taxes in establishing their rates
for service, which would in turn impact our revenue and/or
equity earnings.
In setting authorized rates of return for interstate natural gas
pipelines, the FERC uses a discounted cash flow model that
incorporates the use of proxy groups to develop a range of
reasonable returns earned on equity interests in companies with
corresponding risks. The FERC then assigns a rate of return on
equity within that range to reflect specific risks of that
pipeline when compared to the proxy group companies. The FERC
allows master limited partnerships, or MLPs, to be included in
the proxy group to determine return on equity. However, as to
such MLPs, the FERC will generally adjust the long-term growth
rate used to calculate the equity cost of capital. The FERC
stated that the long-term growth projection for natural gas
pipeline MLPs will be equal to fifty percent of gross domestic
product, or GDP, as compared to the unadjusted GDP used for
corporations. Therefore, to the extent that MLPs are included in
a proxy group, the FERCs policy lowers the return on
equity that might otherwise be allowed if there were no
adjustment to the MLP growth projection used for the discounted
cash flow model. This could lower the return on equity that we
would otherwise be able to obtain.
The FERC currently allows partnerships, including MLPs, to
include in their
cost-of-service
an income tax allowance if the partnerships owners have
actual or potential income tax liability, a matter that will be
reviewed by the FERC on a
case-by-case
basis. Any changes to the FERCs treatment of income tax
allowances in
cost-of-service
rates or an adverse determination with respect to the inclusion
of an income tax allowance in our interstate pipelines
rates could result in an adjustment in a future rate case of our
interstate pipelines respective equity rates of return
that underlie their recourse rates and may cause their recourse
rates to be set at a level that is different, and in some
instances lower, than the level otherwise in effect.
A
change in the jurisdictional characterization or regulation of
our assets by federal, state or local regulatory agencies or a
change in policy by those agencies could result in increased
regulation of our assets which could materially and adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
Intrastate transportation facilities that do not provide
interstate transmission services are exempt from the
jurisdiction of the FERC under the NGA. Although the FERC has
not made any formal determinations with respect to any of our
facilities, we believe that our intrastate natural gas pipelines
and related facilities that are not engaged in providing
interstate transmission services are engaged in exempt gathering
and intrastate transportation and, therefore, are not subject to
FERC jurisdiction. We believe that our natural gas gathering
pipelines meet the traditional tests that the FERC has used to
determine if a pipeline is a gathering pipeline and is therefore
not subject to the FERCs jurisdiction. The distinction
between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally
unregulated gathering services is the subject of substantial
ongoing litigation and, over time, the FERCs policy for
determining which facilities it regulates has changed. In
addition, the distinction between FERC-regulated transmission
facilities, on the one hand, and intrastate transportation and
gathering facilities, on the other, is a fact-based
determination made by the FERC on a case by case basis. If the
FERC were to consider the status of an individual facility and
determine that the facility
and/or
services provided by it are not exempt from FERC regulation
under the NGA, the rates for, and terms and conditions of,
services provided by such facility would be subject to
regulation by the FERC under the NGA. Such regulation could
decrease revenue, increase operating costs, and, depending upon
the facility in question, could adversely affect our results of
operations and cash flows. In addition, if any of our facilities
were found to have provided services or otherwise operated in
violation of the NGA or NGPA, this could result in the
imposition of civil
26
penalties as well as a requirement to disgorge charges collected
for such service in excess of the cost-based rate established by
the FERC.
Moreover, FERC regulation affects our gathering, transportation
and compression business generally. The FERCs policies and
practices across the range of its natural gas regulatory
activities, including, for example, its policies on open access
transportation, market manipulation, ratemaking, capacity
release and market transparency and market center promotion,
directly and indirectly affect our gathering business. In
addition, the classification and regulation of our gathering and
intrastate transportation facilities also are subject to change
based on future determinations by the FERC, the courts or
Congress.
State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes
various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances,
nondiscriminatory take requirements and complaint-based rate
regulation. In recent years, the FERC has taken a more
light-handed approach to regulation of the gathering activities
of interstate pipeline transmission companies, which has
resulted in a number of these companies transferring gathering
facilities to federally unregulated affiliates. As a result of
these activities, natural gas gathering may begin to receive
greater regulatory scrutiny at both the state and federal levels.
We are
subject to stringent environmental laws and regulations that may
expose us to significant costs and liabilities.
Our natural gas gathering, compression, treating and
transportation operations are subject to stringent and complex
federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that
govern the discharge of materials into the environment or
otherwise relate to environmental protection. Examples of these
laws include:
|
|
|
|
|
the federal Clean Air Act and analogous state laws that impose
obligations related to air emissions;
|
|
|
|
the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act, also known as CERCLA or the Superfund law,
and analogous state laws that regulate the cleanup of hazardous
substances that may be or have been released at properties
currently or previously owned or operated by us or at locations
to which our wastes are or have been transported for disposal;
|
|
|
|
the federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean
Water Act, and analogous state laws that regulate discharges
from our facilities into state and federal waters, including
wetlands;
|
|
|
|
the federal Oil Pollution Act, also known as OPA, and analogous
state laws that establish strict liability for releases of oil
into waters of the United States;
|
|
|
|
the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, also known
as RCRA, and analogous state laws that impose requirements for
the storage, treatment and disposal of solid and hazardous waste
from our facilities;
|
|
|
|
the Endangered Species Act, also known as the ESA; and
|
|
|
|
the Toxic Substances Control Act, also known as TSCA, and
analogous state laws that impose requirements on the use,
storage and disposal of various chemicals and chemical
substances at our facilities.
|
These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations that
are applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of
permits to conduct regulated activities, the incurrence of
capital or operating expenditures to limit or prevent releases
of materials from our pipelines and facilities, and the
imposition of substantial liabilities and remedial obligations
for pollution resulting from our operations. Numerous
governmental authorities, such as the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, or the EPA, and analogous state agencies,
have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and
regulations and the permits issued under them, oftentimes
requiring difficult and costly corrective actions. Failure to
comply with these laws, regulations and permits may result in
the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties,
the imposition of remedial obligations and the issuance of
injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our
operations. In addition, we may experience a delay in obtaining
or be unable to obtain required permits, which
27
may cause us to lose potential and current customers, interrupt
our operations and limit our growth and revenue.
There is a risk that we may incur significant environmental
costs and liabilities in connection with our operations due to
historical industry operations and waste disposal practices, our
handling of hydrocarbon wastes and potential emissions and
discharges related to our operations. Joint and several, strict
liability may be incurred, without regard to fault, under
certain of these environmental laws and regulations in
connection with discharges or releases of hydrocarbon wastes on,
under or from our properties and facilities, many of which have
been used for midstream activities for a number of years,
oftentimes by third parties not under our control. Private
parties, including the owners of the properties through which
our gathering or transportation systems pass and facilities
where our wastes are taken for reclamation or disposal, may also
have the right to pursue legal actions to enforce compliance as
well as to seek damages for non-compliance with environmental
laws and regulations or for personal injury or property damage.
For example, an accidental release from one of our pipelines
could subject us to substantial liabilities arising from
environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by
neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal
injury and property damage and fines or penalties for related
violations of environmental laws or regulations. In addition,
changes in environmental laws occur frequently, and any such
changes that result in more stringent and costly waste handling,
storage, transport, disposal or remediation requirements could
have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial
position. We may not be able to recover all or any of these
costs from insurance. Please read Business
Environmental Matters for more information.
Our
operations may impact the environment or cause environmental
contamination, which could result in material liabilities to
us.
Our operations use hazardous materials, generate limited
quantities of hazardous wastes and may affect runoff or drainage
water. In the event of environmental contamination or a release
of hazardous materials, we could become subject to claims for
toxic torts, natural resource damages and other damages and for
the investigation and clean up of soil, surface water,
groundwater, and other media. Such claims may arise out of
conditions at sites that we currently own or operate, as well as
at sites that we previously owned or operated, or may acquire.
Our liability for such claims may be joint and several, so that
we may be held responsible for more than our share of the
contamination or other damages, or even for the entire share.
These and other impacts that our operations may have on the
environment, as well as exposures to hazardous substances or
wastes associated with our operations, could result in costs and
liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on us.
Please read Business Environmental
Matters.
Climate
change legislation, regulatory initiatives and litigation could
result in increased operating costs and reduced demand for the
natural gas services we provide.
In recent years, the U.S. Congress has been considering
legislation to restrict or regulate emissions of greenhouse
gases, such as carbon dioxide and methane, that are understood
to contribute to global warming. The American Clean Energy and
Security Act of 2009, passed by the House of Representatives,
would, if enacted by the full Congress, have required greenhouse
gas, or GHG, emissions reductions by covered sources of as much
as 17% from 2005 levels by 2020 and by as much as 83% by 2050.
It presently appears unlikely that comprehensive climate
legislation will be passed by either house of Congress in the
near future, although energy legislation and other initiatives
are expected to be proposed that may be relevant to GHG
emissions issues. In addition, almost half of the states, either
individually or through multi-state regional initiatives, have
begun to address GHG emissions, primarily through the planned
development of emission inventories or regional GHG cap and
trade programs. Most of these cap and trade programs work by
requiring either major sources of emissions, such as electric
power plants, or major producers of fuels, such as refineries
and gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender emission
allowances. The number of allowances available for purchase is
reduced each year until the overall GHG emission reduction goal
is achieved. Depending on the scope of a particular program, we
could be required to purchase and surrender allowances for GHG
emissions resulting from our operations (e.g., at compressor
stations). Although most of the state-level initiatives have to
date been focused on large sources of GHG emissions, such as
electric power plants, it is possible that smaller
28
sources such as our gas-fired compressors could become subject
to GHG-related regulation. Depending on the particular program,
we could be required to control emissions or to purchase and
surrender allowances for GHG emissions resulting from our
operations.
Independent of Congress, the EPA is beginning to adopt
regulations controlling GHG emissions under its existing Clean
Air Act authority. For example, on December 15, 2009, the
EPA officially published its findings that emissions of carbon
dioxide, methane and other GHGs present an endangerment to human
health and the environment because emissions of such gases are,
according to the EPA, contributing to warming of the
earths atmosphere and other climatic changes. These
findings by the EPA allow the agency to proceed with the
adoption and implementation of regulations that would restrict
emissions of greenhouse gases under existing provisions of the
federal Clean Air Act. In 2009, the EPA adopted rules regarding
regulation of GHG emissions from motor vehicles. In addition, on
September 22, 2009, the EPA issued a final rule requiring
the reporting of greenhouse gas emissions from specified large
greenhouse gas emission sources in the U.S. beginning in
2011 for emissions occurring in 2010. Our Bazor Ridge facility
is currently required to report under this rule beginning in
2011. On November 30, 2010, the EPA published a final rule
expanding its existing GHG emissions reporting rule for
petroleum and natural gas facilities, including natural gas
transmission compression facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons
or more of carbon dioxide equivalent per year. The rule, which
went into effect on December 30, 2010, requires reporting
of greenhouse gas emissions by regulated facilities to EPA by
March 2012 for emissions during 2011 and annually thereafter.
Three of our onshore compression facilities will likely be
required to report under this rule, with the first report due to
the EPA on March 31, 2012. In 2010, EPA also issued a final
rule, known as the Tailoring Rule, that makes
certain large stationary sources and modification projects
subject to permitting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions
under the Clean Air Act. Several of EPAs greenhouse gas
rules are being challenged in pending court proceedings and,
depending on the outcome of such proceedings, such rules may be
modified or rescinded or the EPA could develop new rules.
Although it is not possible at this time to accurately estimate
how potential future laws or regulations addressing greenhouse
gas emissions would impact our business, any future federal laws
or implementing regulations that may be adopted to address
greenhouse gas emissions could require us to incur increased
operating costs and could adversely affect demand for the
natural gas we gather, treat or otherwise handle in connection
with our services. The potential increase in the costs of our
operations resulting from any legislation or regulation to
restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could include new or
increased costs to operate and maintain our facilities, install
new emission controls on our facilities, acquire allowances to
authorize our greenhouse gas emissions, pay any taxes related to
our greenhouse gas emissions and administer and manage a
greenhouse gas emissions program. While we may be able to
include some or all of such increased costs in the rates charged
by our pipelines or other facilities, such recovery of costs is
uncertain. Moreover, incentives to conserve energy or use
alternative energy sources could reduce demand for natural gas,
resulting in a decrease in demand for our services. We cannot
predict with any certainty at this time how these possibilities
may affect our operations.
Our
pipelines may become subject to more stringent safety
regulation.
Proposed pipeline safety legislation requiring more stringent
spill reporting and disclosure obligations was introduced in the
U.S. Congress and passed by the U.S. House of
Representatives in 2010, but was not voted on in the
U.S. Senate. Similar legislation has been proposed in the
current session of Congress, either independently or in
conjunction with the reauthorization of the Pipeline Safety Act.
The Department of Transportation, or DOT, has also recently
proposed legislation providing for more stringent oversight of
pipelines and increased penalties for violations of safety
rules, which is in addition to the Pipeline and Hazardous
Materials Safety Administrations announced intention to
strengthen its rules. The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials
Safety Administration, or the PHMSA, which is part of DOT,
recently issued a final rule, effective October 1, 2011,
applying safety regulations to certain rural low-stress
hazardous liquid pipelines that were not covered previously by
some of its safety regulations. We believe that this rule does
not apply to any of our pipelines. While we cannot predict the
outcome of other proposed legislative or regulatory initiatives,
such legislative and regulatory changes could have a material
effect on our operations particularly by
29
extending more stringent and comprehensive safety regulations
(such as integrity management requirements) to pipelines not
previously subject to such requirements. Additionally,
legislative and regulatory changes may also result in higher
penalties for the violation of federal pipeline safety
regulations. While we expect any legislative or regulatory
changes to allow us time to become compliant with new
requirements, costs associated with compliance may have a
material effect on our operations. We cannot predict with any
certainty at this time the terms of any new laws or rules or the
costs of compliance associated with such requirements.
The
adoption and implementation of new statutory and regulatory
requirements for swap transactions could have an adverse impact
on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business and
increase the working capital requirements to conduct these
activities.
In July 2010 federal legislation known as the Dodd-Frank Wall
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank
Act, was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act provides new statutory
requirements for swap transactions, including oil and gas
hedging transactions. These statutory requirements must be
implemented through, regulation primarily through rules to be
adopted by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission, or the
CFTC. The Dodd-Frank Act provisions are intended to change
fundamentally the way swap transactions are entered into,
transforming an
over-the-counter
market in which parties negotiate directly with each other into
a regulated market in which most swaps are to be executed on
registered exchanges or swap execution facilities and cleared
through central counterparties. Many market participants will be
newly regulated as swap dealers or major swap participants, with
new regulatory capital requirements and other regulations that
may impose business conduct rules and mandate how they hold
collateral or margin for swap transactions. All market
participants will be subject to new reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our hedging activities is
uncertain at this time, and the CFTC has not yet promulgated
final regulations implementing the key provisions. Although we
do not believe we will need to register as a swap dealer or
major swap participant, and do not believe we will be subject to
the new requirements to trade on an exchange or swap execution
facility or to clear swaps through a central counterparty, we
may have new regulatory burdens. Moreover, the changes to the
swap market as a result of Dodd-Frank implementation could
significantly increase the cost of entering into new swaps or
maintaining existing swaps, materially alter the terms of new or
existing swap transactions
and/or
reduce the availability of new or existing swaps.
Depending on the rules and definitions adopted by the CFTC, we
might in the future be required to provide cash collateral for
our commodities hedging transactions under circumstances in
which we do not currently post cash collateral. Posting of such
additional cash collateral could impact liquidity and reduce our
cash available for capital expenditures or other partnership
purposes. A requirement to post cash collateral could therefore
reduce our willingness or ability to execute hedges to reduce
commodity price uncertainty and thus protect cash flows. If we
reduce our use of swaps as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and
regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile
and our cash flows may be less predictable.
We do
not own all of the land on which our pipelines and facilities
are located, which could result in disruptions to our
operations.
We do not own all of the land on which our pipelines and
facilities have been constructed, and we are, therefore, subject
to the possibility of more onerous terms
and/or
increased costs to retain necessary land use if we do not have
valid
rights-of-way
or if such
rights-of-way
lapse or terminate. We obtain the rights to construct and
operate our pipelines on land owned by third parties and
governmental agencies for a specific period of time. Our loss of
these rights, through our inability to renew
right-of-way
contracts or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, financial condition and
ability to make cash distributions to our unitholders.
30
Restrictions
in our new credit facility could adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations, ability to make
distributions to unitholders and value of our common
units.
We expect to enter into a new credit facility concurrently with
the closing of the offering. Our new credit facility is likely
to limit our ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
make distributions on or redeem or repurchase units;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
incur certain liens or permit them to exist;
|
|
|
|
enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate with another company; and
|
|
|
|
transfer or otherwise dispose of assets.
|
Our new credit facility also will likely contain covenants
requiring us to maintain certain financial ratios.
The provisions of our new credit facility may affect our ability
to obtain future financing and pursue attractive business
opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting
to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to
comply with the provisions of our new credit facility could
result in a default or an event of default that could enable our
lenders to declare the outstanding principal of that debt,
together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due
and payable. If the payment of our debt is accelerated, our
assets may be insufficient to repay such debt in full, and our
unitholders could experience a partial or total loss of their
investment.
Debt
we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain
financing and to pursue other business
opportunities.
Our future level of debt could have important consequences to
us, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for
working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available
on favorable terms;
|
|
|
|
our funds available for operations, future business
opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced
by that portion of our cash flow required to make interest
payments on our debt;
|
|
|
|
we may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn
in our business or the economy generally; and
|
|
|
|
our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic
conditions may be limited.
|
Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other
things, our future financial and operating performance, which
will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and
financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which
are beyond our control. If our operating results are not
sufficient to service any future indebtedness, we will be forced
to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or
delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or
capital expenditures, selling assets or seeking additional
equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these
actions on satisfactory terms or at all.
As our
common units will be yield-oriented securities, increases in
interest rates could adversely impact our unit price, our
ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other
purposes and our ability to make cash distributions at our
intended levels.
Interest rates may increase in the future. As a result, interest
rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings could be
higher than current levels, causing our financing costs to
increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented securities,
our unit price is impacted by our level of our cash
distributions and implied
31
distribution yield. The distribution yield is often used by
investors to compare and rank yield-oriented securities for
investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in
interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the
yield requirements of investors who invest in our units, and a
rising interest rate environment could have an adverse impact on
our unit price, our ability to issue equity or incur debt for
acquisitions or other purposes and our ability to make cash
distributions at our intended levels.
We
currently have a small management team, and our ability to
operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to
attract and retain key management personnel.
We currently have a small management team, and our ability to
operate our business and implement our strategies depends on the
continued contributions of certain executive officers and key
employees of our general partner. Our general partner has a
smaller managerial, operational and financial staff than many of
the companies in our industry. Given the small size of our
management team, the loss of any one member of our management
team could have a material adverse effect on our business. In
addition, certain of our field operating managers are
approaching retirement age. We believe that our future success
will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain
highly skilled management personnel with midstream natural gas
industry experience and competition for these persons in the
midstream natural gas industry is intense. Given our small size,
we may be at a disadvantage, relative to our larger competitors,
in the competition for these personnel. We may not be able to
continue to employ our senior executives and key personnel or
attract and retain qualified personnel in the future, and our
failure to retain or attract our senior executives and key
personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to
effectively operate our business.
A
shortage of skilled labor in the midstream natural gas industry
could reduce labor productivity and increase costs, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.
The gathering, treating, processing and transporting of natural
gas requires skilled laborers in multiple disciplines such as
equipment operators, mechanics and engineers, among others. We
have from time to time encountered shortages for these types of
skilled labor. If we experience shortages of skilled labor in
the future, our labor and overall productivity or costs could be
materially and adversely affected. If our labor prices increase
or if we experience materially increased health and benefit
costs with respect to our general partners employees, our
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Our
work force could become unionized in the future, which could
adversely affect the stability of our production and materially
reduce our profitability.
All of our systems are operated by non-union employees of our
general partner. Our employees have the right at any time under
the National Labor Relations Act to form or affiliate with a
union. If our employees choose to form or affiliate with a union
and the terms of a union collective bargaining agreement are
significantly different from our current compensation and job
assignment arrangements with our employees, these arrangements
could adversely affect the stability of our operations and
materially reduce our profitability.
The
amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of
our common and subordinated units depends primarily on our cash
flow rather than on our profitability, which may prevent us from
making distributions, even during periods in which we record net
income.
The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends
primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability,
which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may
make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for
financial accounting purposes and may not make cash
distributions during periods when we record net earnings for
financial accounting purposes.
32
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
AIM
Midstream Holdings directly owns and controls our general
partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting our
business and managing our operations. AIM Midstream Holdings and
our general partner have conflicts of interest with us and
limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their own interests
to the detriment of us and our unitholders.
Following this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will own and
control our general partner, as well as appoint all of the
officers and directors of our general partner, some of whom will
also be officers of AIM Midstream Holdings. Although our general
partner has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner that is
beneficial to us and our unitholders, the directors and officers
of our general partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our
general partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owner, AIM
Midstream Holdings. Conflicts of interest may arise between AIM
Midstream Holdings and our general partner, on the one hand, and
us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In resolving these
conflicts of interest, our general partner may favor its own
interests and the interests of AIM Midstream Holdings over our
interests and the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts
include the following situations, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
Neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement
requires AIM Midstream Holdings to pursue a business strategy
that favors us.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner is allowed to take into account the
interests of parties other than us, such as AIM Midstream
Holdings, in resolving conflicts of interest.
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces
the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also
restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions
that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of
fiduciary duty.
|
|
|
|
Except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the
power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, borrowings, issuance of additional
partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase
of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of cash that is
distributed to our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect
the amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to
our general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to
convert to common units.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner determines which costs incurred by it are
reimbursable by us.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to
permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or
effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the
subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to
accelerate the expiration of the subordination period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement permits us to classify up to
$11.5 million as operating surplus, even if it is generated
from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other
sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This
cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units
or to our general partner in respect of the general partner
interest or the incentive distribution rights.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner
from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services
rendered to us or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
contractual and other obligations.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if
they own more than 80% of the common units.
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner controls the enforcement of the obligations
that it and its affiliates owe to us.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units
to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to our common unitholders in certain situations.
|
Please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties.
AIM
Midstream Holdings is not limited in its ability to compete with
us and is not obligated to offer us the opportunity to acquire
additional assets or businesses, which could limit our ability
to grow and could adversely affect our results of operations and
cash available for distribution to our
unitholders.
AIM Midstream Holdings is not prohibited from owning assets or
engaging in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with
us. In addition, in the future, AIM Midstream Holdings may
acquire, construct or dispose of additional midstream or other
assets and may be presented with new business opportunities,
without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase
or construct such assets or to engage in such business
opportunities. Moreover, while AIM Midstream Holdings may offer
us the opportunity to buy additional assets from it, it is under
no contractual obligation to do so and we are unable to predict
whether or when such acquisitions might be completed.
There
is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market
that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop.
Following this offering, the market price of our common units
may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of
your investment.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. After this offering, there will be only 3,750,000
publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
In addition, AIM Midstream Holdings will own 725,120 common
units and 4,526,066 subordinated units, representing an
aggregate of approximately 56.8% limited partner interest in us.
We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead
to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market
might be. Furthermore, this offering is smaller than initial
public offerings for midstream companies in recent years, which
may lead to an even greater lack of liquidity than normal. You
may not be able to resell your common units at or above the
initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack of
liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to
significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units
and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common
units.
The initial public offering price for the common units will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The
market price of our common units may decline below the initial
public offering price. The market price of our common units may
also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our
control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly distributions;
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
the loss of a large customer;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts
or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units
after this offering or changes in financial estimates by
analysts;
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
future sales of our common units; and
|
|
|
|
other factors described in these Risk Factors.
|
The
NYSE does not require a publicly traded partnership like us to
comply with certain of its corporate governance
requirements.
We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE. Because
we will be a publicly traded partnership, the NYSE does not
require us to have a majority of independent directors on our
general partners board of directors or to establish a
compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance
committee. Additionally, any future issuance of additional
common units or other securities, including to affiliates, will
not be subject to the NYSEs shareholder approval rules.
Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections
afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the
NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read
Management.
If you
are not an eligible holder, you may not receive distributions or
allocations of income or loss on your common units and your
common units will be subject to redemption.
We have adopted certain requirements regarding those investors
who may own our common and subordinated units. Eligible holders
are U.S. individuals or entities subject to
U.S. federal income taxation on the income generated by us
or entities not subject to U.S. federal income taxation on
the income generated by us, so long as all of the entitys
owners are U.S. individuals or entities subject to such
taxation. If you are not an eligible holder, our general partner
may elect not to make distributions or allocate income or loss
on your units, and you run the risk of having your units
redeemed by us at the lower of your purchase price cost and the
then-current market price. The redemption price may be paid in
cash or by delivery of a promissory note, as determined by our
general partner. Please read The Partnership
Agreement
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption.
Common
units held by persons who are non-taxpaying assignees will be
subject to the possibility of redemption.
Our partnership agreement gives our general partner the power to
amend the agreement to avoid any adverse effect on the maximum
applicable rates chargeable to customers by us under FERC
regulations, or in order to reverse an adverse determination
that has occurred regarding such maximum rate. If our general
partner determines that our not being treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax
status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited
partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material
adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to
customers by us, then our general partner may adopt such
amendments to our partnership agreement as it determines are
necessary or advisable to obtain proof of the U.S. federal
income tax status of our limited partners (and their owners, to
the extent relevant) and permit us to redeem the units held by
any person whose tax status has or is reasonably likely to have
a material adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates or who
fails to comply with the procedures instituted by our general
partner to obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax
status. Please read The Partnership Agreement
Non-Taxpaying Assignees; Redemption.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner
may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other
obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our
partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our
general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our
general partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have
obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on
liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or
indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs
obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or
35
indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash
otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make
acquisitions.
We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to
our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing
sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance
of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and
expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we
are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution
policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.
In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash, we
may not grow as quickly as businesses that reinvest their
available cash to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we
issue additional units in connection with any acquisitions or
expansion capital expenditures, the payment of distributions on
those additional units may increase the risk that we will be
unable to maintain or increase our per unit distribution level.
There are no limitations in our partnership agreement, and we do
not anticipate there being limitation in our new credit
facility, on our ability to issue additional units, including
units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of
additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our
growth strategy would result in increased interest expense,
which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we have to
distribute to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement limits our general partners
fiduciary duties to holders of our common and subordinated
units.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner
would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For
example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner
to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as
opposed to in its capacity as our general partner or otherwise,
free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This
entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and
factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or
obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or
factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners.
Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its
individual capacity include:
|
|
|
|
|
how to allocate corporate opportunities among us and its
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its limited call right;
|
|
|
|
how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it
owns;
|
|
|
|
whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and
|
|
|
|
whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
|
By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder agrees to
become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement,
including the provisions discussed above. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Fiduciary Duties.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to
holders of our common and subordinated units for actions taken
by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches
of fiduciary duty.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of
fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that whenever our general partner makes a determination
or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity
as our general partner, our general partner is required to make
such determination, or take or decline to take such other
action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
other or different standard imposed by our partnership
agreement, Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation,
or at equity;
|
|
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not have any liability to
us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in, or not
opposed to, the best interest of our partnership;
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors
will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited
partners or their assignees resulting from any act or omission
unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment
entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case
may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful
misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with
knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not be in breach of its
obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary
duties to us or our unitholders if a transaction with an
affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:
|
(a) approved by the conflicts committee of the board of
directors of our general partner, although our general partner
is not obligated to seek such approval;
(b) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding
common units, excluding any common units owned by our general
partner and its affiliates;
(c) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
being provided to or available from unrelated third
parties; or
(d) fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the
totality of the relationships among the parties involved,
including other transactions that may be particularly favorable
or advantageous to us.
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an
affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our
general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate
transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not
approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee
and the board of directors of our general partner determines
that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to
the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies
either of the standards set forth in subclauses (c) and
(d) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its
decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of our general partners board or our
unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions to
our common unitholders in certain situations.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters,
to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels
based on our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of
the reset election. Following a reset election by our general
partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an
amount equal to the average cash distribution per unit for the
two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election
(such amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly
distribution), and the target distribution levels will be
reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage
increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit without such conversion; however,
it is possible that our general partner could exercise this
reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in
our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general
partner expects that we will experience declines in our
aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such
37
situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may
expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it
receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued common units, which are entitled
to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and
which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner
to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution
payments based on target distribution levels that are less
certain to be achieved in the then current business environment.
As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders
to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that
they would have otherwise received had we not issued common
units to our general partner in connection with resetting the
target distribution levels related to our general partners
incentive distribution rights. Please read Provisions of
Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partners Right to Reset
Incentive Distribution Levels.
Holders
of our common units have limited voting rights and are not
entitled to elect our general partner or its
directors.
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders
have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our
business and, therefore, limited ability to influence
managements decisions regarding our business. Unitholders
will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our
general partner or its board of directors. The board of
directors of our general partner will be chosen by AIM Midstream
Holdings. Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with
the performance of our general partner, they will have little
ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these
limitations, the price at which the common units will trade
could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a
takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement
also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to
call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as
well as other provisions limiting the unitholders ability
to influence the manner or direction of management.
Even
if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot
initially remove our general partner without its
consent.
The unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general
partner without its consent because our general partner and its
affiliates will own sufficient units upon the closing of this
offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the
holders of at least
66
2
/
3
%
of all outstanding limited partner units voting together as a
single class is required to remove our general partner.
Following the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings
will own 58.0% of our outstanding common and subordinated units.
Also, if our general partner is removed without cause during the
subordination period and units held by our general partner and
its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal, all
remaining subordinated units will automatically convert into
common units and any existing arrearages on our common units
will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under
these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by
prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation
preference over our subordinated units, which would otherwise
have continued until we had met certain distribution and
performance tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a
court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final,
non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for
actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as
our general partner. Cause does not include most cases of
charges of poor management of the business, so the removal of
our general partner because of the unitholders
dissatisfaction with our general partners performance in
managing our partnership will most likely result in the
termination of the subordination period and conversion of all
subordinated units to common units.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders
owning 20% or more of our common units.
Unitholders voting rights are further restricted by a
provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units
held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units
then outstanding, other than our general partner, its
affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such
units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our
general partner, cannot vote on any matter.
38
Our
general partner interest or the control of our general partner
may be transferred to a third party without unitholder
consent.
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to
a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially
all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders.
Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the
ability of AIM Midstream Holdings to transfer all or a portion
of its ownership interest in our general partner to a third
party. The new owner of our general partner would then be in a
position to replace the board of directors and officers of our
general partner with its own designees and thereby exert
significant control over the decisions made by the board of
directors and officers.
You
will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net
tangible book value of $8.13 per common unit.
The estimated initial public offering price of $20.00 per common
unit exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value of
$11.87 per unit. Based on the estimated initial public
offering price of $20.00 per common unit, you will incur
immediate and substantial dilution of $8.13 per common
unit. Please read Dilution.
We may
issue additional units without your approval, which would dilute
your existing ownership interests.
Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of
additional limited partner interests that we may issue at any
time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us
of additional common units or other equity securities of equal
or senior rank will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
our existing unitholders proportionate ownership interest
in us will decrease;
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may
decrease;
|
|
|
|
because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be
subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common
unitholders will increase;
|
|
|
|
the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
|
|
|
|
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit
may be diminished; and
|
|
|
|
the market price of the common units may decline.
|
AIM
Midstream Holdings may sell units in the public or private
markets, and such sales could have an adverse impact on the
trading price of the common units.
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus,
assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to
purchase additional common units, AIM Midstream Holdings will
hold an aggregate of 725,120 common units and 4,526,066
subordinated units. All of the subordinated units will convert
into common units at the end of the subordination period. The
sale of these units in the public or private markets could have
an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on any
trading market that may develop.
Our
general partner has a limited call right that may require you to
sell your units at an undesirable time or price.
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the
right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us,
but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all,
of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price that
is not less than their then-current market price, as calculated
pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement. As a result,
you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable
time or price and may not receive any return on your investment.
You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At
the closing of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units,
AIM Midstream Holdings will own approximately 16.0% of our
outstanding common units. At the end of the
39
subordination period, assuming no additional issuances of
common units (other than upon the conversion of the subordinated
units), AIM Midstream Holdings will own approximately 58.0% of
our outstanding common units. For additional information about
this right, please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Call Right.
Your
liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder
action constitutes control of our business.
A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited
liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for
those contractual obligations of the partnership that are
expressly made without recourse to the general partner. Our
partnership is organized under Delaware law, and we conduct
business in a number of other states. The limitations on the
liability of holders of limited partner interests for the
obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly
established in some of the other states in which we do business.
You could be liable for any and all of our obligations as if you
were a general partner if a court or government agency were to
determine that:
|
|
|
|
|
we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with
that particular states partnership statute; or
|
|
|
|
your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace
our general partner, to approve some amendments to our
partnership agreement or to take other actions under our
partnership agreement constitute control of our
business.
|
For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of
liability on a unitholder, please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Liability.
Unitholders
may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully
distributed to them.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay
amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may
not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause
our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware
law provides that for a period of three years from the date of
an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the
distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that
it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited
partnership for the distribution amount. Substituted limited
partners are liable both for the obligations of the assignor to
make contributions to the partnership that were known to the
substituted limited partner at the time it became a limited
partner and for those obligations that were unknown if the
liabilities could have been determined from the partnership
agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their
partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to
the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether
a distribution is permitted.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly
traded partnership.
We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership.
As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant
legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules subsequently
implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, or the
NYSE, have required changes in the corporate governance
practices of publicly traded companies. We expect these rules
and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For
example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership,
we are required to have at least three independent directors,
create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal
controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the
preparation of reports on internal controls over financial
reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs
associated with our publicly traded partnership reporting
requirements. We also expect these new rules and regulations to
make it more difficult and more expensive for our general
partner to obtain director and officer liability insurance and
to possibly result in our general partner having to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage. As a result, it may be more
difficult for our general partner to attract and retain
qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as
executive officers. We have included $2.3 million of
estimated annual incremental costs associated with being a
publicly traded
40
partnership in our financial forecast included elsewhere in this
prospectus. However, it is possible that our actual incremental
costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than
we currently estimate.
Moreover, treatment of us as an investment company would prevent
our qualification as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, in which case we would be treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. As a result, we would pay federal
income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate,
distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate
distributions and none of our income, gains, losses or
deductions would flow through to you. If we were taxed as a
corporation, our cash available for distribution to you would be
substantially reduced. Therefore, treatment of us as an
investment company would result in a material reduction in the
anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to the unitholders,
likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our
common units. For a discussion of the federal income tax
implications that would result from our treatment as a
corporation in any taxable year, please read Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences Partnership
Status.
Tax Risks
to Common Unitholders
In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should
read Material Federal Income Tax Consequences for a
more complete discussion of the expected material federal income
tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.
Our
tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes. If the IRS were to treat us as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes, which would subject
us to entity-level taxation, then our cash available for
distribution to our unitholders would be substantially
reduced.
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in
the common units depends largely on our being treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not
requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, on this or any other tax
matter affecting us.
Despite the fact that we are a limited partnership under
Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for a
partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. A change in our business or a
change in current law could cause us to be treated as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject
us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income
at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of
35.0%, and would likely pay state and local income tax at
varying rates. Distributions would generally be taxed again as
corporate distributions (to the extent of our current and
accumulated earnings and profits), and no income, gains, losses,
deductions, or credits would flow through to you. Because a tax
would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available
for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.
Therefore, if we were treated as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes there would be material reduction in the
anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to our unitholders,
likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our
common units.
Our partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or
existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that
subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects
us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income
tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the
target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the
impact of that law on us.
If we
were subjected to a material amount of additional entity-level
taxation by individual states, it would reduce our cash
available for distribution to our unitholders.
Changes in current state law may subject us to additional
entity-level taxation by individual states. Because of
widespread state budget deficits and other reasons, several
states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to
entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income,
franchise and other forms of taxation. Imposition of such a tax
on us by Texas, and if applicable by any other state, will
reduce the cash available for distribution to you. Our
partnership agreement provides that, if a law is enacted or
existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that
subjects us to entity-level taxation, the minimum quarterly
41
distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be
adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
The
tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment
in our common units could be subject to potential legislative,
judicial or administrative changes and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded
partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units
may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial
interpretation at any time. Recently, members of the
U.S. Congress have considered substantive changes to the
existing federal income tax laws that affect certain publicly
traded partnerships, which, if enacted, may or may not be
applied retroactively. Although we are unable to predict whether
any of these changes or any other proposals will ultimately be
enacted, any such changes could negatively impact the value of
an investment in our common units.
Our
unitholders share of our income will be taxable to them
for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not receive
any cash distributions from us.
Because a unitholder will be treated as a partner to whom we
will allocate taxable income which could be different in amount
than the cash we distribute, a unitholders allocable share
of our taxable income will be taxable to it, which may require
the payment of federal income taxes and, in some cases, state
and local income taxes on its share of our taxable income even
if it receives no cash distributions from us. Our unitholders
may not receive cash distributions from us equal to their share
of our taxable income or even equal to the actual tax liability
that results from that income.
If the
IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the
market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the
cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for
distribution to our unitholders.
We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to our
treatment as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or
any other matter affecting us. The IRS may adopt positions that
differ from the conclusions of our counsel expressed in this
prospectus or from the positions we take, and the IRSs
positions may ultimately be sustained. It may be necessary to
resort to administrative or court proceedings to sustain some or
all of our counsels conclusions or the positions we take
and such positions may not ultimately be sustained. A court may
not agree with some or all of our counsels conclusions or
the positions we take. Any contest with the IRS, and the outcome
of any IRS contest, may have a materially adverse impact on the
market for our common units and the price at which they trade.
In addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne
indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because
the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.
Tax
gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be
more or less than expected.
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between
the amount realized and your tax basis in those common units.
Because distributions in excess of your allocable share of our
net taxable income decrease your tax basis in your common units,
the amount, if any, of such prior excess distributions with
respect to the common units you sell will, in effect, become
taxable income to you if you sell such common units at a price
greater than your tax basis in those common units, even if the
price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore,
a substantial portion of the amount realized on any sale of your
common units, whether or not representing gain, may be taxed as
ordinary income due to potential recapture items, including
depreciation recapture. In addition, because the amount realized
includes a unitholders share of our nonrecourse
liabilities, if you sell your common units, you may incur a tax
liability in excess of the amount of cash you receive from the
sale. Please read Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss for a further discussion of
the foregoing.
42
Tax-exempt
entities and
non-U.S.
persons face unique tax issues from owning our common units that
may result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as
employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known
as IRAs), and
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our
income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal
income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be
unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
Distributions to
non-U.S. persons
will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable
effective tax rate, and
non-U.S. persons
will be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns
and pay tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a
tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult a tax advisor before investing in our common
units.
We
will treat each purchaser of common units as having the same tax
benefits without regard to the actual common units purchased.
The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could adversely
affect the value of the common units.
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common
units and because of other reasons, we will adopt depreciation
and amortization positions that may not conform to all aspects
of existing Treasury Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to
those positions could adversely affect the amount of tax
benefits available to you. Our counsel is unable to opine as to
the validity of such filing positions. It also could affect the
timing of these tax benefits or the amount of gain from your
sale of common units and could have a negative impact on the
value of our common units or result in audit adjustments to your
tax returns. Please read Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Section 754 Election for a
further discussion of the effect of the depreciation and
amortization positions we will adopt.
We
prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction for U.S.
federal income tax purposes between transferors and transferees
of our units each month based upon the ownership of our units on
the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date
a particular unit is transferred. The IRS may challenge this
treatment, which could change the allocation of items of income,
gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders.
We will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction
for U.S. federal income tax purposes between transferors
and transferees of our units each month based upon the ownership
of our units on the first day of each month, instead of on the
basis of the date a particular unit is transferred. The use of
this proration method may not be permitted under existing
Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the U.S. Treasury
Department issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a
safe harbor pursuant to which publicly traded partnerships may
use a similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax
items among transferor and transferee unitholders. Nonetheless,
the proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use
of the proration method we have adopted. If the IRS were to
challenge this method or new Treasury regulations were issued,
we may be required to change the allocation of items of income,
gain, loss and deduction among our unitholders. Andrews Kurth
LLP has not rendered an opinion with respect to whether our
monthly convention for allocating taxable income and losses is
permitted by existing Treasury Regulations. Please read
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences
Disposition of Common Units Allocations Between
Transferors and Transferees.
A
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of common units may be
considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he
would no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a
partner with respect to those common units during the period of
the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the
disposition.
Because a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a
short seller to cover a short sale of common units
may be considered as having disposed of the loaned common units,
he may no longer be treated for federal income tax purposes as a
partner with respect to those common units during the period of
the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize
gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period
of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss
or deduction with respect to those common
43
units may not be reportable by the unitholder and any cash
distributions received by the unitholder as to those common
units could be fully taxable as ordinary income. Our counsel has
not rendered an opinion regarding the treatment of a unitholder
where common units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short
sale of common units; therefore, our unitholders desiring to
assure their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain
recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to consult a
tax advisor to discuss whether it is advisable to modify any
applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit their
brokers from loaning their common units.
We
will adopt certain valuation methodologies and monthly
conventions for U.S. federal income tax purposes that may result
in a shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our
general partner and our unitholders. The IRS may challenge this
treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common
units.
When we issue additional units or engage in certain other
transactions, we will determine the fair market value of our
assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to
our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our
general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating
the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of
income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and
our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such
unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent
purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their
Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated
to our tangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our
intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods,
or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and
allocations of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction between
our general partner and certain of our unitholders.
A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could
adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being
allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of
taxable gain from our unitholders sale of common units and
could have a negative impact on the value of the common units or
result in audit adjustments to our unitholders tax returns
without the benefit of additional deductions.
The
sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits
interests during any twelve-month period will result in the
termination of our partnership for federal income tax
purposes.
We will be considered to have technically terminated our
partnership for federal income tax purposes if there is a sale
or exchange of 50% or more of the total interests in our capital
and profits within a twelve-month period. For purposes of
determining whether the 50% threshold has been met, multiple
sales of the same interest will be counted only once. Our
technical termination would, among other things, result in the
closing of our taxable year for all unitholders, which would
result in us filing two tax returns (and our unitholders could
receive two Schedules K-1 if relief was not available, as
described below) for one fiscal year and could result in a
deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our
taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a
taxable year other than a fiscal year ending December 31,
the closing of our taxable year may also result in more than
twelve months of our taxable income or loss being includable in
his taxable income for the year of termination. Our termination
currently would not affect our classification as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes, but instead we would be treated
as a new partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new
partnership, we must make new tax elections and could be subject
to penalties if we are unable to determine that a termination
occurred. The IRS has recently announced a publicly traded
partnership technical termination relief program whereby, if a
publicly traded partnership that technically terminated requests
publicly traded partnership technical termination relief and
such relief is granted by the IRS, among other things, the
partnership will only have to provide one
Schedule K-1
to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax
years. Please read Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Common Units
Constructive Termination for a discussion of the
consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.
44
As a
result of investing in our common units, you may become subject
to state and local taxes and return filing requirements in
jurisdictions where we operate or own or acquire
properties.
In addition to federal income taxes, our unitholders will likely
be subject to other taxes, including state and local taxes,
unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or
intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions
in which we conduct business or own property now or in the
future, even if they do not live in any of those jurisdictions.
Our unitholders will likely be required to file state and local
income tax returns and pay state and local income taxes in some
or all of these various jurisdictions. Further, our unitholders
may be subject to penalties for failure to comply with those
requirements. We will initially own property or conduct business
in a number of states, most of which currently impose a personal
income tax on individuals. Most of these states also impose an
income tax on corporations and other entities. As we make
acquisitions or expand our business, we may own property or
conduct business in additional states that impose a personal
income tax. It is your responsibility to file all
U.S. federal, state and local tax returns. Our counsel has
not rendered an opinion on the state or local tax consequences
of an investment in our common units.
Compliance
with and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our
performance.
We are subject to extensive tax laws and regulations, including
federal, state and foreign income taxes and transactional taxes
such as excise, sales/use, payroll, franchise and ad valorem
taxes. New tax laws and regulations and changes in existing tax
laws and regulations are continuously being enacted that could
result in increased tax expenditures in the future. Many of
these tax liabilities are subject to audits by the respective
taxing authority. These audits may result in additional taxes as
well as interest and penalties.
45
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately
$69.8 million (based on an assumed initial offering price
of $20.00 per unit), after deducting underwriting discounts,
commissions and structuring fees, but before paying offering
expenses, from the issuance and sale of common units offered by
this prospectus. We will use the net proceeds from this
offering to:
|
|
|
|
|
repay in full the outstanding balance under our existing credit
facility;
|
|
|
|
|
|
pay offering expenses of approximately $3.3 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
terminate, in exchange for a payment of $2.5 million, the
advisory services agreement between American Midstream, LLC and
AIM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
establish a cash reserve of $2.2 million related to
non-recurring deferred maintenance capital expenditures for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
distribute approximately $2.0 million, on a pro rata basis,
to AIM Midstream Holdings, LTIP participants holding common
units and our general partner. The portion of the distribution
made to AIM Midstream Holdings is a partial reimbursement of
capital expenditures that were funded by its initial investments
in us.
|
Immediately following the repayment of the outstanding balance
under our existing credit facility with the net proceeds of this
offering, we will terminate our existing credit facility and
enter into a new credit facility and borrow approximately
$30.0 million under that credit facility. We will use the
proceeds from our borrowings to (i) fund a distribution of
approximately $28.0 million, on a pro rata basis, to AIM
Midstream Holdings, LTIP participants holding common units and
our general partner and (ii) pay fees and expenses of
approximately $2.0 million relating to our new credit
facility.
The following table illustrates our use of the net proceeds from
this offering and our borrowings under our new credit facility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sources of Cash (in millions)
|
|
Uses of Cash (in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Net proceeds from this offering
|
|
$
|
69.8
|
|
|
Repayment of outstanding balance under existing credit facility
|
|
$
|
59.8
|
|
Borrowings under new credit facility
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
Termination of advisory services agreement
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Establishment of cash reserve related to non-recurring deferred
maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to AIM Midstream Holdings, the LTIP participants
holding common units and our general partner
|
|
$
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offering and credit facility expenses payable by us
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
99.8
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
99.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A portion of the amounts to be repaid under our existing credit
facility with the net proceeds of this offering were used to
finance our acquisition of our assets in November 2009. As of
June 6, 2011, we had approximately $59.8 million of
indebtedness outstanding under our existing credit facility.
This indebtedness had a weighted average interest rate of 7.3%
as of June 6, 2011. At March 31, 2011, we had
$56.5 million of borrowings outstanding under our existing
credit facility. Our existing credit facility matures in
November 2012.
46
Our estimates assume an initial public offering price of $20.00
per common unit and no exercise of the underwriters option
to purchase additional common units. An increase or decrease in
the initial public offering price of $1.00 per common unit would
cause the net proceeds from the offering, after deducting
underwriting discounts, to increase or decrease by
$3.5 million. Any increase or decrease in the initial
public offering price will result in a corresponding adjustment
to the distribution to AIM Midstream Holdings, the LTIP
participants holding common units and our general partner from
the net proceeds of this offering.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
common units, we will use the net proceeds from that exercise to
redeem from AIM Midstream Holdings a number of common units
equal to the number of common units issued upon such exercise,
at a price per common unit equal to the proceeds per common unit
in this offering before expenses but after deducting
underwriting discounts, commissions and structuring fees.
The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions
with and perform services for us and our affiliates in the
ordinary course of business. Please read
Underwriting.
47
CAPITALIZATION
The following table shows:
|
|
|
|
|
our historical capitalization, as of March 31,
2011; and
|
|
|
|
our pro forma as adjusted capitalization, as of March 31,
2011, giving effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
our receipt and use of net proceeds of $69.8 million from
the issuance and sale of 3,750,000 common units to the public at
an assumed initial offering price of $20.00 per unit in the
manner described in Use of Proceeds, including
the repayment of all outstanding indebtedness under our existing
credit facility;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the entry into and borrowings of $30.0 million under the
new credit facility; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the other transactions described in Summary
Recapitalization Transactions and Partnership Structure.
|
We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction
with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our
historical consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You
should also read this table in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. This table assumes
that the underwriters option to purchase additional common
units is not exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma,
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
2,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing credit facility(2)
|
|
$
|
56,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
New credit facility(3)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt (including current maturities)
|
|
$
|
56,500
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners Capital:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common unitholders public
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
64,000
|
|
Common unitholders AIM Midstream Holdings
|
|
|
76,911
|
|
|
|
5,502
|
|
Subordinated unitholders AIM Midstream Holdings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,248
|
|
General partner
|
|
|
1,998
|
|
|
|
2,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital(5)
|
|
$
|
78,909
|
|
|
$
|
109,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
135,409
|
|
|
$
|
139,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The pro forma, as adjusted amount includes $2.2 million of
cash reserved for our non-recurring deferred maintenance capital
expenditures.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
As of June 6, 2011, we had $59.8 million of borrowings
outstanding under our existing credit facility (excluding $0.6
million in outstanding letters of credit). As a result, the
distribution to AIM Midstream holdings, LTIP participants
holding common units and our general partner implied from the
table above on a pro forma basis is $3.3 million higher
than the distribution described in Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Does not include $0.6 million in currently outstanding
letters of credit that will be issued under our new credit
facility.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
We expect the initial interest rate under our new credit
facility to be 3.0%.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Total partners capital does not include $0.1 million
of accumulated other comprehensive income.
|
48
DILUTION
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the
purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the
pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the offering.
On a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2011, after giving
effect to the recapitalization transactions and the offering of
common units and the application of the related net proceeds,
and assuming the underwriters option to purchase
additional common units is not exercised, our net tangible book
value was $109.7 million, or $11.87 per unit.
Purchasers of common units in this offering will experience
substantial and immediate dilution in net tangible book value
per common unit for financial accounting purposes, as
illustrated in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.00
|
|
Net tangible book value per unit before the offering(1)
|
|
$
|
14.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease in net tangible book value per unit attributable to
purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
(2.52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per unit after the
offering(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate dilution in tangible net book value per common unit to
purchasers in the offering(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Determined by dividing the number of units (852,085 common
units, 4,526,066 subordinated units and 108,718 general partner
units) held by our general partner and its affiliates, including
AIM Midstream Holdings, and LTIP participants holding common
units into the net tangible book value of our assets.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Determined by dividing the total number of units to be
outstanding after this offering (4,526,066 common units,
4,526,066 subordinated units and 184,737 general partner units)
into our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect
to the application of the expected net proceeds of this offering.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
If the initial public offering price were to increase or
decrease by $1.00 per common unit, then dilution in net tangible
book value per common unit would equal $9.13 and $7.13,
respectively. Because the total number of units outstanding
following this offering will not be impacted by any exercise of
the underwriters option to purchase additional common
units and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be
retained by us, there will be no change to the dilution in net
tangible book value per common unit to purchasers in the
offering due to any such exercise of the option.
|
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will
issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our
general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of
common units in this offering upon the closing of the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units Acquired
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
General partner and affiliates(1)(2)
|
|
|
5,486,869
|
|
|
|
59.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
78,965
|
|
|
|
53.1
|
%
|
Purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
3,750,000
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
|
|
|
69,750
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,236,869
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
148,715
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The units acquired by our general partner and its affiliates,
including AIM Midstream Holdings, and LTIP participants holding
common units consist of 776,066 common units,
4,526,066 subordinated units and 184,737 general partner
units.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Assumes the underwriters option to purchase additional
common units is not exercised.
|
49
OUR CASH
DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
You should read the following discussion of our cash
distribution policy in conjunction with the factors and
assumptions upon which our cash distribution policy is based,
which are included under the heading
Assumptions and Considerations below. In
addition, please read Forward-Looking Statements and
Risk Factors for information regarding statements
that do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and
certain risks inherent in our business. For additional
information regarding our historical operating results, you
should refer to our historical consolidated financial statements
and related notes and our Predecessors historical combined
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
General
Rationale
for Our Cash Distribution Policy
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects
our belief that our unitholders will be better served if we
distribute rather than retain our available cash. Generally, our
available cash is the sum of our (i) cash on hand at the
end of a quarter after the payment of our expenses and the
establishment of cash reserves and (ii) cash on hand
resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of
the quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level
federal income tax, we have more cash to distribute to our
unitholders than would be the case were we subject to federal
income tax.
Limitations
on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash
Distribution Policy
There is no guarantee that our unitholders will receive
quarterly distributions from us. We do not have a legal
obligation to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any
other distribution except as provided in our partnership
agreement. Our cash distribution policy may be changed at any
time and is subject to certain restrictions, including the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will have the authority to establish
reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future
cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment or
increase of those reserves could result in a reduction in cash
distributions to our unitholders from the levels we currently
anticipate pursuant to our stated cash distribution policy. Any
determination to establish cash reserves made by our general
partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders. Our
partnership agreement provides that in order for a determination
by our general partner to be considered to have been made in
good faith, our general partner must believe that the
determination is in our best interests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of
our available cash, our partnership agreement, including the
provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained
therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may
not be amended during the subordination period without the
approval of our public common unitholders other than in certain
limited circumstances where no unitholder approval is required.
However, our partnership agreement can be amended with the
consent of our general partner and the approval of a majority of
the outstanding common units (including common units held by AIM
Midstream Holdings) after the subordination period has ended. At
the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units,
AIM Midstream Holdings will own our general partner and
approximately 16.0% of our outstanding common units and all of
our outstanding subordinated units, or 58.0% of our limited
partner interests.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked,
the amount of cash that we distribute and the decision to make
any distribution is determined by our general partner, taking
into consideration the terms of our partnership agreement.
|
|
|
|
Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may
not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause
our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.
|
|
|
|
We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our
unitholders for a number of reasons, including as a result of
increases in our operating or general and administrative
expenses, principal and interest
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
payments on our debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements
and anticipated cash needs. Our general partner will not receive
a management fee or other compensation for its management of us.
However, under our partnership agreement, we are obligated to
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all
expenses incurred on our behalf. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine the amount of
these reimbursed expenses.
|
Our
Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External
Expansion Capital
Because we will distribute all of our available cash to our
unitholders, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external
financing sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the
issuance of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions
and expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent
we are unable to finance growth externally, our cash
distribution policy will significantly impair our ability to
grow. In addition, because we intend to distribute all of our
available cash, our growth may not be as fast as that of
businesses that reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing
operations. To the extent we issue additional units in
connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital
expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional
units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain
or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no
limitations in our partnership agreement, and we do not
anticipate there being limitations in our new credit facility,
on our ability to issue additional units, including units
ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of additional
commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our growth
strategy would result in increased interest expense, which in
turn may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to
our unitholders.
Our
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors of our
general partner intends to adopt an initial distribution rate of
$0.4125 per unit per quarter, or $1.65 per unit on an annualized
basis, to be paid no later than 45 days after the end of
each fiscal quarter beginning with the quarter ending September
30, 2011. This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of
$3.8 million per quarter, or $15.2 million on an
annualized basis, based on the number of common and subordinated
units anticipated to be outstanding immediately after the
closing of this offering, as well as our 2.0% general partner
interest. We refer to our initial quarterly distribution rate as
our minimum quarterly distribution. We will adjust our first
distribution for the period from the closing of this offering
through September 30, 2011 based on the length of that
period.
To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional common units, we will use the net proceeds from that
exercise to redeem from AIM Midstream Holdings a number of
common units equal to the number of common units issued upon
such exercise, at a price per common unit equal to the proceeds
per common unit before expenses but after deducting underwriting
discounts, commissions and structuring fees. Accordingly, the
exercise of the underwriters option will not affect the
total number of common units or subordinated units outstanding
or the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on all units. Please read Use of
Proceeds.
Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all
distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. In the
future, our general partners initial 2.0% interest in
these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units
and our general partner does not contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us to maintain its initial 2.0% general
partner interest.
51
The table below sets forth the number of common, subordinated
and general partner units that we anticipate will be outstanding
immediately following the closing of this offering, assuming the
underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional
common units and the aggregate distribution amounts payable on
those units during the year following the closing of this
offering at our minimum quarterly distribution rate of $1.65 per
unit per quarter ($0.4125 per unit on an annualized basis).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Quarter
|
|
|
Annualized
|
|
|
Public Common Units
|
|
|
3,750,000
|
|
|
$
|
1,546,875
|
|
|
$
|
6,187,500
|
|
AIM Midstream Holdings Units:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Units
|
|
|
725,120
|
|
|
|
299,112
|
|
|
|
1,196,449
|
|
Subordinated Units
|
|
|
4,526,066
|
|
|
|
1,867,002
|
|
|
|
7,468,009
|
|
LTIP Participants Common Units
|
|
|
50,946
|
|
|
|
21,015
|
|
|
|
84,061
|
|
General Partner Interest
|
|
|
184,737
|
|
|
|
76,204
|
|
|
|
304,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,236,869
|
|
|
$
|
3,810,208
|
|
|
$
|
15,240,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The subordination period generally will end and all of the
subordinated units will convert into an equal number of common
units if we have earned and paid at least $1.65 on each
outstanding common and subordinated unit and the corresponding
distribution on our general partners 2.0% interest for
each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods
ending on or after September 30, 2014. The subordination
period will automatically terminate and all of the subordinated
units will convert into an equal number of common units if we
have earned and paid at least $2.475 (150% of the annualized
minimum quarterly distribution) on each outstanding common and
subordinated unit and the corresponding distributions on our
general partners 2.0% interest and incentive distribution
rights for any four consecutive quarter period ending on or
after September 30, 2012; provided that we have paid at
least the minimum quarterly distribution from operating surplus
on each outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the
corresponding distribution on our general partners 2.0%
interest for each quarter in that four-quarter period. Please
read the Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating
to Cash Distributions Subordination Period.
If we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our
common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled to
receive such payments in the future except in some circumstances
during the subordination period. To the extent we have available
cash in any future quarter during the subordination period in
excess of the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution to holders of our common units and the
corresponding distributions on our general partners 2.0%
interest, we will use this excess available cash to pay any
distribution arrearages on the common units related to prior
quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of the
subordinated units. Please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Subordination Period.
Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership
agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our
partnership agreement. The actual amount of our cash
distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based
on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the
amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance
with our partnership agreement as described above. We will pay
our distributions on or about the 15th of each of February,
May, August and November to holders of record on or about the
1st of each such month. If the distribution date does not
fall on a business day, we will make the distribution on the
business day immediately preceding the indicated distribution
date.
In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for
our belief that we will be able to fully fund our annualized
minimum quarterly distribution of $1.65 per unit for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012. In those sections, we present
two tables, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited Historical As Adjusted Available Cash, in
which we present the amount of cash we would have had available
for distribution on a historical as adjusted basis for our
fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and for the twelve
months ended March 31, 2011, derived from our audited
historical consolidated financial statements that are included
in this prospectus, as adjusted to give
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
effect to the incremental general and administrative expenses
associated with being a publicly traded partnership; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA, which
supports our belief that we will be able to generate the
sufficient estimated adjusted EBITDA to pay the minimum
quarterly distribution on all units for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012.
|
Unaudited
Historical As Adjusted Available Cash for the Year Ended
December 31, 2010 and for the Twelve Months Ended
March 31, 2011
If we had completed this offering on January 1, 2010, our
historical as adjusted available cash generated would have been
approximately $10.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010. This amount would have been insufficient
to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common
and subordinated units for such period.
If we had completed this offering on April 1, 2010, our
historical as adjusted available cash generated would have been
approximately $10.9 million for the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011. This amount would have been insufficient to
pay the minimum quarterly distribution on all of our common and
subordinated units for such period.
Our unaudited historical as adjusted available cash for the year
ended December 31, 2010 and for the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011 includes $2.3 million of incremental
general and administrative expenses that we expect to incur as a
result of becoming a publicly traded partnership. This amount is
an estimate, and our general partner will ultimately determine
the actual amount of these incremental general and
administrative expenses to be reimbursed by us in accordance
with our partnership agreement. Incremental general and
administrative expenses related to being a publicly traded
partnership include expenses associated with annual and
quarterly reporting; tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE;
independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations
expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees and director and
officer insurance expenses. These expenses are not reflected in
our or our Predecessors historical financial statements.
Our estimate of incremental general and administrative expenses
is based upon currently available information. The adjusted
amounts below do not purport to present our results of
operations had this offering been completed as of the date
indicated. In addition, cash available to pay distributions is
primarily a cash accounting concept, while our historical
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an
accrual basis. As a result, you should view the amount of
historical as adjusted available cash only as a general
indication of the amount of cash available to pay distributions
that we might have generated had we completed this offering on
the dates indicated.
53
The following table illustrates, on a historical as adjusted
basis, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the
twelve months ended March 31, 2011, the amount of cash that
would have been available for distribution to our unitholders,
assuming that this offering had been completed at the beginning
of such periods. Each of the adjustments reflected or presented
below is explained in the footnotes to such adjustments.
Unaudited
Historical As Adjusted Available Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per unit data)
|
|
|
Net Loss
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,700
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-cash items(1)
|
|
|
1,488
|
|
|
|
5,282
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
20,084
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
5,313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
(2)
|
|
$
|
18,263
|
|
|
$
|
19,979
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile adjusted EBITDA to Historical as
Adjusted Available Cash:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental general and administrative expenses of being a
publicly traded partnership(3)
|
|
|
2,250
|
|
|
|
2,250
|
|
Net cash interest expense
|
|
|
4,523
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(4)
|
|
|
1,464
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
Expansion capital expenditures(4)
|
|
|
8,804
|
|
|
|
8,625
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributed to fund expansion capital expenditures(5)
|
|
|
8,804
|
|
|
|
8,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical as Adjusted Available Cash
|
|
$
|
10,026
|
|
|
$
|
10,908
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions per unit(6)
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
Distributions to public common unitholders(6)
|
|
|
6,188
|
|
|
|
6,188
|
|
Distributions to AIM Midstream Holdings, our general partner and
LTIP participants(6)(7)
|
|
|
9,053
|
|
|
|
9,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Distributions
|
|
$
|
15,241
|
|
|
$
|
15,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess (Shortfall)
|
|
$
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common
unitholders
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to
subordinated unitholders
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes non-cash compensation expense related to our LTIP, an
unrealized loss on our commodity derivatives and certain
transaction expenses related to our formation, entry into our
new credit facility and acquisition of assets.
|
|
(2)
|
|
For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Selected
Historical Financial and Operating Data
Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents estimated cash expenses associated with being a
publicly traded partnership, such as expenses associated with
annual and quarterly reporting; tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE;
independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations
expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees and director and
officer insurance expenses.
|
54
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Our capital expenditures totaled $10.3 million and
$11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. For
these periods, capital expenditures included maintenance capital
expenditures and expansion capital expenditures. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we estimate that 14.3% of our
capital expenditures, or $1.5 million, were maintenance
capital expenditures and that 85.7% of our capital expenditures,
or $8.8 million, were expansion capital expenditures. For
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, we estimate that
22.0% of our capital expenditures, or $2.4 million, were
maintenance capital expenditures and that 78.0% of our capital
expenditures, or $8.6 million, were expansion capital
expenditures. Although we classified our capital expenditures as
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures, we believe those classifications approximate, but
do not necessarily correspond to, the definitions of estimated
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures under our partnership agreement. While we expect
that, in the future, expansion capital expenditures will
primarily be funded through borrowings or the sale of debt or
equity securities, we funded our expansion capital expenditures
during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve
months ended March 31, 2011 through a capital contribution
made to us by AIM Midstream Holdings and our general partner.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Consists of an aggregate of $8.8 million in capital
contributed to us by AIM Midstream Holdings and our general
partner in September and November of 2010 that was used to fund
our expansion capital expenditures during these periods.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
The table above is based on the following assumptions: (i) the
recapitalization transactions have been consummated and our
general partner has maintained its 2.0% general partner
interest, (ii) we have issued 3,750,000 common units in
this offering, and (iii) the underwriters option to
purchase additional common units has not been exercised. Please
read Summary Recapitalization Transactions and
Partnership Structure. The table reflects the number of
common and subordinated units that we anticipate will be
outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering,
as well as our 2.0% general partner interest, and the aggregate
distribution amounts payable on those units during the year
following the closing of this offering at our minimum quarterly
distribution rate of $0.4125 per unit per quarter ($1.65 per
unit on an annualized basis), as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest.
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
Does not include common units issuable pursuant to unvested
phantom units that have been granted under our LTIP. As of
June 9, 2011, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
the recapitalization transactions, we had 209,824 unvested
phantom units outstanding under our LTIP, none of which are
subject to vesting within 60 days of the date of this
prospectus.
|
Estimated
Adjusted EBITDA for the Twelve Months Ending June 30,
2012
Set forth below is a Statement of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA that
supports our belief that we will be able to generate sufficient
cash available for distribution to pay the annualized minimum
quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012. The financial forecast
presents, to the best of our knowledge and belief, the expected
results of operations, adjusted EBITDA and cash available for
distribution for the forecast period. We define adjusted EBITDA
as net income, plus interest expense, income tax expense,
depreciation expense, certain non-cash charges such as non-cash
equity compensation, unrealized losses on commodity derivative
contracts and selected charges that are unusual or
non-recurring, less interest income, income tax benefit,
unrealized gains on commodity derivative contracts and selected
gains that are unusual or non-recurring.
For a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to its most directly
comparable financial measure calculated and presented in
accordance with GAAP, please read Selected Historical
Financial and Operating Data Non-GAAP Financial
Measures.
Our Statement of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA reflects our
judgment, as of the date of this prospectus, of conditions we
expect to exist and the course of action we expect to take in
order to be able to pay the annualized minimum quarterly
distribution on all of our outstanding units and the
corresponding distributions on our general partners 2.0%
interest for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012. The
assumptions discussed below under Assumptions
and Considerations are those that we believe are
significant to our ability to generate our estimated adjusted
EBITDA. We believe our actual results of operations and cash
flows will be sufficient to generate the minimum adjusted EBITDA
necessary to pay the annualized minimum quarterly distribution
on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units, as well
as the corresponding distribution
55
on our 2.0% general partner interest, for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012; however, we can give you no assurance
that we will generate this amount. There will likely be
differences between our estimated adjusted EBITDA and our actual
results and those differences could be material. If we fail to
generate our estimated adjusted EBITDA, we may not be able to
pay the annualized minimum quarterly distribution on all of our
outstanding limited partner units and the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest. In order to
fund distributions on all of our outstanding common,
subordinated and general partner units at our initial rate of
$1.65 per unit on an annualized basis, as well as the
corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest,
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012, our adjusted
EBITDA for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 must be
at least $19.5 million.
We do not, as a matter of course, make public projections as to
future operations, earnings or other results. However,
management has prepared the Statement of Estimated Adjusted
EBITDA and related assumptions and considerations set forth
below to substantiate our belief that we will have sufficient
available cash to pay the annualized minimum quarterly
distribution to all our unitholders for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012. This forecast is a forward-looking statement
and should be read together with our historical consolidated
financial statements and the accompanying notes, and our
Predecessors historical combined financial statements and
the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as
well as Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The
accompanying prospective financial information was not prepared
with a view toward complying with the guidelines established by
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants with
respect to prospective financial information, but, in the view
of our management, is substantially consistent with those
guidelines and was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the
best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents,
to the best of managements knowledge and belief, the
assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the
minimum adjusted EBITDA necessary for us to have sufficient cash
available for distribution to pay the aggregate annualized
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common
and subordinated units, as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest, for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012. However, this
information is not fact and should not be relied upon as being
necessarily indicative of future results, and readers of this
prospectus are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the
prospective financial information.
The prospective financial information included in this
prospectus has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of,
our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has not examined,
compiled or performed any procedures with respect to the
accompanying prospective financial information and, accordingly,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any
other form of assurance with respect thereto. The reports of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP included in this prospectus relate to
our and our Predecessors historical financial information.
It does not extend to the prospective financial information and
should not be read to do so.
When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind
the risk factors and other cautionary statements under
Risk Factors. Any of the risks discussed in this
prospectus, to the extent they are realized, could cause our
actual results of operations to vary significantly from those
that would enable us to generate the minimum adjusted EBITDA
necessary to pay the annualized minimum quarterly distribution
on all of our outstanding common and subordinated units, as well
as the corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general partner
interest, for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012.
We are providing the Statement of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA to
supplement our historical consolidated financial statements and
our Predecessors historical combined financial statements
in support of our belief that we will have sufficient available
cash to pay the annualized minimum quarterly distribution on all
of our outstanding common and subordinated units, as well as the
corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest,
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012. Please read
below under Assumptions and
Considerations for further information as to the
assumptions we have made for the financial forecast.
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the
results of any future revisions we may make to the financial
forecast or to update this financial forecast to reflect events
or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore,
you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this
information.
56
Statement
of Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per unit data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
279,915
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
233,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin(1)
|
|
$
|
46,139
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
14,404
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)
|
|
|
10,837
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
20,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
45,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
717
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,086
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
Non-cash compensation expense related to our LTIP
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
20,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
22,498
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile estimated adjusted EBITDA to estimated
cash available for distribution:
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest expense
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures(3)
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Non-recurring deferred maintenance capital expenditures during
forecast period
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
Expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash items(4)
|
|
|
5
|
|
Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
Cash from offering proceeds reserved to fund non-recurring
deferred maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
$
|
18,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Annual Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions per unit(5)
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
Distributions on public common units(5)
|
|
|
6,188
|
|
Distributions on common units held by AIM Midstream Holdings(5)
|
|
|
1,196
|
|
Distributions on subordinated units held by AIM Midstream
Holdings(5)
|
|
|
7,468
|
|
Distributions to our general partner(5)
|
|
|
305
|
|
Distributions on common units held by LTIP participants(5)(6)
|
|
|
84
|
|
Total Estimated Annual Distributions
|
|
$
|
15,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Cash Available for Distributions
|
|
$
|
3,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
19,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common
unitholders
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to
subordinated unitholders
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For definitions of adjusted EBITDA and gross margin, please read
Selected Historical Financial and Operating
Data Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
|
57
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes $2.3 million of estimated cash expenses associated
with being a publicly traded partnership, such as expenses
associated with annual and quarterly reporting, tax return and
Schedule K-1 preparation and distribution, Sarbanes-Oxley
compliance, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE,
independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relations
expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees and director and
officer insurance expenses.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
The 3.0 million of estimated maintenance capital
expenditures for the forecast period does not include
$1.5 million of forecasted integrity management
expenditures for that period, which amount is included in direct
operating expenses as required by GAAP.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents estimated non-cash costs associated with our
commodity price hedging program and non-cash revenue from our
construction, operating and maintenance agreements.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
The table above is based on the assumption that the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units
has not been exercised and reflects the number of common and
subordinated units that we anticipate will be outstanding
immediately following the closing of this offering, as well as
our 2.0% general partner interest, and the aggregate
distribution amounts payable on those units during the forecast
period at our minimum quarterly distribution rate of $1.65 per
unit on an annualized basis, as well as the corresponding
distribution on our 2.0% general partner interest.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Does not include common units issuable pursuant to unvested
phantom units that have been granted under our LTIP. As of
June 9, 2011, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
the recapitalization transactions we had 209,824 unvested
phantom units outstanding under our LTIP, none of which are
subject to vesting within 60 days of the date of this
prospectus.
|
58
Assumptions
and Considerations
Set forth below are the material assumptions that we have made
in order to demonstrate our ability to generate our estimated
adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012.
General
Considerations and Sensitivity Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue and operating expenses are net of intercompany
transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that the price of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 will average
$4.72 per Mcf, $1.51 per gallon and $2.41 per gallon,
respectively. These estimates for the price of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate were prepared using forward NYMEX natural gas,
OPIS NGL and NYMEX crude oil strip prices, respectively, as of
May 25, 2011. The prices we expect to realize reflect
various discounts or premiums to these NYMEX- and OPIS-based
prices due to transportation, quality and regional price
adjustments as well as the effect of the hedging program
described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our estimated revenue, gross margin and adjusted EBITDA include
the effect of our commodity price hedging program under which we
have hedged a portion of the commodity price risk related to our
expected NGL sales with swaps and puts, primarily on individual
NGL components. Our hedging program for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 covers approximately 89% of our expected NGL
equity volumes for that period. Please see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
System throughput volumes and realized natural gas and NGL
prices are the key factors that will influence whether the
amount of cash available for distribution for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012 is above or below our forecast. For
example, if all other assumptions are held constant, a 5.0%
increase or decrease in volumes across all of our assets above
or below forecasted levels would result in a $1.6 million
increase or decrease, respectively, in cash available for
distribution. A 5.0% increase or decrease in the price of
natural gas above or below forecasted levels would result in a
$0.2 million decrease or increase, respectively, in cash
available for distribution. A 5.0% decrease in the price of NGLs
below forecasted levels, including the effect of our existing
hedges, would result in a $0.4 million decrease in cash
available for distribution. A 5.0% increase in the price of NGLs
above forecasted levels, including the effect of our existing
hedges, would result in a $0.4 million increase in cash
available for distribution. A decrease in forecasted cash flow
of greater than $3.0 million would result in our generating
less than the minimum cash required to pay distributions during
the forecast period.
|
Total
Revenue
We estimate that we will generate total revenue of
$279.9 million for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012, compared to $211.9 million and $221.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months
ended March 31, 2011, respectively. This increase primarily
relates to higher expected volumes and higher NGL and condensate
prices on our systems as described below. Please read
Gathering and Processing Segment Gross
Margin and Transmission Segment Gross
Margin.
Purchases
of Natural Gas, NGLs and Condensate
We estimate that total purchases of natural gas, NGLs and
condensate for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 will
be $233.8 million, compared to $173.8 million and
$183.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010
and the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.
The expected increase in purchases of natural gas, NGLs and
condensate for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012
compared to each of the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011 is primarily due to
expected higher volumes on our systems and higher NGL and
condensate prices, as further described below. We purchase
natural gas and NGLs at market prices adjusted for
transportation, quality and regional price differentials. As
further discussed below, $152.0 million of our estimated
purchases of natural gas relate to fixed-margin contracts in our
two segments.
59
Gathering
and Processing Segment Gross Margin
We estimate that we will generate segment gross margin for our
Gathering and Processing segment of $32.9 million for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012, as compared to
$24.6 million and $26.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended March 31,
2011, respectively. The table below outlines the composition of
our estimated and actual segment gross margin for our Gathering
and Processing segment for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012, the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing Segment Gross Margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-based
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
$
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
Fixed-margin
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Percent-of-proceeds
fee-based
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Percent-of-proceeds
equity
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
24.6
|
|
|
$
|
26.7
|
|
|
$
|
32.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes a net realized loss of $1.1 million due to our
hedging program.
|
With respect to the fee-based and fixed-margin portions of our
estimated segment gross margin, the increase is primarily
attributable to higher estimated volumes on our systems, as
further described below. The increase in segment gross margin
related to the sale of our equity volumes under our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements is attributable to increased estimated volumes on
our Gloria and Bazor Ridge systems as well as increased
estimated NGL prices.
Throughput and Processing Volumes.
We
estimate that we will transport an average of
252.6 MMcf/d
of natural gas and process an average of
48.6 MMcf/d
of natural gas for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012,
compared to an average of approximately
175.6 MMcf/d
and
36.8 MMcf/d,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and an
average of approximately 195.1 MMcf/d and 42.7 MMcf/d,
respectively, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2011. The
table below outlines the composition of our estimated and actual
volumes for our Gathering and Processing segment for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012, the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended March 31,
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ending June 30,
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Throughput Volumes
(MMcf/d):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-based
|
|
|
98.7
|
|
|
|
113.9
|
|
|
|
165.8
|
|
Fixed-margin
|
|
|
65.2
|
|
|
|
63.4
|
|
|
|
47.0
|
|
Percent-of-proceeds
owned plants
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Incremental interconnect volumes(1)
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total throughput volumes
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
|
195.1
|
|
|
|
252.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Processing Plant Inlet Volumes
(MMcf/d):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned plants
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
Elective processing arrangements(2)
|
|
|
26.9
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total processing inlet volumes
|
|
|
36.8
|
|
|
|
42.7
|
|
|
|
48.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents volumes of natural gas that we purchase at
market-based prices at the Lafitte/TGP interconnect to be
processed under our elective processing arrangements. We do not
receive a gathering or treating fee for such volumes.
|
60
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Volumes processed pursuant to our elective processing
arrangements include certain volumes that are also gathered on
our systems pursuant to fixed-margin arrangements. The amount of
volumes gathered and processed in this manner is estimated to be
8.9 MMcf/d
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 and was
25.2 MMcf/d
and 25.0 MMcf/d for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011. This decrease was
primarily the result of the conversion of two contracts from
fixed-margin to
fee-based.
|
The increased throughput volumes estimated for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012 are primarily due to increased
estimated shipments on the Gloria and Bazor Ridge systems as a
result of the completion of an interconnect between TGP and our
Lafitte system and the Winchester lateral, respectively, as well
as new production on the Quivira system resulting from wells
that were connected in late 2010. The increased processing
volumes estimated for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012 are primarily due to the full-year impact of the
Lafitte/TGP interconnect, the full-year impact of the Winchester
lateral that relieved pipeline constraints on our Bazor Ridge
system, new production connected to our Bazor Ridge system and
planned growth projects.
Gathering Fees.
For the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012, we estimate that we will realize an
average gathering fee of $0.16/Mcf and $0.18/Mcf for our
fee-based and fixed-margin gathering activities, respectively,
and an average fee of $0.51/Mcf related to the fee-based portion
of our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements at our owned plants (we do not receive a gathering
or treating fee with respect to our incremental interconnect
volumes). This compares to $0.18/Mcf, $0.21/Mcf and $0.26/Mcf,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
$0.17/Mcf, $0.21/Mcf and $0.42/Mcf, respectively, for the twelve
months ended March 31, 2011. Our estimated gathering and
fixed-margin fees are generally consistent with those realized
on a historical basis. Our estimated fees under the fee-based
portion of our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements are expected to increase primarily due to an
additional fee we collect on volumes associated with the
Winchester lateral.
Gathering and Processing Product Sales and
Purchases.
The table below outlines the
amount and composition of our estimated natural gas, NGL and
condensate sales volumes, revenue and associated product
purchase costs for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012
without giving effect to our hedging program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Volume
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Purchase Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing Product Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Natural gas fixed-margin
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
47.0
|
|
|
$
|
86.3
|
|
|
$
|
83.2
|
|
Percent-of-proceeds
arrangements at owned plants(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Natural gas
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
NGLs (Mgal/d)
|
|
|
59.2
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
|
Condensate (Mgal/d)
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Elective processing arrangements(2):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Natural gas
(MMcf/d,
net)
|
|
|
21.0
|
|
|
|
38.4
|
|
|
|
44.4
|
|
NGLs (Mgal/d, net)
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Condensate (Mgal/d, net)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents gross sales volumes, for which we are entitled to
retain a percentage of the sales proceeds and remit back the
remainder to the producer.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents net equity sales volumes pursuant to our elective
processing arrangements.
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we sold an average of
72.9 MMcf/d
of natural gas at an average realized price of $4.61/Mcf, an
average of 62.2 Mgal/d of NGLs at an average realized price of
$1.08/gal and an average of 5.9 Mgal/d of condensate at an
average realized price of $1.82/gal. For the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, we sold an average of
76.3 MMcf/d
of natural gas at an average realized price of $4.22/Mcf, an
average of 70.8 Mgal/d of NGLs at an average realized price of
$1.12/gal and an average of 6.8 Mgal/d of condensate at an
average realized price of $1.91/gal. Additionally, total
purchases of natural gas, NGLs and
61
condensate in our Gathering and Processing segment were
$133.9 million and $133.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively.
Transmission
Segment Gross Margin
We estimate that we will generate segment gross margin for our
Transmission segment of $13.2 million for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012, as compared to $13.5 million and
$14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. The table
below outlines the composition of our estimated and actual
segment gross margin for our Transmission segment for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012, the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
June 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Transmission Segment Gross Margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Firm transportation contracts
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
Interruptible transportation contracts
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
Fixed-margin
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
13.5
|
|
|
$
|
14.0
|
|
|
$
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation Volumes.
We estimate
that we will transport
328.6 MMcf/d
of natural gas for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012,
compared to an average of approximately
350.2 MMcf/d
and 372.4 MMcf/d for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.
Additionally, we estimate that we will have
702.7 MMcf/d
of reserved capacity pursuant to firm transportation contracts
during the twelve months ending June 30, 2012, compared to
approximately
677.6 MMcf/d
and
692.4 MMcf/d
for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months
ended March 31, 2011, respectively. We estimate that
transportation volumes will consist of
251.8 MMcf/d
and
38.1 MMcf/d
of volumes pursuant to firm and interruptible transportation
contracts, respectively, and
38.7 MMcf/d
of volumes pursuant to fixed-margin contracts during the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012, compared to
269.3 MMcf/d,
53.5 MMcf/d
and
27.4 MMcf/d,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
292.4 MMcf/d, 46.9 MMcf/d and 33.1 MMcf/d, respectively, for the
twelve months ended March 31, 2011.
Transportation Fees.
We estimate that
we will realize an aggregate average fee of $0.04/Mcf for
capacity reservation and variable use fees pursuant to firm
transportation contracts, an average fee of $0.12/Mcf for
transportation pursuant to interruptible contracts and an
average fee of $0.04/Mcf for transportation pursuant
fixed-margin activities for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012, compared to an average of $0.04/Mcf,
$0.10/Mcf and $0.07/Mcf, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and an average of $0.04/Mcf, $0.13/Mcf
and $0.08/Mcf, respectively, for the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011 due primarily to the full-year impact of a
new fixed-margin contract with a lower transportation fee that
we entered into in June 2010.
Transmission Product Sales and
Purchases.
We estimate that our fixed-margin
activities will generate $69.4 million of revenue related
to natural gas sales and $68.8 million of expense related
to natural gas product purchases for the forecast period.
Direct
Operating Expense
We estimate that direct operating expense for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012 will be $14.4 million compared to
$12.2 million and $12.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Direct operating expense is
comprised primarily of direct labor costs, insurance costs, ad
valorem and property taxes, repair and maintenance costs,
integrity management costs, utilities, lost and unaccounted for
gas and contract services. As such costs are almost entirely of
a fixed nature, direct operating expense will not vary
significantly with increases or decreases in revenue and gross
margin. The
62
expected increase is primarily due to $1.5 million in costs
associated with our integrity management program during the
forecast period that were not required to be incurred during
these historical periods pursuant to the program.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expense
We estimate that SG&A expense for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 will be $10.8 million, compared to
$8.9 million and $9.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. These amounts include
$1.6 million, $1.7 million and $2.0 million of
cash and non-cash expenses, respectively, associated with grants
pursuant to our LTIP program. This increase is attributable to
the estimated $2.3 million of incremental SG&A expense
that we expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded
partnership. SG&A expense is comprised primarily of fixed
costs and will not vary significantly with increases or
decreases in revenue or gross margin.
Depreciation
Expense
We estimate that depreciation expense for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012 will be $20.2 million compared to
$20.0 million and $20.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Estimated depreciation
expense reflects managements estimates, which are based on
consistent average depreciable asset lives and depreciation
methodologies. The increase in depreciation expense is primarily
attributable to additional depreciation associated with capital
projects that we expect to be placed in service during the
forecast period. Depreciation expenses are derived from asset
value and useful life, and therefore will not vary with
increases or decreases in revenue and gross margin.
Capital
Expenditures
We estimate that total capital expenditures for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012 will be $8.9 million
compared to $10.3 million and $11.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Total capital expenditures
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 includes
$2.2 million of estimated non-recurring deferred
maintenance capital expenditures for which we have reserved
$2.2 million of net proceeds from this offering. Our
estimate is based on the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that maintenance capital expenditures for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012 will total $5.2 million.
These expenditures include planned maintenance on our systems.
This compares to $1.5 million and $2.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. The $5.2 million in
estimated maintenance capital expenditures includes the
$3.0 million in average estimated annual maintenance
capital expenditures that we expect to be required to maintain
our assets over the long-term. In addition, we have included
$2.2 million of estimated maintenance capital expenditures
required for deferred maintenance items on certain of our assets
that we identified based upon a thorough review and evaluation
of our assets following the closing of our November 2009
acquisition from Enbridge. In order to fund the
$2.2 million of incremental costs, we intend to establish
at the closing of this offering a cash reserve with a portion of
the net proceeds from this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that expansion capital expenditures for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012 will be $3.8 million.
These expenditures are comprised of three expansion capital
projects that we believe we will pursue during the forecast
period. We expect that these projects will add over
$1.5 million in gross margin, which is reflected in this
forecast. Our expansion capital expenditures were
$8.8 million and $8.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. The capital projects that we
expect to undertake in our forecast period include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a cylinder upgrade on the existing Gloria compressor that we
expect will increase throughput capacity on the Gloria system by
approximately
7 MMcf/d
and that we expect to be completed in the third quarter of 2011
at a cost of approximately $0.2 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the construction of an interconnect and the installation of a
skid-mounted treating facility along Midla, which is expected to
cost approximately $0.3 million and be completed in the
third quarter of 2011; and
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
the addition of field compression capacity to the Bazor Ridge
gathering system, which would provide us with the opportunity to
treat new natural gas production, at an expected cost of
approximately $3.4 million that we expect to complete in
the first quarter of 2012.
|
Financing
We estimate that interest expense will be approximately
$1.8 million for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012, compared to approximately $5.4 million and
$5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Our
estimate of interest expense for the forecast period is based on
the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
We will repay in full the outstanding borrowings of
$59.8 million under our existing credit facility with a
portion of the proceeds from this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will have debt outstanding as of the closing of this offering
of $30.0 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will have average outstanding borrowings of
$31.8 million, including borrowings to finance our
estimated expansion capital expenditures of $3.8 million,
with an assumed weighted average interest rate of 3.5% under our
new credit facility, which is lower than the weighted average
interest rate under our existing credit facility of 7.5% and
7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve
months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will maintain a low cash balance and therefore do not
forecast any interest income.
|
Regulatory,
Industry and Economic Factors
Our forecast for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 is
based on the following significant assumptions related to
regulatory, industry and economic factors:
|
|
|
|
|
There will not be any new federal, state or local regulation of
the midstream energy sector, or any new interpretation of
existing regulations, that will be materially adverse to our
business.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any major adverse change in the midstream
energy sector, commodity prices, capital or insurance markets or
general economic conditions.
|
64
PROVISIONS
OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH
DISTRIBUTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of
our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.
Distributions
of Available Cash
General
Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days
after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending
December 31, 2009, we distribute all of our available cash
to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will
adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from
the closing of the offering through September 30, 2011
based on the actual length of the period.
Definition
of Available Cash
Available cash generally means, for any quarter, all cash and
cash equivalents on hand at the end of that quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
less the amount of cash reserves established by our general
partner at the date of determination of available cash for that
quarter to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business (including
reserves for our future capital expenditures, anticipated future
credit needs and refunds of collected rates reasonably likely to
be refunded as a result of a settlement or hearing related to
FERC rate proceedings or rate proceedings under applicable law
subsequent to that quarter);
|
|
|
|
|
|
comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other
agreements; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide funds for distributions to our unitholders and to our
general partner for any one or more of the next four quarters
(provided that our general partner may not establish cash
reserves for common and subordinated units unless it determines
that the establishment of reserves will not prevent us from
distributing the minimum quarterly distribution on all common
units and any cumulative arrearages on such common units for the
current quarter and the next four quarters);
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus, if our general partner so determines, all or any portion
of the cash on hand on the date of determination of available
cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings
made subsequent to the end of such quarter.
|
The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to
allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from
working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter but
on or before the date of determination of available cash for
that quarter to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our
partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are generally
borrowings that are made under a credit facility, commercial
paper facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all
cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay
distributions to partners, and with the intent of the borrower
to repay such borrowings within 12 months with funds other
than from additional working capital borrowings. The proceeds of
working capital borrowings increase operating surplus and
repayments of working capital borrowings are generally operating
expenditures (as described below) and thus reduce operating
surplus when repayments are made. However, if working capital
borrowings, which increase operating surplus, are not repaid
during the
12-month
period following the borrowing, they will be deemed repaid at
the end of such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at
such time. When such working capital borrowings are in fact
repaid, they will not be treated as a further reduction in
operating surplus because operating surplus will have been
previously reduced by the deemed repayment.
Intent
to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
We intend to make a minimum quarterly distribution to the
holders of our common units and subordinated units of $0.4125
per unit, or $1.65 on an annualized basis, to the extent we have
sufficient cash
65
from our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and
the payment of costs and expenses, including reimbursements of
expenses to our general partner. However, there is no guarantee
that we will pay the minimum quarterly distribution on our units
in any quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not
modified or revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our
policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined
by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of
our partnership agreement. Please read Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources Our Credit Facility for a discussion
of the restrictions to be included in our new credit facility
that may restrict our ability to make distributions.
Operating
Surplus and Capital Surplus
General
All cash distributed to unitholders will be characterized as
either being paid from operating surplus or
capital surplus. We treat distributions of available
cash from operating surplus differently than distributions of
available cash from capital surplus.
Operating
Surplus
We define operating surplus as:
|
|
|
|
|
$11.5 million (as described below);
plus
|
|
|
|
|
|
all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering,
excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined
below);
plus
|
|
|
|
working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but
on or before the date of determination of operating surplus for
that quarter;
plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued to finance all or a
portion of the construction, acquisition, development or
improvement of a capital improvement or replacement of a capital
asset (such as equipment or facilities) in respect of the period
beginning on the date that we enter into a binding obligation to
commence the construction, acquisition, development or
improvement of a capital improvement or replacement of a capital
asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date the capital
improvement or capital asset commences commercial service and
the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;
plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued to pay the
construction-period interest on debt incurred, or to pay
construction-period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the capital improvements or capital assets referred to above;
less
|
|
|
|
all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the
closing of this offering;
less
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to provide funds for future operating expenditures;
less
|
|
|
|
all working capital borrowings not repaid within 12 months
after having been incurred, or repaid within such
12-month
period with the proceeds of additional working capital
borrowings;
less
|
|
|
|
any cash loss realized on disposition of an investment capital
expenditure.
|
As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual
cash on hand that is available for distribution to our
unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by operations.
For example, it includes a provision that will enable us, if we
choose, to distribute as operating surplus up to
$11.5 million of cash we receive in the future from
non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of
securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be
distributed as capital surplus.
We define interim capital transactions as (i) borrowings,
refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than working
capital borrowings and items purchased on open account or for a
deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) and
sales of debt securities, (ii) sales of equity securities,
(iii) sales or other
66
dispositions of assets, other than sales or other dispositions
of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the
ordinary course of business and sales or other dispositions of
assets as part of normal asset retirements or replacements,
(iv) the termination of commodity hedge contracts or
interest rate hedge contracts prior to the termination date
specified therein (provided that cash receipts from any such
termination will be included in operating surplus in equal
quarterly installments over the remaining scheduled life of the
contract), (v) capital contributions received and
(vi) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.
We define operating expenditures as all of our cash
expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes,
reimbursements of expenses of our general partner and its
affiliates, interest payments, payments made in the ordinary
course of business under interest rate hedge contracts and
commodity hedge contracts (provided that payments made in
connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of
its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included
in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over
the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract), estimated maintenance
capital expenditures (as discussed in further detail below),
director and officer compensation, repayment of working capital
borrowings and non-pro rata repurchases of our units;
provided
,
however
, that operating expenditures
will not include:
|
|
|
|
|
repayments of working capital borrowings where such borrowings
have previously been deemed to have been repaid (as described
above);
|
|
|
|
payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of
principal of and premium on indebtedness other than working
capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
expansion capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
actual maintenance capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
investment capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
payment of transaction expenses (including, but not limited to,
taxes) relating to interim capital transactions;
|
|
|
|
|
|
distributions to our partners;
|
|
|
|
|
|
non-pro rata purchases of any class of our units made with the
proceeds of an interim capital transaction; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
any other payments made in connection with this offering that
are described in Use of Proceeds.
|
Capital
Surplus
Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any
distribution of available cash in excess of our cumulative
operating surplus. Accordingly, except as described above,
capital surplus would generally be generated by:
|
|
|
|
|
borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
sales of our equity and debt securities; and
|
|
|
|
sales or other dispositions of assets, other than inventory,
accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course
of business or as part of ordinary course retirement or
replacement of assets.
|
Characterization
of Cash Distributions
Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available
cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum
of all available cash distributed since the closing of this
offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this
offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding
that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we
treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus,
regardless of its source, as capital surplus. We do not
anticipate that we will make any distributions from capital
surplus.
67
Capital
Expenditures
Maintenance capital expenditures are cash expenditures
(including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or
the replacement of, our capital assets, for the acquisition of
existing, or the construction or development of new, capital
assets or for any integrity management program) made to maintain
our long-term operating income or operating capacity. We expect
that a primary component of maintenance capital expenditures
will include expenditures for routine equipment and pipeline
maintenance or replacement due to obsolescence. Maintenance
capital expenditures will also include interest (and related
fees) on debt incurred and distributions on equity issued
(including incremental distributions on incentive distribution
rights) to finance all or any portion of the construction or
development of a replacement asset that is paid in respect of
the period that begins when we enter into a binding obligation
to commence constructing or developing a replacement asset and
ending on the earlier to occur of the date that any such
replacement asset commences commercial service and the date that
it is abandoned or disposed of.
Because our maintenance capital expenditures can be irregular,
the amount of our actual maintenance capital expenditures may
differ substantially from period to period, which could cause
similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus,
adjusted operating surplus and cash available for distribution
to our unitholders if we subtracted actual maintenance capital
expenditures from operating surplus.
Our partnership agreement requires that an estimate of the
average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures be subtracted
from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual
amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance capital
expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods
will be determined by the board of directors of our general
partner at least once a year, subject to approval by the
Conflicts Committee. The estimate will be made annually and
whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material
adjustment to the amount of our maintenance capital expenditures
on a long-term basis. For purposes of calculating operating
surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be prospective
only. For a discussion of the amounts we have allocated toward
estimated maintenance capital expenditures and other maintenance
capital expenditures for the forecast period ending
June 30, 2012, please read Our Cash Distribution
Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
The use of estimated maintenance capital expenditures in
calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
it will reduce the risk that maintenance capital expenditures in
any one quarter will be large enough to render operating surplus
less than the minimum quarterly distribution to be paid on all
the units for the quarter and subsequent quarters;
|
|
|
|
it will increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus
cash we receive from non-operating sources;
|
|
|
|
it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above
the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive
distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our
general partner; and
|
|
|
|
it will reduce the likelihood that a large actual maintenance
capital expenditure in a period will prevent our general
partners affiliates from being able to convert some or all
of their subordinated units into common units since the effect
of an estimate is to spread the expected expense over several
periods, thereby mitigating the effect of the actual payment of
the expenditure on any single period.
|
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures reduce operating
surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, investment capital
expenditures and actual maintenance capital expenditures do not.
Expansion capital expenditures are cash expenditures incurred
for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect will
increase our operating income or operating capacity over the
long term. Expansion capital expenditures include interest
payments (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions
on equity issued to finance the construction, acquisition or
development of an improvement to our capital assets and paid in
respect of the period beginning on the date that we enter into a
binding obligation to commence construction, acquisition or
development of the capital improvement and ending on the earlier
to occur of the date that such capital improvement commences
commercial service and the date that such capital improvement is
abandoned or
68
disposed of. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include
the acquisition of equipment, or the construction, development
or acquisition of additional pipeline or treating capacity or
new compression capacity.
Capital expenditures that are made in part for expansion capital
purposes and in part for other purposes will be allocated
between expansion capital expenditures and expenditures for
other purposes by our general partner (with the concurrence of
the Conflicts Committee).
Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion
capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely
will consist of capital expenditures made for investment
purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include
traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such
as purchases of securities, as well as other capital
expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional
investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a
capital asset for investment purposes or development of
facilities that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing
operating capacity or operating income, but that are not
expected to expand, for more than the short term, our operating
capacity or operating income.
Subordination
Period
General
Our partnership agreement provides that, during the
subordination period (which we define below), the common units
will have the right to receive distributions of available cash
from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to
$0.4125 per common unit, which amount is defined in our
partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution,
plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any
distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be
made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed
subordinated because for a period of time, referred
to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not
be entitled to receive any distributions until the common units
have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any
arrearages from prior quarters. Furthermore, no arrearages will
be paid on the subordinated units. The practical effect of the
subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the
subordination period there will be available cash to be
distributed on the common units.
Subordination
Period
Except as described below, the subordination period will begin
on the closing date of this offering and will extend until the
first business day of any quarter beginning after
September 30, 2014, that each of the following tests are
met:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common and subordinated units equaled or
exceeded $1.65 (the annualized minimum quarterly distribution)
and the corresponding distributions on our 2.0% general partner
interest and were made, in each case for each of the three
consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately
preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below) generated
during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or
exceeded (i) the sum of $1.65 (the annualized minimum
quarterly distribution) on all of the outstanding common and
subordinated units during those periods on a fully diluted basis
and (ii) the corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general
partner interest; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
For purposes of determining whether sufficient adjusted
operating surplus has been generated under the above conversion
test, the Conflicts Committee may adjust operating surplus
upwards or downwards if it determines in good faith that the
amount of estimated maintenance capital expenditures used in the
determination of adjusted operating surplus was materially
incorrect, based on the circumstances prevailing at the time of
the original estimate, for any one or more of the preceding two
four-quarter periods.
69
Early
Termination of Subordination Period
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will
automatically terminate on the first business day of any quarter
beginning after September 30, 2012, that each of the
following tests are met:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled
or exceeded $2.475 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly
distribution), and the corresponding distribution on our general
partners 2.0% interest and the incentive distribution
rights were made, in each case, for the four-quarter period
immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below) generated
during the four-quarter period immediately preceding that date
equaled or exceeded the sum of (i) $2.475 per unit (150.0%
of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on all of the
outstanding common units and subordinated units during that
period on a fully diluted basis and (ii) the distributions
made on our 2.0% general partner interest and the incentive
distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common units and subordinated units equaled
or exceeded the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.4125, and
we made the corresponding distribution on our 2.0% general
partner interest, for each quarter during the four-quarter
period immediately preceding that date; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units.
|
Expiration
of the Subordination Period
When the subordination period ends, each outstanding
subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will
thereafter participate pro rata with the other common units in
distributions of available cash. In addition, if the unitholders
remove our general partner other than for cause and no units
held by our general partner and its affiliates are voted in
favor of such removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end and each subordinated unit
will immediately and automatically convert into one common unit;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
|
Adjusted
Operating Surplus
Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash
generated from operations during a particular period and
therefore excludes net drawdowns of reserves of cash established
in prior periods. Adjusted operating surplus for a period
consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
operating surplus generated with respect to that period
(excluding any amounts attributable to the item described in the
first bullet point under the caption Operating
Surplus and Capital Surplus Operating Surplus
above);
less
|
|
|
|
any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period;
less
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period not relating to an operating
expenditure made with respect to that period;
plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period;
plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease made in subsequent periods to cash reserves for
operating expenditures initially established with respect to
that period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction
in adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods;
plus
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for
the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
|
Distributions
of Available Cash from Operating Surplus during the
Subordination Period
We will make distributions of available cash from operating
surplus for any quarter during the subordination period in the
following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second
, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common
units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
third
, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum
quarterly distribution for that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
Distributions
of Available Cash from Operating Surplus after the Subordination
Period
We will make distributions of available cash from operating
surplus for any quarter after the subordination period in the
following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until we distribute for each outstanding
unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner
initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we
make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the
right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general
partner interest if we issue additional units. Our general
partners 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash
distributions to which it is entitled from such 2.0% interest,
will be proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in
the future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its
2.0% general partner interest. Our partnership agreement does
not require that our general partner fund its capital
contribution with cash. It may instead fund its capital
contribution by the contribution to us of common units or other
property.
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an
increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%) of quarterly
distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the
minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution
levels have been achieved. Our general partner currently holds
the incentive distribution rights, but may transfer these rights
separately from its general partner interest, subject to
restrictions in our partnership agreement.
The following discussion assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no
arrearages on common units and that our general partner
continues to own the incentive distribution rights.
71
If for any quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the
common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the
minimum quarterly distribution; and
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on
outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any
cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution;
|
then, we will distribute any additional available cash from
operating surplus for that quarter among the unitholders and our
general partner in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of
$0.47438 per unit for that quarter (the first target
distribution);
|
|
|
|
|
|
second
, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of
$0.51563 per unit for that quarter (the second target
distribution);
|
|
|
|
|
|
third
, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of
$0.61875 per unit for that quarter (the third target
distribution); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0%
to our general partner.
|
Percentage
Allocations of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner based on the specified target
distribution levels. The amounts set forth under Marginal
Percentage Interest in Distributions are the percentage
interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any
available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and
including the corresponding amount in the column Total
Quarterly Distribution Per Unit Target Amount. The
percentage interests shown for our unitholders and our general
partner for the minimum quarterly distribution are also
applicable to quarterly distribution amounts that are less than
the minimum quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set
forth below for our general partner include its 2.0% general
partner interest and assume that our general partner has
contributed any additional capital necessary to maintain its
2.0% general partner interest, our general partner has not
transferred its incentive distribution rights and that there are
no arrearages on common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Distributions
|
|
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
|
per Unit Target Amount
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.41250
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
above $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
General
Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels
Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive
distribution rights, has the right under our partnership
agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive
distribution payments based on the initial target distribution
levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and target distribution levels upon which
the incentive distribution payments to our general partner would
be set. If our general partner transfers all or a portion of our
incentive distribution rights in the future, then the holder or
holders of a majority of our incentive distribution rights will
be entitled to exercise this right. The following discussion
assumes that our general partner holds all of the incentive
distribution rights at the time that a reset election is made.
Our general partners right to reset the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels upon
which the incentive distributions payable to our general partner
are based may be exercised, without approval of our unitholders
or the Conflicts Committee, at any time when there are no
72
subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash
distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution
rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each
of the four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding
such time. If our general partner and its affiliates are not the
holders of a majority of the incentive distribution rights at
the time an election is made to reset the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels, then the
proposed reset will be subject to the prior written concurrence
of the general partner that the conditions described above have
been satisfied. The reset minimum quarterly distribution amount
and target distribution levels will be higher than the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
prior to the reset such that our general partner will not
receive any incentive distributions under the reset target
distribution levels until cash distributions per unit following
this event increase as described below. We anticipate that our
general partner would exercise this reset right in order to
facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects that would
otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions
per common unit, taking into account the existing levels of
incentive distribution payments being made to our general
partner.
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the
corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive
distribution payments based on the target distributions prior to
the reset, our general partner will be entitled to receive a
number of newly issued common units and general partner units
based on a predetermined formula described below that takes into
account the cash parity value of the average cash
distributions related to the incentive distribution rights
received by our general partner for the two quarters immediately
preceding the reset event as compared to the average cash
distributions per common unit during that two-quarter period.
Our general partner will be issued the number of general partner
units necessary to maintain our general partners interest
in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units that our general partner would be
entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of
the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target
distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the
quotient determined by dividing (x) the average aggregate
amount of cash distributions received by our general partner in
respect of its incentive distribution rights during the two
consecutive fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date
of such reset election by (y) the average of the amount of
cash distributed per common unit during each of these two
quarters.
Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution
amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash
distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer
to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and
the target distribution levels will be reset to be
correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our
available cash from operating surplus for each quarter
thereafter as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount
equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second
, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount
per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter;
|
|
|
|
third
, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives an amount
per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0%
to our general partner.
|
73
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner at various cash distribution levels
(i) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our
partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering,
as well as (ii) following a hypothetical reset of the
minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels
based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash
distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal
quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $0.65.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
per Unit Following
|
|
|
|
per Unit Prior to Reset
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Hypothetical Reset
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.41250
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6500
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7475
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.8125
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.9750
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
above $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
48.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.9750
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution.
|
|
(2)
|
|
This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution.
|
|
(3)
|
|
This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution.
|
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, based on an average of the
amounts distributed each quarter for the two quarters
immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that
immediately prior to the reset there would be 9,052,132 common
units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its 2.0%
general partner interest and the average distribution to each
common unit would be $0.65 for the two quarters prior to the
reset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash Distribution to General Partner Prior to Reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution per
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Unit Prior to Reset
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.41250
|
|
|
$
|
3,734,004
|
|
|
$
|
76,204
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,204
|
|
|
$
|
3,810,209
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
|
560,101
|
|
|
|
11,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,431
|
|
|
|
571,531
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.47438
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
|
373,400
|
|
|
|
8,786
|
|
|
|
57,108
|
|
|
|
65,894
|
|
|
|
439,295
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.51563
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
933,501
|
|
|
|
24,893
|
|
|
|
286,274
|
|
|
|
311,167
|
|
|
|
1,244,668
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
above $
|
0.61875
|
|
|
|
282,879
|
|
|
|
11,315
|
|
|
|
271,564
|
|
|
|
282,879
|
|
|
|
565,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,883,886
|
|
|
$
|
132,629
|
|
|
$
|
614,946
|
|
|
$
|
747,575
|
|
|
$
|
6,631,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in
which the reset occurs. The table reflects that, as a result of
the reset, there would be 9,998,203 common units outstanding,
our general partners 2.0% interest has been maintained,
and the average distribution to each common unit would be $0.65.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
upon the reset was calculated by dividing (i) the average
of the amounts received by our general partner in respect of its
incentive distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the
reset as shown in the table above, or $614,946, by (ii) the
average available cash distributed on each common unit for the
two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table above, or
$0.65.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Distribution to General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to
|
|
|
Units Issued in
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Connection
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution per
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
With
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Unit After Reset
|
|
|
After Reset
|
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.6500
|
|
|
$
|
5,883,886
|
|
|
$
|
614,946
|
|
|
$
|
132,629
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
747,575
|
|
|
$
|
6,631,461
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.7475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.7475
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.8125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
0.8125
|
|
|
up to $
|
0.9750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
above $
|
0.9750
|
|
|
$
|
5,883,886
|
|
|
$
|
614,946
|
|
|
$
|
132,629
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
747,575
|
|
|
$
|
6,631,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not
make a reset election except at a time when it has received
incentive distributions for the immediately preceding four
consecutive fiscal quarters based on the highest level of
incentive distributions that it is entitled to receive under our
partnership agreement.
Distributions
from Capital Surplus
How
Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made
We will make distributions of available cash from capital
surplus, if any, in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until we distribute for each common unit
that was issued in this offering, an amount of available cash
from capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price
in this offering;
|
|
|
|
second
, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding common unit, an amount of available cash from
capital surplus equal to any unpaid arrearages in payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, as if they were from operating surplus.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
Effect
of a Distribution from Capital Surplus
Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital
surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this
initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The
initial public offering price less any distributions of capital
surplus per unit is referred to as the unrecovered initial
unit price. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is
made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as
the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit
price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the
minimum quarterly distribution after any of these distributions
are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive
incentive distributions and for the subordinated units to
convert into common units. However, any distribution of capital
surplus before the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to
zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution or any arrearages.
75
Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this
offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, we will
reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels to zero. We will then make all future
distributions from operating surplus, with 50.0% being paid to
the unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general partner. The
percentage interests shown for our general partner include its
2.0% general partner interest and assume that our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
Adjustment
to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and
target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital
surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide
our units into a greater number of units, we will
proportionately adjust:
|
|
|
|
|
the minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
the number of common units into which a subordinated unit is
convertible;
|
|
|
|
target distribution levels;
|
|
|
|
the unrecovered initial unit price; and
|
|
|
|
the number of general partner units comprising the general
partner interest.
|
For example, if a
two-for-one
split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly
distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered
initial unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial
level, and each subordinated unit would be convertible into two
common units. We will not make any adjustment by reason of the
issuance of additional units for cash or property.
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is
modified or interpreted by a governmental authority, so that we
become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation
as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes,
our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly
distribution and the target distribution levels for each quarter
may be reduced by multiplying each distribution level by a
fraction, the numerator of which is available cash for that
quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of available
cash for that quarter plus our general partners estimate
of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes
payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the
extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated
tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted
for in subsequent quarters.
Distributions
of Cash Upon Liquidation
General
If we dissolve in accordance with our partnership agreement, we
will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called
liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to
the payment of our creditors. We will distribute any remaining
proceeds to the unitholders and our general partner, in
accordance with their capital account balances, as adjusted to
reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of
our assets in liquidation.
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended,
to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding
common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding
subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required
to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered
initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for
the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid
arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on
the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon
our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully
recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash
available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units.
Any further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be
allocated in a manner that takes into account the incentive
distribution rights of our general partner.
76
Manner
of Adjustments for Gain
The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in our
partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end
of the subordination period, we will allocate any gain to our
partners in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, to our general partner and the holders of units
who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the
extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;
|
|
|
|
second
, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each
common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered
initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation
occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
third
, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for
each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the
unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the
minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our
liquidation occurs;
|
|
|
|
fourth
, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence;
less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the
minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed
98.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general
partner, for each quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
fifth
, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
second target distribution per unit over the first target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence;
less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first
target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
sixth
, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
third target distribution per unit over the second target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence;
less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second
target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0%
to our general partner.
|
The percentages set forth above are based on the assumption that
our general partner has not transferred its incentive
distribution rights and that we do not issue additional classes
of equity securities.
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second
bullet point above and all of the fourth bullet point above will
no longer be applicable.
Manner
of Adjustments for Losses
If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination
period, after making allocations of loss to the general partner
and the unitholders in a manner intended to offset in reverse
order the allocations of gains that have previously been
allocated, we will generally allocate any loss to our general
partner and unitholders in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first
, 98.0% to the holders of subordinated units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
second
, 98.0% to the holders of common units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter
, 100.0% to our general partner.
|
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point
above will no longer be applicable.
Adjustments
to Capital Accounts
Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to
capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this
regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any
unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain resulting
from the adjustments to the unitholders and the general partner
in the same manner as we allocate gain upon liquidation. In the
event that we make positive adjustments to the capital accounts
upon the issuance of additional units, our partnership agreement
requires that we generally allocate any later negative
adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance
of additional units or upon our liquidation in a manner which
results, to the extent possible, in the partners capital
account balances equaling the amount which they would have been
if no earlier positive adjustments to the capital accounts had
been made. In contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as
provided above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and
unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital
accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the
unitholders and our general partner based on their respective
percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of
the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such
loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units.
If we make negative adjustments to the capital accounts as a
result of such loss, future positive adjustments resulting from
the issuance of additional units will be allocated in a manner
designed to reverse the prior negative adjustments, and special
allocations will be made upon liquidation in a manner that
results, to the extent possible, in our unitholders
capital account balances equaling the amounts they would have
been if no earlier adjustments for loss had been made.
78
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table presents our selected historical
consolidated financial and operating data, as well as the
selected historical combined financial and operating data of our
Predecessor, which was comprised of 12 indirectly wholly owned
subsidiaries of Enbridge, as of the dates and for the periods
indicated.
The selected financial data as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2006 are derived from the unaudited historical
combined financial data of our Predecessor that are not included
in this prospectus. The selected historical combined financial
data presented as of and for the year ended December 31,
2007 are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of our Predecessor that are not included in this
prospectus. The selected historical combined financial data
presented as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008,
and as of and for the 10 months ended October 31, 2009
are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of our Predecessor that are included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial
data presented as of December 31, 2009, for the period from
August 20, 2009 (date of inception) to December 31,
2009, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, as of
and for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and as of and for the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 are derived from our audited and
unaudited historical consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We acquired our assets effective
November 1, 2009. During the period from our inception, on
August 20, 2009, to October 31, 2009, we had no
operations although we incurred certain fees and expenses of
approximately $6.4 million associated with our formation
and the acquisition of our assets from Enbridge, which are
reflected in the One-time transaction costs line
item of our consolidated financial data for the period from
August 20, 2009 through December 31, 2009.
For a detailed discussion of the following table, please read
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. The following table
should also be read in conjunction with the historical audited
and unaudited consolidated financial statements of American
Midstream Partners, LP and related notes and our
Predecessors audited combined financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other
things, those historical financial statements include more
detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the
information in the following table.
79
The following table presents the non-GAAP financial measures
adjusted EBITDA and gross margin that we use in our business and
view as important supplemental measures of our performance. For
a definition of these measures and a reconciliation of them to
their most directly comparable financial measures calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read
Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners Predecessor
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
2009 (Inception
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Date) to
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per unit and operating data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
314,278
|
|
|
|
$
|
290,777
|
|
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
|
$
|
67,265
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
314,278
|
|
|
|
|
290,777
|
|
|
|
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
|
211,940
|
|
|
|
54,712
|
|
|
|
63,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
|
278,590
|
|
|
|
|
251,959
|
|
|
|
|
323,205
|
|
|
|
|
113,227
|
|
|
|
|
26,593
|
|
|
|
|
173,821
|
|
|
|
44,964
|
|
|
|
54,953
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
14,295
|
|
|
|
|
15,334
|
|
|
|
|
13,423
|
|
|
|
|
10,331
|
|
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
|
7,407
|
|
|
|
|
10,294
|
|
|
|
|
8,618
|
|
|
|
|
8,577
|
|
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
|
8,854
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
9,917
|
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
310,209
|
|
|
|
|
290,087
|
|
|
|
|
358,727
|
|
|
|
|
144,765
|
|
|
|
|
38,915
|
|
|
|
|
215,178
|
|
|
|
54,809
|
|
|
|
66,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
4,069
|
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
7,621
|
|
|
|
|
(1,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,082
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
Other (income) expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
8,469
|
|
|
|
|
8,527
|
|
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expenses
|
|
|
|
(996
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
$
|
(3,506
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,046
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,471
|
)
|
|
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners net income (loss) per unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common unit(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.61
|
)
|
Pro forma weighted average common units outstanding(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,668
|
|
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
$
|
2,486
|
|
|
|
$
|
(447
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
18,155
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,531
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
13,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,323
|
|
|
$
|
5,067
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
(7,587
|
)
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
(10,486
|
)
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
(151,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
5,132
|
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
(14,088
|
)
|
|
|
|
159,656
|
|
|
|
|
(4,609
|
)
|
|
|
(2,888
|
)
|
|
|
(3,686
|
)
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
$
|
14,880
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,981
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,956
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,021
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,263
|
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
6,914
|
|
Gross margin(4)
|
|
|
|
35,688
|
|
|
|
|
38,818
|
|
|
|
|
43,143
|
|
|
|
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
|
6,240
|
|
|
|
|
38,119
|
|
|
|
9,748
|
|
|
|
12,312
|
|
Segment gross margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing
|
|
|
|
19,215
|
|
|
|
|
22,108
|
|
|
|
|
27,354
|
|
|
|
|
20,024
|
|
|
|
|
3,698
|
|
|
|
|
24,595
|
|
|
|
6,098
|
|
|
|
8,167
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
|
16,476
|
|
|
|
|
16,710
|
|
|
|
|
15,789
|
|
|
|
|
9,881
|
|
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
|
13,524
|
|
|
|
3,650
|
|
|
|
4,145
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (At Period End):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
|
$
|
681
|
|
|
|
$
|
421
|
|
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
Accounts receivable, net and unbilled revenue
|
|
|
|
16,357
|
|
|
|
|
13,643
|
|
|
|
|
9,532
|
|
|
|
|
8,756
|
|
|
|
|
19,776
|
|
|
|
|
22,850
|
|
|
|
17,446
|
|
|
|
22,248
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
233,143
|
|
|
|
|
219,898
|
|
|
|
|
216,903
|
|
|
|
|
205,126
|
|
|
|
|
149,226
|
|
|
|
|
146,808
|
|
|
|
151,167
|
|
|
|
143,394
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
298,161
|
|
|
|
|
287,290
|
|
|
|
|
277,242
|
|
|
|
|
250,162
|
|
|
|
|
174,470
|
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
173,217
|
|
|
|
169,693
|
|
Total debt (current and long-term)(5)
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
|
|
56,370
|
|
|
|
58,380
|
|
|
|
56,500
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing segment
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179.2
|
|
|
|
|
211.8
|
|
|
|
|
169.7
|
|
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
|
164.3
|
|
|
|
242.8
|
|
Plant inlet volume
(MMcf/d)(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Gross NGL production (Mgal/d)(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
|
34.1
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
56.6
|
|
Transmission segment
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336.2
|
|
|
|
|
357.6
|
|
|
|
|
381.3
|
|
|
|
|
350.2
|
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
446.0
|
|
Firm transportation capacity reservation
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
627.3
|
|
|
|
|
613.2
|
|
|
|
|
701.0
|
|
|
|
|
677.6
|
|
|
|
702.8
|
|
|
|
762.1
|
|
Interruptible transportation throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141.6
|
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
|
118.0
|
|
|
|
|
80.9
|
|
|
|
80.2
|
|
|
|
76.5
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes LTIP expenses for the period from August 20, 2009
to December 31, 2009, the year ended December 31,
2010, the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and the quarter
ended March 31, 2011 of $0.2 million,
$1.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million,
respectively. Of these amounts, $0.2 million,
$1.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million,
respectively, represent non-cash expenses.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The pro forma earnings per common unit gives effect to the
recapitalization transactions as of March 31, 2011 and the
additional number of common units issued in this offering (at an
assumed offering price of $20.00) necessary to pay the portion
of the distribution to AIM Midstream Holdings, LTIP participants
holding common units and our general partner described in
Use of Proceeds that will be funded from the
proceeds of this offering that exceeds net income for the three
months ended March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Selected
Historical Financial
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
and Operating Data Non-GAAP Financial
Measures, and for a discussion of how we use adjusted
EBITDA to evaluate our operating performance, please read
How We Evaluate Our Operations.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
For a definition of gross margin and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Note 12 to
our unaudited consolidated financial statements and Note 18
to our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus and for a discussion of how we use
gross margin to evaluate our operating performance, please read
How We Evaluate Our Operations.
|
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
Excludes Predecessor Note payable to Enbridge Midcoast Limited
Holdings, L.L.C. of $39.3 million as of December 31,
2008.
|
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
Excludes volumes and gross production under our elective
processing arrangements. For a description of our elective
processing arrangements, please read Business
Gathering and Processing Segment Gloria System.
|
Non-GAAP Financial
Measures
We include in this prospectus the non-GAAP financial measures of
adjusted EBITDA and gross margin. We provide reconciliations of
these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly
comparable financial measures as calculated and presented in
accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted
EBITDA
We define adjusted EBITDA as net income:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense;
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense;
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense;
|
|
|
|
Certain non-cash charges such as non-cash equity compensation;
|
|
|
|
Unrealized losses on commodity derivative contracts; and
|
|
|
|
Selected charges that are unusual or non-recurring.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income;
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit;
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gains on commodity derivative contracts; and
|
|
|
|
Selected gains that are unusual or non-recurring.
|
Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by
management and by external users of our financial statements,
such as investors and lenders, to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
the financial performance of our assets without regard to
financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to support
our indebtedness and make cash distributions to our unitholders
and general partner;
|
|
|
|
our operating performance and return on capital as compared to
those of other companies in the midstream energy sector, without
regard to financing or capital structure; and
|
|
|
|
the attractiveness of capital projects and acquisitions and the
overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
|
The economic rationale behind managements use of adjusted
EBITDA is to measure the ability of our assets to generate cash
sufficient to pay interest costs, support our indebtedness and
make distributions to our investors.
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to adjusted EBITDA is
net income. Our non-GAAP financial measure of adjusted EBITDA
should not be considered as an alternative to net income.
Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with
GAAP and has important limitations as an analytical
81
tool. You should not consider adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as
a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.
Because adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that
affect net income and is defined differently by different
companies in our industry, our definition of adjusted EBITDA may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other
companies.
Management compensates for the limitations of adjusted EBITDA as
an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures,
understanding the differences between the measures and
incorporating these data points into managements
decision-making process.
The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA
to net income (loss) attributable to our unitholders for each of
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners, LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners Predecessor
|
|
|
|
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
(Inception
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Date) to
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
$
|
(3,506
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,046
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
9,917
|
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
8,469
|
|
|
|
|
8,527
|
|
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
Non-cash equity compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
$
|
14,880
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,981
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,956
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,021
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,263
|
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
6,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Margin
We define gross margin as the sum of segment gross margin in our
Gathering and Processing segment and segment gross margin in our
Transmission segment. We define segment gross margin in our
Gathering and Processing segment as revenue generated from
gathering and processing operations less the cost of natural
gas, NGLs and condensate purchased. We define segment gross
margin in our Transmission segment as revenue generated from
firm and interruptible transportation agreements and
fixed-margin arrangements, plus other related fees, less the
cost of natural gas purchased in connection with fixed-margin
arrangements. Gross margin is included as a supplemental
disclosure because it is a primary performance measure used by
our management as it represents the results of service fee
revenue and cost of sales, which are key components of our
operations. As an indicator of our operating performance, gross
margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more
meaningful than, net income as determined in accordance with
GAAP. Our gross margin may not be comparable to a similarly
titled measure of another company because other entities may not
calculate gross margin in the same manner. Effective
January 1, 2011, we changed our gross margin and segment
gross margin measure to exclude unrealized non-cash
mark-to-market
adjustments related to our commodity derivatives. For the
quarter ended March 31, 2011, $3.5 million in unrealized
losses were excluded from the Gathering and Processing segment
gross margin. For a reconciliation of gross margin to net
income, its most directly comparable financial measure
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read
Note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements
and Note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
82
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of the financial
condition and results of operations of American Midstream
Partners, LP and its subsidiaries in conjunction with the
historical consolidated financial statements and related notes
of American Midstream Partners, LP and the historical combined
financial statements and related notes of our Predecessor
included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those
financial statements and the related notes include more detailed
information regarding the basis of presentation for the
following information.
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership that was
formed by AIM in August 2009 to own, operate, develop and
acquire a diversified portfolio of natural gas midstream energy
assets. We are engaged in the business of gathering, treating,
processing and transporting natural gas through our ownership
and operation of nine gathering systems, three processing
facilities, two interstate pipelines and six intrastate
pipelines. Our primary assets, which are strategically located
in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, provide
critical infrastructure that links producers and suppliers of
natural gas to diverse natural gas markets, including various
interstate and intrastate pipelines, as well as utility,
industrial and other commercial customers. We currently operate
approximately 1,400 miles of pipelines that gather and
transport over
500 MMcf/d
of natural gas. We acquired our existing portfolio of assets
from a subsidiary of Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P., or
Enbridge, in November 2009.
Our operations are organized into two segments:
(i) Gathering and Processing and (ii) Transmission. In
our Gathering and Processing segment, we receive fee-based and
fixed-margin compensation for gathering, transporting and
treating natural gas. Where we provide processing services at
the plants that we own, or obtain processing services for our
own account in connection with our elective processing
arrangements, we typically retain and sell a percentage of the
residue natural gas and resulting natural gas liquids, or NGLs,
under
percent-of-proceeds,
or POP, arrangements. We own three processing facilities that
produced an average of approximately 34.1 Mgal/d and 55.1 Mgal/d
of gross NGLs for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
quarter ended March 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, in
connection with our elective processing arrangements, we
contract for processing capacity at a third-party plant where we
have the option to process natural gas that we purchase. Under
these arrangements, we sold an average of approximately 28.1
Mgal/d and 35.0 Mgal/d of net equity NGL volumes for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. We also receive fee-based and
fixed-margin compensation in our Transmission segment primarily
related to capacity reservation charges under our firm
transportation contracts and the transportation of natural gas
pursuant to our interruptible transportation and fixed-margin
contracts.
Our
Operations
We manage our business and analyze and report our results of
operations through two business segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing.
Our Gathering
and Processing segment provides wellhead to market
services for natural gas to producers of natural gas and oil,
which include transporting raw natural gas from various receipt
points through gathering systems, treating the raw natural gas,
processing raw natural gas to separate the NGLs and selling or
delivering pipeline quality natural gas as well as NGLs to
various markets and pipeline systems.
|
|
|
|
Transmission.
Our Transmission segment
transports and delivers natural gas from producing wells,
receipt points or pipeline interconnects for shippers and other
customers, which include local distribution companies, or LDCs,
utilities and industrial, commercial and power generation
customers.
|
Gathering
and Processing Segment
Results of operations from our Gathering and Processing segment
are determined primarily by the volumes of natural gas we gather
and process, the commercial terms in our current contract
portfolio and
83
natural gas, NGL and condensate prices. We gather and process
natural gas primarily pursuant to the following arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-Based Arrangements.
Under these
arrangements, we generally are paid a fixed cash fee for
gathering and transporting natural gas.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-Margin Arrangements.
Under these
arrangements, we purchase natural gas from producers or
suppliers at receipt points on our systems at an index price
less a fixed transportation fee and simultaneously sell an
identical volume of natural gas at delivery points on our
systems at the same, undiscounted index price. By entering into
back-to-back
purchases and sales of natural gas, we are able to lock in a
fixed-margin on these transactions. We view the segment gross
margin earned under our fixed-margin arrangements to be
economically equivalent to the fee earned in our fee-based
arrangements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent-of-Proceeds
Arrangements.
Under these arrangements, we
generally gather raw natural gas from producers at the wellhead
or other supply points, transport it through our gathering
system, process it and sell the residue natural gas and NGLs at
market prices. Where we provide processing services at the
processing plants that we own or obtain processing services for
our own account in connection with our elective processing
arrangements, such as our Toca contracts, we generally retain
and sell a percentage of the residue natural gas and resulting
NGLs. Please read Business Gathering and
Processing Segment Gloria System.
|
Gross margin earned under fee-based and fixed-margin
arrangements is directly related to the volume of natural gas
that flows through our systems and is not directly dependent on
commodity prices. However, a sustained decline in commodity
prices could result in a decline in volumes and, thus, a
decrease in our fee-based and fixed-margin gross margin. These
arrangements provide stable cash flows, but minimal, if any,
upside in higher commodity price environments. Under our typical
percent-of-proceeds
arrangement, our gross margin is directly impacted by the
commodity prices we realize on our share of natural gas and NGLs
received as compensation for processing raw natural gas.
However, our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements also often contain a fee-based component, which
helps to mitigate the degree of commodity-price volatility we
could experience under these arrangements. We further seek to
mitigate our exposure to commodity price risk through our
hedging program. Please read Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Commodity
Price Risk.
Transmission
Segment
Results of operations from our Transmission segment are
determined primarily by capacity reservation fees from firm
transportation contracts and, to a lesser extent, the volumes of
natural gas transported on the interstate and intrastate
pipelines we own pursuant to interruptible transportation or
fixed-margin contracts. Our transportation arrangements are
further described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Firm Transportation Arrangements.
Our
obligation to provide firm transportation service means that we
are obligated to transport natural gas nominated by the shipper
up to the maximum daily quantity specified in the contract. In
exchange for that obligation on our part, the shipper pays a
specified reservation charge, whether or not it utilizes the
capacity. In most cases, the shipper also pays a variable use
charge with respect to quantities actually transported by us.
|
|
|
|
Interruptible Transportation
Arrangements.
Our obligation to provide
interruptible transportation service means that we are only
obligated to transport natural gas nominated by the shipper to
the extent that we have available capacity. For this service the
shipper pays no reservation charge but pays a variable use
charge for quantities actually shipped.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-Margin Arrangements.
Under these
arrangements, we purchase natural gas from producers or
suppliers at receipt points on our systems at an index price
less a fixed transportation fee and simultaneously sell an
identical volume of natural gas at delivery points on our
systems at the same, undiscounted index price. We view
fixed-margin arrangements to be economically equivalent to our
interruptible transportation arrangements.
|
84
The gross margin we earn from our transportation activities is
directly related to the capacity reservation on, and actual
volume of natural gas that flows through, our systems, neither
of which is directly dependent on commodity prices. However, a
sustained decline in market demand could result in a decline in
volumes and, thus, a decrease in our commodity-based gross
margin under firm transportation contracts or gross margin under
our interruptible transportation and fixed-margin contracts.
Contract
Mix
Set forth below is a table summarizing our average contract mix
for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
Gross Margin
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
Gross Margin
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-based
|
|
$
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
26.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
Fixed-margin
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
Percent-of-proceeds
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
53.7
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
61.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Firm transportation
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
|
80.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
83.0
|
%
|
Interruptible transportation
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
14.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
Fixed-margin
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
How We
Evaluate Our Operations
Our management uses a variety of financial and operational
metrics to analyze our performance. We view these metrics as
important factors in evaluating our profitability and review
these measurements on at least a monthly basis for consistency
and trend analysis. These metrics include throughput volumes,
gross margin and direct operating expenses on a segment basis,
and adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow on a
company-wide basis.
Throughput
Volumes
In our Gathering and Processing segment, we must continually
obtain new supplies of natural gas to maintain or increase
throughput volumes on our systems. Our ability to maintain or
increase existing volumes of natural gas and obtain new supplies
is impacted by (i) the level of workovers or recompletions
of existing connected wells and successful drilling activity in
areas currently dedicated to or near our gathering systems,
(ii) our ability to compete for volumes from successful new
wells in the areas in which we operate, (iii) our ability
to obtain natural gas that has been released from other
commitments and (iv) the volume of natural gas that we
purchase from connected systems. We actively monitor producer
activity in the areas served by our gathering and processing
systems to pursue new supply opportunities.
In our Transmission segment, the majority of our segment gross
margin is generated by firm capacity reservation fees, as
opposed to the actual throughput volumes, on our interstate and
intrastate pipelines. Substantially all of this segment gross
margin is generated under contracts with shippers, including
producers, industrial companies, LDCs and marketers, for firm
and interruptible natural gas transportation on our pipelines.
We routinely monitor natural gas market activities in the areas
served by our transmission systems to pursue new shipper
opportunities.
85
Gross
Margin and Segment Gross Margin
Gross margin and segment gross margin are the primary metrics
that we use to evaluate our performance. See Selected
Historical Financial and Operating Data
Non-GAAP Financial Measures. We define segment gross
margin in our Gathering and Processing segment as revenue
generated from gathering and processing operations less the cost
of natural gas, NGLs and condensate purchased. Revenue includes
revenue generated from fixed fees associated with the gathering
and treating of natural gas and from the sale of natural gas,
NGLs and condensate resulting from gathering and processing
activities under fixed-margin and
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements. The cost of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
includes volumes of natural gas, NGLs and condensate remitted
back to producers pursuant to
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements and the cost of natural gas purchased for our own
account, including pursuant to fixed-margin arrangements.
We define segment gross margin in our Transmission segment as
revenue generated from firm and interruptible transportation
agreements and fixed-margin arrangements, plus other related
fees, less the cost of natural gas purchased in connection with
fixed-margin arrangements. Substantially all of our gross margin
in this segment is fee-based or fixed-margin, with little to no
direct commodity price risk.
Effective January 1, 2011, we changed our gross margin and
segment gross margin measure to exclude unrealized non-cash
mark-to-market
adjustments related to our commodity derivatives. For the
quarter ended March 31, 2011, $3.5 million in unrealized
losses were excluded from the Gathering and Processing segment
gross margin.
Direct
Operating Expenses
Our management seeks to maximize the profitability of our
operations in part by minimizing direct operating expenses.
Direct labor costs, insurance costs, ad valorem and property
taxes, repair and non-capitalized maintenance costs, integrity
management costs, utilities, lost and unaccounted for gas and
contract services comprise the most significant portion of our
operating expenses. These expenses are relatively stable and
largely independent of throughput volumes through our systems,
but may fluctuate depending on the activities performed during a
specific period.
Adjusted
EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow
We define adjusted EBITDA as net income, plus interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation expense, certain non-cash
charges such as non-cash equity compensation, unrealized losses
on commodity derivative contracts and selected charges that are
unusual or non-recurring, less interest income, income tax
benefit, unrealized gains on commodity derivative contracts and
selected gains that are unusual or non-recurring. See
Selected Historical Financial and Operating
Data Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
Although we have not quantified distributable cash flow on a
historical basis, after the closing of this offering we intend
to use distributable cash flow, which we define as adjusted
EBITDA plus interest income, less cash paid for interest expense
and maintenance capital expenditures, to analyze our
performance. Distributable cash flow will not reflect changes in
working capital balances. Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash
flow are used as supplemental measures by our management and by
external users of our financial statements such as investors,
commercial banks, research analysts and others, to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
the financial performance of our assets without regard to
financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate cash sufficient to support
our indebtedness and make cash distributions to our unitholders
and general partner;
|
|
|
|
our operating performance and return on capital as compared to
those of other companies in the midstream energy sector, without
regard to financing or capital structure; and
|
|
|
|
the attractiveness of capital projects and acquisitions and the
overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
|
86
Note
About Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Gross margin, adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are
not financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. We
believe that the presentation of these non-GAAP financial
measures will provide useful information to investors in
assessing our financial condition and results of operations. Net
income is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to each of
gross margin and adjusted EBITDA. The GAAP measure most directly
comparable to distributable cash flow is net cash provided by
operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial measures should not
be considered as alternatives to the most directly comparable
GAAP financial measure. Each of these non-GAAP financial
measures has important limitations as an analytical tool because
it excludes some but not all items that affect the most directly
comparable GAAP financial measure. You should not consider any
of gross margin, adjusted EBITDA or distributable cash flow in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as
reported under GAAP. Because gross margin, adjusted EBITDA and
distributable cash flow may be defined differently by other
companies in our industry, our definitions of these non-GAAP
financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility.
Items Affecting
the Comparability of Our Financial Results
Our historical results of operations for the periods presented
and those of our Predecessor may not be comparable, either to
each other or to our future results of operations, for the
reasons described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Since we acquired our assets from Enbridge effective
November 1, 2009, the financial and operational data for
2009 that is discussed below is generally bifurcated between the
period that our Predecessor owned those assets and the period
from our acquisition through the end of the year. Moreover,
there is some overlap between these two periods resulting from
the fact that we were formed on August 20, 2009, which was
prior to the acquisition on November 1, 2009. As a result,
the 2009 period that our Predecessor owned and operated the
assets is the ten months ended October 31, 2009, while the
successor 2009 period begins with our inception on
August 20, 2009 and ends on December 31, 2009.
Although we incurred costs associated with our formation and the
acquisition of our assets from Enbridge of $6.4 million, we
had no material operations until November 1, 2009.
|
|
|
|
The historical combined financial statements and related notes
of our Predecessor:
|
|
|
|
|
|
are presented on a combined rather than a consolidated basis.
The principal difference between consolidated and combined
financial statements is that consolidated financial statements
do not reflect transactions and investments between consolidated
subsidiaries or between those subsidiaries and the parent
entity, showing instead a view of the parent entity and its
consolidated subsidiaries as a whole; and
|
|
|
|
reflect the operation of our assets with different business
strategies and as part of a larger business rather than the
stand-alone fashion in which we operate them. Please read
Business Business Strategies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SG&A expenses of our Predecessor during periods in which we
did not own or operate our assets were allocated expenses from a
much larger parent entity and may not represent SG&A
expenses required to actually operate our assets as we intend.
In addition, we adopted an LTIP in connection with our formation
in 2009, and our SG&A expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and for the quarter ended March 31,
2011 included $1.7 million and $0.5 million,
respectively, of cash and non-cash expenses associated with
grants pursuant to our LTIP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initially, we anticipate incurring approximately
$2.3 million of annual incremental general and
administrative expenses attributable to operating as a publicly
traded partnership, such as expenses associated with annual and
quarterly SEC reporting; tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses; Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses; expenses associated with listing on the NYSE;
independent auditor fees; legal fees; investor relations
expenses; registrar and transfer agent fees; director and
officer liability insurance costs; and director compensation.
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with our formation and the acquisition of our
assets from Enbridge, we incurred transaction expenses of
approximately $6.4 million. These transaction expenses are
included in our historical consolidated financial statements for
the period from August 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
In connection with the acquisition of our assets from Enbridge,
effective November 1, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
we put in place stand-alone insurance policies customary for
midstream partnerships, which had the effect of increasing our
direct operating expenses;
|
|
|
|
we initiated a comprehensive review of the integrity management
program that we inherited when we acquired our assets. Following
this review, we concluded that there were sixteen high
consequence areas that required further testing pursuant to DOT
regulations;
|
|
|
|
one of our subsidiaries entered into an advisory services
agreement with certain affiliates of AIM Midstream Holdings,
which resulted in higher SG&A expenses during the periods
after that acquisition. Please read Certain Relationships
and Related Party Transactions Agreements with
Affiliates. At the closing of this offering, we will pay
$2.5 million to those affiliates to terminate this
agreement; and
|
|
|
|
we recorded our assets at fair value, which was less than our
Predecessors book value of those assets, and their useful
lives were also decreased, which had the net effect of
increasing the depreciation expense associated with our assets
after the acquisition date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense of our Predecessor was an allocated expense
from our Predecessors publicly traded parent entity. In
addition, we incurred indebtedness to finance our acquisition of
our assets from Enbridge, which increased our interest expense
after the acquisition date.
|
|
|
|
After our acquisition of our assets from Enbridge, we initiated
a hedging program comprised of NGL puts and swaps, as well as
interest rate caps, that we account for using
mark-to-market
accounting. These amounts are included in our historical
consolidated financial statements and related notes as
unrealized/realized gain (loss) from risk management activities.
|
|
|
|
In December 2010, we completed an interconnect between our
Lafitte pipeline and a pipeline on the TGP interstate system.
This interconnect enables us to purchase natural gas from
producers on the TGP system and deliver it to the Alliance
Refinery and the Toca processing plant, which will enable us to
process substantially more natural gas under our elective
processing arrangements.
|
General
Trends and Outlook
We expect our business to continue to be affected by the key
trends discussed below. Our expectations are based on
assumptions made by us and information currently available to
us. To the extent our underlying assumptions about, or
interpretations of, available information prove to be incorrect,
our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.
Outlook
Beginning in the second half of 2008, the United States and
other industrialized countries experienced a significant
economic downturn that led to a decline in worldwide energy
demand. During this same period, North American oil and natural
gas supply was increasing as a result of the rise in domestic
unconventional production. The combination of lower energy
demand due to the economic downturn and higher North American
oil and natural gas supply resulted in significant declines in
oil, NGL and natural gas prices. While oil and NGL prices began
to increase steadily in the second quarter of 2009, natural gas
prices remained depressed and volatile throughout 2009 and 2010
in comparison to much of 2007 and 2008 due to a continued
increase in natural gas supply despite weaker offsetting demand
growth. The outlook for a worldwide economic recovery in 2011
remains uncertain, and the timing of a recovery in worldwide
demand for energy is difficult to predict. As a result, we
expect natural gas prices to remain relatively low in the near
term.
Notwithstanding the ongoing volatility in commodity prices,
there has been a recent resurgence in the level of acquisition
and divestiture activity in the midstream energy industry and we
expect that trend to
88
continue. In particular, we believe that opportunities to
acquire midstream energy assets from third parties that fulfill
our strategic objectives will continue to arise in the
foreseeable future.
Supply
and Demand Outlook for Natural Gas and Oil
Natural gas and oil continue to be critical components of energy
consumption in the United States. According to the
U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, annual
consumption of natural gas in the U.S. was approximately
24.1 trillion cubic feet, or Tcf, in 2010, compared to
approximately 22.8 Tcf in 2009, representing an increase of
approximately 5.7%. Domestic production of natural gas grew from
approximately 21.6 Tcf in 2009 to approximately 22.6 Tcf in
2010, or a 4.4% increase. The industrial and electricity
generation sectors currently account for the largest usage of
natural gas in the United States, representing approximately 58%
of the total natural gas consumed in the United States during
2010. In particular, based on a report by the EIA, industrial
natural gas demand is expected to grow from 7.3 Tcf in 2009 to
9.4 Tcf in 2020 as a result of an expected recovery in
industrial production.
According to the EIA, domestic crude oil production was
approximately 5.5 million barrels per day, or MMBbl/d, in
2010, compared to approximately 5.4 MMBbl/d in 2009,
representing an increase of approximately 2.8%. Domestic crude
oil production is expected to continue to increase over time
primarily due to improvements in technology that have enabled
U.S. onshore producers to economically extract sources of
supply, such as secondary and tertiary oil reserves and
unconventional oil reserves, that were previously unavailable or
uneconomic.
We believe that current oil and natural gas prices and the
existing demand for oil and natural gas will continue to result
in ongoing oil- and natural gas-related drilling in the United
States as producers seek to increase their production levels. In
particular, we believe that drilling activity targeting natural
gas with modest to high NGL content, such as on our Gloria
system, and targeting oil with associated natural gas, such as
on our Bazor Ridge system, will remain active. Although we
anticipate continued exploration and production activity in the
areas in which we operate, fluctuations in energy prices can
affect natural gas production levels over time as well as the
timing and level of investment activity by third parties in the
exploration for and development of new oil and natural gas
reserves. We have no control over the level of oil and natural
gas exploration and development activity in the areas of our
operations.
Impact
of Interest Rates
The credit markets recently have experienced near-record lows in
interest rates. As the overall economy strengthens, it is likely
that monetary policy will tighten, resulting in higher interest
rates to counter possible inflation. If this occurs, interest
rates on floating rate credit facilities and future offerings in
the debt capital markets could be higher than current levels,
causing our financing costs to increase accordingly. As with
other yield-oriented securities, our unit price will be impacted
by the level of our cash distributions and implied distribution
yield. The distribution yield is often used by investors to
compare and rank related yield-oriented securities for
investment decision-making purposes. Therefore, changes in
interest rates, either positive or negative, may affect the
yield requirements of investors who invest in our common units,
and a rising interest rate environment could have an adverse
impact on our unit price and our ability to issue additional
equity to make acquisitions, reduce debt or for other purposes.
Results
of Operations Combined Overview
The following table and discussion presents certain of our
historical consolidated financial data and the historical
combined financial data of our Predecessor for the periods
indicated.
We refer to the results of our Predecessors operations for
the period from January 1, 2009 to October 31, 2009 as
the 2009 Predecessor Period and to our operating results for the
period from August 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009 as
the 2009 Successor Period.
We acquired our assets effective November 1, 2009. During
the period from our inception, on August 20, 2009, to
October 31, 2009, we had no operations, but we incurred
certain fees and expenses totaling $6.4 million associated
with our formation and acquisition of our assets from Enbridge.
89
The financial data for the 2009 Predecessor Period and the year
ended December 31, 2008 represent periods of time prior to
our acquisition of our assets. During these periods, our
Predecessor owned and operated our operating assets. As such,
the results of operations for these periods do not necessarily
represent the results of operations that would have been
achieved during the period had we owned and operated our assets.
The results of operations by segment are discussed in further
detail following this combined overview.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners
|
|
|
|
Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date) to
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
|
$
|
67,265
|
|
Unrealized gain (losses) on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
366,348
|
|
|
|
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
|
32,833
|
|
|
|
|
211,940
|
|
|
|
54,712
|
|
|
|
63,765
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
|
323,205
|
|
|
|
|
113,227
|
|
|
|
|
26,593
|
|
|
|
|
173,821
|
|
|
|
44,964
|
|
|
|
54,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
13,423
|
|
|
|
|
10,331
|
|
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)
|
|
|
|
8,618
|
|
|
|
|
8,577
|
|
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
|
8,854
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
|
358,727
|
|
|
|
|
144,765
|
|
|
|
|
38,915
|
|
|
|
|
215,178
|
|
|
|
54,809
|
|
|
|
66,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
7,621
|
|
|
|
|
(1,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,082
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
Other (income) expenses
|
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
|
$
|
21,956
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,021
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,263
|
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
6,914
|
|
Gross margin(3)
|
|
|
$
|
43,143
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,240
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,119
|
|
|
$
|
9,748
|
|
|
$
|
12,312
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes LTIP expenses for the period from August 20, 2009
to December 31, 2009, the year ended December 31,
2010, the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and the quarter
ended March 31, 2011 of $0.2 million,
$1.7 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million,
respectively. Of these amounts, $0.2 million,
$1.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million,
respectively, represent non-cash expenses.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
For a definition of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Selected
Historical Financial and Operating Data
Non-GAAP Financial Measures, and for a discussion of
how we use adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operating
performance, please read How We Evaluate Our
Operations.
|
|
(3)
|
|
For a definition of gross margin and a reconciliation to its
most directly comparable financial measure calculated and
presented in accordance with GAAP, please read Note 12 to
our unaudited consolidated financial statements and Note 18
to our audited consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus and for a discussion of how we use
gross margin to evaluate our operating performance, please read
How We Evaluate Our Operations.
|
Quarter
Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Quarter Ended
March 31, 2010
Revenue.
Our total revenue in the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 was $63.8 million
compared to $54.7 million in the quarter ended
March 31, 2010. This increase of $9.1 million was
primarily due to higher realized NGL prices in our Gathering and
Processing segment and a new fixed-margin contract in our
90
Transmission segment. This increase was partially offset by
lower realized natural gas prices in our Gathering and
Processing segment.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Our purchases of natural gas,
NGLs and condensate in the quarter ended March 31, 2011
were $55.0 million compared to $45.0 million in the
quarter ended March 31, 2010. This increase of
$10.0 million was primarily due to higher realized NGL
prices in our Gathering and Processing segment and a new
fixed-margin contract in our Transmission segment. This increase
was partially offset by lower realized natural gas prices in our
Gathering and Processing segment.
Gross Margin.
Gross margin in the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 was $12.3 million
compared to $9.7 million in the quarter ended
March 31, 2010. This increase of $2.6 million was
primarily due to higher realized NGL prices and increased plant
inlet volumes in our Gathering and Processing segment.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 were
$3.1 million compared to $2.7 million in the quarter
ended March 31, 2010. This increase of $0.4 million
was primarily due to increased repairs and maintenance as well
as lease and rent expenses. This increase was partially offset
by a decrease in personnel costs.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses.
SG&A expenses in the quarter
ended March 31, 2011 were $2.7 million compared to
$2.1 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. This
increase of $0.6 million was primarily due to increased
information technology expenses, increased employment-related
expenses and increased costs associated with our LTIP.
Depreciation Expense.
Depreciation
expense in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 was
$5.0 million compared to $5.0 million in the quarter
ended March 31, 2010.
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period
Revenue.
Our total revenue in 2010 was
$211.9 million compared to $32.8 million and
$143.1 million in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. This increase was primarily
due to higher realized NGL prices in our Gathering and
Processing segment and a new fixed-margin contract in our
Transmission segment. Under our fixed-margin contracts, we
purchase natural gas from producers or suppliers at receipt
points on our systems at an index price less a fixed
transportation fee and simultaneously sell an identical quantity
of natural gas at delivery points on our systems at the same
undiscounted index price. This increase was partially offset by
lower throughput and processing volumes in our Gathering and
Processing segment and lower NGL production.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Our purchases of natural gas,
NGLs and condensate for 2010 were $173.8 million compared
to $26.6 million and $113.2 million in the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
This increase was primarily the result of a new fixed-margin
contract in our Transmission segment and higher realized NGL
prices in our Gathering and Processing segment, and was
partially offset by lower throughput and processing volumes in
our Gathering and Processing segment.
Gross Margin.
Gross margin in 2010 was
$38.1 million, compared to $6.2 million and
$29.9 million in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. This increase was primarily
due to higher realized NGL prices in our Gathering and
Processing segment, which positively impacted the segment gross
margin associated with our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements, and was partially offset by lower throughput and
processing volumes in our Gathering and Processing segment. In
addition, segment gross margin in our Transmission segment was
higher in 2010 due to increased throughput volumes on our
regulated pipelines as a result of colder weather. The increases
in revenue and purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
that were driven by higher realized commodity prices and the new
fixed-margin contract in our Transmission segment had minimal
impact on gross margin.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses in 2010 were $12.2 million, compared to
$1.6 million and $10.3 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
increase was primarily due to higher fixed costs, such as
insurance and higher maintenance expenses that
91
we incurred following our acquisition of our assets in our
Transmission segment, partially offset by lower outside services
costs in our Gathering and Processing segment.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses.
SG&A expenses in 2010 were
$8.9 million, compared to $1.3 million and
$8.6 million in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. SG&A expenses include
LTIP expenses of $1.7 million and $0.2 million in 2010
and the 2009 Successor Period, respectively. Because we adopted
the LTIP in November 2009, there were no LTIP expenses in the
2009 Predecessor Period. The decrease in SG&A expenses was
a result of our incurrence of actual SG&A expenses compared
to the historical allocation of SG&A expenses by the owner
of our Predecessor, but was offset in part by increases in LTIP
expenses due to an increase in the number of phantom units
granted in 2010.
One-Time Transaction Expenses.
We
incurred approximately $6.4 million of one-time expenses,
including legal, consulting and accounting fees in the 2009
Successor Period in connection with our acquisition of our
assets. An additional $0.3 million was recorded in 2010
primarily related to Predecessor audit fees and remaining asset
valuation costs.
Depreciation Expense.
Depreciation
expense was $20.0 million in 2010 compared to
$3.0 million and $12.6 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. We
recorded our assets at fair value, which was less than our
Predecessors book value of those assets, and their useful
lives were also decreased, which had the net effect of
increasing the depreciation expense associated with our assets
after the acquisition date. The increase in depreciation expense
from 2009 to 2010 is attributable to those adjustments.
The
2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period Compared
to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Revenue.
Our total revenue was
$32.8 million and $143.1 million for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively,
compared to $366.3 million for 2008. This decrease was
primarily due to lower realized natural gas, NGL and condensate
prices as well as lower plant inlet volumes and NGL production
in our Gathering and Processing segment, although this decrease
was partially offset by an increase in volumes gathered pursuant
to fee-based and fixed-margin arrangements.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Our total purchases of natural
gas, NGLs and condensate were $26.6 million and
$113.2 million for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to
$323.2 million for 2008. This decrease was primarily due to
lower throughput and processing volumes on our Bazor Ridge and
Alabama Processing systems, as well as lower realized natural
gas, NGL and condensate prices in our Gathering and Processing
segment.
Gross Margin.
Gross margin was
$6.2 million and $29.9 million for the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively, compared
to $43.1 million for 2008. This decrease was primarily due
to lower realized natural gas and NGL prices, which negatively
impacted the segment gross margin associated with our
percent-of-proceeds
arrangements in the Gathering and Processing segment, but was
partially offset by higher throughput volumes on the Quivira
system. In addition, segment gross margin was lower in the
Transmission segment primarily as a result of the full-year
impact of the change in the terms of a contract on our Midla
system to more accurately reflect market rates between our
Predecessor and an affiliate of our Predecessor.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses were $1.6 million and $10.3 million
for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to $13.4 million for 2008. This
decrease was mainly due to the timing of our Predecessors
2008 expenditures in connection with a multi-year integrity
management program.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses.
SG&A expenses were
$1.3 million and $8.6 million for the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively, compared
to $8.6 million for 2008. This increase in SG&A
expenses was primarily due to additional costs allocated to our
Predecessor during the 2009 Predecessor Period. Moreover,
SG&A expenses include $0.2 million of LTIP expenses
for the 2009 Successor Period. We adopted the LTIP in November
2009 and, as a result, there were no LTIP expenses for the 2009
Predecessor Period or any period prior to our formation.
92
One-Time Transaction Expenses.
We
incurred approximately $6.4 million of one-time expenses,
including legal, consulting and accounting fees in the 2009
Successor Period, in connection with our formation and
acquisition of our assets.
Depreciation Expense.
Depreciation
expense was $3.0 million and $12.6 million for the
2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to $13.5 million for 2008. We
recorded our assets at fair value, which was less than our
Predecessors book value of those assets, and their useful
lives were also decreased, which had the net effect of
increasing the depreciation expense associated with our assets
after the acquisition date. This increase in depreciation
expense was primarily due to those adjustments.
Segment
Results
The table below contains key segment performance indicators
related to our discussion of the results of operations of our
segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners
|
|
|
|
Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date) to
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except operating data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment Financial and Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering and Processing segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
$
|
349,861
|
|
|
|
$
|
132,957
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,857
|
|
|
|
$
|
158,455
|
|
|
$
|
46,624
|
|
|
$
|
48,084
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
349,861
|
|
|
|
|
132,957
|
|
|
|
|
27,857
|
|
|
|
|
158,455
|
|
|
|
46,614
|
|
|
|
44,584
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
|
322,507
|
|
|
|
|
112,933
|
|
|
|
|
24,159
|
|
|
|
|
133,860
|
|
|
|
40,526
|
|
|
|
39,917
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
$
|
8,186
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,134
|
|
|
|
$
|
956
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,721
|
|
|
$
|
1,670
|
|
|
$
|
1,949
|
|
Other financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment gross margin
|
|
|
$
|
27,354
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,024
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,698
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,595
|
|
|
$
|
6,098
|
|
|
$
|
8,167
|
|
Operating data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
179.2
|
|
|
|
|
211.8
|
|
|
|
|
169.7
|
|
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
|
164.3
|
|
|
|
242.8
|
|
Average plant inlet volume
(MMcf/d)(1)
|
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
Average gross NGL production (Mgal/d)(1)
|
|
|
|
40.2
|
|
|
|
|
39.3
|
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
|
34.1
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
55.1
|
|
Average realized prices:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Natural gas
($/MMcf)
|
|
|
$
|
9.08
|
|
|
|
$
|
3.76
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.71
|
|
|
|
$
|
4.61
|
|
|
$
|
5.04
|
|
|
$
|
3.99
|
|
NGLs ($/gal)
|
|
|
$
|
1.36
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.05
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
Condensate ($/gal)
|
|
|
$
|
2.63
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.16
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.68
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.82
|
|
|
$
|
1.78
|
|
|
$
|
2.07
|
|
Transmission segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
$
|
16,487
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,175
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,976
|
|
|
|
$
|
53,485
|
|
|
$
|
8,088
|
|
|
$
|
19,181
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
2,434
|
|
|
|
|
39,961
|
|
|
|
4,438
|
|
|
|
15,036
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
$
|
5,237
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
$
|
638
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,466
|
|
|
$
|
1,022
|
|
|
$
|
1,109
|
|
Other financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment gross margin
|
|
|
$
|
15,789
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,881
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,542
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,524
|
|
|
$
|
3,650
|
|
|
$
|
4,145
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners
|
|
|
|
Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
(Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
10 Months
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date) to
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except operating data)
|
|
Operating data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
336.2
|
|
|
|
|
357.6
|
|
|
|
|
381.3
|
|
|
|
|
350.2
|
|
|
|
360.6
|
|
|
|
446.0
|
|
Average firm transportation
capacity reservation
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
627.3
|
|
|
|
|
613.2
|
|
|
|
|
701.0
|
|
|
|
|
677.6
|
|
|
|
702.8
|
|
|
|
762.1
|
|
Average interruptible transportation
throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
141.6
|
|
|
|
|
121.0
|
|
|
|
|
118.0
|
|
|
|
|
80.9
|
|
|
|
80.2
|
|
|
|
76.5
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes volumes and gross production under our elective
processing arrangements.
|
Quarter
Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Quarter Ended
March 31, 2010
Gathering
and Processing Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue in the quarter
ended March 31, 2011 was $48.1 million compared to
$46.6 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
This increase was primarily due to increased throughput on our
Gloria and Quivira systems, increased plant inlet volumes
primarily at our Bazor Ridge processing plant, higher NGL sales
and condensate volumes on our Bazor Ridge and Gloria Systems,
and higher realized NGL prices. This increase was almost
entirely offset by lower realized natural gas prices. Set forth
below is a comparison of the volumetric and pricing data for the
quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 as well as a summary of
the effect of the hedge transactions that we entered into in
January 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
Total natural gas throughput volumes on our Gathering and
Processing segment were
242.8 MMcf/d
in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to
164.3 MMcf/d
in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Natural gas inlet
volumes at our owned processing plants were
15.2 MMcf/d
in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to
11.1 MMcf/d
in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Gross NGL production
volumes from our owned processing plants were 55.1 Mgal/d in the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to 35.2 Mgal/d in the
quarter ended March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
The average realized price of natural gas in the quarter ended
March 31, 2011 was $3.99/Mcf, compared to $5.04/Mcf in the
quarter ended March 31, 2010. The average realized price of
NGLs in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 was $1.26/gal,
compared to $1.13/gal in the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
The average realized price of condensate in the quarter ended
March 31, 2011 was $2.26/Mcf, compared to $1.78/gal in the
quarter ended March 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
We entered into a series of hedge transactions in January 2011.
These hedges had a net effect of ($3.5) million on our
revenue related to unrealized losses for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011. We had no hedges during the quarter ended
March 31, 2010. For a discussion of our hedge positions,
please read Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosures about Market Risk.
|
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 were
$40.0 million compared to $40.5 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010. This decrease of
$0.5 million was primarily due to lower realized natural
gas prices and partially offset by higher realized NGL prices
and higher NGL and condensate volumes.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 was
$8.2 million compared to $6.1 million for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010. This increase of $2.1 million
was primarily due to increased throughput on our Gloria, Quivira
and Bazor Ridge systems, higher realized NGL prices
94
which positively affected our Gloria and Bazor Ridge systems,
and lower realized natural gas prices which positively impacted
processing margins on our Gloria system. Segment gross margin
for the Gathering and Processing segment represented 66.3% of
our gross margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2011,
compared to 62.6% for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2011
were $2.0 million compared to $1.8 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010. This increase of
$0.2 million was primarily due to increased repairs and
maintenance as well as lease and rent expenses and partially
offset by a decrease in personnel costs.
Transmission
Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue for the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 was $19.2 million
compared to $8.1 million for the quarter ended
March 31, 2010. Total natural gas throughput on our
Transmission systems for the quarter ended March 31, 2011
was
446.0 MMcf/d
compared to
360.6 MMcf/d
in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. This increase of
$11.1 million in revenue was primarily due to the new
fixed-margin contract in our Transmission segment under which we
purchase and simultaneously sell the natural gas that we
transport, as opposed to typical contracts in this segment in
which we receive a fixed fee for transporting natural gas. Our
hedges had no effect on segment revenue for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011 and we had no hedges during the quarter
ended March 31, 2010.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 were
$15.0 million compared to $4.4 million for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010. This increase of $10.6 million
was primarily due to the new fixed-margin contract in our
Transmission segment.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 was
$4.1 million compared to $3.7 million for the quarter
ended March 31, 2010. This increase of $0.4 million
was primarily due to increased throughput on the MLGT and Midla
systems, a new customer contract on one of our other, smaller
systems and the realization of gross margin related to an
increase in seasonally adjusted rates and reservation volumes as
a result of colder weather on our AlaTenn System. Segment gross
margin for the Transmission segment represented 33.7% of our
gross margin for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, compared
to 37.4% for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2011
were $1.1 million compared to $1.0 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 2010. This increase of
$0.1 million was primarily due to increases to repairs and
maintenance as well as lease and rent expenses.
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period
Gathering
and Processing Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue for 2010 was
$158.5 million compared to $27.9 million and
$133.0 million in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. This decrease was primarily
due to decreased throughput and processing volumes on our Bazor
Ridge system due to unplanned downtime caused by the pipeline
rupture that occurred in April 2010. Please see Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Business
Our business involves many hazards and operational risks, some
of which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant
accident or event occurs for which we are not adequately
insured, our operations and financial results could be adversely
affected for more information regarding the Bazor Ridge
pipeline rupture. This decrease in revenue was partially offset
by higher realized NGL prices across this segment. Set forth
below is a comparison of the volumetric and pricing data for the
year ended December 31, 2010, and the 2009 Successor Period
and the 2009 Predecessor Period.
|
|
|
|
|
Total natural gas throughput volumes on our Gathering and
Processing segment were
175.6 MMcf/d
in 2010 compared to
169.7 MMcf/d
and
211.8 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively. Natural gas inlet volumes at our owned processing
plants were
9.9 MMcf/d
in 2010 compared to
11.4 MMcf/d
and
11.7 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. Gross NGL production
volumes from our owned processing plants were 34.1 Mgal/d in
2010 compared to 38.2 Mgal/d and 39.3 Mgal/d in the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average realized price of natural gas in 2010 was
$4.61/MMcf, compared to $4.71/MMcf and $3.76/MMcf for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
The average realized price of NGLs in 2010 was $1.08/gal,
compared to $1.05/gal and $0.70/gal for the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our hedges had no effect on our revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010. We and our Predecessor had no hedges
during the 2009 Successor Period and 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively.
|
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate for 2010 were $133.9 million compared to
$24.2 million and $112.9 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
decrease in purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate was
primarily driven by lower throughput and processing volumes on
our Bazor Ridge system and lower fixed-margin volumes on our
Lafitte system, partially offset by higher realized NGL prices
across the segment.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin for 2010 was $24.6 million compared to
$3.7 million and $20.0 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
increase was largely due to higher realized NGL prices that had
a positive impact on segment gross margin associated with
percent-of-proceeds
contracts on our Bazor Ridge and Gloria systems. In addition,
natural gas prices were lower in 2010, which had a net positive
impact on natural gas we processed under our elective processing
arrangements. We also received additional segment gross margin
associated with the construction of our Atmore processing plant
that commenced operation in June 2010. This increase was
partially offset by lower throughput volumes across most of our
gathering systems due to well declines and reduced drilling
activity due to lower natural gas prices as well as lower
volumes on our Bazor Ridge system largely resulting from a
pipeline rupture. Segment gross margin for the Gathering and
Processing segment represented 64.5% of our gross margin for
2010, compared to 59.3% and 67.0%, respectively, for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses for 2010 were $7.7 million compared to
$1.0 million and $7.1 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
decrease in direct operating expenses was primarily due to lower
outside services costs.
Transmission
Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue for 2010 was
$53.5 million compared to $5.0 million and
$10.2 million in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively. Total natural gas throughput
on our Transmission systems for 2010 was
350.2 MMcf/d
compared to
381.3 MMcf/d
and
357.6 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively. This increase in revenue was primarily due to the
new fixed-margin contract in our Transmission segment under
which we purchase and simultaneously sell the natural gas that
we transport, as opposed to typical contracts in this segment in
which we receive a fixed fee for transporting natural gas. This
increase in revenue was partially offset by a decrease in
volumes transported pursuant to fee-based and fixed-margin
arrangements. Our hedges had no effect on our revenue for the
year ended December 31, 2010. We and our Predecessor had no
hedges during the 2009 Successor Period and 2009 Predecessor
Period, respectively.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate for 2010 were $40.0 million compared to
$2.4 million and $0.3 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. As part of our
fixed-margin arrangements, we purchase natural gas, but not NGLs
or condensate, in our Transmission segment. This increase was
primarily due to the new fixed-margin arrangement on our MLGT
system.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin for 2010 was $13.5 million compared to
$2.5 million and $9.9 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
increase was primarily due to an increase in seasonally-adjusted
rates and reservation volumes as a result of colder
96
weather in markets served by our AlaTenn and Midla systems.
During periods of unseasonably cold weather, some shippers
exceeded their maximum contract quantities and had to secure
higher priced transport capacity to meet demand, thereby
increasing our segment gross margin. Segment gross margin in our
Transmission segment represented 35.5% of our gross margin for
2010, compared to 40.7% and 33.0% for the 2009 Successor Period
and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses for 2010 were $4.5 million compared to
$0.6 million and $3.2 million in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. This
increase was primarily due to incremental insurance costs that
we had to incur and allocate to our assets.
The
2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period Compared
to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Gathering
and Processing Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue was
$27.9 million and $133.0 million for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively,
compared to $349.9 million for 2008. This decrease was
primarily due to a significant decrease in commodity prices as
well as a decline in plant inlet volumes and NGL production. The
decline in inlet volumes and NGL production was primarily due to
lower throughput on our Bazor Ridge and Alabama Processing
systems resulting from reductions in drilling activity and
demand as a result of the low commodity price environment,
partially offset by an increase in natural gas throughput
volumes on our Quivira system. Set forth below is a comparison
of the volumetric and pricing data for the 2009 Successor
Period, the 2009 Predecessor Period and the year ended
December 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
Total natural gas throughput volumes on our Gathering and
Processing segment were
169.7 MMcf/d
and
211.8 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to
179.2 MMcf/d
in 2008. Natural gas inlet volumes at our owned processing
plants were
11.4 MMcf/d
and
11.7 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to
12.5 MMcf/d
in 2008. Gross NGL production volumes at our owned processing
plants were 38.2 Mgal/d and 39.3 Mgal/d in the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively, compared
to 40.2 Mgal/d in 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The average realized price of natural gas was $4.71/MMcf and
$3.76/MMcf for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to $9.08/MMcf in
2008. The average realized price of NGLs was $1.05/gal and
$0.70/gal for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor
Period, respectively, compared to $1.36/gal in 2008.
|
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate were $24.2 million and $112.9 million
for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to $322.5 million for 2008. This
decrease in purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate was
primarily driven by lower processing volumes as well as lower
realized natural gas, NGL and condensate prices.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin was $3.7 million and $20.0 million for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively,
compared to $27.4 million for 2008. This decrease was
mainly due to lower realized NGL and natural gas prices on our
Gloria and Bazor Ridge systems, partially offset by increased
throughput volumes on the Lafitte and Quivira systems due to an
increase in drilling activity during the high commodity price
environment in 2008. Segment gross margin for the Gathering and
Processing segment represented 59.3% and 67.0% of our gross
margin for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor
Period, respectively, compared to 63.4% for 2008.
Transmission
Segment
Revenue.
Segment revenue was
$5.0 million and $10.2 million for the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively, compared
to $16.5 million for 2008. Total natural gas throughput on
our Transmission system was
381.3 MMcf/d
and
357.6 MMcf/d
in the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to
336.2 MMcf/d
in 2008. Despite the increase in throughput, our segment revenue
declined due to a reduction in firm and interruptible
transportation revenue across the
97
segment, specifically caused by the full-year impact of the
change in the terms of a contract on our Midla system to more
accurately reflect market rates between our Predecessor and an
affiliate of our Predecessor.
Purchases of Natural Gas, NGLs and
Condensate.
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate were $2.4 million and $0.3 million in
the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to $0.7 million for 2008. As part of
our fixed-margin arrangements, we purchase natural gas, but not
NGLs or condensate, in our Transmission segment. This increase
was primarily driven by a new fixed-margin arrangement.
Segment Gross Margin.
Segment gross
margin was $2.5 million and $9.9 million for the 2009
Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively,
compared to $15.8 million for 2008. The decrease was
primarily a result of the full-year impact of the change in the
terms of a contract on our Midla system to more accurately
reflect market rates between our Predecessor and an affiliate of
our Predecessor. This decrease was partially offset by an
increase in transportation volumes due to weather-related demand
in markets served by the AlaTenn and Midla systems. Segment
gross margin for the Transmission segment represented 40.7% and
33.0% of our gross margin for the 2009 Successor Period and the
2009 Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to 36.6% for
2008.
Direct Operating Expenses.
Direct
operating expenses were $0.6 million and $3.2 million
for the 2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period,
respectively, compared to $5.2 million for 2008. This
reduction in direct operating expenses was primarily due to the
timing of expenditures in connection with a multi-year integrity
management program undertaken by our Predecessor.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Since the acquisition of our assets in November 2009, our
sources of liquidity have included cash generated from
operations, equity investments by AIM Midstream Holdings and our
general partner and borrowings under our credit facility.
Following the closing of this offering, we expect our sources of
liquidity to include:
|
|
|
|
|
cash generated from operations;
|
|
|
|
borrowings under our new credit facility; and
|
|
|
|
issuances of debt and equity securities.
|
We believe that the cash generated from these sources will be
sufficient to allow us to distribute (i) the minimum quarterly
distribution on all of our outstanding common and subordinated
units and (ii) the corresponding distribution on our 2.0%
general partner interest and meet our requirements for working
capital and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.
Working
Capital
Working capital is the amount by which current assets exceed
current liabilities and is a measure of our ability to pay our
liabilities as they become due. Our working capital was
($8.4) million at March 31, 2011, compared to
($4.5) million at December 31, 2010,
($2.4) million at December 31, 2009,
$28.6 million at October 31, 2009 and ($3.1) million
at December 31, 2008.
The $3.9 million decrease in working capital from
December 31, 2010 to March 31, 2011 was primarily a
result of the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
an increase in risk management liabilities of $3.1 million
during the quarter ended March 31, 2011, offset in part by
$0.2 million in risk management assets related to our
commodity derivatives; and
|
|
|
|
an increase of $1.0 million in the current portion of
long-term debt associated with the term portion of our credit
facility.
|
98
The $2.1 million decrease in working capital from
December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily a
result of the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
an increase in the current portion of long-term debt associated
with an increased amortization payment of $6.0 million due
during 2011 compared to $5.0 million due during
2010; and
|
|
|
|
an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of
approximately $0.4 million, which was primarily the result
of accrued bonus payments and unfavorable contract obligations
acquired in connection with our acquisition of our assets.
|
The $31.7 million net decrease in working capital from
December 31, 2008 to October 31, 2009 was primarily
the result of the elimination of affiliate obligations in
connection with our acquisition of our assets in 2009.
Cash
Flows
The following table reflects cash flows for the applicable
periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners, LP and
|
|
|
|
American Midstream Partners Predecessor
|
|
|
Subsidiaries (Successor)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
10 Months Ended
|
|
|
(Inception Date) to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
$
|
18,155
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,531
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
13,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,323
|
|
|
$
|
5,067
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
|
(10,486
|
)
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
(151,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
(14,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
159,656
|
|
|
|
|
(4,609
|
)
|
|
|
(2,888
|
)
|
|
|
(3,686
|
)
|
Quarter
Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Quarter Ended
March 31, 2010
Operating Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities was $5.1 million for the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $2.3 million
for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The change in cash
provided by (used in) operating activities was primarily a
result of the combined effects of a net loss, net of non-cash
changes, in addition to net positive changes in operating assets
and liabilities.
Investing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) investing activities was ($1.3) million for
the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to
($0.5) million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
The change in cash provided by (used in) investing activities
was primarily a result of an increase in maintenance capital
expenditures associated with our Bazor Ridge and certain of our
other, smaller systems.
Financing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) financing activities was ($3.7) million for
the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to
$2.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The
change in cash provided by (used in) financing activities was
primarily a result of unitholder distributions, offset in part
by borrowings under our credit facility.
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to the 2009 Successor
Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period
Operating Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities was $13.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 compared to
($6.5) million and $14.6 million for the 2009
Successor Period and 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. The
change in cash provided by (used in) operating activities was
primarily a result of the combined effects of a net loss, net of
non-cash charges, in addition to net positive changes in
operating assets and liabilities.
Investing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) investing activities was ($10.3) million for
the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to
($152.0) million and ($0.9) million for the 2009
Successor Period and 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. The
change in cash used in investing activities was primarily a
result of
99
our acquisition of our assets in November 2009 for cash
consideration of $150.8 million and the construction of the
Winchester lateral in November 2010.
Financing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) financing activities was ($4.6) million for
the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to
$159.7 million and ($14.0) million for the 2009
Successor Period and 2009 Predecessor Period, respectively. The
change in cash provided by (used in) financing activities was
primarily a result of net borrowings under our credit facility
of $61.0 million and a capital contribution of
$100.0 million by AIM Midstream Holdings in connection with
our acquisition of our assets and funding our initial working
capital requirements in November 2009. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, AIM Midstream Holdings contributed an
additional $12.0 million to us, we made approximately
$5.0 million of amortization payments under the term loan
portion of our existing credit facility and we made
distributions of $11.8 million to our unitholders.
The
2009 Successor Period and the 2009 Predecessor Period Compared
to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Operating Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities was ($6.5) million and
$14.6 million for the 2009 Successor Period and 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to $18.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008. The change in cash
provided by (used in) operating activities was primarily a
result of the combined effects of a net loss, net of non-cash
charges, in addition to net negative changes in operating assets
and liabilities.
Investing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) investing activities was ($152.0) million and
($0.9) million for the 2009 Successor Period and 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to
($10.5) million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The change in cash used in investing activities was primarily a
result of our acquisition of our assets in November 2009 for
cash consideration of $150.8 million.
Financing Activities.
Net cash provided
by (used in) financing activities was $159.7 million and
($14.0) million for the 2009 Successor Period and 2009
Predecessor Period, respectively, compared to
($7.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The change in net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities was primarily a result of net borrowings under our
credit facility of $61.0 million and a capital contribution
of $100.0 million by AIM Midstream Holdings in connection
with our acquisition of our assets and funding our initial
working capital requirements in November 2009.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Capital
Requirements
The midstream energy business can be capital intensive,
requiring significant investment for the maintenance of existing
assets or acquisition or development of new systems and
facilities. We categorize our capital expenditures as either:
|
|
|
|
|
maintenance capital expenditures, which are cash expenditures
(including expenditures for the addition or improvement to, or
the replacement of, our capital assets or for the acquisition of
existing, or the construction or development of new, capital
assets) made to maintain our long-term operating income or
operating capacity; or
|
|
|
|
expansion capital expenditures, which are cash expenditures
incurred for acquisitions or capital improvements that we expect
will increase our operating income or operating capacity over
the long term.
|
Historically, our maintenance capital expenditures have not
included all capital expenditures required to maintain volumes
on our systems. It is customary in the regions in which we
operate for producers to bear the cost of well connections, but
we cannot be assured that this will be the case in the future.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, our capital
expenditures totaled $10.3 million. For this period,
capital expenditures included maintenance capital expenditures
and expansion capital expenditures. We estimate that 14.3% of
our capital expenditures, or $1.5 million, were maintenance
capital expenditures and that 85.7% of our capital
100
expenditures, or $8.8 million, were expansion capital
expenditures. Although we classified our capital expenditures as
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures, we believe those classifications approximate, but
do not necessarily correspond to, the definitions of estimated
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures under our partnership agreement. While we expect
that in the future expansion capital expenditures will primarily
be funded through borrowings or the sale of debt or equity
securities, we funded our expansion capital expenditures during
the year ended December 31, 2010 through a capital
contribution made to us by AIM Midstream Holdings and our
general partner.
We have budgeted $3.2 million in capital expenditures for
the year ending December 31, 2011, of which
$0.2 million represents expansion capital expenditures and
$3.0 million represents maintenance capital expenditures.
At December 31, 2010, we had no budgeted expansion capital
expenditures for 2011. However, in February 2011, our general
partners board of directors approved a $0.2 million
upgrade on our existing Gloria compressor that we expect to
increase throughput capacity on the Gloria system and be
completed in 2011.
Our 2010 expansion capital expenditures were $8.8 million
and our maintenance capital expenditures were $1.5 million.
Our expansion capital expenditures during 2010 included:
|
|
|
|
|
the construction of the Winchester lateral on our Bazor Ridge
system for $3.9 million, effectively upgrading the system
and increasing the effective operating capacity of that system;
|
|
|
|
the construction of a strategic interconnect between our Lafitte
system and TGP for $1.4 million, which allows us to move
gas from TGP onto our Lafitte and Gloria systems for processing
and delivery to customers downstream;
|
|
|
|
the movement and recommissioning of the Atmore processing
facility to serve a producer customer for
$0.8 million; and
|
|
|
|
$2.7 million of expansion capital expenditures comprised of
approximately 25 small capital projects.
|
In addition to our budgeted capital projects, we intend to use a
portion of the net proceeds from this offering to establish a
cash reserve of $2.2 million related to non-recurring
deferred maintenance capital expenditures for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012.
We anticipate that we will continue to make significant
expansion capital expenditures in the future. Consequently, our
ability to develop and maintain sources of funds to meet our
capital requirements is critical to our ability to meet our
growth objectives. We expect that our future expansion capital
expenditures will be funded by borrowings under our new credit
facility and the issuance of debt and equity securities.
Integrity
Management
When we acquired our operating assets from Enbridge, we
inherited an ongoing integrity management program required under
regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation, or
DOT. These regulations require transportation pipeline operators
to implement continuous integrity management programs over a
seven-year cycle. Our current program will be completed in 2012.
In connection with the acquisition of our assets from Enbridge
we initiated a comprehensive review of the program and concluded
that there were sixteen high consequence areas, or HCAs, in
addition to those identified by our Predecessor that required
further testing pursuant to DOT regulations. We expect to incur
$2.1 million in integrity management expenses in 2012
associated with these HCAs to complete the current integrity
management program.
Beginning in 2013 we will begin a new integrity management
program during which we expect to incur an average of
$1.5 million in integrity management expenses per year over
the course of the seven-year cycle.
101
Because DOT regulations require integrity management activities
for each HCA to be performed within seven years from when they
were last performed, we expect to incur the following expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Integrity Management Expense
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
2013
|
|
$
|
2,000
|
|
2014
|
|
|
5,015
|
|
2015
|
|
|
839
|
|
2016
|
|
|
675
|
|
2017
|
|
|
0
|
|
2018
|
|
|
0
|
|
2019
|
|
|
2,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In conjunction with the commencement of our next seven-year
integrity management program cycle in 2013, we plan to request
the DOTs consent to a modification of the timing of our
integrity management expenses so that we spend approximately
$1.5 million each year.
Distributions
We intend to pay a quarterly distribution at an initial rate of
$0.4125 per unit, which equates to an aggregate distribution of
$3.8 million per quarter, or $15.2 million on an
annualized basis, based on the number of common and subordinated
units anticipated to be outstanding immediately after the
closing of this offering, as well as our 2.0% general partner
interest. We do not have a legal obligation to make
distributions except as provided in our partnership agreement.
Our
Credit Facility
On November 4, 2009, we entered into our current
$85.0 million secured credit facility with a syndicate of
lending institutions. The credit facility is composed of a
$50.0 million term loan facility and a $35.0 million
revolving credit facility, which includes a
sub-limit
of
up to $5.0 million for
same-day
swing line advances and a
sub-limit
of
up to $10.0 million for letters of credit. Borrowings under
our revolving or term loan facility bear interest at a variable
rate per annum equal to the Base Rate or Eurodollar-based Rate,
as the case may be, plus the Applicable Margin. Base Rate,
Eurodollar-based Rate, Applicable Margin, Total Debt, and
Consolidated EBITDA are each defined in the credit agreement
that evidences our current facility. Our obligations under our
current credit facility are secured by a lien on and a security
interest in all of our personal property and our real property
with an aggregate value equal to at least eighty percent (80%)
of the total value of all of our real property. The terms of our
credit facility contain customary covenants, including those
that restrict our ability to make certain payments,
distributions, acquisitions, loans, or investments, incur
certain indebtednesses or create certain liens on our assets,
consolidate or enter into mergers, dispose of certain of our
assets, engage in certain types of transactions with our
affiliates, enter into certain sale/leaseback transactions and
modify certain material agreements. The remaining principal
balance of loans and any accrued and unpaid interest will be due
and payable in full on the maturity date in November 2012. As of
December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the covenants
in our credit facility.
The events that constitute default under our current credit
facility include, among other things, the failure to pay
principal and interest on the indebtedness under our current
facility when due, failure to comply with certain covenants or
breach representations and warranties made under our current
credit facility, certain bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or
other insolvency events, or a change of control. In addition,
our current certain facility includes cross default provisions
with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money (other than is
borrowed under our current facility) that is in excess of
$1.0 million, individually, or in the aggregate.
In connection with our initial public offering, we plan to pay
off our existing credit facility and enter into a new
$100.0 million revolving credit facility. The new credit
facility will mature in 2016, and borrowings
102
will bear interest, at a variable rate per annum equal to, at
our option, LIBOR or the Base Rate, as the case may be, plus the
Applicable Margin (LIBOR, Base Rate and Applicable Margin will
each be defined in the credit agreement that evidences our new
credit facility). Under our new credit facility, in addition to
the uses described in Use of Proceeds, we expect
that borrowings may be used for (i) the refinancing and
repayment of certain existing indebtedness, (ii) working
capital and other general partnership purposes and
(iii) future capital expenditures. Borrowings under our new
credit facility will be secured by a first-priority lien on and
security interest in substantially all of our assets. We expect
the credit agreement that evidences our new credit facility to
contain customary covenants, including restrictions on our
ability to incur additional indebtedness, make certain
investments, loans or advances, make distributions to our
unitholders, make dispositions or enter into sales and
leasebacks, or enter into a merger or sale of our property or
assets, including the sale or transfer of interests in our
subsidiaries. The credit agreement will also require compliance
with certain financial covenant ratios, including limiting our
total leverage ratio (ratio of consolidated indebtedness to
consolidated EBITDA) to no greater than 4.5x (or under certain
circumstances, 5.0x) and limiting our interest coverage ratio
(ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense)
to no less than 2.5x.
The events that constitute an Event of Default under our new
credit agreement are expected to be customary for loans of this
size and type.
Credit
Risk
We are subject to risks of loss resulting from nonpayment or
nonperformance by our customers to which we provide services and
sell commodities. Our three largest purchasers of natural gas in
our Gathering and Processing segment are ConocoPhillips,
Enbridge Marketing (U.S.) L.P. and Dow Hydrocarbons and
Resources and accounted for approximately 34%, 29% and 10%,
respectively, of our segment revenue for the year ended
December 31, 2010. Additionally, ExxonMobil and Calpine
Corporation are the two largest purchasers of natural gas and
transmission capacity, respectively, in our Transmission segment
and accounted for approximately 43% and 10%, respectively, of
our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010.
We examine the creditworthiness of third-party customers to whom
we extend credit and manage our exposure to credit risk through
credit analysis, credit approval, credit limits and monitoring
procedures, and for certain transactions, we may request letters
of credit, prepayments or guarantees.
Customer
Concentration
A significant percentage of the gross margin in each of our
segments is attributable to a relatively small number of
customers. In our Gathering and Processing segment, Contango
Operators Inc. and Venture Oil & Gas Co. accounted for
approximately 19% and 13%, respectively, of our segment gross
margin for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 15% and
23%, respectively, for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. In
our Transmission segment, Calpine Corporation accounted for
approximately 38% and 30% of our segment gross margin for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Although we have gathering,
processing or transmission contracts with each of these
customers of varying duration, if one or more of these customers
were to default on their contract or if we were unable to renew
our contract with one or more of these customers on favorable
terms, we may not be able to replace any of these customers in a
timely fashion, on favorable terms or at all. In any of these
situations, our gross margin and cash flows and our ability to
make cash distributions to our unitholders may be adversely
affected. We expect our exposure to concentrated risk of
non-payment or non-performance to continue as long as we remain
substantially dependent on a relatively small number of
customers for a substantial portion of our gross margin.
103
Contractual
Obligations
The table below summarizes our contractual obligations and other
commitments as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
Contractual Obligation
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
$
|
56,370
|
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,370
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Rights-of-way and operating leases
|
|
|
2,057
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Asset retirement obligations
|
|
|
8,340
|
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
66,767
|
|
|
$
|
7,494
|
|
|
$
|
51,117
|
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
|
$
|
7,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur long-term
debt under our new credit facility of $100.0 million, which
will be used, together with the net proceeds of this offering,
to make a distribution to AIM Midstream Holdings, the LTIP
participants holding common units and our general partner as
described in Use of Proceeds. We expect the initial
interest rate under our new credit facility to be 3.0%.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Commodity
Price Risk
We are exposed to the impact of market fluctuations in the
prices of natural gas, NGLs and condensate in our Gathering and
Processing segment. Both our profitability and our cash flow are
affected by volatility in the prices of these commodities.
Natural gas and NGL prices are impacted by changes in the supply
and demand for natural gas and NGLs, as well as market
uncertainty. For a discussion of the volatility of natural gas
and NGL prices, please read Risk Factors. Adverse
effects on our cash flow from reductions in natural gas and NGL
product prices could adversely affect our ability to make
distributions to unitholders. We manage this commodity price
exposure through an integrated strategy that includes management
of our contract portfolio, optimization of our assets, and the
use of derivative contracts. Our overall direct exposure to
movements in natural gas prices is minimal as a result of
natural hedges inherent in our current contract portfolio.
Natural gas prices, however, can also affect our profitability
indirectly by influencing the level of drilling activity in our
areas of operation. We are a net seller of NGLs, and as such our
financial results are exposed to fluctuations in NGLs pricing.
In January 2011, we implemented a hedging program by entering
into a number of financial hedges to protect our expected NGL
production through mid 2012. Through these January 2011 hedge
transactions, we executed swap and put contracts settled against
the market prices of ethane, propane, iso-butane, normal butane
and natural gasoline.
We continually and proactively monitor our commodity exposure
and compare this exposure to our stated hedging strategy. In
June 2011, the Board of Directors of our general partner
determined that we would gain operational and strategic
flexibility from cancelling our then-existing swap contracts and
entering into a new swap contract with an existing counterparty
that extends through the end of 2012. We did not modify the put
contracts we entered into through our January 2011 hedge
transactions.
Pursuant to our January 2011 hedge transactions and June 2011
hedge transactions, we have hedged approximately 85% of our
expected exposure to NGL prices in 2011, and approximately 89%
in 2012.
In June 2010, prior to our entry into our January 2011 hedge
transactions, we executed a series of put contracts settled
against a basket of NGLs. Under these put contracts, we receive
a fixed floor price of $1.03 per gallon on 13,212 gal/d of a
negotiated NGL and liquids basket, which included ethane,
propane, iso-butane, normal butane, natural gasoline and WTI
crude oil. The relative weightings of the price of each
component of the basket are calculated via an arithmetic
formula. Based on the current commodity price environment, these
hedges are currently out of the money.
104
The table below sets forth certain information regarding our NGL
fixed swaps as of December 31, 2010 and June 6, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Weighted Average Price
|
|
Fair Market Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
($/gal)
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 6,
|
|
Commodity
|
|
Period
|
|
(gal/d)
|
|
|
We Receive
|
|
|
We Pay
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Ethane
|
|
Jul 2011-Dec 2012
|
|
|
7,300
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
OPIS avg
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(163,154
|
)
|
Propane
|
|
Jul 2011-Dec 2012
|
|
|
7,050
|
|
|
$
|
1.40
|
|
|
OPIS avg
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(88,354
|
)
|
Iso-Butane
|
|
Jul 2011-Dec 2012
|
|
|
2,510
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
OPIS avg
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(45,888
|
)
|
Normal Butane
|
|
Jul 2011-Dec 2012
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
|
OPIS avg
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(57,494
|
)
|
Natural Gasoline
|
|
Jul 2011-Dec 2012
|
|
|
5,500
|
|
|
$
|
2.31
|
|
|
OPIS avg
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(111,198
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
25,360
|
|
|
$
|
1.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(466,089
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The table below sets forth certain information regarding our NGL
puts as of December 31, 2010 and June 6, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Floor Strike
|
|
|
Fair Market Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volumes
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
June 6,
|
|
Commodity
|
|
Period
|
|
(gal/d)
|
|
|
($/gal)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
NGL basket(1)
|
|
Feb 2011-Jul 2012
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
$
|
1.29
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
152,227
|
|
NGL basket(2)
|
|
Jul 2010-Jun 2011
|
|
|
13,212
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
23,012
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
152,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In January 2011, we entered into a put arrangement under which
we receive a fixed floor price of $1.29 per gallon on 9,800
gal/d of a negotiated NGL basket, which includes ethane,
propane, iso-butane, normal butane and natural gasoline. The
relative weightings of the price of each component of the basket
are calculated via an arithmetic formula.
|
|
(2)
|
|
In June 2010, we entered into a put arrangement under which we
receive a fixed floor price of $1.03 per gallon on 13,212 gal/d
of a negotiated NGL and liquids basket, which includes ethane,
propane, iso-butane, normal butane, natural gasoline and WTI
crude oil. The relative weightings of the price of each
component of the basket are calculated via an arithmetic formula.
|
Interest
Rate Risk
We have exposure to changes in interest rates on our
indebtedness associated with our credit facility. In December
2009, we entered into an interest rate cap with participating
lenders with a $26.5 million notional amount at
December 31, 2010 that effectively caps our
Eurodollar-based rate exposure on that portion of our debt at a
maximum of 4.0%. We anticipate that, in conjunction with our
entry into a new credit facility contemporaneous with the
closing of this offering, we would implement similar swap or cap
structures to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk.
The credit markets have recently experienced historical lows in
interest rates. As the overall economy strengthens, it is
possible that monetary policy will continue to tighten further,
resulting in higher interest rates to counter possible
inflation. Interest rates on floating rate credit facilities and
future debt offerings could be higher than current levels,
causing our financing costs to increase accordingly.
A hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rates by 1.0%
would have changed our interest expense by $0.6 million for
the year ended December 31, 2010.
Impact of
Seasonality
Results of operations in our Transmission segment are directly
affected by seasonality due to higher demand for natural gas
during the winter months, primarily driven by our LDC customers.
On our AlaTenn system, we offer some customers
seasonally-adjusted firm transportation rates that require
customers to reserve capacity at rates that are higher in the
period from October to March compared to other times of the
year. On
105
our Midla system, we offer customers seasonally-adjusted firm
transportation reservation volumes that allow customers to
reserve more capacity during the period from October to March
compared to other times of the year. The combination of
seasonally-adjusted rates and reservation volumes, as well as
higher volumes overall, result in higher revenue and segment
gross margin in our Transmission segment during the period from
October to March compared to other times of the year. We
generally do not experience seasonality in our Gathering and
Processing segment.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP
requires our and our Predecessors management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period.
Actual results could differ from these estimates. The policies
and estimates discussed below are considered by our and
Predecessors management to be critical to an understanding
of the financial statements because their application requires
the most significant judgments from management in estimating
matters for financial reporting that are inherently uncertain.
See the description of our accounting policies in the notes to
the financial statements for additional information about our
critical accounting policies and estimates.
Use of Estimates.
The preparation of financial
statements in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and judgments that affect our reported financial
positions and results of operations. We review significant
estimates and judgments affecting our consolidated financial
statements on a recurring basis and record the effect of any
necessary adjustments prior to their publication. Estimates and
judgments are based on information available at the time such
estimates and judgments are made. Adjustments made with respect
to the use of these estimates and judgments often relate to
information not previously available. Uncertainties with respect
to such estimates and judgments are inherent in the preparation
of financial statements. Estimates and judgments are used in,
among other things, (1) estimating unbilled revenue and
operating and general and administrative costs,
(2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates
of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing
tangible and intangible assets for possible impairment,
(4) estimating the useful lives of our assets and
(5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies,
guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results could differ
materially from our estimates.
Property, Plant and Equipment.
In general,
depreciation is the systematic and rational allocation of an
assets cost, less its residual value (if any), to the
period it benefits. Our property, plant and equipment is
depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets. The costs of renewals and
betterments which extend the useful life of property, plant and
equipment are also capitalized. The costs of repairs,
replacements and maintenance projects are expensed as incurred.
Our estimate of depreciation incorporates assumptions regarding
the useful economic lives and residual values of our assets. As
circumstances warrant, depreciation estimates are reviewed to
determine if any changes are needed. Such changes could involve
an increase or decrease in estimated useful lives or salvage
values which would impact future depreciation expense.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.
We assess our
long-lived assets for impairment on authoritative guidance. A
long-lived asset is tested for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate its carrying amount may exceed
its fair value. Fair values are based on the sum of the
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the assets.
Examples of long-lived asset impairment indicators include:
|
|
|
|
|
a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset
or asset group;
|
|
|
|
a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a
long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical
condition;
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business
climate could affect the value of a long-lived asset or asset
group, including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator
which would exclude allowable costs from the rate-making process;
|
|
|
|
as accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the for the acquisition or construction
of the long-lived asset or asset group;
|
|
|
|
a current-period operating cash flow loss combined with a
history of operating cash flow losses or a projection or
forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the
use of a long-lived asset or asset group; and
|
|
|
|
a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived
asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of
significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful
life.
|
We incurred no impairment charges during the year ended
December 31, 2010.
Environmental Remediation.
Current accounting
guidelines require us to recognize a liability and expense
associated with environmental remediation if (i) government
agencies mandate such activities, (ii) the existence of a
liability is probable and (iii) the amount can be
reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2010 we have
recorded no liability for remediation expenditures. If
governmental regulations change, we could be required to incur
remediation costs which may have a material impact on our
profitability.
Asset Retirement Obligations.
As of
December 31, 2010, we have recorded liabilities of
$7.2 million for future asset retirement obligations
associated with our pipeline assets. Related accretion expense
has been recorded in interest expense as discussed in
Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements. The
recognition of an asset retirement obligation requires that
management make numerous estimates, assumptions and judgments
regarding such factors as costs of remediation, timing of
settlement to changes in the estimate of the costs of
remediation. Any such changes that result in upward or downward
revisions in the estimated obligation will result in an
adjustment to the related capitalized asset or corresponding
liability on a prospective basis and an adjustment in our
depreciation expense in future periods.
Equity-Based Awards.
We account for
equity-based awards in accordance with applicable guidance,
which establishes standards of accounting for transactions in
which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or
services. Equity-based compensation expense is recorded based
upon the fair value of the award at grant date. Such costs are
recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the
corresponding vesting period.
During 2010 and 2009, the fair values of the
phantom-unit
grants that we made were calculated based on several valuation
models, including a discounted cash flow, or DCF, model, a
comparable company multiple analysis and a comparable
transaction multiple analysis. The DCF model included certain
market assumptions related to future throughput volumes,
projected fees
and/or
prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and
risk adjusted discount rates. Both the comparable company
analysis and comparable transaction analysis contain significant
assumptions consistent with the DCF model, in addition to
assumptions related to comparability, appropriateness of
multiples (primarily based on EBITDA and distributable cash
flow) and certain assumptions in the calculation of enterprise
value. The initial valuation of $10.00 per common unit was
prepared in August 2009 in connection with our formation in
anticipation of the acquisition of our assets from a subsidiary
of Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P. In November 2009, we received
indirect third-party investments at that same valuation in
connection with the acquisition of our assets from Enbridge. We
assessed the adequacy of that valuation on each grant date
subsequent to the initial fair value calculation to determine if
events or circumstances had occurred that would cause that
valuation to become less relevant, noting none. Moreover, we
received additional indirect third-party investments at $10.00
per common unit in each of September and November 2010. As a
result, we maintained that $10.00 valuation for
phantom-unit
grants made in November 2009, March 2010 and October 2010.
For the
phantom-unit
grants made during March 2011, the fair values of the grants
were calculated by affiliates of our general partner as $13.67
per common unit based on several valuation models as of
December 31, 2010, including a DCF model, a comparable
company multiple analysis and a comparable
107
transaction multiple analysis. The DCF model includes certain
market assumptions related to future throughput volumes,
projected fees
and/or
prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and
risk adjusted discount rates. Both the comparable company
analysis and comparable transaction analysis contain significant
assumptions consistent with the DCF model, in addition to
assumptions related to comparability, appropriateness of
multiples (primarily based on EBITDA and distributable cash
flow) and certain assumptions in the calculation of enterprise
value. The year-end 2010 valuation was completed in January
2011. We assessed the adequacy of that valuation in connection
with the March 2011 grant date to determine if events or
circumstances had occurred since December 31, 2010 that
would cause that valuation to become less relevant, noting none.
As adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split described under
the caption Summary Recapitalization
Transactions and Partnership Structure, the $13.67 fair
value per phantom unit is $28.17 per phantom unit as compared to
an assumed offering price of $20.00 per common unit.
Revenue Recognition.
We recognize revenue when
all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive
evidence of an exchange arrangement exists, (2) delivery
has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the price
is fixed or determinable and (4) collectability is
reasonably assured. We record revenue and cost of product sold
on the gross basis for those transactions where we act as the
principal and take title to natural gas, NGLs or condensates
that is purchased for resale. When our customers pay us a fee
for providing a service such as gathering, treating or
transportation we record those fees separately in revenue. Under
keep-whole contracts, we keep the NGLs extracted and return the
processed natural gas or value of the natural gas to the
producer.
Natural Gas Imbalance Accounting.
Quantities
of natural gas over-delivered or under-delivered related to
operational balancing agreements are recorded monthly as
inventory or as a payable using weighted average prices at the
time the imbalance was created. Monthly, gas imbalances
over-delivered are valued at the lower of cost or market; gas
imbalances under-delivered are valued at replacement cost. These
imbalances are typically settled in the following month with
deliveries of natural gas. Under the contracts, imbalance
cash-outs are recorded as a sale or purchase of natural gas, as
appropriate.
Price Risk Management Activities.
We have
structured our hedging activities in order to minimize our
commodity pricing and interest rate risks and to help maintain
compliance with certain financial covenants in our credit
facility. These hedging activities rely upon forecasts of our
expected operations and financial structure through December
2012. If our operations or financial structure are significantly
different from these forecasts, we could be subject to adverse
financial results as a result of these hedging activities. We
mitigate this potential exposure by retaining an operational
cushion between our forecasted transactions and the level of
hedging activity executed.
From the inception of our hedging program in December 2009, we
used
mark-to-market
accounting for our commodity hedges and interest rate caps. We
record monthly realized gains and losses on hedge instruments
based upon cash settlements information. The settlement amounts
vary due to the volatility in the commodity market prices
throughout each month. We also record unrealized gains and
losses quarterly based upon the future value on
mark-to-market
hedges through their expiration dates. The expiration dates vary
but are currently no later than October 2012 for our interest
rate hedge and December 2012 for our commodity hedges. Costs
incurred to purchase interest rate and NGL puts are amortized
during the contract period through the unrealized risk
management instruments in total revenue. We monitor and review
hedging positions regularly.
108
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
General
The midstream natural gas industry provides the link between the
exploration and production of raw natural gas and the delivery
of that natural gas and its by-products to industrial,
commercial and residential end users. The principal components
of the business consist of gathering, compressing, treating,
dehydrating, processing, fractionating, transporting and
marketing natural gas and natural gas liquids, or NGLs. The
midstream industry is generally characterized by regional
competition based on the proximity of gathering systems and
processing and treating plants to natural gas producing wells.
Companies within this industry provide services at various
stages along the natural gas value chain by gathering natural
gas from producers at the wellhead, separating the hydrocarbons
into dry gas (primarily methane) and NGLs, and then routing the
separated dry gas and NGL streams to the next intermediate stage
of the value chain or to transportation pipelines for delivery
to end-markets. Transportation consists of moving
pipeline-quality natural gas from these gathering systems and
plants for delivery to customers.
The following diagram illustrates the various components of the
natural gas value chain:
Midstream
Services
The range of services provided by midstream natural gas service
providers are generally divided into the following six
categories:
Gathering.
At the initial stages of the
midstream value chain, a network of typically small diameter
pipelines known as gathering systems directly connect to
wellheads in the production area. These gathering systems
transport natural gas from the wellhead to a central location
for treating and processing. A large gathering system may
involve thousands of miles of gathering lines connected to
thousands of wells. Gathering systems are typically designed to
be highly flexible to allow gathering of natural gas at
different pressures and scalable to allow for additional
production and well connections without significant incremental
capital expenditures.
Compression.
Gathering systems are
operated at design pressures that maximize the total throughput
from all connected wells. Through a mechanical process known as
compression, volumes of natural gas at a given pressure are
compressed to a sufficiently higher pressure, thereby allowing
those volumes to be delivered into a higher pressure downstream
pipeline to be brought to market. Since wells produce at
progressively lower field pressures as they age, it becomes
necessary to add additional compression over time near the
wellhead to maintain throughput across the gathering system.
Treating and Dehydration.
Another
process in the midstream value chain is treating and
dehydration, a step that involves the removal of impurities such
as water, carbon dioxide, nitrogen and hydrogen sulfide that may
be present when natural gas is produced at the wellhead. These
impurities must be removed for the natural gas to meet the
specifications for transportation on long-haul intrastate and
interstate pipelines. Moreover, end users will not purchase
natural gas with a high level of these impurities. To meet
downstream pipeline and end-user natural gas quality standards,
the natural gas is
109
dehydrated to remove the saturated water and is chemically
treated to separate the impurities from the gas stream.
Processing.
The principal components of
natural gas are methane and ethane, but most natural gas also
contains varying amounts of other NGLs, which are heavier
hydrocarbons that are found in some natural gas streams. Even
after treating and dehydration, most natural gas is not suitable
for long-haul intrastate and interstate pipeline transportation
or commercial use because it contains NGLs. This natural gas,
referred to as rich or wet natural gas, must be processed to
remove these heavier hydrocarbon components, as well as natural
gas condensate. NGLs not only interfere with pipeline
transportation, but are also valuable commodities once removed
from the natural gas stream. The removal and separation of NGLs
usually takes place in a processing plant using industrial
processes that exploit differences in the weights, boiling
points, vapor pressures and other physical characteristics of
NGL components.
Fractionation.
The mixture of NGLs that
results from natural gas processing is generally comprised of
the following five components: ethane, propane, normal butane,
iso-butane and natural gasoline. This mixture is often referred
to as y-grade or raw make NGL. Fractionation is the process by
which this mixture is separated into the NGL components prior to
their sale to various petrochemical and industrial end users.
Transmission.
Once the raw natural gas
has been treated and processed, the remaining natural gas, or
residue natural gas, and NGL components are transported and
marketed to end users. The transmission of natural gas involves
the movement of pipeline-quality natural gas from gathering
systems and processing facilities to wholesalers and end users,
including industrial plants and LDCs. LDCs purchase natural gas
from transmission companies and market that natural gas to
commercial, industrial and residential end users. Transmission
pipelines generally span considerable distances and consist of
large-diameter pipelines that operate at higher pressures than
gathering pipelines to facilitate the transportation of greater
quantities of natural gas. The concentration of natural gas
production in a few regions of the U.S. generally requires
transmission pipelines to cross state borders to meet national
demand. These pipelines are referred to as interstate pipelines
and are primarily regulated by federal agencies or commissions,
including the FERC. Pipelines that transport natural gas
produced and consumed wholly within one state are generally
referred to as intrastate pipelines. Intrastate pipelines are
primarily regulated by state agencies or commissions.
Typical
Midstream Contractual Arrangements
The midstream services described above, with the exception of
transmission, are typically provided under contracts that vary
in the amount of commodity price risk they carry. The following
four contractual arrangements are the most common in the
midstream industry:
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-Based.
In exchange for its
gathering, compression and treating services, the midstream
service provider receives a fee per unit of natural gas that is
gathered at the wellhead, compressed and treated. Depending on
the fee structure, producer customers may pay a single bundled
fee for gathering, treating and compressing, or those services
may be unbundled. Under fee-based arrangements, the midstream
service provider bears no direct commodity price risk, although
a sustained decline in natural gas prices may result in a
decline in volumes of natural gas for which these services are
needed.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-Margin.
Under these arrangements,
the midstream service provider purchases natural gas from
producers or suppliers at receipt points on its systems at an
index price less a fixed transportation fee and simultaneously
sells an identical volume of natural gas at delivery points on
its systems at the same, undiscounted index price. By entering
into
back-to-back
purchases and sales of natural gas, the midstream service
provider is able to lock in a fixed-margin on these
transactions. These contracts are sometimes referred to as
wellhead purchase agreements.
|
|
|
|
Percent-of-Proceeds,
or POP.
In exchange for its processing
services, the midstream service provider remits to a producer
customer a percentage of the proceeds from sales of residue
natural gas
and/or
NGLs
that result from its processing, or in some cases, a percentage
of the physical residue natural gas
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
and/or
NGLs
at the tailgate of the processing plant, retaining the balance
of the proceeds or physical commodity for its own account. These
types of arrangements expose the midstream service provider to
direct commodity price risk because the revenue from these
contracts directly correlates with the fluctuating price of
natural gas
and/or
NGLs.
Moreover, the midstream service provider using a
percent-of-proceeds
arrangement will bear indirect commodity price risk in that a
sustained decline in natural gas or NGL prices may result in a
decline in volumes of natural gas for which processing services
are needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keep-Whole.
Keep-whole arrangements may
be used for processing services. Under these arrangements, the
midstream service provider keeps 100% of the NGLs produced, and
the processed natural gas, or value of the natural gas, is
returned to the producer customer. Since some of the natural gas
is used and removed during processing, the midstream service
provider compensates the producer customer for the amount used
and removed in processing by supplying additional natural gas or
by paying an
agreed-upon
value for the natural gas utilized. These arrangements have the
highest direct commodity price exposure for the midstream
service provider because its costs are dependent on the price of
natural gas and its revenue is based on the price of NGLs, each
of which fluctuate independently.
|
There are three primary forms of contracts utilized in the
transmission of natural gas, firm transportation contracts and
interruptible transportation contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
Firm Transportation.
Firm
transportation contracts require a shipper customer to pay a
monthly reservation charge, which is a fixed charge owed
regardless of the actual pipeline capacity used by that
customer. When a shipper customer uses the capacity it has
reserved under these contracts, the midstream service provider
also collects a usage charge based on the volume of natural gas
actually transported. Usage charges generally enable the
midstream service provider to recover the variable costs of
operating the transmission system. Usage charges are typically a
small percentage of the total revenue received under firm
transportation contracts.
|
|
|
|
Interruptible
Transportation.
Interruptible transportation
contracts require a shipper customer to pay fees based on its
actual use of the transmission system and related services.
Shipper customers with interruptible transportation contracts
are not assured capacity or service on the transmission
pipeline. To the extent that the transmission pipeline has
physical capacity resulting from firm transportation contracts
that are not being fully utilized, the system uses that capacity
for interruptible service.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-Margin Transportation.
Under
these arrangements, the midstream service provider purchases
natural gas from producers or suppliers at receipt points on its
systems at an index price less a fixed transportation fee and
simultaneously sells an identical volume of natural gas at
delivery points on its systems at the same, undiscounted index
price. These contracts are sometimes referred to as wellhead
purchase agreements.
|
U.S.
Natural Gas Fundamentals
Natural gas is a critical component of energy consumption in the
United States. According to the EIA, annual consumption of
natural gas in the United States increased from approximately
22.8 Tcf in 2009 to approximately 24.1 Tcf in 2010, an increase
of approximately 5.7%. Total annual domestic natural gas
consumption is expected to rise from 24.1 Tcf in 2010 to 26.5
Tcf in 2035.
In order to maintain current levels of U.S. natural gas
supply and to meet the projected increase in demand, new sources
of domestic natural gas must continue to be developed to offset
the decline rates of existing production. Over the past several
years, a fundamental shift in U.S. natural gas production
has emerged with the contribution of natural gas from
unconventional resources, defined by the EIA as natural gas
produced from shale formations and coalbeds. The primary factors
driving this shift are the emergence of unconventional natural
gas plays and advances in technology that have allowed producers
to cost-effectively extract significant volumes of natural gas
from these plays. The development of these unconventional
sources
111
offsets declines in other U.S. natural gas supply, meeting
growing consumption and lowering the need for imported natural
gas.
According to the EIA:
|
|
|
|
|
The industrial and electricity generation sectors are the
largest users of natural gas in the United States, accounting
for approximately 58% of the total natural gas consumed in the
United States during 2010;
|
|
|
|
Annual industrial natural gas demand is expected to grow sharply
in the near term, from 7.3 Tcf in 2009 to 9.4 Tcf in 2020 as a
result of an expected recovery in industrial production;
|
|
|
|
In 2010, the end-user commercial and residential sectors
accounted for approximately 34% of the total natural gas
consumed in the United States; and
|
|
|
|
During the last five years ending December 31, 2010, the
United States has on average consumed approximately 23.0 Tcf per
year, with average annual domestic production of approximately
20.0 Tcf during the same period.
|
The graph below represents projected U.S. natural gas
production versus U.S. natural gas consumption through the
year 2035.
Source: Energy Information Administration.
112
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership that was
formed by AIM in August 2009 to own, operate, develop and
acquire a diversified portfolio of natural gas midstream energy
assets. We are engaged in the business of gathering, treating,
processing and transporting natural gas through our ownership
and operation of nine gathering systems, three processing
facilities, two interstate pipelines and six intrastate
pipelines. Our primary assets, which are strategically located
in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, provide
critical infrastructure that links producers and suppliers of
natural gas to diverse natural gas markets, including various
interstate and intrastate pipelines, as well as utility,
industrial and other commercial customers. We currently operate
approximately 1,400 miles of pipelines that gather and
transport over
500 MMcf/d
of natural gas. We acquired our existing portfolio of assets
from Enbridge in November 2009.
Our operations are organized into two segments:
(i) Gathering and Processing and (ii) Transmission. In
our Gathering and Processing segment, we receive fee-based and
fixed-margin compensation for gathering, transporting and
treating natural gas. Where we provide processing services at
the plants that we own, or obtain processing services for our
own account under our elective processing arrangements, we
typically retain and sell a percentage of the residue natural
gas and resulting NGLs under POP arrangements. We own three
processing facilities that produced an average of approximately
34.1 Mgal/d and 56.6 Mgal/d of gross NGLs for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31,
2011, respectively. In addition, in connection with our elective
processing arrangements, we contract for processing capacity at
a third-party plant where we have the option to process natural
gas that we purchase. Under these arrangements, we sold an
average of approximately 28.1 Mgal/d and 35.0 Mgal/d of net
equity NGL volumes for the year ended
113
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31,
2011, respectively. We also receive fee-based and fixed-margin
compensation in our Transmission segment primarily related to
capacity reservation charges under our firm transportation
contracts and the transportation of natural gas pursuant to our
interruptible transportation and fixed-margin contracts.
For the year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, we generated $38.1 million and
$12.3 million of gross margin, respectively, of which
$24.6 million and $8.2 million, respectively, was segment
gross margin generated in our Gathering and Processing segment
and $13.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, was
segment gross margin generated in our Transmission segment. For
the year ended December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, $24.9 million and $7.3 million,
or 65.4% and 59.5%, respectively, of our gross margin was
generated from fee-based, fixed-margin and firm and
interruptible transportation contracts with respect to which we
have little or no direct commodity price exposure. For a
definition of gross margin and a reconciliation of gross margin
to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated in
accordance with GAAP, please read Selected Historical
Financial and Operating Data Non-GAAP Financial
Measures.
Business
Strategies
Our principal business objective is to increase the quarterly
cash distributions that we pay to our unitholders over time
while ensuring the ongoing stability of our business. We expect
to achieve this objective by executing the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on Organic Growth Opportunities Associated with
Our Existing Assets.
We continually seek to
identify and evaluate economically attractive organic expansion
and asset enhancement opportunities that leverage our existing
asset footprint and strategic relationships with our customers.
We expect to have opportunities to expand our systems into new
markets and sources of supply, which we believe will make our
services more attractive to our customers. We intend to focus on
projects that can be completed at a relatively low cost and have
potential for attractive returns. Projects that we expect to
undertake in our forecast period include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a cylinder upgrade on the existing Gloria compressor that we
expect will increase throughput capacity on the Gloria system by
approximately
7 MMcf/d
and that we expect to be completed in the third quarter of 2011
at a cost of approximately $0.2 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the construction of an interconnect and the installation of a
skid-mounted treating facility along Midla, which is expected to
cost approximately $0.3 million and be completed in the
third quarter of 2011; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the addition of field compression capacity to the Bazor Ridge
gathering system, which would provide us with the opportunity to
treat new natural gas production, at an expected cost of
approximately $3.4 million that we expect to complete in
the first quarter of 2012.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attract Additional Volumes to Our
Systems.
We intend to attract new volumes of
natural gas to our systems from existing and new customers by
continuing to provide superior customer service and aggressively
marketing our services to additional customers in our areas of
operation. In addition, we intend to rebuild or reestablish
relationships with customers that were potentially underserved
by the previous owner of our assets. For example, in 2010 we
were able to contract with a customer on our Gloria system for
volumes of natural gas that it had decided to have gathered and
processed by alternative means prior to our acquisition of the
system. We have available capacity on a majority of our systems,
and as a result, we can accommodate additional volumes at a
minimal incremental cost.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Strategic and Accretive
Acquisitions.
We plan to pursue accretive
acquisitions of energy infrastructure assets that are
complementary to our existing asset base or that provide
attractive returns in new operating regions or business lines.
We will pursue acquisitions in our areas of operation that we
believe will allow us to realize operational efficiencies by
capitalizing on our existing infrastructure, personnel and
customer relationships. We will also seek acquisitions in new
geographic areas or new
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
but related business lines to the extent that we believe we can
utilize our operational expertise to enhance our business with
these acquisitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manage Exposure to Commodity Price
Risk.
We will manage our commodity price
exposure by targeting a contract portfolio that is weighted
towards firm transportation, fee-based and fixed-margin
contracts while mitigating direct commodity price exposure by
employing a prudent hedging strategy. For the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31,
2011, approximately 65.4% and 59.5%, respectively, of our gross
margin was generated from firm transportation, fee-based and
fixed-margin contracts that, together with our
percent-of-proceeds
contracts and hedging activities, generated relatively stable
cash flows. For the years ending December 31, 2011 and
2012, we have hedged 85% and 89%, respectively, of our expected
net equity NGL volumes with a combination of swaps and puts for
the specific NGL components to which we are exposed. With
respect to our exposure to natural gas prices, we are currently
long natural gas on certain of our systems and short natural gas
on certain of our other systems, which effectively creates a
natural hedge against our exposure to fluctuations in the price
of natural gas.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain Financial Flexibility and Conservative
Leverage.
We plan to pursue a disciplined
financial policy and seek to maintain a conservative capital
structure that we believe will allow us to consider attractive
growth projects and acquisitions even in challenging commodity
price or capital markets environments. At the closing of this
offering, we anticipate entering into a new credit facility with
sufficient capacity to fund acquisitions, expansions and working
capital for our operations.
|
|
|
|
Continue our Commitment to Safe and Environmentally Sound
Operations.
The safety of our employees and
the communities in which we operate is one of our highest
priorities. We believe it is critical to handle natural gas and
NGLs for our customers safely, while striving to minimize the
environmental impact of our operations. To this end, we
implemented a safety performance program, including an integrity
management program, upon our formation in 2009 and implemented
planned maintenance programs to increase the safety, reliability
and efficiency of our operations.
|
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that we will be able to successfully execute our
business strategies because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well Positioned to Pursue Opportunities Overlooked by
Larger Competitors
. Our size and flexibility,
in conjunction with our geographically diverse asset base,
positions us to pursue economically attractive growth projects
and acquisitions that may not be large enough to be attractive
to many of our larger competitors. Given the current size of our
business, these opportunities may have a larger impact on us
than they would have on our competitors and may provide us with
material growth opportunities. In addition, as a result of our
focus on customer service, we believe that we have unique
insights into our customers needs and are well situated to
take advantage of organic growth opportunities that arise from
those needs. For example, in 2010 we identified and executed an
opportunity to construct a major interconnection on our Lafitte
system with a third-party interstate pipeline offshore Louisiana
that provides additional volumes to a customers refinery
while also substantially increasing the utilization of both our
Gloria and Lafitte systems.
|
|
|
|
Diversified Asset Base.
Our assets are
diversified geographically and by business line, which
contributes to the stability of our cash flows and creates a
number of potential growth avenues for our business. We
primarily operate in five states, have access to multiple
sources of natural gas supply and service various interstate and
intrastate pipelines as well as utility, industrial and other
commercial customers. We believe this diversification provides
us with a variety of growth opportunities and mitigates our
exposure to reduced activity in any one area.
|
|
|
|
Strategically Located Assets.
Our
assets are located in areas where we believe there will be
opportunities to access new natural gas supplies and to capture
new customers that are underserved by our competitors. We
continue to see drilling activity on and around our systems, and
we believe that
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
our assets are strategically positioned to capitalize on the
resurgent drilling activity, increased demand for midstream
services and growing commodity consumption in the Gulf Coast and
Southeast U.S. regions. This belief is based on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the proximity of our gathering and transmission systems to newly
producing wells and the relatively lower cost to connect to our
systems compared to those farther away;
|
|
|
|
the available capacity of our systems, coupled with an ability
to add capacity economically to our systems; and
|
|
|
|
the fact that many of our systems have multiple downstream
interconnects that provide our customers with multiple market
delivery options, thus causing our systems to be more attractive
versus those of our competitors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Focus on Delivering Excellent Customer
Service.
We view our strong customer
relationships as one of our key assets and believe it is
critical to maintain operational excellence and ensure
best-in-class
customer service and reliability. Furthermore, we believe our
entrepreneurial culture and smaller size relative to our peers
enables us to offer more customized and creative solutions for
our customers and to be more responsive to their needs. We
believe our customer focus will enable us to capture new
opportunities and expand into new markets.
|
|
|
|
Experienced and Incentivized Management and Operating
Teams.
Our executive management team has an
average of over 25 years of experience in the midstream
energy industry. The team possesses a comprehensive skill set to
support our business and enhance unitholder value through asset
optimization, accretive development projects and acquisitions.
In addition, our field supervisory team has operated our assets
for an average of over 20 years. We believe that our field
employees knowledge of the assets will further contribute
to our ability to execute our business strategies. Furthermore,
the interests of our executive management and operating teams
are strongly aligned with those of common unitholders, including
through their ownership of common units and our Long-Term
Incentive Plan.
|
Our
Sponsor
AIM is a private investment firm specializing in investments in
energy, natural resources, infrastructure and real property.
AIM, along with certain of the funds that AIM advises, currently
indirectly owns 84.4% of the ownership interests in AIM
Midstream Holdings, which owns 100.0% of our general partner.
Robert B. Hellman, Jr., Matthew P. Carbone and Edward O.
Diffendal serve on the board of directors of our general partner
and are principals of and have ownership interests in AIM. After
the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will
continue to hold 100.0% of the ownership interests in our
general partner and will hold 16.0% of our common units and
100.0% of our subordinated units, or an aggregate of 58.0% of
our total limited partner interests.
116
Our
Assets
We own and operate all of our assets, which consist of nine
gathering systems, three processing facilities, two interstate
pipelines and six intrastate pipelines. Our assets are primarily
located in Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.
We organize our operations into two business segments:
(i) Gathering and Processing; and (ii) Transmission.
The following table provides information regarding our segments
and assets as of March 31, 2011 and for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput
(MMcf/d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
Year
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Connected
|
|
|
|
Design
|
|
Ended
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
Wells/Receipt
|
|
Compression
|
|
Capacity
|
|
December 31,
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
System Type
|
|
Type(1)
|
|
Miles
|
|
Points
|
|
(Horsepower)
|
|
(MMcf/d)
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering & Processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gloria
|
|
Gathering,
|
|
Fee(5), POP
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
1,877
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
36.6
|
|
|
|
49.0
|
|
|
|
Processing(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lafitte
|
|
Gathering
|
|
Fee(5)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bazor Ridge
|
|
Gathering,
|
|
Fee, POP
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
6,287
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quivira
|
|
Gathering
|
|
Fee
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
77.4
|
|
|
|
113.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offshore Texas
|
|
Gathering
|
|
Fee(5)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
19.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other(3)
|
|
Gathering,
|
|
Fee(5), POP
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
5,156
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering & Processing total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
13,320
|
|
|
|
546
|
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
|
242.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bamagas
|
|
Intrastate
|
|
FT
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
151.5
|
|
|
|
180.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AlaTenn
|
|
Interstate
|
|
FT, IT
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3,665
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
48.0
|
|
|
|
66.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Midla
|
|
Interstate
|
|
FT, IT
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3,600
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
87.2
|
|
|
|
121.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MLGT
|
|
Intrastate
|
|
FT, IT(5)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
50.5
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other(4)
|
|
Intrastate
|
|
FT, IT
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
7,265
|
|
|
|
1,354
|
|
|
|
350.2
|
|
|
|
445.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
In this table, fee refers to fee-based contracts, POP refers to
percent-of-proceeds contracts, FT refers to firm transportation
contracts and IT refers to interruptible transportation
contracts. For a general description of these types of
contracts, please see Industry Overview
Typical Midstream Contractual Arrangements.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Although the Gloria system is comprised solely of gathering
pipelines, we generate a substantial portion of our Gloria
revenue by processing natural gas for our own account at the
Toca processing plant in connection with our elective processing
arrangements. We do not own the Toca processing plant, but we
have the contractual ability to process the natural gas for our
own account and retain the majority of the proceeds derived from
the sale of the residue natural gas and resulting NGLs. Please
see Gathering and Processing
Segment Gloria System.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes our Alabama Processing, Fayette, Magnolia, Stringer and
Heidelberg systems.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Includes our Trigas, Owens Corning and Chalmette systems.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Because we view the segment gross margin earned under our
fixed-margin arrangements to be economically equivalent to the
fee earned in our fee-based arrangements in our Gathering and
Processing segment and the fee earned in our interruptible
transportation arrangements in our Transmission segment, we have
included the fixed-margin arrangements in those categories.
|
117
Gathering
and Processing Segment
General
Our Gathering and Processing segment is an integrated midstream
natural gas system that provides the following services to our
customers:
|
|
|
|
|
gathering;
|
|
|
|
compression;
|
|
|
|
treating;
|
|
|
|
processing;
|
|
|
|
transportation; and
|
|
|
|
sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate.
|
For a description of these services, please read Industry
Overview Midstream Services.
We own one processing plant on our Bazor Ridge system, two on
our Alabama Processing system and have the right to contract for
processing services for our own account at another, the Toca
plant, that is connected to our Gloria system. The Toca plant is
owned and operated by Enterprise. Our Bazor Ridge processing
plant and the Toca plant are both cryogenic processing plants.
These types of processing plants represent the latest generation
of processing techniques, using extremely low temperatures and
high pressures to optimize the extraction of NGLs from the raw
natural gas stream.
We generally derive revenue in our Gathering and Processing
segment from fee-based, fixed-margin and POP arrangements,
whether for our producer and supplier customers or our own
account. We have no keep-whole arrangements with our customers.
On our Gloria, Lafitte and Offshore Texas systems, we purchase
natural gas from producers or suppliers at receipt points on our
systems at an index price less a fixed transportation fee and
subsequently transport that natural gas to delivery points on
our systems at which we sell the natural gas at the same
undiscounted index price thereby earning a fixed margin on each
transaction. We regard the segment gross margin we earn with
respect to those purchases and sales a fixed-margin
and as the economic equivalent of a fee for our transportation
service, and as such, we include these transactions in the
category of fee-based contractual arrangements. In order to
minimize commodity price risk we face in these transactions, we
match sales with purchases at the index price on the date of
settlement. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our
fee-based and fixed-margin arrangements and our POP arrangements
accounted for approximately 46.3% and 53.6%, respectively, of
our segment gross margin for this segment. For the quarter ended
March 31, 2011, our fee-based and fixed-margin arrangements
and our POP arrangements accounted for approximately 39.0% and
61.0%, respectively, of our segment gross margin for this
segment.
We continually seek new sources of raw natural gas supply to
maintain and increase the throughput volume on our gathering
systems and through our processing plants. As a result, we
connected eleven new supply sources in 2010 to systems in our
Gathering and Processing segment, including connections of
individual wells, as well as central delivery points and
interstate and intrastate pipelines that have multiple wells
behind them.
Our Gathering and Processing assets are located in Alabama,
Louisiana and Mississippi and in shallow state and federal
waters in the Gulf of Mexico off the coasts of Louisiana and
Texas.
Gloria
System
The Gloria gathering system provides gathering and compression
services through our assets, as well as processing services
through our elective processing arrangements. The Gloria system
is located in Lafourche, Jefferson, Plaquemines, St. Charles and
St. Bernard parishes of Louisiana and consists of approximately
110 miles of pipeline with diameters ranging from three to
16 inches and three compressors with a combined capacity of
1,877 horsepower. The Gloria system has a design capacity of
approximately
90 MMcf/d,
but is currently limited by compression horsepower at the Gloria
Compressor Station to approximately
60 MMcf/d.
118
Average throughput on the Gloria system for the year ended
December 31, 2010 was
36.6 MMcf/d
from approximately 57 connected wells and an interconnect with
our Lafitte system. Average throughput on the Gloria system
increased to approximately
49.0 MMcf/d
for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 due to excess volumes
from our Lafitte system, primarily resulting from the completion
of a new interconnect between the Lafitte system and TGP, an
interstate pipeline owned by El Paso Corporation. For more
information about the excess natural gas from our Lafitte
system, please read Lafitte System.
The Gloria system gathers natural gas from onshore oil and
natural gas wells producing from the Gulf Coast region of
Louisiana. Production is derived from a variety of reservoirs
and ranges from dry natural gas to rich associated natural gas.
Well decline rates are variable in this area, but it is common
practice for producers to mitigate declines in production with
workovers and re-completions of existing wells. An average of
four wells per year were connected to the Gloria system over the
last three years, with four wells connected during the year
ended December 31, 2010. Producers generally bear the cost
of connecting their wells to our Gloria system.
Toca Plant and Our Elective Processing
Arrangements.
The Toca plant is a cryogenic
processing plant with a design capacity of approximately
1.1 Bcf/d that is located in St. Bernard Parish in
Louisiana and operated by Enterprise. In conjunction with the
acquisition of the Gloria system in November 2009, we assumed a
POP processing contract with Enterprise that allows us to
process raw natural gas through the Toca plant, whether for our
customers or our own account. This contract renews on a
month-to-month
basis and specifies that Enterprise retains a percentage of the
NGLs produced by the Toca plant as payment for processing
services. In connection with the completion of the Lafitte/TGP
interconnect in November 2010, we entered into an additional
contract with Enterprise, that renews on a month-to-month basis,
for processing natural gas we purchase at the Lafitte/TGP
interconnect. Please read Risk Factors Risks
Related to Our
119
Business The contracts on which our elective
processing arrangements are based are
month-to-month,
and the loss of these contracts would materially and adversely
affect our revenue and gross margin in our Gathering and
Processing segment. Natural gas that is processed at the
Toca plant is transported to end users via the Sonat pipeline
directly and through various interconnects downstream of the
Toca plant. Sonat is the primary pipeline into which Toca
volumes are delivered.
Our
month-to-month
contracts with producers on the Gloria and Lafitte systems, as
well as our ability to purchase natural gas at the Lafitte/TGP
interconnect, provide us with the flexibility to decide whether
to process natural gas through the Toca plant and capture
processing margins for our own account or deliver the natural
gas into the interstate pipeline market at the inlet to the Toca
plant, and we make this decision based on the relative prices of
natural gas and NGLs on a monthly basis. We refer to the
flexibility built into these contracts as our elective
processing arrangements. Due to currently strong processing
margins, we currently process 100% of the natural gas purchased
on the Gloria system, as well as any excess natural gas
purchased via the Lafitte/TGP interconnect in excess of the
needs of ConocoPhillips at the Alliance Refinery. Based on
publicly available information, we believe that the Toca plant
has sufficient capacity available to accommodate additional
volumes from the Gloria system.
Lafitte
System
The Lafitte gathering system consists of approximately
40 miles of gathering pipeline, with diameters ranging from
four to 12 inches and a design capacity of approximately
71 MMcf/d.
The Lafitte system originates onshore in southern Louisiana and
terminates in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana at the Alliance
Refinery owned by ConocoPhillips Corporation, or ConocoPhillips.
Average throughput on the Lafitte system for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31, 2011
was
12.0 MMcf/d
and 19.9 MMcf/d, respectively, from approximately 44 connected
wells and an interconnect with TGP that was completed in
December 2010. We are the sole supplier of natural gas to the
Alliance Refinery through our Lafitte and Gloria systems. We
supply natural gas to the Alliance Refinery pursuant to a
long-term contract that expires in 2023. Any natural gas not
used by ConocoPhillips at the Alliance Refinery is delivered to
our Gloria system.
Like our nearby Gloria system, the Lafitte system gathers
natural gas from onshore oil and natural gas wells producing
from the Gulf Coast region of Louisiana. An average of three
wells per year were connected to the Lafitte system over the
last three years, with no wells connected during the year ended
December 31, 2010. Producers generally bear the cost of
connecting their wells to our Lafitte system.
TGP Interconnect.
In December 2010, we
completed an interconnect between our Lafitte pipeline and a
pipeline on the TGP interstate system. This interconnect
provides a redundant source of natural gas supply for the
ConocoPhillips Alliance Refinery to the extent that the Lafitte
native production is insufficient to supply the needs of the
refinery and provides us with increased operational flexibility
on our Gloria and Lafitte systems. To the extent that there is
excess supply that the refinery does not consume, we purchase
those volumes to be sold into Sonat pursuant to a fixed-margin
arrangement or to be processed at the Toca processing facility
pursuant to elective processing arrangements.
Bazor
Ridge System
The Bazor Ridge gathering and processing system consists of
approximately 160 miles of pipeline with diameters ranging
from three to eight inches and three compressor stations with a
combined compression capacity of 1,069 horsepower. Our Bazor
Ridge system is located in Jasper, Clarke, Wayne and Greene
Counties of Mississippi. The Bazor Ridge system also contains a
cryogenic sour natural gas treating and processing plant located
in Wayne County, Mississippi with a design capacity of
approximately
22 MMcf/d
and four inlet and one discharge compressor with approximately
5,218 of combined horsepower. We upgraded the turbo expander at
the Bazor Ridge processing plant in June 2010, which resulted in
a significant improvement in the plants NGL recoveries and
provided us with greater operating flexibility during changing
commodity price environments. We have POP arrangements with each
of our customers on the Bazor Ridge system that generally also
include a fee-based element for gathering and treating services.
After processing, the residue natural gas is sold and delivered
into the Destin Pipeline system, an interstate pipeline operated
by
120
Destin Pipeline Company, L.L.C., which has connections with a
number of other interstate pipeline systems. We sell the NGLs we
recover at the truck rack at the tailgate of the Bazor Ridge
processing plant to Dufour Petroleum LP, an affiliate of
Enbridge, pursuant to a
month-to-month
contract. The NGLs are sold on a Mt. Belvieu index-based
price. Average throughput on the Bazor Ridge plant for the year
ended December 31, 2010 was approximately
9.2 MMcf/d
from 40 connected wells. Average throughput increased to
approximately
13.6 MMcf/d
for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 as a result of the
completion of the Winchester lateral, which we describe below,
in November 2010.
Winchester Lateral.
In 2010, we built a new
eight-inch diameter pipeline consisting of approximately nine
miles of pipe, called the Winchester lateral, to serve the
natural gas wells located in Wayne County, Mississippi owned by
Venture Oil & Gas, Inc., or Venture, and other
producers. The Winchester lateral allowed us to increase the
effective throughput capacity of the Bazor Ridge gathering
system by approximately 200% to approximately
25 MMcf/d.
In conjunction with the construction of the Winchester lateral,
we negotiated a five-year acreage dedication from Venture.
The natural gas supply for our Bazor Ridge system is derived
primarily from rich associated natural gas produced from oil
wells targeting the mature Upper Smackover formation. Production
from the wells drilled in this area is generally stable with
relatively modest decline rates. An average of one well per year
was connected to our Bazor Ridge gathering system over the last
three years, with no wells connected during the year ended
December 31, 2010 and one well connected during the quarter
ended March 31, 2011. Despite the low number of new wells
connected, the generally stable production and relatively modest
decline rates from this formation allow us to maintain steady
throughput on our Bazor Ridge system. Given the recent and
current commodity price environment for crude oil, we expect
increasing drilling activity and resulting production in this
area during 2011.
121
Quivira
System
The Quivira gathering system consists of approximately
34 miles of pipeline, with a
12-inch
diameter mainline and several laterals ranging in diameter from
six to eight inches. The system originates offshore of Iberia
and St. Mary Parishes of Louisiana in Eugene Island
Block 24 and terminates onshore in St. Mary Parish,
Louisiana at a connection with the Burns Point processing plant,
a cryogenic processing plant with a design capacity of
160 MMcf/d that is owned and operated by Enterprise. The
Quivira system has a design capacity of approximately
140 MMcf/d.
This system also includes an onshore condensate handling
facility at Bayou Sale, Louisiana that is upstream of the Burns
Point processing plant. Residue natural gas is sold into TGP or
the Gulf South Pipeline system, an interstate pipeline owned by
Boardwalk Pipeline Partners, LP.
The Quivira system is fully subscribed under a firm
transportation arrangement through 2012, although a substantial
proportion of the revenue is derived from volumetric and
fee-based charges. Existing production in our gathering area
above our current system capacity is transported on other
systems that we believe offer producers less attractive economic
alternatives to our customers. Average throughput on the Quivira
system for the year ended December 31, 2010 was
approximately
77.4 MMcf/d
from 16 connected wells. Average throughput increased to
approximately
113.5 MMcf/d
for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 as a result of
additional production added to the system from a new
interconnect to a gathering system owned and operated by
Contango Oil & Gas Company. We expect that the Quivira
system will be operating at capacity for the remainder of 2011
and through 2012.
The Quivira system provides gathering services for natural gas
wells and associated natural gas produced from crude oil wells
operated by major and independent producers targeting multiple
conventional production zones in the shallow waters of the Gulf
of Mexico. Wells in this area have historically exhibited
relatively low
122
rates of decline throughout the life of the wells. The natural
gas produced from these wells is typically natural gas with
condensate. An average of three wells per year were connected to
the Quivira system over the last three years, with three wells
connected during the year ended December 31, 2010.
Producers generally bear the cost of connecting their wells to
our Quivira system.
Offshore
Texas System
The Offshore Texas system consists of the GIGS and Brazos
systems, two parallel gathering systems that share common
geography and operating characteristics. The Offshore Texas
system provides gathering and dehydration services to natural
gas producers in the shallow waters of the Gulf of Mexico region
offshore Texas.
The Offshore Texas system consists of approximately
56 miles of pipeline with diameters ranging from six to
16 inches and a design capacity of approximately
100 MMcf/d.
Additionally, the Offshore Texas system has two onshore
separation and dehydration units, each with a capacity of
approximately
40 MMcf/d,
that remove water and other impurities from the gathered natural
gas before delivering it to our customers. The GIGS system
originates offshore of Brazoria County, Texas in Galveston
Island Block 343 and connects onshore to the Houston
Pipeline system, an intrastate pipeline owned by Energy Transfer
Partners, L.P. The Brazos system originates offshore of Brazoria
County, Texas in Brazos Block 366 and connects onshore to
the Dow Pipeline system, an interstate pipeline owned by Dow
Chemical Company. Substantially all of the natural gas gathered
on the Brazos system is delivered to Dow Chemical for use in its
chemical plant located in Freeport, Texas pursuant to a
month-to-month
contract. Dow consumes significantly more natural gas than is
provided by the Brazos system and we believe Dow may purchase
additional volumes from the Brazos system.
123
Average throughput on the Offshore Texas system for the year
ended December 31, 2010 was
15.3 MMcf/d
from approximately 22 connected wells. Average throughput
increased to approximately
19.2 MMcf/d
for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 as a result of recent
recompletion activity on wells connected to the system.
All of the wells in this area are natural gas wells producing
from the Gulf of Mexico shelf offshore Texas. An average of
three wells per year were connected to the Offshore Texas system
over the last three years, with no new wells connected during
the year ended December 31, 2010. Producers generally bear
the cost of connecting their wells to our Texas Offshore system.
Other
Gathering and Processing Assets
Alabama Processing.
The Alabama Processing
system consists of two small skid-mounted treating and
processing plants that we refer to, individually, as Atmore and
Wildfork. These treating and processing plants are located in
Escambia and Monroe Counties of Alabama, respectively, and have
design capacities of
3 MMcf/d
and
7 MMcf/d,
respectively. The Atmore and Wildfork plants processed an
average of
0.4 MMcf/d
and
0.3 MMcf/d
of natural gas, respectively, during the year ended
December 31, 2010 and an average of 1.3 MMcf/d and 0.2
MMcf/d, respectively, during the quarter ended March 31,
2011.
Magnolia System.
The Magnolia gathering system
is a Section 311 intrastate pipeline that gathers coalbed
methane in Tuscaloosa, Greene, Bibb, Chilton and Hale counties
of Alabama and delivers this natural gas to an interconnect with
the Transco Pipeline system, an interstate pipeline owned by The
Williams Companies, Inc. The Magnolia system consists of
approximately 116 miles of pipeline with small-diameter
gathering lines and trunklines ranging from six to
24 inches in diameter and one compressor station with 3,328
horsepower. The Magnolia system has a design capacity of
approximately
120 MMcf/d.
Average throughput on the Magnolia system for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31, 2011
was approximately
17.4 MMcf/d
and 19.9 MMcf/d, respectively. The Magnolia system is also
strategically located in the Floyd shale formation, a currently
underdeveloped play that may have significant production
potential in a higher natural gas price environment.
Our other gathering and processing systems include the Fayette
and Heidelberg gathering systems, located in Fayette County,
Alabama and Jasper County, Mississippi, respectively. The design
capacities for these systems are approximately
5 MMcf/d
and approximately
18 MMcf/d,
respectively. Average throughput for these systems was
approximately
0.5 MMcf/d
and approximately
6.5 MMcf/d,
respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2010, and
approximately 0.5 MMcf/d and approximately 5.7 MMcf/d,
respectively, during the quarter ended March 31, 2011. We
also own a small Joule Thompson processing skid, called
Stringer, that we lease to a producer in Wayne County,
Mississippi.
Growth
Opportunities
In our Gathering and Processing segment, we continually seek new
sources of raw natural gas supply to increase the throughput
volume on our gathering systems and through our processing
plants. In addition, we seek to identify and evaluate
economically attractive organic expansion and asset acquisition
opportunities that leverage our existing asset footprint and
strategic relationships with our customers. We also plan to
opportunistically pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions
within the midstream energy industry that are complementary to
our existing asset base or that provide attractive potential
returns in new operating regions or business lines. In addition
to the projects that we expect to undertake in our forecast
period, we are evaluating the following growth opportunities:
|
|
|
|
|
the addition of compression to the Gloria system to accommodate
expected new production from existing customers or increase the
volumes purchased via the Lafitte/TGP interconnect, which we
expect to increase the current capacity of the Gloria system by
approximately 50%, to approximately
90 MMcf/d;
|
|
|
|
the reconnection of our stranded Montegut lateral to the Gloria
system to provide access to areas of existing production that we
currently do not serve and potential access to a third-party
processing plant,
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
which would allow us to connect new wells that would increase
the volume of natural gas that we gather on the Gloria system;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the addition of pipeline capacity on the Quivira system through
the pursuit of near-system acquisitions and the installation of
additional pipe or additional compression capacity; and
|
|
|
|
the addition of compression capacity to the Wildfork plant on
the Alabama Processing system in order to increase plant
throughput.
|
Customers
Substantially all of the natural gas produced on our Lafitte
system is sold to ConocoPhillips for use at its Alliance
Refinery in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana under a contract that
expires in 2023. On our Bazor Ridge system, we have a POP
arrangement with Venture Oil & Gas Co. that contains
an acreage dedication under a contract that expires in 2015. We
have a weighted-average remaining life of approximately two
years on our fee-based contracts in this segment. The
weighted-average remaining life on our POP contracts in this
segment is approximately three years. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, our Gathering and Processing segment
derived 34%, 29% and 10% of its revenue from ConocoPhillips,
EMUS and Dow Hydrocarbons and Resources, respectively, and 19%
and 13% of its segment gross margin from arrangements with
Contango Operators Inc. and Venture Oil & Gas Co.,
respectively. For the quarter ended March 31, 2011, our
Gathering and Processing segment derived 59%, 15% and 8% of its
revenue from ConocoPhillips, EMUS and Dow Hydrocarbons and
Resources, respectively, and 15% and 23% of its segment gross
margin from arrangements with Contango Operators Inc. and
Venture Oil & Gas Co., respectively.
Transmission
Segment
General
Our Transmission segment is comprised of interstate and
intrastate pipelines that transport natural gas from
interconnection points on other large pipelines to customers
such as LDCs, electric utilities or direct-served industrial
complexes, or to interconnects on other pipelines. Certain of
our pipelines are subject to regulation by FERC and by state
regulators. In this segment, we generally enter into firm
transportation contracts with our shipper customers to transport
natural gas sourced from large interstate or intrastate
pipelines. Our Transmission segment assets are located in
multiple parishes in Louisiana and multiple counties in
Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee.
In our Transmission segment, we contract with customers to
provide firm and interruptible transportation services. In
addition, we have a fixed-margin arrangement on our MLGT system
whereby we purchase and sell the natural gas that we transport
under this arrangement. For a description of the types of
contracts that we enter into with the customers in our
Transmission segment, please read Industry
Overview Typical Midstream Contractual
Arrangements.
For our Midla and AlaTenn systems, which are interstate natural
gas pipelines, the maximum and minimum rates for services are
governed by each individual systems FERC-approved tariff.
In some cases, we agree to discount services or in certain cases
we enter into negotiated rate agreements that, with FERC
approval, can have rates or other terms that are different than
those provided for in the FERC tariff. For our Bamagas and MLGT
systems, which are intrastate pipelines providing interstate
services under the Hinshaw exemption of the NGA, we negotiate
service rates with each of our shipper customers.
125
The table below sets forth certain information regarding the
assets, contracts and revenue for each of the major systems
comprising our Transmission segment, as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
|
Tariff Revenue Composition
|
|
Design Capacity
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Firm Transportation Contracts
|
|
|
|
Subscribed
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
|
Interruptible
|
|
Under Firm
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Reservation
|
|
Variable Use
|
|
Transportation
|
|
Transportation
|
|
Contract Life
|
Asset
|
|
Charges
|
|
Charges
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Contracts
|
|
(in Years)
|
|
Bamagas
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
|
AlaTenn
|
|
|
78
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
Midla
|
|
|
83
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%(1)
|
|
|
1
|
|
MLGT(2)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents volumes subscribed under firm transportation
contracts and design capacity on the mainline of our Midla
system.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes
fixed-margin
arrangements.
|
Bamagas
System
Our Bamagas system is a Hinshaw intrastate natural gas pipeline
that travels west to east from an interconnection point with TGP
in Colbert County, Alabama to two power plants owned by Calpine
Corporation, or Calpine, in Morgan County, Alabama. The Bamagas
system consists of 52 miles of high pressure,
30-inch
pipeline with a design capacity of approximately
450 MMcf/d.
Average throughput on the Bamagas system for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31, 2011
was approximately
151.5 MMcf/d
and 180.9 MMcf/d, respectively. Currently, 100% of the
throughput on this system is contracted under long-term firm
transportation agreements. Calpine Corporation is the sole
customer on the Bamagas system, with two firm transportation
contracts providing for a total of
200 MMcf/d
of firm transportation capacity. These contracts, which expire
in 2020, ensure steady natural gas supply for the Morgan and
Decatur Energy Centers in Morgan County, Alabama. These two
natural gas-fired power plants were built in 2002 and 2003 and
have a combined capacity of 1,502 megawatts. These generating
facilities supply the Tennessee Valley Authority, or the TVA,
with electricity under long-term contractual arrangements
between Calpine Corporation and the TVA.
126
AlaTenn
System
The AlaTenn system is an interstate natural gas pipeline that
interconnects with TGP and travels west to east delivering
natural gas to industrial customers in northwestern Alabama, as
well as the city gates of Decatur and Huntsville, Alabama. Our
AlaTenn system has a design capacity of approximately
200 MMcf/d
and is comprised of approximately 295 miles of pipeline
with diameters ranging from three to 16 inches and includes
two compressor stations with combined capacity of 3,665
horsepower. The AlaTenn system is connected to four receipt and
61 delivery points, including the Tetco Pipeline system, an
interstate pipeline owned by Duke Energy Corporation, and the
Columbia Gulf Pipeline system, an interstate pipeline owned by
NiSource Gas Transmission and Storage. Average throughput on the
AlaTenn system for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
quarter ended March 31, 2011 was approximately
48.0 MMcf/d
and 66.2 MMcf/d, respectively.
Midla
System
Our Midla system is an interstate natural gas pipeline with
approximately 370 miles of pipeline linking the Monroe
Natural Gas Field in Northern Louisiana and interconnections
with the Transco Pipeline system and Gulf South Pipeline system
to customers near Baton Rouge, Louisiana. Our Midla system also
has interconnects to Centerpoint, TGP and Sonat along a
high-pressure lateral at the north end of the system, called the
T-32 lateral.
Our Midla system is strategically located near the Perryville
Hub, which is a major hub for natural gas produced in the
Louisiana and broader Gulf Coast region, including natural gas
from the Haynesville shale, Barnett shale, Fayetteville shale,
Woodford shale and Deep Bossier formations of Northern
Louisiana, Central Texas, Northern Arkansas, Eastern Oklahoma
and East Texas, respectively. The Midla system is connected to
nine receipt and 19 delivery points. Due to the numerous
interstate pipeline connections and growing supply
127
and demand dynamics in the surrounding regions, we believe that
our location near the Perryville Hub provides us a strategic
advantage in securing supplies of natural gas.
Natural gas generally flows from north to south on the Midla
mainline from interconnections with other interstate pipelines
to customers and end users. The Midla system consists of the
following components:
|
|
|
|
|
the northern portion of the system, including the T-32 lateral;
|
|
|
|
the mainline; and
|
|
|
|
the southern portion of the system, including interconnections
with the MLGT system and other associated laterals.
|
The northern portion of the system, including the T-32 lateral,
consists of approximately four miles of high pressure,
12-inch
diameter pipeline. Natural gas on the northern end of the Midla
system is delivered to two power plants operated by Entergy by
way of the T-32 lateral and the CLECO Sterlington plant by way
of the Sterlington lateral. These power plants are peak-load
generating facilities that consumed an aggregate average of
approximately
23.6 MMcf/d
and 27.8 MMcf/d of natural gas for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31,
2011, respectively. The T-32 lateral is fully subscribed, with
approximately
296 MMcf/d
of firm transportation capacity under contracts with an average
remaining term of 0.5 years that automatically renew on a
year-to-year basis.
The mainline of the system has a design capacity of
approximately
198 MMcf/d
and consists of approximately 170 miles of low pressure,
22-inch
diameter pipeline with laterals ranging in diameter from two to
16 inches. This section of the Midla system primarily
serves small LDCs under firm transportation contracts that
automatically renew on a
year-to-year
basis. Substantially all of these contracts are at maximum rates
allowed under Midlas FERC tariff. Average throughput on
the Midla mainline for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the quarter ended March 31, 2011 was approximately
61.6 MMcf/d
and 92.2
MMcf/d,
respectively.
128
The southern portion of the system, including interconnections
with the MLGT system and other associated laterals, consists of
approximately two miles of high and low pressure,
12-inch
diameter pipeline. This section of the system primarily serves
industrial and LDC customers in the Baton Rouge market through
contracts with several large marketing companies. In addition,
this section includes two small offshore gathering lines, the
T-33 lateral in Grand Bay and the T-51 lateral in Eugene Island
28, each of which are approximately five miles in length.
Natural gas delivered on the southern end of the system is sold
under both firm and interruptible transportation contracts with
average remaining terms of two years.
MLGT
System
The MLGT system is an intrastate transmission system that
sources natural gas from interconnects with the FGT Pipeline
system, an interstate pipeline owned by Florida Gas Transmission
Company, the Tetco Pipeline system, the Transco Pipeline system
and our Midla system to a Baton Rouge, Louisiana refinery owned
and operated by ExxonMobil and five other industrial customers.
Our MLGT system has a design capacity of approximately
170 MMcf/d
and is comprised of approximately 54 miles of pipeline with
diameters ranging from three to 14 inches. The MLGT system
is connected to seven receipt and 16 delivery points. Average
throughput on the MLGT system for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the quarter ended March 31, 2011
was approximately
50.5 MMcf/d
and 63.8 MMcf/d, respectively.
Other
Systems
Our other transmission systems include the Chalmette system,
located in St. Bernard Parish, Louisiana, and the Trigas system,
located in three counties in northwestern Alabama. The
approximate design capacities for the Chalmette and Trigas
systems are
125 MMcf/d
and
60 MMcf/d,
respectively. The approximate average throughput for these
systems was
6.0 MMcf/d
and
5.9 MMcf/d,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 0.5
MMcf/d and 11.9 MMcf/d, respectively, for the quarter ended
March 31, 2011. We also have an interconnect in Albany
County, New York with an Owens Corning Delmar Facility in
respect of which we receive a small monthly payment. Finally, we
also own a number of miscellaneous interconnects and small
laterals that are collectively referred to as the SIGCO assets.
Growth
Opportunities
In our Transmission segment, we continually seek to increase the
throughput volume on our pipelines. We also seek to identify and
evaluate economically attractive organic expansion and asset
opportunities that leverage our existing asset footprint and
strategic relationships with our customers. In addition to the
projects that we expect to undertake in our forecast period, we
are evaluating the following growth opportunities:
|
|
|
|
|
the addition of delivery points to the AlaTenn system, which we
believe will improve overall system flexibility and allow us to
capitalize on possible incremental natural gas demand from
various electric utilities on our system who are either in the
process of, or are evaluating, switching fuel sources from coal
to natural gas; and
|
|
|
|
the addition of LDC and industrial customers on the AlaTenn
system who were commercially underserved by our Predecessor.
|
Customers
In our Transmission segment, we contract with LDCs, electric
utilities, or direct-served industrial complexes, or to
interconnections on other large pipelines, to provide firm and
interruptible transportation services. Among all of our
customers in this segment, the weighted-average remaining life
of our firm and interruptible transportation contracts are
approximately five years and less than one year, respectively.
ExxonMobil and Calpine Corporation are the two largest
purchasers of natural gas and transmission capacity,
respectively, in our Transmission segment and accounted for
approximately 43% and 10%, respectively, of our segment revenue
for the year ended December 31, 2010 and approximately 50%
and 7%, respectively, of our segment revenue for the quarter
ended March 31, 2011. In addition, our Transmission segment
derived 38%
129
and 30% of its gross margin from arrangements with Calpine
Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
quarter ended March 31, 2011, respectively.
Competition
The natural gas gathering, compression, treating and
transportation business is very competitive. Our competitors in
our Gathering and Processing segment include other midstream
companies, producers, intrastate and interstate pipelines.
Competition for natural gas volumes is primarily based on
reputation, commercial terms, reliability, service levels,
location, available capacity, capital expenditures and fuel
efficiencies. Our major competitors in this segment include TGP
and Gulf South.
In our Transmission segment, we compete with other pipelines
that service regional markets, specifically in our Baton Rouge
market. An increase in competition could result from new
pipeline installations or expansions by existing pipelines.
Competitive factors include the commercial terms, available
capacity, fuel efficiencies, the interconnected pipelines and
gas quality issues. Our major competitors for this segment are
Southern Natural Gas Company, a subsidiary of El Paso
Corporation and Louisiana Intrastate Gas, owned by Crosstex
Energy, L.P.
Safety
and Maintenance
We are subject to regulation by the PHMSA pursuant to the
Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968, or the NGPSA, and the
Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002, or the PSIA, which was
recently reauthorized and amended by the Pipeline Inspection,
Protection, Enforcement and Safety Act of 2006. The NGPSA
regulates safety requirements in the design, construction,
operation and maintenance of gas pipeline facilities, while the
PSIA establishes mandatory inspections for all U.S. oil and
natural gas transportation pipelines and some gathering lines in
high-consequence areas. The PHMSA has developed regulations
implementing the PSIA that require transportation pipeline
operators to implement integrity management programs, including
more frequent inspections and other measures to ensure pipeline
safety in high consequence areas, such as high
population areas. New pipeline safety legislation requiring more
stringent spill reporting and disclosure obligations has been
introduced in the U.S. Congress and was passed by the
U.S. House of Representatives in 2010, but was not voted on
in the U.S. Senate. Similar legislation has been introduced
in the current session of Congress, either independently or in
conjunction with the reauthorization of the Pipeline Safety Act.
In part as a result of the PG&E gas line explosion in
California last year, the Department of Transportation has also
recently proposed legislation providing for more stringent
oversight of pipelines and increased penalties for violations of
safety rules, which is in addition to the PHMSAs announced
intention to strengthen its rules. The PHMSA recently issued a
final rule applying safety regulations to certain rural
low-stress hazardous liquid pipelines that were not covered
previously by some of its safety regulations. We believe that
this rule does not apply to any of our pipelines. While we
cannot predict the outcome of other proposed legislative or
regulatory initiatives, such legislative and regulatory changes
could have a material effect on our operations, particularly by
extending through more stringent and comprehensive safety
regulations (such as integrity management requirements) to
pipelines not previously subject to such requirements.
Additionally, legislative and regulatory changes may also result
in higher penalties for the violation of federal pipeline safety
regulations. While we expect any legislative or regulatory
changes to allow us time to become compliant with new
requirements, costs associated with compliance may have a
material effect on our operations. We cannot predict with any
certainty at this time the terms of any new laws or rules or the
costs of compliance associated with such requirements.
We regularly inspect our pipelines and third parties assist us
in interpreting the results of the inspections.
States are largely preempted by federal law from regulating
pipeline safety for interstate lines but most are certified by
the DOT to assume responsibility for enforcing federal
intrastate pipeline regulations and inspection of intrastate
pipelines. In practice, because states can adopt stricter
standards for intrastate pipelines than those imposed by the
federal government for interstate lines, states vary
considerably in their authority and capacity to address pipeline
safety. These state oil and gas standards may include
requirements for facility design and management in addition to
requirements for pipelines. We do not anticipate any significant
130
difficulty in complying with applicable state laws and
regulations. Our natural gas pipelines have continuous
inspection and compliance programs designed to keep the
facilities in compliance with pipeline safety and pollution
control requirements.
In addition, we are subject to a number of federal and state
laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety
and Health Act, or OSHA, and comparable state statutes, the
purposes of which are to protect the health and safety of
workers, both generally and within the pipeline industry. In
addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the
Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, community
right-to-know
regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund
Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes
require that information be maintained concerning hazardous
materials used or produced in our operations and that such
information be provided to employees, state and local government
authorities and citizens. We and the entities in which we own an
interest are also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management
regulations, which are designed to prevent or minimize the
consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive,
flammable or explosive chemicals. These regulations apply to any
process which involves a chemical at or above the specified
thresholds or any process which involves flammable liquid or
gas, pressurized tanks, caverns and wells in excess of 10,000
pounds at various locations. Flammable liquids stored in
atmospheric tanks below their normal boiling points without the
benefit of chilling or refrigeration are exempt. We have an
internal program of inspection designed to monitor and enforce
compliance with worker safety requirements. We believe that we
are in material compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations relating to worker health and safety.
We and the entities in which we own an interest are also subject
to:
|
|
|
|
|
EPA Chemical Accident Prevention Provisions, also known as the
Risk Management Plan requirements, which are designed to prevent
the accidental release of toxic, reactive, flammable or
explosive materials;
|
|
|
|
OSHA Process Safety Management Regulations, which are designed
to prevent or minimize the consequences of catastrophic releases
of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive materials; and
|
|
|
|
Department of Homeland Security Chemical Facility Anti-Terrorism
Standards, which are designed to regulate the security of
high-risk chemical facilities.
|
Regulation
of Operations
Regulation of pipeline gathering and transportation services,
natural gas sales and transportation of NGLs may affect certain
aspects of our business and the market for our products and
services.
Interstate
Natural Gas Pipeline Regulation
Our interstate natural gas transportation systems are subject to
the jurisdiction of the FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938,
or the NGA. Under the NGA, FERC has authority to regulate
natural gas companies that provide natural gas pipeline
transportation services in interstate commerce. Federal
regulation of our interstate pipelines extends to such matters
as:
|
|
|
|
|
rates, services, and terms and conditions of service;
|
|
|
|
the types of services offered to customers;
|
|
|
|
the certification and construction of new facilities;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition, extension, disposition or abandonment of
facilities;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of accounts and records;
|
|
|
|
relationships between affiliated companies involved in certain
aspects of the natural gas business;
|
|
|
|
the initiation and discontinuation of services;
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
market manipulation in connection with interstate sales,
purchases or transportation of natural gas and NGLs; and
|
|
|
|
participation by interstate pipelines in cash management
arrangements.
|
Under the NGA, the rates for service on these interstate
facilities must be just and reasonable and not unduly
discriminatory.
The rates and terms and conditions for our interstate pipeline
services are set forth in FERC-approved tariffs. Pursuant to
FERCs jurisdiction over rates, existing rates may be
challenged by complaint and proposed rate increases may be
challenged by protest. Any successful complaint or protest
against our rates could have an adverse impact on our revenue
associated with providing transportation service.
In 2008, FERC issued Order No. 717, a final rule that
implements standards of conduct that include three primary
rules: (1) the independent functioning rule,
which requires transmission function and marketing function
employees to operate independently of each other; (2) the
no-conduit rule, which prohibits passing
transmission function information to marketing function
employees; and (3) the transparency rule, which
imposes posting requirements to help detect any instances of
undue preference. The FERC has since issued three rehearing
orders which generally reaffirmed the determinations in Order
No. 717 and also clarified certain provisions of the
Standards of Conduct. A single rehearing request related to
elective issues is currently pending before the FERC.
In 2005, the FERC issued a policy statement permitting the
inclusion of an income tax allowance in the cost of
service-based rates of a pipeline organized as a tax pass
through partnership entity to reflect actual or potential income
tax liability on public utility income, if the pipeline proves
that the ultimate owner of its interests has an actual or
potential income tax liability on such income. The policy
statement provided that whether a pipelines owners have
such actual or potential income tax liability will be reviewed
by the FERC on a
case-by-case
basis. In August 2005, FERC dismissed requests for rehearing of
its new policy statement. In December 2005, the FERC issued its
first significant case-specific review of the income tax
allowance issue in another pipeline partnerships rate
case. The FERC reaffirmed its income tax allowance policy and
directed the subject pipeline to provide certain evidence
necessary for the pipeline to determine its income tax
allowance. The tax allowance policy and the December 2005 order
were appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit, or D.C. Circuit. The D.C. Circuit
denied these appeals in May 2007 in
ExxonMobil Oil
Corporation v. FERC
and fully upheld the FERCs
new tax allowance policy and the application of that policy in
the December 2005 order. In 2007, the D.C. Circuit denied
rehearing of its
ExxonMobil
decision. The
ExxonMobil
decision, its applicability and the issue of the inclusion
of an income tax allowance have been the subject of extensive
litigation before the FERC. Whether a pipelines owners
have actual or potential income tax liability continues to be
reviewed by FERC on a
case-by-case
basis. How the FERC applies
ExxonMobil
and the policy to
pipelines owned by publicly traded partnerships could impose
limits on a pipelines ability to include a full income tax
allowance in its cost of service.
In April 2008, the FERC issued a Policy Statement regarding the
composition of proxy groups for determining the appropriate
return on equity for natural gas and oil pipelines using
FERCs Discounted Cash Flow, or DCF, model for
setting
cost-of-service
or recourse rates. The FERC denied rehearing and no petitions
for review of the Policy Statement were filed. In the policy
statement, FERC concluded, among other matters that MLPs should
be included in the proxy group used to determine return on
equity for both oil and natural gas pipelines, but the long-term
growth component of the DCF model should be limited to fifty
percent of long-term gross domestic product. The adjustment to
the long-term growth component, and all other things being
equal, results in lower returns on equity than would be
calculated without the adjustment. However, the actual return on
equity for our interstate pipelines will depend on the specific
companies included in the proxy group and the specific
conditions at the time of the future rate case proceeding.
FERCs policy determinations applicable to MLPs are subject
to further modification.
132
Section 311
Pipelines
Intrastate transportation of natural gas is largely regulated by
the state in which such transportation takes place. To the
extent that our intrastate natural gas transportation systems
transport natural gas in interstate commerce without an
exemption under the NGA, the rates, terms and conditions of such
services are subject to FERC jurisdiction under Section 311
of the Natural Gas Policy Act, or NGPA, and Part 284 of the
FERCs regulations. Pipelines providing transportation
service under Section 311 are required to provide services
on an open and nondiscriminatory basis. The NGPA regulates,
among other things, the provision of transportation services by
an intrastate natural gas pipeline on behalf of a local
distribution company or an interstate natural gas pipeline. The
rates, terms and conditions of some transportation services
provided on our Section 311 pipeline systems are subject to
FERC regulation pursuant to Section 311 of the NGPA. Under
Section 311, rates charged for intrastate transportation
must be fair and equitable, and amounts collected in excess of
fair and equitable rates are subject to refund with interest.
The terms and conditions of service set forth in the intrastate
facilitys statement of operating conditions are also
subject to the FERC review and approval. Should the FERC
determine not to authorize rates equal to or greater than our
currently approved Section 311 rates, our business may be
adversely affected. Failure to observe the service limitations
applicable to transportation and storage services under
Section 311, failure to comply with the rates approved by
the FERC for Section 311 service, and failure to comply
with the terms and conditions of service established in the
pipelines FERC-approved statement of operating conditions
could result in alteration of jurisdictional status,
and/or
the
imposition of administrative, civil and criminal remedies.
Hinshaw
Pipelines
Intrastate natural gas pipelines are defined as pipelines that
operate entirely within a single state, and generally are not
subject to FERCs jurisdiction under the NGA. Hinshaw
pipelines, by definition, also operate within a single state,
but can receive gas from outside their state without becoming
subject to FERCs NGA jurisdiction. Specifically,
Section 1(c) of the NGA exempts from the FERCs NGA
jurisdiction those pipelines which transport gas in interstate
commerce if (1) they receive natural gas at or within the
boundary of a state, (2) all the gas is consumed within
that state and (3) the pipeline is regulated by a state
commission. Following the enactment of the NGPA, the FERC issued
Order No. 63 authorizing Hinshaw pipelines to apply for
authorization to transport natural gas in interstate commerce in
the same manner as intrastate pipelines operating pursuant to
Section 311 of the NGPA. Hinshaw pipelines frequently
operate pursuant to blanket certificates to provide
transportation and sales service under the FERCs
regulations.
Historically, FERC did not require intrastate and Hinshaw
pipelines to meet the same rigorous transactional reporting
guidelines as interstate pipelines. However, as discussed below,
last year the FERC issued a new rule, Order No. 735, which
increases FERC regulation of certain intrastate and Hinshaw
pipelines. See Market Behavior Rules; Posting
and Reporting Requirements.
Gathering
Pipeline Regulation
Section 1(b) of the NGA exempts natural gas gathering
facilities from the jurisdiction of FERC. However, some of our
natural gas gathering activity is subject to Internet posting
requirements imposed by FERC as a result of FERCs market
transparency initiatives. We believe that our natural gas
pipelines meet the traditional tests that FERC has used to
determine that a pipeline is a gathering pipeline and is,
therefore, not subject to FERC jurisdiction. The distinction
between FERC-regulated transmission services and federally
unregulated gathering services, however, is the subject of
substantial, on-going litigation, so the classification and
regulation of our gathering facilities are subject to change
based on future determinations by FERC, the courts or Congress.
State regulation of gathering facilities generally includes
various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances,
nondiscriminatory take requirements and complaint-based rate
regulation. In recent years, FERC has taken a more light-handed
approach to regulation of the gathering activities of interstate
pipeline transmission companies, which has resulted in a number
of such companies transferring gathering facilities to
unregulated affiliates. As a result of these activities, natural
gas gathering may begin to receive greater regulatory scrutiny
at both the state and federal levels. Our natural gas gathering
operations could be adversely affected should they be subject to
more stringent application of state or federal regulation of
rates and
133
services. Our natural gas gathering operations also may be or
become subject to additional safety and operational regulations
relating to the design, installation, testing, construction,
operation, replacement and management of gathering facilities.
Additional rules and legislation pertaining to these matters are
considered or adopted from time to time. We cannot predict what
effect, if any, such changes might have on our operations, but
the industry could be required to incur additional capital
expenditures and increased costs depending on future legislative
and regulatory changes.
Our natural gas gathering operations are subject to ratable take
and common purchaser statutes in most of the states in which we
operate. These statutes generally require our gathering
pipelines to take natural gas without undue discrimination as to
source of supply or producer. These statutes are designed to
prohibit discrimination in favor of one producer over another
producer or one source of supply over another source of supply.
The regulations under these statutes can have the effect of
imposing some restrictions on our ability as an owner of
gathering facilities to decide with whom we contract to gather
natural gas. The states in which we operate have adopted a
complaint-based regulation of natural gas gathering activities,
which allows natural gas producers and shippers to file
complaints with state regulators in an effort to resolve
grievances relating to gathering access and rate discrimination.
We cannot predict whether such a complaint will be filed against
us in the future. Failure to comply with state regulations can
result in the imposition of administrative, civil and criminal
remedies. To date, there has been no adverse effect to our
system due to these regulations.
Market
Behavior Rules; Posting and Reporting Requirements
On August 8, 2005, Congress enacted the Energy Policy Act
of 2005, or the EPAct 2005. Among other matters, the EPAct 2005
amended the NGA to add an anti-manipulation provision which
makes it unlawful for any entity to engage in prohibited
behavior in contravention of rules and regulations to be
prescribed by FERC and, furthermore, provides FERC with
additional civil penalty authority. On January 19, 2006,
FERC issued Order No. 670, a rule implementing the
anti-manipulation provision of the EPAct 2005, and subsequently
denied rehearing. The rules make it unlawful for any entity,
directly or indirectly in connection with the purchase or sale
of natural gas subject to the jurisdiction of FERC or the
purchase or sale of transportation services subject to the
jurisdiction of FERC to (1) use or employ any device,
scheme or artifice to defraud; (2) to make any untrue
statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement
necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or
(3) to engage in any act or practice that operates as a
fraud or deceit upon any person. The new anti-manipulation rules
apply to interstate gas pipelines and storage companies and
intrastate gas pipelines and storage companies that provide
interstate services, such as Section 311 service, as well
as otherwise non-jurisdictional entities to the extent the
activities are conducted in connection with gas
sales, purchases or transportation subject to FERC jurisdiction.
The new anti-manipulation rules do not apply to activities that
relate only to intrastate or other non-jurisdictional sales or
gathering, but only to the extent such transactions do not have
a nexus to jurisdictional transactions. The EPAct
2005 also amends the NGA and the NGPA to give FERC authority to
impose civil penalties for violations of these statutes, up to
$1,000,000 per day per violation for violations occurring after
August 8, 2005. In connection with this enhanced civil
penalty authority, FERC issued a policy statement on enforcement
to provide guidance regarding the enforcement of the statutes,
orders, rules and regulations it administers, including factors
to be considered in determining the appropriate enforcement
action to be taken. Should we fail to comply with all applicable
FERC-administered statutes, rule, regulations and orders, we
could be subject to substantial penalties and fines.
The EPAct of 2005 also added a section 23 to the NGA
authorizing the FERC to facilitate price transparency in markets
for the sale or transportation of physical natural gas in
interstate commerce. In 2007, FERC took steps to enhance its
market oversight and monitoring of the natural gas industry by
issuing several rulemaking orders designed to promote gas price
transparency and to prevent market manipulation. In December
2007, FERC issued a final rule on the annual natural gas
transaction reporting requirements, as amended by subsequent
orders on rehearing, or Order No. 704. Order No. 704
requires buyers and sellers of annual quantities of natural gas
of 2,200,000 MMBtu or more, including entities not
otherwise subject to FERC jurisdiction, to submit on May 1 of
each year an annual report to FERC describing their aggregate
volumes of natural gas purchased or sold at wholesale in the
prior calendar year to the extent such transactions
134
utilize, contribute to or may contribute to the formation of
price indices. Order No. 704 also requires market
participants to indicate whether they report prices to any index
publishers and, if so, whether their reporting complies with
FERCs policy statement on price reporting. In June 2010,
the FERC issued the last of its three orders on rehearing and
clarification further clarifying its requirements.
In 2008, the FERC issued Order No. 720 which increases the
Internet posting obligations of interstate pipelines, and also
requires major non-interstate pipelines (defined as
pipelines that are not natural gas companies under the NGA that
deliver more than 50 million MMBtu annually) to post on the
Internet the daily volumes scheduled for each receipt and
delivery point on their systems with a design capacity of
15,000 MMBtu per day or greater. Numerous parties requested
modification or reconsideration of this rule. An order on
rehearing, Order
No. 720-A,
was issued on January 21, 2010. In that order the FERC
reaffirmed its holding that it has jurisdiction over major
non-interstate pipelines for the purpose of requiring public
disclosure of information to enhance market transparency. Order
No. 720-A
also granted clarification regarding application of the rule.
Two parties have filed appeals of Order Nos. 720 and
720-A
to the
Fifth Circuit. The parties have filed briefs but no decision has
been issued.
In May 2010, the FERC issued Order No. 735, which requires
intrastate pipelines providing transportation services under
Section 311 of the NGPA and Hinshaw pipelines operating
under Section 1(c) of the NGA to report on a quarterly
basis more detailed transportation and storage transaction
information, including: rates charged by the pipeline under each
contract; receipt and delivery points and zones or segments
covered by each contract; the quantity of natural gas the
shipper is entitled to transport, store, or deliver; the
duration of the contract; and whether there is an affiliate
relationship between the pipeline and the shipper. Order
No. 735 further requires that such information must be
supplied through a new electronic reporting system and will be
posted on FERCs website, and that such quarterly reports
may not contain information redacted as privileged. The FERC
promulgated this rule after determining that such transactional
information would help shippers make more informed purchasing
decisions and would improve the ability of both shippers and the
FERC to monitor actual transactions for evidence of market power
or undue discrimination. Order No. 735 also extends the
Commissions periodic review of the rates charged by the
subject pipelines from three years to five years. Order
No. 735 becomes effective on April 1, 2011. In
December 2010, the Commission issued Order
No. 735-A.
In Order
No. 735-A,
the Commission generally reaffirmed Order No. 735 requiring
section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines to report on
a quarterly basis storage and transportation transactions
containing specific information for each transaction, aggregated
by contract.
In July 2010, for the first time the FERC issued an order
finding that the prohibition against buy/sell arrangements
applies to interstate open access services provided by
Section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines. The FERC denied numerous
requests for rehearing and motions for late interventions that
were filed in response to the July order. However, in October
2010, the FERC issued a Notice of Inquiry seeking public comment
on the issue of whether and how parties that hold firm capacity
on some intrastate pipelines can allow others to use their
capacity, including to what extent buy/sell transactions should
permitted and whether the FERC should consider requiring such
pipelines to offer capacity release programs. In the Notice of
Inquiry, the FERC granted a blanket waiver regarding such
transactions while the FERC is considering these policy issues.
The comment period has ended but the FERC has not yet issued an
order.
Offshore
Natural Gas Pipelines
Our offshore natural gas gathering pipelines are subject to
federal regulation under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act,
which requires that all pipelines operating on or across the
outer continental shelf provide open and nondiscriminatory
access to shippers. From 1982 until 2010, the Minerals
Management Service, or MMS, of the U.S. Department of the
Interior, or DOI, was the federal agency that managed the
nations oil, natural gas, and other mineral resources on
the outer continental shelf, which is all submerged lands lying
seaward of state coastal waters which are under
U.S. jurisdiction, and collected, accounted for, and
disbursed revenues from federal offshore mineral leases. On
June 18, 2010, the Minerals Management Service was renamed
the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Regulation and
Enforcement, or BOEMRE. The BOEMRE currently regulates offshore
operations, including engineering and construction
specifications for production facilities, safety procedures,
plugging and abandonment of wells on the outer continental
shelf, and
135
removal of facilities. On January 19, 2011, the
U.S. Department of the Interior announced the structures
and responsibilities of the two remaining agencies, with the
reorganization of BOEMRE into these agencies to be completed by
October 1, 2011. Once the reorganization is complete, the
BOEMRE will cease to exist. At this time, we cannot predict the
impact that this reorganization, or future regulations or
enforcement actions taken by the new agencies, may have on our
operations.
Sales
of Natural Gas and NGLs
Historically, the transportation and sale for resale of natural
gas in interstate commerce has been regulated by the FERC under
the NGA, the NGPA, and regulations issued under those statutes.
In the past, the federal government has regulated the prices at
which natural gas could be sold. While sales by producers of
natural gas can currently be made at market prices, Congress
could reenact price controls in the future. Deregulation of
wellhead natural gas sales began with the enactment of the NGPA
and culminated in adoption of the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol
Act which removed all price controls affecting wellhead sales of
natural gas effective January 1, 1993.
The price at which we sell natural gas is not currently subject
to federal rate regulation and, for the most part, is not
subject to state regulation. However, with regard to our
physical sales of these energy commodities, we are required to
observe anti-market manipulation laws and related regulations
enforced by the FERC
and/or
the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, and the
Federal Trade Commission, or FTC. Should we violate the
anti-market manipulation laws and regulations, we could also be
subject to related third-party damage claims by, among others,
sellers, royalty owners and taxing authorities.
Sales of NGLs are not currently regulated and are made at
negotiated prices. Nevertheless, Congress could enact price
controls in the future.
As discussed above, the price and terms of access to pipeline
transportation are subject to extensive federal and state
regulation. The FERC is continually proposing and implementing
new rules and regulations affecting interstate natural gas
pipelines and those initiatives may also affect the intrastate
transportation of natural gas both directly and indirectly.
Environmental
Matters
General
Our operation of pipelines, plants and other facilities for the
gathering, compressing, treating and transporting of natural gas
and other products is subject to stringent and complex federal,
state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection
of the environment. As an owner or operator of these facilities,
we must comply with these laws and regulations at the federal,
state and local levels. These laws and regulations can restrict
or impact our business activities in many ways, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
requiring the installation of pollution-control equipment or
otherwise restricting the way we operate;
|
|
|
|
limiting or prohibiting construction activities in sensitive
areas, such as wetlands, coastal regions or areas inhabited by
endangered or threatened species;
|
|
|
|
delaying system modification or upgrades during permit reviews;
|
|
|
|
requiring investigatory and remedial actions to mitigate
pollution conditions caused by our operations or attributable to
former operations; and
|
|
|
|
enjoining the operations of facilities deemed to be in
non-compliance with permits issued pursuant to such
environmental laws and regulations.
|
Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a
variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement
measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties.
Certain environmental statutes impose strict joint and several
liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where
substances, hydrocarbons or wastes have been disposed or
otherwise released. Moreover, it is not uncommon for neighboring
landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal
injury and property damage
136
allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances,
hydrocarbons or other waste products into the environment.
The trend in environmental regulation is to place more
restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the
environment, and thus, there can be no assurance as to the
amount or timing of future expenditures for environmental
compliance or remediation and actual future expenditures may be
different from the amounts we currently anticipate. We try to
anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed
and plan accordingly to remain in compliance with changing
environmental laws and regulations and to minimize the costs of
such compliance. We also actively participate in industry groups
that help formulate recommendations for addressing existing or
future regulations.
We do not believe that compliance with federal, state or local
environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position or results of
operations or cash flows. In addition, we believe that the
various environmental activities in which we are presently
engaged are not expected to materially interrupt or diminish our
operational ability to gather, compress, treat and transport
natural gas. We cannot assure you, however, that future events,
such as changes in existing laws or enforcement policies, the
promulgation of new laws or regulations or the development or
discovery of new facts or conditions will not cause us to incur
significant costs. Below is a discussion of the material
environmental laws and regulations that relate to our business.
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with all of
these environmental laws and regulations.
Hazardous
Substances and Waste
Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations
relating to the management and release of hazardous substances,
solid and hazardous wastes and petroleum hydrocarbons. These
laws generally regulate the generation, storage, treatment,
transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous waste and may
impose strict joint and several liability for the investigation
and remediation of affected areas where hazardous substances may
have been released or disposed. For instance, the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act,
referred to as CERCLA or the Superfund law, and comparable state
laws impose liability, without regard to fault or the legality
of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that
contributed to the release of a hazardous substance into the
environment. We may handle hazardous substances within the
meaning of CERCLA, or similar state statutes, in the course of
our ordinary operations and, as a result, may be jointly and
severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs
required to clean up sites at which these hazardous substances
have been released into the environment.
We also generate industrial wastes that are subject to the
requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
referred to as RCRA, and comparable state statutes. While RCRA
regulates both solid and hazardous wastes, it imposes strict
requirements on the generation, storage, treatment,
transportation and disposal of hazardous wastes. We generate
little hazardous waste; however, it is possible that these
wastes, which could include wastes currently generated during
our operations, will in the future be designated as
hazardous wastes and, therefore, be subject to more
rigorous and costly disposal requirements. Any such changes in
the laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on
our maintenance capital expenditures and operating expenses.
We currently own or lease, and our Predecessor has in the past
owned or leased, properties where hydrocarbons are being or have
been handled for many years. Although previous operators have
utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in
the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have
been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or
leased by us or on or under the other locations where these
hydrocarbons and wastes have been transported for treatment or
disposal. These properties and the wastes disposed thereon may
be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under these
laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously
disposed wastes (including wastes disposed of or released by
prior owners or operators), to clean up contaminated property
(including contaminated groundwater) or to perform remedial
operations to prevent future contamination. We are not currently
aware of any facts, events or conditions relating to such
requirements that could materially impact our operations or
financial condition.
137
Oil
Pollution Act
In January of 1974, the EPA adopted regulations under the OPA.
These oil pollution prevention regulations require the
preparation of a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure
Plan or SPCC for facilities engaged in drilling, producing,
gathering, storing, processing, refining, transferring,
distributing, using, or consuming oil and oil products, and
which due to their location, could reasonably be expected to
discharge oil in harmful quantities into or upon the navigable
waters of the United States. The owner or operator of an
SPCC-regulated facility is required to prepare a written,
site-specific spill prevention plan, which details how a
facilitys operations comply with the requirements. To be
in compliance, the facilitys SPCC plan must satisfy all of
the applicable requirements for drainage, bulk storage tanks,
tank car and truck loading and unloading, transfer operations
(intrafacility piping), inspections and records, security, and
training. Most importantly, the facility must fully implement
the SPCC plan and train personnel in its execution. We believe
that our facilities will not be materially adversely affected by
such requirements, and the requirements are not expected to be
any more burdensome to us than to any other similarly situated
companies.
Air
Emissions
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act and
comparable state and local laws and regulations. These laws and
regulations regulate emissions of air pollutants from various
industrial sources, including our compressor stations and
processing plants, and also impose various monitoring and
reporting requirements. Such laws and regulations may require
that we obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification
of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or
significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply
with air permits containing various emissions and operational
limitations and utilize specific emission control technologies
to limit emissions. Our failure to comply with these
requirements could subject us to monetary penalties,
injunctions, conditions or restrictions on operations and,
potentially, criminal enforcement actions. We believe that we
are in substantial compliance with these requirements. We may be
required to incur certain capital expenditures in the future for
air pollution control equipment in connection with obtaining and
maintaining operating permits and approvals for air emissions.
We believe, however, that our operations will not be materially
adversely affected by such requirements, and the requirements
are not expected to be any more burdensome to us than to any
other similarly situated companies.
Water
Discharges
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, or the Clean Water Act,
and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls
regarding the discharge of pollutants into state waters as well
as waters of the U.S. and to conduct construction
activities in waters and wetlands. Certain state regulations and
the general permits issued under the Federal National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System program prohibit the discharge of
pollutants and chemicals. Spill prevention, control and
countermeasure requirements of federal laws require appropriate
containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the
contamination of regulated waters in the event of a hydrocarbon
tank spill, rupture or leak. In addition, the Clean Water Act
and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage
under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from
certain types of facilities. These permits may require us to
monitor and sample the storm water runoff from certain of our
facilities. Some states also maintain groundwater protection
programs that require permits for discharges or operations that
may impact groundwater conditions. Federal and state regulatory
agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties
for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements
of the Clean Water Act and analogous state laws and regulations.
We believe that compliance with existing permits and compliance
with foreseeable new permit requirements will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flow.
Safe
Drinking Water Act
The underground injection of oil and natural gas wastes are
regulated by the Underground Injection Control program
authorized by the Safe Drinking Water Act. The primary objective
of injection well operating requirements is to ensure the
mechanical integrity of the injection apparatus and to prevent
migration of fluids from the injection zone into underground
sources of drinking water. We own and operate an acid gas
disposal
138
well in Wayne County, Mississippi as part of our Bazor Ridge gas
treating facilities. This well takes a combination of hydrogen
sulfide and carbon dioxide recovered from the raw field natural
gas feeding the Bazor Ridge Gas plant and injects it into an
underground formation permitted for this purpose. The well
received an Underground Injection Control (UIC) Class 2
permit through the Mississippi state oil and gas board in 1999.
As part of our permit requirements, we perform regular
inspection, maintenance and reporting to the state on the
condition and operations of this well which is adjacent to our
processing plant. We believe that our facilities will not be
materially adversely affected by such requirements.
Endangered
Species
The Endangered Species Act, or ESA, restricts activities that
may affect endangered or threatened species or their habitats.
While some of our pipelines may be located in areas that are
designated as habitats for endangered or threatened species, we
believe that we are in substantial compliance with the ESA.
However, the designation of previously unidentified endangered
or threatened species could cause us to incur additional costs
or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the
affected states.
National
Environmental Policy Act
The National Environmental Policy Act, or NEPA, establishes a
national environmental policy and goals for the protection,
maintenance, and enhancement of the environment and provides a
process for implementing these goals within federal agencies. A
major federal agency action having the potential to
significantly impact the environment requires review under NEPA
and, as a result, many activities requiring FERC approval must
undergo NEPA review. Many of our activities are covered under
categorical exclusions which results in a shorter NEPA review
process. The Council on Environmental Quality has announced an
intention to reinvigorate NEPA reviews which may result in
longer review processes that could lead to delays and increased
costs that could materially adversely affect our revenues and
results of operations.
Climate
Change
Recent scientific studies have suggested that emissions of
certain gases, commonly referred to as greenhouse
gases and including carbon dioxide and methane, may be
contributing to warming of the Earths atmosphere. In
response to the scientific studies, international negotiations
to address climate change have occurred. The United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change, also known as the
Kyoto Protocol, became effective on
February 16, 2005 as a result of these negotiations, but
the United States did not ratify the Kyoto Protocol. At the end
of 2009, an international conference to develop a successor to
the Kyoto Protocol issued a document known as the Copenhagen
Accord. Pursuant to the Copenhagen Accord, the United States
submitted a greenhouse gas emission reduction target of
17 percent compared to 2005 levels. We continue to monitor
the international efforts to address climate change. Their
effect on our operations cannot be determined with any certainty
at this time.
In the U.S., legislative and regulatory initiatives are underway
to limit GHG emissions. The U.S. Congress has considered
legislation that would control GHG emissions through a cap
and trade program and several states have already
implemented programs to reduce GHG emissions. The
U.S. Supreme Court determined that GHG emissions fall
within the federal Clean Air Act, or the CAA, definition of an
air pollutant, and in response the EPA promulgated
an endangerment finding paving the way for regulation of GHG
emissions under the CAA. In 2010, the EPA issued a final rule,
known as the Tailoring Rule, that makes certain
large stationary sources and modification projects subject to
permitting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions under the
Clean Air Act.
In addition, on September 2009, the EPA issued a final rule
requiring the reporting of GHGs from specified large GHG
emission sources in the U.S. beginning in 2011 for
emissions in 2010. Our Bazor Ridge facility is currently
required to report under this rule beginning in 2011. On
November 30, 2010, the EPA published a final rule expanding
its existing GHG emissions reporting to include onshore and
offshore oil and natural gas systems beginning in 2012. Three of
our onshore compression facilities will likely be required to
report under this rule, with the first report due to the EPA on
March 31, 2012.
139
Because regulation of GHG emissions is relatively new, further
regulatory, legislative and judicial developments are likely to
occur. Such developments may affect how these GHG initiatives
will impact us. In addition to these regulatory developments,
recent judicial decisions have allowed certain tort claims
alleging property damage to proceed against GHG emissions
sources may increase our litigation risk for such claims. Due to
the uncertainties surrounding the regulation of and other risks
associated with GHG emissions, we cannot predict the financial
impact of related developments on us.
Legislation or regulations that may be adopted to address
climate change could also affect the markets for our products by
making our products more or less desirable than competing
sources of energy. To the extent that our products are competing
with higher greenhouse gas emitting energy sources such as coal,
our products would become more desirable in the market with more
stringent limitations on greenhouse gas emissions. To the extent
that our products are competing with lower greenhouse gas
emitting energy sources such as solar and wind, our products
would become less desirable in the market with more stringent
limitations on greenhouse gas emissions. We cannot predict with
any certainty at this time how these possibilities may affect
our operations.
The majority of scientific studies on climate change suggest
that stronger storms may occur in the future in the areas where
we operate, although the scientific studies are not unanimous.
Due to their location, our operations along the Gulf Coast are
vulnerable to operational and structural damages resulting from
hurricanes and other severe weather systems and our insurance
may not cover all associated losses. We are taking steps to
mitigate physical risks from storms, but no assurance can be
given that future storms will not have a material adverse effect
on our business.
Anti-terrorism
Measures
The Department of Homeland Security Appropriation Act of 2007
requires the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, to issue
regulations establishing risk-based performance standards for
the security of chemical and industrial facilities, including
oil and gas facilities that are deemed to present high
levels of security risk. The DHS issued an interim final
rule in April 2007 regarding risk-based performance standards to
be attained pursuant to this act and, on November 20, 2007,
further issued an Appendix A to the interim rules that
establish chemicals of interest and their respective threshold
quantities that will trigger compliance with these interim
rules. Covered facilities that are determined by DHS to pose a
high level of security risk will be required to prepare and
submit Security Vulnerability Assessments and Site Security
Plans as well as comply with other regulatory requirements,
including those regarding inspections, audits, recordkeeping,
and protection of chemical-terrorism vulnerability information.
Three of our facilities have more than the threshold quantity of
listed chemicals; therefore, a Top Screen evaluation
was submitted to the DHS. The DHS reviewed this information and
made the determination that none of the facilities are
considered high-risk chemical facilities.
Title to
Properties and
Rights-of-Way
Our real property falls into two categories: (1) parcels
that we own in fee and (2) parcels in which our interest
derives from leases, easements,
rights-of-way,
permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities,
permitting the use of such land for our operations. Portions of
the land on which our plants and other major facilities are
located are owned by us in fee title, and we believe that we
have satisfactory title to these lands. The remainder of the
land on which our plant sites and major facilities are located
are held by us pursuant to surface leases between us, as lessee,
and the fee owner of the lands, as lessors. Our Predecessors
leased or owned these lands for many years without any material
challenge known to us relating to the title to the land upon
which the assets are located, and we believe that we have
satisfactory leasehold estates or fee ownership in such lands.
We have no knowledge of any challenge to the underlying fee
title of any material lease, easement,
right-of-way,
permit or license held by us or to our title to any material
lease, easement,
right-of-way,
permit or lease, and we believe that we have satisfactory title
to all of our material leases, easements,
rights-of-way,
permits and licenses.
140
Employees
We do not have any employees. The officers of our general
partner will manage our operations and activities. As of
December 31, 2010, our general partner employed
approximately 76 people who will provide direct, full-time
support to our operations. All of the employees required to
conduct and support our operations will be employed by our
general partner. None of these employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements, and our general partner
considers its employee relations to be good.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are a party to various administrative and regulatory proceedings
that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. Please
read Regulation of Operations
Interstate Transportation Pipeline Regulation and
Environmental Matters.
141
MANAGEMENT
We are managed by the directors and executive officers of our
general partner, American Midstream GP. Our general partner is
not elected by our unitholders and will not be subject to
re-election in the future. AIM Midstream Holdings owns all of
the membership interests in our general partner. Our general
partner has a board of directors, and our unitholders are not
entitled to elect the directors or directly or indirectly
participate in our management or operations. AIM, Eagle River
Ventures, LLC, Stockwell Fund II, L.P. and certain of our
executive officers own all of the membership interests in AIM
Midstream Holdings. In addition, Messrs. Hellman, Carbone
and Diffendal serve on the board of directors of our general
partner and are principals of and have ownership interests in
AIM. Our general partner owes certain fiduciary duties to our
unitholders. Our general partner will be liable, as general
partner, for all of our debts (to the extent not paid from our
assets), except for indebtedness or other obligations that are
made specifically nonrecourse to it. Whenever possible, we
intend to incur indebtedness that is nonrecourse to our general
partner.
Our partnership agreement provides for the conflicts committee
of the board of directors of our general partner, or the
Conflicts Committee, as delegated by the board of directors of
our general partner as circumstances warrant, to review
conflicts of interest between us and our general partner or
between us and affiliates of our general partner. If a matter is
submitted to the Conflicts Committee, which will consist solely
of independent directors, for their review and approval, the
Conflicts Committee will determine if the resolution of a
conflict of interest that has been presented to it by the board
of directors of our general partner is fair and reasonable to
us. The members of the Conflicts Committee may not be executive
officers or employees of our general partner or directors,
executive officers or employees of its affiliates. In addition,
the members of the Conflicts Committee must meet the
independence and experience standards established by the NYSE
and the Exchange Act for service on an audit committee of a
board of directors. Any matters approved by the Conflicts
Committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable
to us, approved by all of our partners and not a breach by our
general partner of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.
In addition, the board of directors of our general partner will
have an audit committee, or the Audit Committee, that complies
with the NYSE requirements, and a compensation committee of the
board of directors, or the Compensation Committee.
Even though most companies listed on the NYSE are required to
have a majority of independent directors serving on the board of
directors of the listed company, the NYSE does not require a
listed limited partnership like us to have a majority of
independent directors on the board of directors of its general
partner.
L. Kent Moore, Matthew P. Carbone, David L. Page, Edward O.
Diffendal and Gerald A. Tywoniuk will serve as the initial
members of the Audit Committee. Mr. Tywoniuk serves as the
chairman of the Audit Committee. In compliance with the rules of
the NYSE, the members of the board of directors will appoint two
additional independent members to the board of directors, one
within 90 days of this offering and a second within twelve
months of this offering. Messrs. Carbone and Page will
resign from the Audit Committee upon appointment of the first
such additional independent director to the board of directors
and the Audit Committee. Mr. Diffendal will resign from the
Audit Committee when the final independent director is
appointed. Thereafter, our general partner is generally required
to have at least three independent directors serving on its
board at all times.
Robert B. Hellman, Jr. and L. Kent Moore serve as the members of
the Compensation Committee. Robert B. Hellman, Jr. serves
as the chairman of the Compensation Committee.
Robert B. Hellman, Jr. and Matthew P. Carbone serve as the
members of the Compliance Committee. Robert B. Hellman, Jr.
serves as the chairman of the Compliance Committee.
142
Directors are appointed for a term of one year and hold office
until their successors have been elected or qualified or until
the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or
disqualification. Officers serve at the discretion of the board.
The following table shows information for the directors and
executive officers of our general partner.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position with American Midstream GP, LLC
|
|
Robert B. Hellman, Jr.
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Vice President of Finance
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations and Engineering
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Commercial Services
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Secretary, General Counsel and Vice President of Legal Affairs
|
Matthew P. Carbone
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Director
|
Edward O. Diffendal
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Director
|
David L. Page
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
Director
|
L. Kent Moore
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
Director
|
Gerald A. Tywoniuk
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Director
|
Robert B. Hellman, Jr.
was elected Chairman of the
board of directors of our general partner in November 2009.
Mr. Hellman has been a Managing Director of AIM since he
co-founded AIM in July of 2006. Prior to co-founding AIM,
Mr. Hellman was a Managing Director of McCown De
Leeuw & Co., a private equity firm based in Foster
City, California since 1986. Mr. Hellman is also chairman
of the Board of Directors of Stonemor Partners L.P.
Mr. Hellman received an MBA from Harvard University, an
M.A. in Economics from the London School of Economics and a B.A.
in Economics from Stanford University.
Brian F. Bierbach
was appointed President and
Chief Executive Officer, and elected as a member of the board of
directors of our general partner in November 2009. Prior to our
formation, Mr. Bierbach served as President and as a member
of the board of directors of Foothills Energy Ventures, LLC, a
private midstream natural gas asset development and operating
company, from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Bierbach has also served as
President of Cinergy Canada, Inc. from 2003 to 2005 and
President of Bear Paw Energy, LLC, a subsidiary of Northern
Border Partners, L.P., from 2000 to 2002. He also held various
positions with Enron Corporation, The Williams Companies, Inc.,
Apache Corporation and ConocoPhillips. He received a B.S. in
Civil Engineering from the University of Arizona.
Sandra M. Flower
has served as Vice President of
Finance of our general partner since November 2009.
Ms. Flower also served as our Controller from November 2009
until March 2011. Prior to our formation, Ms. Flower served
as Group Controller at TransMontaigne, Inc. and as Director of
Internal Audit for TransMontaigne Partners, LP from 2005 to
2009. While at TransMontaigne, she was responsible for trading
support, credit, accounting and consolidation activities of
TransMontaigne Inc., as well as supervising the design and
implementation of all internal audit activities including
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance procedures. Ms. Flower began her
career at Touche Ross & Co. She received a B.S.B.A. from
the University of Rhode Island and is a CPA.
John J. Connor II
has served as Senior Vice
President of Operations and Engineering of our general partner
since November 2009. Prior to our formation, Mr. Connor
served as Vice President of Development at Foothills Energy
Ventures, LLC. Prior to Foothills, he was Director of Midstream
Operations at Black Hills Midstream, LLC from 2006 to 2007 and
held various Director and General Manager positions at
El Paso Corporation from 1980 to 2004. Mr. Connor
received his B.S. in Civil Engineering from Colorado State
University and is a licensed professional engineer.
Marty W. Patterson
has served as Senior Vice
President of Commercial Services of our general partner since
November 2009. Prior to our formation, he served as Vice
President of Commercial Operations at Foothills Energy Ventures,
LLC from 2006 to 2009. Prior to joining Foothills,
Mr. Patterson was the Director of Commercial Operations
with Cinergy Corp. from 2004 to 2006. Before that, he was the
Senior VP Energy Services, IDACORP Energy, L.P. from 1997 to
2003, and held various other positions, focused on operations.
143
Mr. Patterson received his degree in Petroleum Technology
from Kilgore College and is currently a board member of the
North American Energy Standards Board.
William B. Mathews
has served as Secretary and
Vice President of Legal Affairs of our general partner since
November 2009 and General Counsel of our general partner since
March 2011. Prior to our formation, he served as Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary of Foothills Energy Ventures, LLC
from December 2006 to November 2009, as well as a director from
August 2009 to November 2009. Prior to Foothills,
Mr. Mathews served as Assistant General Counsel for ONEOK
Partners, L.P., Northern Border Partners, L.P. and Bear Paw
Energy, LLC from July 2001 to December 2006 and, previous to
that, as Vice President and General Counsel of Duke Energy Field
Services (now DCP Midstream, LLC) until 2000, having joined a
predecessor company in 1985. He received a J.D. from the
University of Denver and a B.S. in Civil Engineering from the
University of Colorado.
Matthew P. Carbone
was elected as a member of the
board of directors of our general partner in November 2009.
Mr. Carbone has been a Managing Director of AIM since he
co-founded AIM in July 2006. Prior to co-founding AIM, from
January 2005 until July 2006, Mr. Carbone was a Managing
Director of McCown De Leeuw & Co., or MDC.
Mr. Carbone has spent nearly 20 years in private
equity and investment banking. Prior to MDC he led Wit Capital
Groups West Coast operations and worked in the investment
banking divisions of Morgan Stanley, First Boston Corporation
and Smith Barney. Mr. Carbone is also a member of the board
of directors of the general partner of Oxford Resource Partners
L.P. He received an MBA from Harvard Business School and a B.A.
in Neuroscience from Amherst College.
Edward O. Diffendal
was elected as a member of the
board of directors of our general partner in November 2009.
Mr. Diffendal has been a Principal with AIM since September
2007. Prior to joining AIM he served as a management consultant
from 2005 to 2007, held various operating positions at Veritas
Software Corp. from 2003 to 2005, was a Vice President at
Broadview Capital Partners, L.P. from 2000 to 2003 and was a
consultant at Monitor Company from 1991 to 1998.
Mr. Diffendal received an MBA from Dartmouth College and
M.A. and B.A. degrees in Economics from Stanford University.
David L. Page
was elected as a member of the board
of directors of our general partner in February 2010.
Mr. Page also serves as Chairman of the Executive Committee
and a member of the Audit Committee of our General Partner.
Mr. Page has served as a management consultant since
February 2002. Prior to working as a management consultant,
Mr. Page served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Distribution Dynamics, Inc. from January 2000 until February
2002. His earlier career included a variety of management roles
at McCown De Leeuw & Co. from 1994 through 2000. Prior
to joining McCown De Leeuw & Co., Mr. Page was
President and Chief Executive Officer of Page Packaging
Corporation from 1987 through 1993, and Vice President and
General Manager of Boise Cascade Corporation from 1959 through
1987. Mr. Page received a B.A. in Business Administration
and Economics from Whitman College and completed the Executive
Program at Stanford University.
L. Kent Moore
was elected as a member of the board
of directors of our general partner in November 2009.
Mr. Moore owns Eagle River Ventures, LLC, which holds
mostly oil and gas investments and a 0.5% interest in AIM
Midstream Holdings. From 2006 through 2011, Mr. Moore
served as chairman of the board of directors of Foothills Energy
Ventures, LLC. He also serves as chairman of the board of
trustees for the Old Mutual Funds I and II, and also a trustee
of the TS&W/Claymore Long Short Fund. He has also served as
a portfolio manager and vice-president at Janus Capital, and as
analyst/portfolio manager for Marsico Capital Management,
focusing on technology and energy stocks. Before working in the
mutual fund industry, Mr. Moore was a vice-president with
Exeter Drilling Company and also co-founded and was President of
Caza Drilling Company. Mr. Moore received a B.S. in
Industrial Management from Purdue University.
Gerald A. Tywoniuk
was elected as a member of the
board of directors of our general partner in May 2011.
Mr. Tywoniuk also serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee
of our general partner. With respect to the Audit Committee, he
also qualifies as an audit committee financial
expert. Mr. Tywoniuk has nearly 30 years of
management, finance and accounting experience and has held
various positions in public energy master limited partnerships.
Mr. Tywoniuk serves as a director of the general partner of
Oxford Resource
144
Partners, LP. Mr. Tywoniuk has served as interim Senior
Vice President, Finance of CIBER, Inc., a global information
technology services company, since May 2010. Prior to CIBER, he
held various management and finance roles, including acting
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of Pacific
Energy Resources Ltd. from 2008 to 2010, was Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Pacific Energy
Partners, LP., where he assisted with the integration of the
company after it was acquired by Plains All American Pipeline,
L.P., from 2002 to 2006 and was Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of the
general partner of MarkWest Energy Partners, L.P. and MarkWest
Hydrocarbon, Inc. from 1997 to 2002. Mr. Tywoniuk received
a B.Comm from the University of Alberta and is a Canadian
chartered accountant.
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Our general partner, under the direction of its board of
directors, or the Board, is responsible for managing our
operations and employs all of the employees that operate our
business. The compensation payable to the officers of our
general partner is paid by our general partner and such payments
are reimbursed by us on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis. See The Partnership Agreement
Reimbursement of Expenses.
The following is a discussion of the compensation policies and
decisions of the Compensation Committee of the Board, with
respect to the following individuals, who are executive officers
of our general partner and referred to as the named
executive officers for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach, President and Chief Executive Officer;
|
|
|
|
Sandra M. Flower, Vice President of Finance;
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Connor II, Senior Vice President of Operations and
Engineering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marty W. Patterson, Senior Vice President of Commercial
Services; and
|
|
|
|
William B. Mathews, Secretary, General Counsel and Vice
President of Legal Affairs.
|
Our compensation program is designed to recruit and retain as
executive officers individuals with the highest capacity to
develop, grow and manage our business, and to align their
compensation with our short-term and long-term goals. To do
this, our compensation program for executive officers is made up
of the following main components: (i) base salary, designed
to compensate our executive officers for work performed during
the fiscal year; (ii) short-term incentive programs,
designed to reward our executive officers for our yearly
performance and for their individual performances during the
fiscal year; and (iii) equity-based awards, meant to align
our executive officers interests with our long-term
performance. Going forward, we expect that the Compensation
Committee will continue to focus on these same components,
although the Compensation Committee may consider whether changes
to the types of compensation provided may be appropriate in
order to more accurately reflect a compensation program
appropriate for a publicly-traded entity.
This section should be read together with the compensation
tables that follow, which disclose the compensation awarded to,
earned by or paid to the named executive officers with respect
to the year ended December 31, 2010.
Role
of the Board, the Compensation Committee and
Management
The Board has appointed the Compensation Committee to assist the
Board in discharging its responsibilities relating to
compensation matters, including matters relating to compensation
programs for directors and executive officers of the general
partner. The Compensation Committee has overall responsibility
for evaluating and approving our compensation plans, policies
and programs, setting the compensation and benefits of executive
officers, and granting awards under and administering our equity
compensation plans. The Compensation Committee is charged with,
among other things, establishing compensation practices and
programs that are (i) designed to attract, retain and
motivate exceptional leaders, (ii) structured to align
compensation with our overall performance and growth in
distributions to unitholders, (iii) implemented to promote
achievement of short-term and long-term business objectives
consistent with our strategic plans, and (iv) applied to
reward performance.
145
As described in further detail below under
Elements of the Compensation Programs,
the compensation programs for our executive officers consist of
base salaries, annual incentive bonuses and awards under the
American Midstream GP, LLC Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we
refer to as our LTIP, currently in the form of equity-based
phantom units, as well as other customary employment benefits
such as a 401(k) plan and health and welfare benefits. We expect
that, following the completion of this offering, total
compensation of our executive officers and the components and
allocation among components of their annual compensation will be
reviewed on at least an annual basis by the Compensation
Committee.
During 2010 and 2011, the Compensation Committee discussed
executive compensation issues at several meetings, and the
Compensation Committee expects to hold additional executive
compensation-related meetings in 2011 and in future years.
Topics discussed and to be discussed at these meetings included
and will include, among other things, (i) assessing the
performance of the Chief Executive Officer, or the CEO, and
other executive officers with respect to our results for the
prior year, (ii) reviewing and assessing the personal
performance of the executive officers for the preceding year and
(iii) determining the amount of the bonus pool to be paid
to our executive officers for a given year after taking into
account the target bonus amounts established for those executive
officers at the outset of the year. In addition, at these
meetings, and after taking into account the recommendations of
our CEO only with respect to executive officers other than our
CEO, base salary levels and target bonus amounts (representing
the bonus that may be awarded expressed as a dollar amount or as
a percentage of base salary for the year) for all of our
executive officers will be established by the Compensation
Committee. In addition, the Compensation Committee will make its
decisions with respect to any awards under the LTIP. We expect
that our CEO will provide periodic recommendations to the
Compensation Committee regarding the performance and
compensation of the other named executive officers.
Compensation
Objectives and Methodology
The principal objective of our executive compensation program is
to attract and retain individuals of demonstrated competence,
experience and leadership who share our business aspirations,
values, ethics and culture. A further objective is to provide
incentives to and reward our executive officers and other key
employees for positive contributions to our business and
operations, and to align their interests with our
unitholders interests.
In setting our compensation programs, we consider the following
objectives:
|
|
|
|
|
to create unitholder value through sustainable earnings and cash
available for distribution;
|
|
|
|
to provide a significant percentage of total compensation that
is at-risk or variable;
|
|
|
|
to encourage significant equity holdings to align the interests
of executive officers and other key employees with those of
unitholders;
|
|
|
|
to provide competitive, performance-based compensation programs
that allow us to attract and retain superior talent; and
|
|
|
|
to develop a strong linkage between business performance,
safety, environmental stewardship, cooperation and executive
compensation.
|
Taking account of the foregoing objectives, we structure total
compensation for our executives to provide a guaranteed amount
of cash compensation in the form of competitive base salaries,
while also providing a meaningful amount of annual cash
compensation that is at risk and dependent on our performance
and individual performances of the executives, in the form of
discretionary annual bonuses. We also seek to provide a portion
of total compensation in the form of equity-based awards under
our LTIP, in order to align the interests of executives and
other key employees with those of our unitholders and for
retention purposes. Historically, we have not made regular
annual grants of awards under our LTIP. To date, the only awards
under our LTIP were made in connection with our formation,
although certain of these grants were made in 2010. Going
forward, we expect that equity-based awards will be made more
regularly and that equity-based awards will become more
prominent in our annual compensation decision-making process.
146
Compensation decisions for individual executive officers are the
result of the subjective analysis of a number of factors,
including the individual executive officers experience,
skills or tenure with us and changes to the individual executive
officers position. In evaluating the contributions of
executive officers and our performance, although no
pre-determined numerical goals were established, a variety of
financial measures have been generally considered, including
non-GAAP financial measures used by management to assess our
financial performance, such as adjusted EBITDA and cash
available for distribution. For a definition of adjusted EBITDA,
please read Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and
Operating Data. For a discussion of the general concept of
cash available for distribution, please read
Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions. In addition, a variety of factors related
to the individual performance of the executive officer were
taken into consideration.
In making individual compensation decisions, the Compensation
Committee historically has not relied on pre-determined
performance goals or targets. Instead, determinations regarding
compensation have been the result of the exercise of judgment
based on all reasonably available information and, to that
extent, were discretionary. Each executive officers
current and prior compensation is considered in setting future
compensation. The amount of each executive officers
current compensation will be considered as a base against which
determinations are made as to whether increases are appropriate
to retain the executive officer in light of competition or in
order to provide continuing performance incentives. Subject to
the provisions contained in the executive officers
employment agreement, if any, the Compensation Committee has
discretion to adjust any of the components of compensation to
achieve our goal of recruiting, promoting and retaining as
executive officers, individuals with the skills necessary to
execute our business strategy and develop, grow and manage our
business.
To date, we have not reviewed executive compensation against a
specific group of comparable companies or publicly traded
partnerships. Rather, the Compensation Committee has
historically relied upon the judgment and industry experience of
its members in making decisions with respect to total
compensation and with respect to the allocation of total
compensation among our three main components of compensation.
Going forward, we expect that the Compensation Committee will
make compensation decisions taking into account trends occurring
within our industry, including from a peer group of companies,
which we expect will include the following similar publicly
traded partnerships: Boardwalk Pipeline Partners, LP, Regency
Energy Partners LP, Targa Resources Partners LP, MarkWest Energy
Partners LP, Copano Energy LLC, Crosstex Energy LP, and Atlas
Pipeline Partners LP. Additionally, we expect that the
Compensation Committee will take into account trends occurring
within a group of publicly traded energy companies with market
capitalizations in the same range as our own, including from a
peer group of companies, which we expect will include the
following similar publicly-traded energy companies: Contango
Oil & Gas Co., Goodrich Petroleum Corp., Kodiak
Oil & Gas Corp., Magnum Hunter Resources Corp., Penn
Virginia Corp., Resolute Energy Corporation, Approach Resources,
Inc., PetroQuest Energy Inc. and Rex Energy Corporation. To
date, the Compensation Committee has not retained the services
of any compensation consultants.
Elements
of the Compensation Programs
Overall, the executive officer compensation programs are
designed to be consistent with the philosophy and objectives set
forth above. The principal elements of our executive officer
compensation programs are summarized in the table below,
followed by a more detailed discussion of each compensation
element.
|
|
|
|
|
Element
|
|
Characteristics
|
|
Purpose
|
|
Base Salaries
|
|
Fixed annual cash compensation. Executive officers are eligible
for periodic increases in base salaries. Increases may be based
on performance or such other factors as the Compensation
Committee may determine.
|
|
Keep our annual compensation competitive with the defined market
for skills and experience necessary to execute our business
strategy.
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
Element
|
|
Characteristics
|
|
Purpose
|
|
Annual Incentive Bonuses
|
|
Performance-related annual cash incentives earned based on our
objectives and individual performance of the executive officers.
We expect that trends for our peer group will be taken into
account in setting future annual cash incentive awards for our
executive officers.
|
|
Align performance to our objectives that drive our business and
reward executive officers for our yearly performance and for
their individual performances during the fiscal year.
|
Equity-Based Awards
(Phantom-units
and Distribution Equivalent Rights)
|
|
Performance-related, equity-based awards granted at the
discretion of the Compensation Committee. Awards are based on
our performance and we expect that, going forward, will take
into account competitive practices at peer companies. Grants
typically consist of phantom units that vest ratably over four
years and may be settled upon vesting with either a net cash
payment or an issuance of common units, at the discretion of the
Board. Historically, the Board has issued common units upon
vesting of phantom units. Distribution Equivalent Rights, or
DERs, which have been granted in conjunction with such phantom
unit awards, entitle the grantee to receive cash distributions
on unvested LTIP awards to the same extent generally as
unitholders receive cash distributions on our common units.
|
|
Align interests of executive officers with unitholders and
motivate and reward executive officers to increase unitholder
value over the long term. Ratable vesting over a four-year
period is designed to facilitate retention of executive
officers. Issuance of common units upon vesting encourages
equity ownership in order to align interests of executive
officers with those of unitholders. DERs provide a clear,
objective link between growing distributions to unitholders and
executive compensation. (1)
|
Retirement Plan
|
|
Qualified retirement plan benefits are available for our
executive officers and all other regular full-time employees.
At our formation, we adopted and are maintaining a tax-deferred
or after-tax 401(k) plan in which all eligible employees can
elect to defer compensation for retirement up to IRS imposed
limits. The 401(k) plan permits us to make annual discretionary
matching contributions to the plan. For 2010, we matched
employee contributions to 401(k) plan accounts up to a maximum
employer contribution of 6% of the employees eligible
compensation.
|
|
Provide our executive officers and other employees with the
opportunity to save for their future retirement.
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
Health and welfare benefits (medical, dental, vision, disability
insurance and life insurance) are available for our executive
officers and all other regular full-time employees.
|
|
Provide benefits to meet the health and wellness needs of our
executive officers and other employees and their families.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
While we have made grants of DERs in the past, we expect to
modify those grants to remove, prior to the closing of this
offering, the DERs previously granted for an aggregate payment
of approximately $2.0 million, based on an assumed price of
$20.00 per common unit in this offering. In addition, we do
not expect to use grants of DERs as an element of our
compensation programs in the future.
|
Base
Salaries
Base salaries for our executive officers will be determined
annually by an assessment of our overall financial and operating
performance, each executive officers performance
evaluation and changes in executive officer responsibilities.
While many aspects of performance can be measured in financial
terms, senior management will also be evaluated in areas of
performance that are more subjective. These areas include the
148
development and execution of strategic plans, the exercise of
leadership in the development of management and other employees,
innovation and improvement in our business activities and each
executive officers involvement in industry groups and in
the communities that we serve. We seek to compensate executive
officers for their performance throughout the year with annual
base salaries that are fair and competitive within our
marketplace. We believe that executive officer base salaries
should be competitive with salaries for executive officers in
similar positions and with similar responsibilities in our
marketplace and adjusted for financial and operating performance
and each executive officers performance evaluation, length
of service with us and previous work experience. Individual
salaries have historically been established by the Compensation
Committee based on the general industry knowledge and experience
of its members, in alignment with these considerations, to
ensure the attraction, development and retention of superior
talent. Going forward, we expect that determinations will
continue to focus on the above considerations and will also take
into account relevant market data, including data from our peer
group.
We expect that base salaries will be reviewed annually to ensure
continuing consistency with market levels and our level of
financial performance during the previous year. Future
adjustments to base salaries and salary ranges will reflect
movement in the competitive market as well as individual
performance. Annual base salary adjustments, if any, for the CEO
will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Annual base
salary adjustments, if any, for the other executive officers
will be determined by the Compensation Committee, taking into
account input from the CEO.
On June 9, 2011, we entered into new employment agreements
with each of our named executive officers, which agreements will
be effective upon the completion of our initial public offering.
In connection with approving the new employment agreements, the
Compensation Committee approved base salary increases for 2011
for the named executive officers as provided in the table below.
The new employment agreements are filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Base Salary
|
|
|
|
Base Salary at the
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Completion of
|
|
Name
|
|
Beginning of 2011
|
|
|
Base Salary Increase
|
|
|
the Offering
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
$
|
140,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
175,000
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
$
|
190,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
220,000
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
220,000
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
30,000
|
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
Annual
Incentive Bonuses
As one way of accomplishing compensation objectives, executive
officers are rewarded for their contribution to our financial
and operational success through the award of discretionary
annual cash incentive bonuses. Annual cash incentive awards, if
any, for the CEO are determined by the Compensation Committee.
Annual cash incentive awards, if any, for the other executive
officers are determined by the Compensation Committee taking
into account input from the CEO.
We expect to review annual cash bonus awards for the named
executive officers annually to determine award payments for the
prior fiscal year, as well as to establish target bonus amounts
for the current fiscal year. At the beginning of each year, the
Compensation Committee meets with the CEO to discuss partnership
and individual goals for the year and what each executive is
expected to contribute in order to help the partnership achieve
those goals. However, the amounts of the annual bonuses have
been determined in the discretion of the Compensation Committee.
While target bonuses for our executive officers who have entered
into employment agreements have been initially set at dollar
amounts that are 25% to 100% of their base salaries, the
Compensation Committee has had broad discretion to retain,
reduce or increase the award amounts when making its final bonus
determinations. Target bonus amounts for 2010 for
Messrs. Bierbach, Patterson and Connor, which are specified
in their existing employment agreements, are set forth in the
table below. Please refer to Existing
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers below
for a description of these existing
149
employment agreements. Ms. Flower and Mr. Mathews did
not have specific target bonus amounts established for 2010.
Further, bonuses (similar to other elements of the compensation
provided to executive officers) historically have not been
solely based on a prescribed formula or pre-determined goals or
specified performance targets but rather have been determined on
a discretionary basis and generally have been based on a
subjective evaluation of individual, company-wide and industry
performances. Target bonus amounts for 2011 for all of the
executive officers, which are specified in their new employment
agreements, are set forth in the table below. Please refer to
New Employment Agreements with Named Executive
Officers below for a description of the new employment
agreements.
The Board and the Compensation Committee believed that this
approach to assessing performance resulted in a more
comprehensive evaluation for compensation decisions. In 2010,
the Compensation Committee recognized the following factors in
making discretionary annual bonus recommendations and
determinations:
|
|
|
|
|
a subjective performance evaluation based on company-wide
financial and individual qualitative performance, as determined
in the Compensation Committees discretion; and
|
|
|
|
the scope, level of expertise and experience required for the
executive officers position.
|
These factors were selected as the most appropriate measures
upon which to base the annual incentive cash bonus decisions
because our Compensation Committee believed that they help to
align individual compensation with performance and contribution.
With respect to its evaluation of company-wide financial
performance, although no pre-determined numerical goals are
established, the Compensation Committee generally reviewed our
results with respect to adjusted EBITDA and cash available for
distribution in making annual bonus determinations.
Following its performance assessment, and based on our financial
performance with respect to these criteria and the Compensation
Committees qualitative assessment of individual
performance, the Compensation Committee determined to award the
incentive bonus amounts set forth in the table below to our
named executive officers for performance in 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Target
|
|
|
2010 Bonus
|
|
Name
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Awarded
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
|
$ 65,000
|
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
|
$ 35,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
John J. Connor
|
|
|
$ 40,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
Bonus amounts were awarded based on our financial performance
with respect to these criteria and the Compensation
Committees qualitative assessment of individual
performance. Mr. Connor was awarded in excess of his target
bonus in recognition of exceptional performance in the areas of
control of operational costs and execution of capital projects.
Beginning in 2011, the Compensation Committee expects that it
will base annual incentive compensation award recommendations on
additional company-wide criteria as well as industry criteria,
recognizing the following factors as part of its determination
of annual incentive bonuses (without assigning any particular
weighting to any factor):
|
|
|
|
|
financial performance for the prior fiscal year, including
adjusted EBITDA and cash available for distribution;
|
|
|
|
distribution performance for the prior fiscal year compared to
the peer group;
|
|
|
|
unitholder total return for the prior fiscal year compared to
the peer group; and
|
|
|
|
competitive compensation data of executive officers in the peer
group.
|
150
These factors were selected as the most appropriate measures
upon which to base the annual cash incentive bonus decisions
going forward because the Compensation Committee believes that
they will most directly correlate to increases in long-term
value for our unitholders.
In June 2011, the Compensation Committee established the 2011
target bonus amounts for the named executive officers as
provided in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
2010 Target Bonus
|
|
|
Target Bonus Increase
|
|
|
2011 Target Bonus
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
|
$
|
210,000
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
95,000
|
|
|
$
|
130,000
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
|
$
|
90,000
|
|
|
$
|
130,000
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Equity-Based
Awards
Design.
The LTIP was adopted in 2009 in
connection with our formation. In adopting the LTIP, the Board
recognized that it needed a source of equity to attract new
members to and retain members of the management team, as well as
to provide an equity incentive to other key employees and
non-employee directors. We believe the LTIP promotes a long-term
focus on results and aligns executive and unitholder interests.
Historically, we have granted phantom units with associated DERs
to provide long-term incentives to our named executive officers.
DERs enable the recipients of phantom unit awards to receive
cash distributions on our phantom units to the same extent
generally as unitholders receive cash distributions on our
common units.
The LTIP is designed to encourage responsible and profitable
growth while taking into account non-routine factors that may be
integral to our success. Long-term incentive compensation in the
form of equity grants are used to provide incentives for
performance that leads to enhanced unitholder value, encourage
retention and closely align the executive officers
interests with unitholders interests. Equity grants
provide a vital link between the long-term results achieved for
our unitholders and the rewards provided to executive officers
and other key employees.
Phantom Units.
The only awards made
under the LTIP since its adoption have been phantom units. A
phantom unit is a notional unit granted under the LTIP that
entitles the holder to receive an amount of cash equal to the
fair market value of one common unit upon vesting of the phantom
unit, unless the Board elects to pay such vested phantom unit
with a common unit in lieu of cash. Historically, our Board has
always issued common units instead of cash. Unless an individual
award agreement provides otherwise, the LTIP provides that
unvested phantom units are forfeited at the time the holder
terminates employment or board membership, as applicable. The
terms of the award agreements of our named executive officers
provide that a termination due to death or disability results in
full acceleration of vesting. In general, phantom units awarded
under our LTIP vest as to 25% of the award on each of the first
four anniversaries of the date of grant. A grant of phantom
units may include accompanying DERs, which entitle the grantee
to receive a cash payment with respect to each phantom unit
equal to the cash distribution made by the partnership on each
common unit. Under the terms of the award agreements, the
phantom units granted to the named executive officers include
DERs that are paid to the executive within 10 business days
after the date of the associated cash distribution made by the
partnership with respect to its common units.
Equity-Based Award Policies.
Prior to
2011, equity-based awards were granted by the Compensation
Committee in connection with our formation. Going forward, we
expect that equity-based awards will be awarded by the
Compensation Committee on an annual basis as part of the ongoing
total annual compensation package for executive officers. On
March 2, 2010, Ms. Flower and Mr. Mathews
received awards of 51,579 phantom units and 25,789 phantom
units, respectively, including accompanying DERs, in connection
with our formation. No other named executive officers received
any awards under the LTIP in 2010.
151
Deferred
Compensation
Tax-qualified retirement plans are a common way that companies
assist employees in preparing for retirement. We provide our
eligible executive officers and other employees with an
opportunity to save for their retirement by participating in our
401(k) savings plan. The 401(k) plan allows executive officers
and other employees to defer compensation (up to IRS imposed
limits) for retirement and permits us to make annual
discretionary matching contributions to the plan. For 2010, we
matched employee contributions to 401(k) plan accounts up to a
maximum employer contribution of 6% of the employees
eligible compensation. Decisions regarding this element of
compensation do not impact any other element of compensation.
Other
Benefits
Each of the named executive officers is eligible to participate
in our employee benefit plans which provide for medical, dental,
vision, disability insurance and life insurance benefits, which
are provided on the same terms as available generally to all
salaried employees. In 2010, no perquisites were provided to the
named executive officers.
Recoupment
Policy
We currently do not have a recoupment policy applicable to
annual incentive bonuses or equity awards. The Compensation
Committee expects to continue to evaluate the need to adopt such
a policy, in light of current legislative policies as well as
economic and market conditions.
Employment
and Severance Arrangements
The Board and the Compensation Committee consider the
maintenance of a sound management team to be essential to
protecting and enhancing our best interests. To that end, we
recognize that the uncertainty that may exist among management
with respect to their at-will employment with our
general partner may result in the departure or distraction of
management personnel to our detriment. Accordingly, our general
partner previously entered into employment agreements with each
of Messrs. Bierbach, Patterson and Connor, which existing
employment agreements contain severance arrangements that we
believed were appropriate to encourage the continued attention
and dedication of members of our management. These employment
agreements are described more fully below under
Existing Employment Agreements with Named
Executive Officers. In connection with the initial public
offering, on June 9, 2011, our general partner entered into
new employment agreements with each of our named executive
officers to be effective upon the closing of the offering. These
new employment agreements are described more fully under
New Employment Agreements with Named Executive
Officers below.
Summary
Compensation Table for 2010
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the compensation paid to the named executive officers for the
year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Unit Awards(1)
|
|
Compensation(2)
|
|
Total
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
183,016
|
|
|
$
|
483,016
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
$
|
140,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
643,691
|
|
|
$
|
7,437
|
|
|
$
|
826,128
|
|
Vice President of Finance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
$
|
190,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,733
|
|
|
$
|
316,733
|
|
Senior Vice President of Commercial Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
91,717
|
|
|
$
|
326,717
|
|
Senior Vice President of Operations and Engineering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
|
$
|
321,839
|
|
|
$
|
9,872
|
|
|
$
|
581,711
|
|
Vice President Legal Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts shown in this column do not reflect dollar amounts
actually received by our named executive officers. Instead,
these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of
each phantom unit award granted in the year ended
December 31, 2010 computed in accordance with the
provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting
Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation Stock
Compensation (FASB ASC Topic 718). Assumptions used
in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 14
to our audited consolidated financial statements included in
this prospectus.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Amounts shown in this column include employer contributions to
the named executive officers 401(k) plan accounts and life
insurance premiums paid by the employer. In addition, the
amounts shown for Messrs. Bierbach, Patterson and Connor
include the dollar value of any distributions paid on their
phantom unit awards pursuant to the DERs in 2010 in the amounts
of $182,283, $91,140 and $91,140, respectively. The amounts of
such distributions pursuant to DERs are not included in the
amounts shown for Ms. Flower and Mr. Mathews because
the grant date fair value of their awards reported in the
Unit Awards column factors in the value of such
distributions pursuant to the DERs.
|
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards for 2010
The following table provides information regarding grants of
plan-based awards received by Sandra Flower and William Mathews
in 2010. Such awards consisted of phantom units and accompanying
DERs granted under the LTIP. No other named executive officers
received grants of plan-based awards during the year ended
December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other Unit
|
|
Grant Date Fair
|
|
|
|
|
Awards: Number of
|
|
Value of Phantom
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Phantom Units(1)
|
|
Unit Awards(2)
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
March 2, 2010
|
|
|
51,579
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
643,691
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
March 2, 2010
|
|
|
25,789
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
321,839
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Each phantom unit award was accompanied by a DER.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The grant date fair value of each phantom unit award is computed
in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, and factors in the value
of the DERs accompanying such awards. Assumptions used in the
calculation of these amounts are included in Note 14 to our
audited consolidated financial statements included in this
prospectus.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Vests as to 25% of the award on each of first four anniversaries
of the date of grant.
|
Existing
Employment Agreements with Named Executive
Officers
Our general partner has entered into employment agreements dated
November 2, 2009 and effective as of November 4, 2009,
with each of Brian F. Bierbach, Marty W. Patterson and John J.
Connor. In addition, our general partner has entered into new
employment agreements to be effective upon the closing of this
initial public offering, with each of the named executive
officers, which will replace the existing agreements. Please
refer to New Employment Agreements with Named
Executive Officers below for a description of the new
employment agreements. Each of the existing employment
agreements has an initial term of two years. These employment
agreements are each automatically extended for successive
one-year periods unless and until either party elects to
terminate the agreement by giving at least 90 days written
notice prior to the commencement of the next succeeding one-year
period. These employment agreements will terminate if either
party gives such required notice, in which case employment may
continue on an at-will basis, but the non-compete,
non-solicitation and certain other provisions of the agreements
would terminate. The base salary and target bonus amounts set
forth in such employment agreements are shown in the table
below. The employment agreements provide that the base salary
may be increased but not decreased (except for a decrease that
is consistent with reductions taken generally by other
executives of the general partner) and that the executive is
eligible to receive an annual cash bonus as approved from time
to time by the Compensation Committee based on criteria
established by the Compensation Committee. The employment
agreements also provide that the executive is eligible to
receive awards under the LTIP as determined by the Compensation
Committee.
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Base
|
|
|
2010 Target
|
|
Name
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
65,000
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
$
|
190,000
|
|
|
$
|
35,000
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
40,000
|
|
Each employment agreement also contains certain confidentiality
covenants prohibiting each executive officer from, among other
things, disclosing confidential information relating to our
general partner or any of its affiliates including us. The
employment agreements also contain non-competition and
non-solicitation restrictions, which apply during the term of
the executives employment with our general partner and
continue for a period of 12 months following termination of
employment for any reason if such termination occurs during the
term of the employment agreement and not in connection with the
expiration of the employment agreement.
These employment agreements also provide for, among other
things, the payment of severance benefits under certain
circumstances. Please refer to Potential
Payment Upon Termination or Change in Control
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers below
for a description of these benefits under the employment
agreements.
New
Employment Agreements with Named Executive
Officers
In June 2011, our general partner entered into new employment
agreements with each of our named executive officers, which will
be effective as of the closing of this offering. Each of the new
employment agreements has an initial term of two years, which
will be automatically extended for successive one year terms
until either party elects to terminate the agreement by giving
written notice at least 90 days prior to the end of the
expiration of the initial or extended term, as applicable. The
base salary and target bonus amounts set forth in such
employment agreements are shown in the table below. The
employment agreements provide that the base salary may be
increased but not decreased (except for a decrease that is
consistent with reductions taken generally by other executives
of the general partner). The agreements provide that the
executive will be provided with the opportunity to earn an
annual cash bonus, 20 percent of which will be conditioned
and determined on the attainment of personal performance goals
and 80 percent of which will be conditioned and determined
on the attainment of organizational performance goals, in each
case as set by, and based on performance criteria established
by, the Compensation Committee. The employment agreements also
provide that the executive is eligible to receive awards under
the LTIP as determined by the Compensation Committee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
Name
|
|
following completion of the offering
|
|
2011 Target Bonus
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
$
|
175,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
$
|
220,000
|
|
|
$
|
130,000
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
$
|
220,000
|
|
|
$
|
130,000
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
$
|
215,000
|
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
Each employment agreement also contains certain confidentiality
covenants prohibiting each executive officer from, among other
things, disclosing confidential information relating to our
general partner or any of its affiliates, including us. The
employment agreements also contain non-competition and
non-solicitation restrictions, which apply during the term of
the executives employment with our general partner and,
with certain exceptions, continue for a period of 12 months
following termination for any reason.
The new employment agreements also provide for, among other
things, the payment of severance benefits under certain
circumstances. Please refer to Potential
Payment Upon Termination or Change in Control New
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers below
for a description of these benefits under the new employment
agreements.
154
Outstanding
Equity-Based Awards at December 31, 2010
The following table provides information regarding outstanding
equity-based awards held by the named executive officers as of
December 31, 2010. All such equity-based awards consist of
phantom units and accompanying DERs granted under the LTIP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units Awards
|
|
|
Number of Phantom
|
|
Market Value of
|
|
|
Units That Have Not
|
|
Phantom Units That
|
Name
|
|
Vested(1)
|
|
Have Not Vested(2)
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
|
116,053
|
|
|
$
|
1,586,441
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
|
51,579
|
|
|
$
|
705,085
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
|
58,026
|
|
|
$
|
793,215
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
|
58,026
|
|
|
$
|
793,215
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
|
25,789
|
|
|
$
|
352,536
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The awards to Messrs. Bierbach, Patterson and Connor were
granted on November 2, 2009. The awards to Ms. Flower
and Mr. Mathews were awarded on March 2, 2010. Each of
the awards vests as to 25% of the award on each of the first
four anniversaries of the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The market value of phantom units that had not vested as of
December 31, 2010 is calculated based on the fair market
value of our common units as of December 31, 2010, which
was $13.67 multiplied by the number of unvested phantom units.
Please see Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Equity-Based Awards.
|
Units
Vested in 2010
The following table shows the phantom unit awards that vested
during 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Units
|
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
Name
|
|
Acquired on Vesting
|
|
|
Vesting(1)
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
|
38,684
|
|
|
$
|
386,840
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
|
19,342
|
|
|
$
|
193,420
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
|
19,342
|
|
|
$
|
193,420
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The value realized upon vesting of phantom units is calculated
based on the fair market value of our common units as of the
applicable vesting date, which was $10.00, multiplied by the
number of phantom units that vested.
|
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
The Board has adopted our LTIP for employees, consultants and
directors of our general partner and affiliates who perform
services for us. The plan provides for the issuance of options,
unit appreciation rights, restricted units, phantom units, other
unit-based awards, unit awards or replacement awards, as well as
tandem DERs granted with respect to an award. To date, only
phantom units and related DERs have been issued under the LTIP.
As of June 9, 2011, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the recapitalization transactions, 209,824 unvested
phantom units are outstanding under our LTIP. A phantom unit is
a notional unit granted under the LTIP that entitles the holder
to receive an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of
one common unit upon vesting of the phantom unit, unless the
Board elects to pay such vested phantom unit with a common unit
in lieu of cash. Historically, our Board has always issued
common units in lieu of cash upon vesting of a phantom unit.
DERs may be granted in tandem with phantom units. Except as
otherwise provided in an award agreement, DERs that are not
subject to a restricted period are currently paid to the
participant at the time a distribution is made to the
unitholders, and DERs that are subject to a restricted period
are paid to the
155
participant in a single lump sum no later than the 15th day
of the third calendar month following the date on which the
restricted period ends.
The number of units that may be delivered with respect to awards
under the LTIP may not exceed 625,532 units, subject to
specified anti-dilution adjustments. However, if any award is
terminated, cancelled, forfeited or expires for any reason
without the actual delivery of units covered by such award or
units are withheld from an award to satisfy the exercise price
or the employers tax withholding obligation with respect
to such award, such units will again be available for issuance
pursuant to other awards granted under the LTIP. In addition,
any units allocated to an award will, to the extent such award
is paid in cash, be again available for delivery under the LTIP
with respect to other awards. There is no limitation on the
number of awards that may be granted under the LTIP and paid in
cash. The LTIP provides that it is to be administered by the
Board, provided that the Board may delegate authority to
administer the LTIP to a committee of non-employee directors.
The LTIP may be terminated or amended at any time, including
increasing the number of units that may be granted, subject to
unitholder approval as required by the securities exchange on
which the common units are listed at that time. However, no
change in any outstanding grant may be made that would
materially reduce the benefits of the participant without the
consent of the participant. The plan will terminate on the
earliest of (i) its termination by the Board or the
Compensation Committee, (ii) the tenth anniversary of the
date the LTIP was adopted or (iii) when units are no longer
available for delivery pursuant to awards under the LTIP. Unless
expressly provided for in the plan or an applicable award
agreement, any award granted prior to the termination of the
plan, and the authority of the Board or the Compensation
Committee to amend, adjust or terminate such award or to waive
any conditions or rights under such award, will extend beyond
the termination date.
Potential
Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Employment
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
The employment agreements with Messrs. Bierbach, Patterson
and Connor provide for, among other things, the payment of
severance benefits following certain terminations of employment
by our general partner or the termination of employment for
Good Reason (as defined in each of the employment
agreements) by the executive officer. Under these agreements, if
the executives employment is terminated by the general
partner other than for Cause (as defined in the
employment agreements) or other than upon the executives
death or disability, or if the executive resigns for Good
Reason, in each case, during the term of the agreement, the
executive will have the right to a lump sum cash payment by our
general partner equal to the executives annual base salary
at the rate in effect on the date of such termination, which
will be subject to reimbursement by us to our general partner.
The foregoing severance benefit is conditioned on the executive
executing a release of claims in favor of our general partner
and its affiliates, including us.
Cause is defined in each employment agreement as the
executive having (i) engaged in gross negligence, gross
incompetence or willful misconduct in the performance of the
duties required of him under the employment agreement,
(ii) refused without proper reason to perform the duties
and responsibilities required of him under the employment
agreement, (iii) willfully engaged in conduct that is
materially injurious to our general partner or its affiliates
including us (monetarily or otherwise), (iv) committed an
act of fraud, embezzlement or willful breach of fiduciary duty
to our general partner or an affiliate including us (including
the unauthorized disclosure of confidential or proprietary
material information of our general partner or an affiliate
including us) or (v) been convicted of (or pleaded no
contest to) a crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral
turpitude or any felony. Good Reason is defined in
each employment agreement as a termination by the executive in
connection with or based upon (i) a material diminution in
the executives responsibilities, duties or authority,
(ii) a material diminution in the executives base
compensation, (iii) assignment of the executive to a
principal office located beyond a
50-mile
radius of the executives then current work place, or
(iv) a material breach by us of any material provision of
the employment agreement.
Each employment agreement also contains certain confidentiality
covenants prohibiting each executive officer from, among other
things, disclosing confidential information relating to our
general partner or any of
156
its affiliates including us. The employment agreements also
contain non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions, which
apply during the term of the executives employment with
our general partner and continue for a period of 12 months
following termination of employment for any reason if such
termination occurs during the term of the employment agreement
and not in connection with the expiration of the employment
agreement.
Phantom
Unit Award Agreements
Each of our named executive officers has received an award of
phantom units under the LTIP. The terms of the phantom unit
award agreements of our named executive officers provide that a
termination due to death or disability results in full
acceleration of vesting of any outstanding phantom units.
The following table shows the value of the severance benefits
and other benefits (1) under the existing employment
agreements for the named executive officers who have existing
employment agreements and (2) under the phantom unit award
agreements, assuming in each case that such named executive
officer had terminated employment on December 31, 2010. The
named executive officers are not entitled to receive any
severance or other benefits upon a change of control under such
agreements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death or
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Resignation for
|
|
Name
|
|
Benefit Type
|
|
Disability(1)
|
|
|
Without Cause
|
|
|
Good Reason
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
Lump sum payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
|
$
|
235,000
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom units per award agreement
|
|
$
|
1,586,441
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom units per award agreement
|
|
$
|
528,814
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
Lump sum payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
190,000
|
|
|
$
|
190,000
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom units per award agreement
|
|
$
|
793,215
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
Lump sum payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
$
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom units per award agreement
|
|
$
|
793,215
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom units per award agreement
|
|
$
|
264,402
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amounts shown in this column are calculated based on the
fair market value of our common units as of December 31,
2010, which we have assumed was $13.67 multiplied by the number
of phantom units that would have vested.
|
The new employment agreements that will be effective upon the
completion of this offering also provide for, among other
things, the payment of severance benefits following certain
terminations of employment by our general partner, the
termination of employment for Good Reason (as
defined under Existing Employment Agreements
with Named Executive Officers above) by the executive
officer, or, under certain circumstances, upon expiration of the
term of the agreement. Under the new employment agreements, if
the executives employment is terminated upon expiration of
the initial or extended term of the agreement by either party
upon 90 days written notice (with certain exceptions,
as described below), if the executives employment is
terminated by the general partner other than for
Cause (as defined under Existing
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers above)
or other than upon the executives death or
157
disability, or if the executive resigns for Good Reason, the
executive will have the right to severance in an amount equal to
the sum of the executives annual base salary at the rate
in effect on the date of termination plus the amount, if any,
paid to the executive as an annual cash bonus for the calendar
year ending immediately prior to the date of such termination.
Such severance amount will be paid in installments (on regular
pay days scheduled in accordance with our regular payroll
practices) beginning on the 60th day following the
termination date and ending on the one year anniversary of the
termination date, and will be subject to reimbursement by us to
our general partner. The foregoing severance benefit is
conditioned on the executive executing a release of claims in
favor of our general partner and its affiliates, including us.
Each employment agreement also contains certain confidentiality
covenants prohibiting each executive officer from, among other
things, disclosing confidential information relating to our
general partner or any of its affiliates, including us. The
employment agreements also contain non-competition and
non-solicitation restrictions, which apply during the term of
the executives employment with our general partner and
continue for a period of 12 months following termination
for any reason. If the executives employment is terminated
upon expiration of the initial or extended term of the agreement
by either party upon 90 days written notice, the
board of directors may, in its discretion, release the executive
from being subject to the noncompetition covenant following
termination of employment; however, in that case, the executive
would not be entitled to receive any severance payment in
connection with such termination.
Amended
Phantom Unit Grant Agreements
As discussed above, we do not expect to use DERs as an element
of our compensation programs in the future and, on June 9,
2011, we amended each of outstanding phantom unit grant
agreements with our named executive officers to eliminate the
DERs previously granted with our phantom units. The form of the
amendment to the phantom unit award agreement is filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part. In addition to eliminating the DERs, the
amendments will also provide for acceleration of vesting of
phantom units in certain cases in the event of a change of
control. More specifically, all unvested phantom units held by a
named executive officer will vest:
|
|
|
|
|
on the closing date of a Change of Control transaction in which
the surviving or acquiring entity does not assume and continue
the unvested phantom units on the terms and conditions not less
favorable than those provided under the LTIP and the award
agreement immediately prior to such Change in Control;
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the closing date of a Change of Control transaction in which
the unitholders of the Partnership sell or exchange their
interests in the Partnership for consideration comprised
entirely of cash or a combination of cash and equity interests
in the surviving or acquiring entity, but only with respect to
the portion of the then-unvested phantom units equal to the
percentage of all the consideration to such unitholders
represented by cash;
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the closing date of a Change of Control transaction in which
the named executive officer is not offered or does not accept
employment with the surviving or acquiring entity; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the date of the named executive officers termination of
employment other than for Cause within one year after the
closing date of a Change of Control transaction.
|
If the named executive officers terminate employment following
the closing of the offering, their terminations would be subject
to the terms of their new employment agreements and the amended
phantom unit award agreements. The following table shows the
value of the severance benefits and other benefits for the named
executive officers under the new employment agreements and
amended phantom unit grant
158
agreements, assuming the named executive officer terminates
employment immediately following the closing of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cause or
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
Certain
|
|
|
|
|
|
Death or
|
|
|
Upon
|
|
|
For Good
|
|
|
Changes of
|
|
Name
|
|
Benefit Type
|
|
Disability(1)
|
|
|
Expiration(2)
|
|
|
Reason
|
|
|
Control(1)(3)
|
|
|
Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
Severance payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
340,000
|
|
|
$
|
340,000
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom unit awards per award agreement
|
|
$
|
1,126,525
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
1,126,525
|
|
Sandra M. Flower
|
|
Severance payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
210,000
|
|
|
$
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom unit awards per award agreement
|
|
$
|
375,508
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
375,508
|
|
Marty W. Patterson
|
|
Severance payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
255,000
|
|
|
$
|
255,000
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom unit awards per award agreement
|
|
$
|
563,259
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
563,259
|
|
John J. Connor II
|
|
Severance payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
270,000
|
|
|
$
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom unit awards per award agreement
|
|
$
|
563,259
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
563,259
|
|
William B. Mathews
|
|
Severance payment per employment agreement
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
270,000
|
|
|
$
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Accelerated vesting of phantom unit awards per award agreement
|
|
$
|
187,750
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
$
|
187,750
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amounts shown in this column are calculated based on the
fair market value of our common units immediately following the
completion of our offering, which we have assumed for this
purpose will be $20.00, multiplied by the number of
split-adjusted phantom units that would vest.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
In connection with a termination of the executives
employment upon expiration of the initial or extended term of
the agreement by either party pursuant to the terms of the
employment agreement, the board of directors may, in its
discretion, release the executive from being subject to the
noncompetition covenant following termination of employment;
however, in such case, the executive would not be entitled to
receive the severance payment.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Pursuant to the amended phantom unit award agreements,
accelerated vesting of phantom units would only occur under
certain types of change of control transactions, as described
under Amended Phantom Unit Grant
Agreements above.
|
Compensation
of Directors
In 2010, one of our directors, Kent Moore, received a retainer
paid quarterly in cash for his service on the Board. None of our
other directors received any fees paid in cash for service on
the Board. Following the closing of our initial public offering,
we anticipate that each director who is not an officer or
employee of our general partner will receive compensation for
attending meetings of the Board, as well as committee meetings,
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
a $50,000 cash retainer;
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
a $50,000 annual phantom unit grant; and
|
|
|
|
where applicable, a committee chair retainer of $10,000 for each
committee chaired.
|
In addition, each non-employee director will receive per meeting
fees of:
|
|
|
|
|
$1,000 for Board meetings attended in person;
|
|
|
|
where applicable, $500 for Board committee meetings attended in
person; and
|
|
|
|
$500 for telephonic Board meetings and committee meetings
greater than one hour in length.
|
We do not anticipate that Messrs. Moore or Page will
participate in the annual phantom unit grant for the foreseeable
future because each received a substantial phantom unit grant
prior to our initial public offering. We expect
Messrs. Moore and Page to receive the other elements of
compensation outlined above.
Each non-employee director listed in the table below has
received grants of phantom units and accompanying DERs under our
LTIP. Each non-employee director is also reimbursed for
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attending meetings of the Board or
its committees. Each director will be fully indemnified by us
for actions associated with being a director of our general
partner to the extent permitted under Delaware law.
In connection with eliminating the use of DERs as an element of
our compensation programs in the future, we will amend the
outstanding phantom unit award agreements with
Messrs. Moore and Page prior to the completion of the
offering to eliminate the DERs previously granted with the
phantom units. The form of the amendment to the phantom unit
award agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition to
eliminating the DERs, the amendments will also provide for
acceleration of vesting of phantom units in certain cases in the
event of a change of control. More specifically, all unvested
phantom units held by such directors will vest:
|
|
|
|
|
on the closing date of a Change of Control transaction in which
the surviving or acquiring entity does not assume and continue
the unvested phantom units on the terms and conditions not less
favorable than those provided under the LTIP and the award
agreement immediately prior to such Change in Control;
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the closing date of a Change of Control transaction in which
the unitholders of the Partnership sell or exchange their
interests in the Partnership for consideration comprised
entirely of cash or a combination of cash and equity interests
in the surviving or acquiring entity, but only with respect to
the portion of the then-unvested phantom units equal to the
percentage of all the consideration to such unitholders
represented by cash; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
on the date of the directors termination of employment, if
any, other than for Cause within one year after the closing date
of a Change of Control transaction.
|
Director
Compensation Table for 2010
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our
non-employee directors for the year ended December 31,
2010, as described above. The compensation paid in 2010 to
Mr. Bierbach as an executive officer is set forth in the
Summary Compensation Table above. Mr. Bierbach did not
receive any additional compensation related to his service as a
director.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Paid in Cash
|
|
Unit Awards(1)
|
|
Compensation(2)
|
|
Total
|
|
L. Kent Moore
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
60,760
|
|
|
$
|
85,760
|
|
David L. Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
623,991
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
623,991
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The amount reported in this column represents the aggregate
grant date fair value of the phantom unit award granted to
Mr. Page as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718,
which factors in the value of the accompanying DERs. Assumptions
used in the calculation of these amounts are included in
Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements
included in this prospectus.
|
160
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The amount reported in this column represents the dollar value
of distributions paid in 2010 pursuant to DERs granted in
connection with outstanding phantom unit awards held by
Mr. Moore. No such amounts are reported with respect to
Mr. Page due to the fact that the aggregate grant date fair
value of his unit award reported in the above table factors in
the value of the accompanying DERs.
|
|
(3)
|
|
On March 2, 2010, Mr. Page received a grant of 50,000
phantom units, with 25% of such units vesting on each of the
first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date. As of
December 31, 2010, Mr. Page held an aggregate of
50,000 unvested phantom units.
|
On November 2, 2009, Mr. Moore received a grant of
51,579 phantom units, with 25% of such units vesting on each of
the first through fourth anniversaries of the grant date. As of
December 31, 2010, Mr. Moore held an aggregate of
38,684 unvested phantom units. Such phantom units will vest in
full upon a change of control.
Compensation
Practices as They Relate to Risk Management
We do not believe that our compensation policies and practices
create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the partnership. We believe our compensation
programs do not encourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking
by executive officers (or other employees). Short-term annual
incentives are generally paid pursuant to discretionary bonuses
enabling the Compensation Committee to assess the actual
behavior of our employees as it relates to risk taking in
awarding a bonus. Our use of equity based long-term compensation
serves our compensation programs goal of aligning the
interests of executives and unitholders, thereby reducing the
incentives to unnecessary risk taking.
161
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of units following the closing of this
offering and the related transactions by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person who is known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of
such units to be outstanding;
|
|
|
|
our general partner;
|
|
|
|
each of the directors and named executive officers of our
general partner; and
|
|
|
|
all of the directors and executive officers of our general
partner as a group.
|
All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been
furnished by the respective directors, officers or 5% or more
unitholders as the case may be.
Our general partner is owned 100.0% by AIM Midstream Holdings.
AIM holds an aggregate 84.4% indirect interest in AIM Midstream
Holdings. Robert B. Hellman, Jr., Matthew P. Carbone and Edward
O. Diffendal serve on the board of directors of our general
partner and are principals of and have ownership interests in
AIM. In addition, Brian F. Bierbach, the President and Chief
Executive Officer of our general partner and a member of the
board of directors of our general partner, Marty W. Patterson,
the Vice President of Commercial Affairs of our general partner,
John J. Connor II, the Vice President of Operations of our
general partner, Sandra M. Flower, the Vice President of Finance
of our general partner, and William B. Mathews, the Secretary,
General Counsel and Vice President of Legal Affairs of our
general partner, have an aggregate 1.1% interest in AIM
Midstream Holdings.
The amounts and percentage of units beneficially owned are
reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the
determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the
rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a beneficial
owner of a security if that person has or shares
voting power, which includes the power to vote or to
direct the voting of such security, or investment
power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct
the disposition of such security. In computing the number of
common units beneficially owned by a person and the percentage
ownership of that person, common units subject to options or
warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or
exercisable within 60 days of June 9, 2011, if any,
are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for
computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except
as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table below
have sole voting and investment power with respect to all units
shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community
property laws where applicable.
162
The percentage of units beneficially owned is based on a total
of 9,052,132 common units and subordinated units outstanding
immediately following this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Common and
|
|
|
Common Units
|
|
Common Units
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
Subordinated Units
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
to be
|
|
to be
|
|
Units to be
|
|
to be
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
AIM Universal Holdings, LLC(1)(2)
|
|
|
725,120
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
4,526,066
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
58.0
|
%
|
AIM Midstream Holdings, LLC(2)
|
|
|
725,120
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
4,526,066
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
58.0
|
%
|
Robert B. Hellman, Jr.(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Brian F. Bierbach(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Matthew P. Carbone(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Edward O. Diffendal(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
David L. Page(2)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
L. Kent Moore(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Gerald A. Tywoniuk(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Sandra M. Flower(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
John J. Connor II(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
Marty W. Patterson(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
William B. Mathews(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
%
|
All directors and executive officers as a group (consisting of
10 persons)
|
|
|
59,264
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
An asterisk indicates that the person or entity owns less than
one percent.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
AIM Universal Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, is the sole manager of AIM Midstream Holdings and may
therefore be deemed to beneficially own the 725,120 common units
and 4,526,066 subordinated units held by AIM Midstream Holdings.
AIM Universal Holdings, LLCs members consist of Robert B.
Hellman, Jr. and Matthew P. Carbone, both directors of our
general partner, and George E. McCown.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The address for this person or entity is 950 Tower Lane,
Suite 800, Foster City, California 94404.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The address for this person or entity is 1614 15th Street,
Suite 300, Denver, Colorado 80202.
|
163
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Immediately following the closing of this offering, AIM
Midstream Holdings will own 725,120 common units and 4,526,066
subordinated units, representing a combined 56.9% limited
partner interest in us (or 162,620 common units and 4,526,066
subordinated units, representing a combined 50.8% limited
partner interest in us, if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional common units in full). In
addition, AIM Midstream Holdings will own and control our
general partner, which will own a 2.0% general partner interest
in us and all of our incentive distribution rights.
Distributions
and Payments to our General Partner and its Affiliates
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to
be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in
connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any
liquidation of American Midstream Partners, LP. These
distributions and payments were determined by and among
affiliated entities and, consequently, are not the result of
arms-length negotiations.
Pre-IPO
Stage
|
|
|
The consideration received by our general partner and its
affiliates prior to or in connection with this offering
|
|
common units;
subordinated units;
all of our incentive distribution rights; and
2.0% general partner interest.
|
Post-IPO
Stage
|
|
|
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its
affiliates
|
|
We will initially make cash distributions 98.0% to our
unitholders pro rata, including AIM Midstream Holdings, as the
holder of an aggregate of 725,120 common units and 4,526,066
subordinated units, and 2.0% to our general partner, assuming it
makes any capital contributions necessary to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest in us. In addition, if distributions
exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and target
distribution levels, the incentive distribution rights held by
our general partner will entitle our general partner to
increasing percentages of the distributions, up to 48.0% of the
distributions above the highest target distribution level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units
for four quarters, our general partner and its affiliates would
receive an annual distribution of approximately
$0.3 million on its 2.0% general partner interest and AIM
Midstream Holdings would receive an annual distribution of
approximately $8.7 million on its common units and
subordinated units.
|
|
|
|
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates
|
|
Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other
compensation for its management of us. However, we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all
expenses incurred on our behalf. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine the amount of
these reimbursed expenses.
|
|
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner
|
|
If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will
either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted
into common units,
|
164
|
|
|
|
|
in each case for an amount equal to the fair market value of
those interests. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner.
|
Liquidation
Stage
|
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
Upon our liquidation, our partners, including our general
partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions
according to their particular capital account balances.
|
Ownership
Interests of Certain Executive Officers and Directors of Our
General Partner
Upon the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will
continue to own 100.0% of our general partner. AIM, Eagle River
Ventures, LLC, Stockwell Fund II, L.P. and certain of our
executive officers own all of the equity interests in AIM
Midstream Holdings. In addition, Robert B. Hellman, Jr., Matthew
P. Carbone and Edward O. Diffendal serve on the board of
directors of our general partner and are principals of AIM.
In addition to the 2.0% general partner interest in us, our
general partner owns the incentive distribution rights, which
entitle the holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of
48.0%, of the cash we distribute in excess of $0.47438 per unit
per quarter, after the closing of our initial public offering.
Upon the closing of this offering, AIM Midstream Holdings will
own 725,120 common units and 4,526,066 subordinated units.
Agreements
with Affiliates
We and other parties have or will enter into the various
documents and agreements with certain of our affiliates, as
described in more detail below. These agreements will affect the
offering transactions, including the vesting of assets in, and
the assumptions of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries, and
the application of the proceeds of this offering. These
agreements have been negotiated among affiliated parties and,
consequently, are not the result of arms-length
negotiations.
Advisory
Services Agreement
In October 2009, our subsidiary, American Midstream, LLC entered
into an advisory services agreement with American Infrastructure
MLP Management, L.L.C., American Infrastructure MLP PE
Management, L.L.C., and American Infrastructure MLP Associates
Management, L.L.C., as the advisors. Under this agreement, the
advisors perform certain financial and advisory services for
American Midstream, LLC. No fees or reimbursements were paid to
the advisors during 2009 in respect of this agreement. During
2010, American Midstream, LLC paid the advisors $250,000 for
such services and reimbursed the advisors $77,606 for the
advisors actual and direct
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in the performance of their services. For the
calendar year 2011 and each calendar year thereafter, the
advisors are entitled to annual compensation in the amount of
$250,000, plus a fee determined by a formula that takes into
account the increase in gross revenue of American Midstream, LLC
over the prior year. American Midstream, LLC is also obligated
to reimburse the advisors for their actual and direct
out-of-pocket
expenses. In connection with the closing of this offering, the
advisory services agreement will be terminated in exchange for
an aggregate payment of $2.5 million from us to the
advisors.
Contribution
Agreements
In October 2009, a contribution and sale agreement was entered
into by AIM Midstream Holdings and AIM Midstream, LLC, American
Infrastructure MLP Fund, L.P., American Infrastructure MLP
Private Equity Fund, L.P., American Infrastructure MLP
Associates Fund, L.P., Brian F. Bierbach, Marty W. Patterson,
John J. Connor II, Eagle River Ventures, LLC, and Stockwell
Fund II, L.P., as investors, and AIM Universal Holdings,
LLC. Pursuant to this agreement, the investors contributed an
aggregate of $100 million to AIM Midstream Holdings in
exchange for membership interests in AIM Midstream Holdings.
165
In November 2009, we entered into a contribution, conveyance and
assumption agreement with AIM Midstream Holdings, American
Midstream GP, American Midstream, LLC, and American Midstream
Marketing, LLC. Pursuant to this Agreement, AIM Midstream
Holdings contributed $2 million to American Midstream GP in
exchange for all of the outstanding membership interests in
American Midstream GP. American Midstream GP, in turn,
contributed such $2 million to us in exchange for 200,000
general partner units representing a 2% general partner interest
in us, and all of our incentive distribution rights. AIM
Midstream Holdings also contributed $98 million to us in
exchange for 9,800,000 common units representing a 98% limited
partner interest in us. We then contributed the
$100 million that we received from American Midstream GP
and AIM Midstream Holdings to American Midstream, LLC in
exchange for the continuation of our 100% member interest in
American Midstream, LLC.
In September 2010, a contribution and sale agreement was entered
into by AIM Midstream Holdings and AIM Midstream, LLC, American
Infrastructure MLP Fund, L.P., American Midstream MLP Associates
Fund, L.P., American Infrastructure MLP Private Equity Fund,
L.P., Eagle River Ventures, LLC, Stockwell Fund II, L.P.,
John J. Connor II, William B. Mathews, and Sandra M. Flower, as
investors. Pursuant to this agreement, the investors contributed
an aggregate of $12 million to AIM Midstream Holdings in
exchange for membership interests in AIM Midstream Holdings.
In September 2010, we entered into a contribution agreement with
AIM Midstream Holdings, our general partner, and American
Midstream, LLC. Pursuant to this Agreement, AIM Midstream
Holdings contributed $240,000, or 2% of the $12 million
contributed by the investors to AIM Midstream Holdings pursuant
to the contribution and sale agreement described in the
preceding paragraph, to our general partner. Our general
partner, in turn, contributed such $240,000 to us in exchange
for 24,000 general partner units. AIM Midstream Holdings also
contributed $11,760,000, or 98% of the $12 million
contributed by the investors to AIM Midstream Holdings pursuant
to the contribution and sale agreement described in the
preceding paragraph, to us in exchange for 1,176,000 common
units. We then contributed the $12 million that we received
from American Midstream GP and AIM Midstream Holdings to
American Midstream, LLC in furtherance of our existing limited
liability company interest American Midstream, LLC.
Procedures
for Review, Approval and Ratification of Related-Person
Transactions
The board of directors of our general partner will adopt a code
of business conduct and ethics in connection with the closing of
this offering that will provide that the board of directors of
our general partner or its authorized committee will
periodically review all related-person transactions that are
required to be disclosed under SEC rules and, when appropriate,
initially authorize or ratify all such transactions. In the
event that the board of directors of our general partner or its
authorized committee considers ratification of a related-person
transaction and determines not to so ratify, the code of
business conduct and ethics will provide that our management
will make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul the
transaction.
The code of business conduct and ethics will provide that, in
determining whether to recommend the initial approval or
ratification of a related-person transaction, the board of
directors of our general partner or its authorized committee
should consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances
available, including (if applicable) but not limited to:
(i) whether there is an appropriate business justification
for the transaction; (ii) the benefits that accrue to us as
a result of the transaction; (iii) the terms available to
unrelated third parties entering into similar transactions;
(iv) the impact of the transaction on director independence
(in the event the related person is a director, an immediate
family member of a director or an entity in which a director or
an immediately family member of a director is a partner,
shareholder, member or executive officer); (v) the
availability of other sources for comparable products or
services; (vi) whether it is a single transaction or a
series of ongoing, related transactions; and (vii) whether
entering into the transaction would be consistent with the code
of business conduct and ethics.
The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be
adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as
a result the transactions described above were not reviewed
under such policy.
166
CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
Conflicts
of Interest
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a
result of the relationships between our general partner and its
affiliates (including AIM Midstream Holdings), on the one hand,
and us and our unaffiliated limited partners, on the other hand.
The directors and executive officers of our general partner have
fiduciary duties to manage our general partner in a manner
beneficial to its owners. At the same time, our general partner
has a fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner beneficial to us
and our unitholders.
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its
affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on
the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
limit our general partners fiduciary duties to our
unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the
remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that, without those limitations, might
constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
|
|
|
|
|
approved by the Conflicts Committee, although our general
partner is not obligated to seek such approval;
|
|
|
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
or any of its affiliates;
|
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships between the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to us.
|
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the
approval of such resolution from the Conflicts Committee. In
connection with a situation involving a conflict of interest,
any determination by our general partner involving the
resolution of the conflict of interest must be made in good
faith,
provided
that, if our general partner does not
seek approval from the Conflicts Committee and its board of
directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either
of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points
above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision,
the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
Partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the
resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our
partnership agreement, our general partner or the Conflicts
Committee may consider any factors it determines in good faith
to consider when resolving a conflict. When our partnership
agreement requires someone to act in good faith, it requires
that person to have an honest belief that he is acting in, or
not opposed to, the best interests of the partnership.
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described
below, among others.
AIM
Midstream Holdings and other affiliates of our general partner
may compete with us.
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
be restricted from engaging in any business activities other
than acting as our general partner (or as general partner of
another company of which we are a partner or member) or those
activities incidental to its ownership of interests in us.
However, certain affiliates of our general partner, including
AIM Midstream Holdings, are not prohibited from engaging in
other businesses or activities, including those that might be in
direct competition with us. Additionally, AIM, through its
investment funds and managed accounts, makes investments and
purchases entities in various areas of the energy sector,
including the midstream natural gas industry. These investments
and acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would
have been interested in acquiring.
167
Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine
of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, will not
apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including
its executive officers, directors and AIM Midstream Holdings.
Any such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential
transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be
an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or
offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not
be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any
fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such
person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for
itself, directs such opportunity to another person or entity or
does not communicate such opportunity or information to us.
Therefore, AIM Midstream Holdings may compete with us for
investment opportunities and may own an interest in entities
that compete with us.
Our
general partner is allowed to take into account the interests of
parties other than us, such as AIM Midstream Holdings, in
resolving conflicts.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the
fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise
be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a
number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in
its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general
partner to consider only the interests and factors that it
desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our
affiliates or any limited partner. Examples include the exercise
of our general partners limited call right, its voting
rights with respect to the units it owns, its registration
rights and its determination whether or not to consent to any
merger or consolidation of the partnership.
Our
partnership agreement limits the liability and reduces the
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts
the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that,
without those limitations, might constitute breaches of its
fiduciary duty.
In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership
agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies
available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise
constitute breaches of our general partners fiduciary
duty. For example, our partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner shall not have any liability
to us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, which means the honest belief that the decision is in our
best interest;
|
|
|
|
provides generally that affiliated transactions and resolutions
of conflicts of interest not approved by the Conflicts Committee
and not involving a vote of unitholders must either be
(1) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(2) fair and reasonable to us, as determined by
our general partner in good faith,
provided
that, in
determining whether a transaction or resolution is fair
and reasonable, our general partner may consider the
totality of the relationships between the parties involved,
including other transactions that may be particularly
advantageous or beneficial to us; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its executive officers and
directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our
limited partners resulting from any act or omission unless there
has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court
of competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner
or its executive officers or directors acted in bad faith or
engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a
criminal matter, acted with knowledge that their conduct was
criminal.
|
Except
in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and
authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full
power and authority to do all things, other than those items
that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our
general partner has sought
168
Conflicts Committee approval, on such terms as it determines to
be necessary or appropriate to conduct our business including,
but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for,
indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into
our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
|
|
|
|
the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our
securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights,
warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
|
|
|
|
the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of
any or all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
conveyances or other instruments;
|
|
|
|
the distribution of our cash;
|
|
|
|
the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside
attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of
our partners;
|
|
|
|
the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the
contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any
limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation,
limited liability company or other entity;
|
|
|
|
the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in
equity, otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation,
arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense, the
settlement of claims and litigation;
|
|
|
|
the indemnification of any person against liabilities and
contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
|
|
|
|
the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or the
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over our business or
assets; and
|
|
|
|
the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to
render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its
duties as our general partner.
|
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must
act in good faith when making decisions on our
behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in
order for a determination to be made in good faith,
our general partner must have an honest belief that the
determination is in our best interests. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Voting Rights for
information regarding matters that require unitholder approval.
Actions
taken by our general partner may affect the amount of cash
available for distribution to unitholders or accelerate the
right to convert subordinated units.
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to
unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner
regarding such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures and the amount of estimated reserve
replacement expenditures;
|
|
|
|
borrowings;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of additional units; and
|
|
|
|
the creation, reduction or increase of reserves in any quarter.
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. This determination can affect
the
169
amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our
general partner and the ability of the subordinated units to
convert into common units.
In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially
equal to $11.5 million, which would not otherwise
constitute available cash from operating surplus, in order to
permit the payment of cash distributions on its units and
incentive distribution rights. All of these actions may affect
the amount of cash distributed to our unitholders and our
general partner and may facilitate the conversion of
subordinated units into common units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions.
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not
constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to
our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or
effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive
distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the
incentive distribution rights; or
|
|
|
|
hastening the expiration of the subordination period.
|
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash
from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on
our common units and our subordinated units, our partnership
agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to
make this distribution on all outstanding units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Subordination Period.
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries
may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates.
Our general partner and its affiliates may not borrow funds from
us, or our operating company and its operating subsidiaries.
We
will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for
expenses.
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for
costs incurred in managing and operating us. Our partnership
agreement provides that our general partner will determine the
expenses that are allocable to us in good faith, and it will
charge on a fully allocated cost basis for services provided to
us. The fully allocated basis charged by our general partner
does not include a profit component. Please read Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
Contracts
between us, on the one hand, and our general partner and its
affiliates, on the other, will not be the result of
arms-length negotiations.
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to
determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its
affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner
may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any
of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership
agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts, and
arrangements between us and our general partner and its
affiliates are or will be the result of arms-length
negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts or arrangements
between us and our general partner and its affiliates that are
entered into following the closing of this offering will not be
required to be negotiated on an arms-length basis,
although, in some circumstances, our general partner may
determine that the Conflicts Committee may make a determination
on our behalf with respect to such arrangements.
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of
any of these transactions entered into after the close of this
offering.
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation
to permit us to use any facilities or assets of our general
partner and its affiliates, except as may be provided in
contracts entered into specifically for such use. There is no
obligation of our general partner and its affiliates to enter
into any contracts of this kind.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such
agreements have recourse only against our assets and not against
our general partner or its assets or any
170
affiliate of our general partner or its assets. Our partnership
agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner
to limit its liability is not a breach of our general
partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained
terms that are more favorable without the limitation on
liability.
Common
units are subject to our general partners limited call
right.
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may
assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general
partner may use its own discretion, free of fiduciary duty
restrictions, in determining whether to exercise this right. As
a result, a common unitholder may have to sell his common units
at an undesirable time or price. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Limited Call Right.
Common
unitholders will have no right to enforce obligations of our
general partner and its affiliates under agreements with
us.
Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the
unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce
the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our
favor.
Our
general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us.
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform
services for us have been retained by our general partner.
Attorneys, independent accountants and others who perform
services for us are selected by our general partner or the
Conflicts Committee and may perform services for our general
partner and its affiliates. We may retain separate counsel for
ourselves or the holders of common units in the event of a
conflict of interest between our general partner and its
affiliates, on the one hand, and us or the holders of common
units, on the other, depending on the nature of the conflict. We
do not intend to do so in most cases.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the Conflicts
Committee or our unitholders. This election may result in lower
distributions to our public common unitholders in certain
situations.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters,
to reset the initial target distribution levels at higher levels
based on our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of
the reset election. Following a reset election by our general
partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an
amount equal to the average cash distribution per unit for the
two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election
(such amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly
distribution), and the target distribution levels will be
reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage
increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit without such conversion; however,
it is possible that our general partner could exercise this
reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in
our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general
partner expects that we will experience declines in our
aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such
situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may
expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it
receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued common units, which are entitled
to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and
which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner
to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution
payments based on target distribution levels that are less
certain to be achieved in the then current business environment.
As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders
to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that
they would have otherwise received had we not issued common
units to our
171
general partner in connection with resetting the target
distribution levels related to our general partners
incentive distribution rights. Please read Provisions of
Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Distributions of Available
Cash General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights.
Fiduciary
Duties
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as
a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general
partner are prescribed by law and the partnership agreement. The
Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in
their partnership agreements, modify or eliminate, except for
the contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, the
fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners
and the partnership.
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions
restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be owed by
our general partner. We have adopted these provisions to allow
our general partner or its affiliates to engage in transactions
with us that would otherwise be prohibited by state-law
fiduciary standards and to take into account the interests of
other parties in addition to our interests when resolving
conflicts of interest. Without such modifications, such
transactions could result in violations of our general
partners state-law fiduciary duty standards. We believe
this is appropriate and necessary because the board of directors
of our general partner has fiduciary duties to manage our
general partner in a manner beneficial both to its owners, as
well as to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our
general partners ability to make decisions involving
conflicts of interest would be restricted. The modifications to
the fiduciary standards enable our general partner to take into
consideration the interests of all parties involved, so long as
the resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications
also enable our general partner to attract and retain
experienced and capable directors. These modifications
disadvantage the common unitholders because they restrict the
rights and remedies that would otherwise be available to
unitholders for actions that, without those limitations, might
constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described below, and
permit our general partner to take into account the interests of
third parties in addition to our interests when resolving
conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of the
material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our
general partner to the limited partners:
|
|
|
State law fiduciary duty standards
|
|
Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an
obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty.
The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership
agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general
partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a
prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty,
in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement
providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner
of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or
engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is
present.
|
|
Partnership agreement modified standards
|
|
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or
consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates
that might otherwise raise issues as to compliance with
fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership
agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in
its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its
individual capacity, it must act in good faith and
will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law.
In addition, when our general partner is acting in its
individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our
general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to
us or our limited partners whatsoever. These standards reduce
the obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be
held.
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated
transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest not
involving a vote of unitholders or that are not approved by the
Conflicts Committee must be:
|
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those
generally being provided to or available from unrelated third
parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into
account the totality of the relationships between the parties
involved (including other transactions that may be particularly
favorable or advantageous to us).
|
|
|
|
If our general partner does not seek approval from the Conflicts
Committee and its board of directors determines that the
resolution or course of action taken with respect to the
conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth
in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in
making its decision, the board of directors, which may include
board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in
good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any
limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or
prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming
such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to
which our general partner would otherwise be held.
|
|
|
|
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the
obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement
further provides that our general partner and its officers and
directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our
limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or
omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case
of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was
unlawful.
|
|
Rights and remedies of unitholders
|
|
The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may
institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover
damages from a third party where a general partner has refused
to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general
partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include
actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary
duties or of the partnership agreement. In addition, the
statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited
partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all
other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages
from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to
the limited partners.
|
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder
automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our
partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act
favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a
limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render
the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
173
Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general
partner and its officers, directors and managers, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, against liabilities, costs and expenses
incurred by our general partner or these other persons. We must
provide this indemnification unless there has been a final and
non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction
determining that these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in
fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal
matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was unlawful. We
also must provide this indemnification for criminal proceedings
when our general partner or these other persons acted with no
knowledge that their conduct was unlawful. Thus, our general
partner could be indemnified for its negligent acts if it met
the requirements set forth above. To the extent that these
provisions purport to include indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act,
in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to
public policy and therefore unenforceable. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Indemnification.
174
DESCRIPTION
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The
Units
The common units represent limited partner interests in us. The
holders of common units, along with the holders of subordinated
units, are entitled to participate in partnership distributions
and are entitled to exercise the rights and privileges available
to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a
description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of
common units and subordinated units in and to partnership
distributions, please read this section and Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions. For
a description of the rights and privileges of limited partners
under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please
read The Partnership Agreement.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Duties
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. will serve as the registrar
and transfer agent for the common units. We will pay all fees
charged by the transfer agent for transfers of common units
except the following that must be paid by our unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates, or
to cover taxes and other governmental charges in connection
therewith;
|
|
|
|
special charges for services requested by a holder of a common
unit; and
|
|
|
|
other similar fees or charges.
|
There will be no charge to our unitholders for disbursements of
our cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent,
its agents and each of their respective stockholders, directors,
officers and employees against all claims and losses that may
arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in
that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross
negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person
or entity.
Resignation
or Removal
The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by
us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become
effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and
registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor
has been appointed and has accepted the appointment within
30 days after notice of the resignation or removal, our
general partner may act as the transfer agent and registrar
until a successor is appointed.
Transfer
of Common Units
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as
a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and
records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of,
and is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
represents and warrants that the transferee has the right,
power, authority and capacity to enter into our partnership
agreement; and
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements that we are entering into in connection with this
offering.
|
175
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on
our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common
unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial
holders rights are limited solely to those that it has
against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between
the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Common units are securities and are transferable according to
the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to
other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the
transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in
our partnership for the transferred common units.
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and
the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common
unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise
required by law or stock exchange regulations.
176
THE
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our
partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is
included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide
prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement
upon request at no charge.
We summarize the following provisions of our partnership
agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
with regard to distributions of available cash, please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner,
please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the transfer of common units, please read
Description of the Common Units Transfer of
Common Units; and
|
|
|
|
with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss,
please read Material Federal Income Tax Consequences.
|
Organization
and Duration
We were organized in August 2009 and have a perpetual existence.
Purpose
Our purpose under our partnership agreement is limited to any
business activities that are approved by our general partner and
in any event that lawfully may be conducted by a limited
partnership organized under Delaware law;
provided
that
our general partner may not cause us to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any business activity that our general partner
determines would cause us to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
federal income tax purposes.
Although our general partner has the power to cause us, our
operating company and its subsidiaries to engage in activities
other than the business of gathering, compressing, treating and
transporting natural gas, our general partner has no current
plans to do so and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary
duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners,
including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests
of us or the limited partners. Our general partner is generally
authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or
appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our
business.
Cash
Distributions
Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will
make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other
partnership securities as well as to our general partner in
respect of its general partner interest and its incentive
distribution rights. For a description of these cash
distribution provisions, please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
Capital
Contributions
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital
contributions, except as described below under
Limited Liability.
For a discussion of our general partners right to
contribute capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
if we issue additional units, please read
Issuance of Additional Securities.
177
Voting
Rights
The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for
approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require
the approval of a unit majority require:
|
|
|
|
|
during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the outstanding common units, excluding those common units held
by our general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the
outstanding subordinated units, voting as separate
classes; and
|
|
|
|
after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the outstanding common units.
|
By virtue of the exclusion of those common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates from the required vote, and
by their ownership of all of the subordinated units, during the
subordination period our general partner and its affiliates do
not have the ability to ensure passage of, but do have the
ability to ensure defeat of, any amendment that requires a unit
majority.
In voting their common and subordinated units, our general
partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to us or our limited partners, including
any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us and
our limited partners.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of additional units
|
|
No approval right.
|
|
|
|
Amendment of our partnership agreement
|
|
Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without
the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally
require the approval of a unit majority. Please read
Amendment of Our Partnership Agreement.
|
|
|
|
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially
all of our assets
|
|
Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of
Assets.
|
|
|
|
Dissolution of our partnership
|
|
Unit majority. Please read Termination and
Dissolution.
|
|
|
|
Continuation of our business upon dissolution
|
|
Unit majority. Please read Termination and
Dissolution.
|
|
|
|
Withdrawal of our general partner
|
|
Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the
common units, excluding common units held by our general partner
and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our
general partner prior to June 30, 2021 in a manner that
would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read
Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner.
|
|
|
|
Removal of our general partner
|
|
Not less than
66
2
/
3
%
of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including
units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please
read Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner.
|
|
|
|
Transfer of our general partner interest
|
|
Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of
its general partner interest in us without a vote of our
unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with
its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or
substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of
a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding common
units held by our general partner and its affiliates, is
required in other circumstances for a transfer of the general
partner interest to a third party prior to June 30, 2020. Please
read Transfer of General Partner
Interest.
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer of incentive distribution rights
|
|
No approval right. Please read Transfer of
Subordinated Units Incentive Distribution Rights.
|
|
|
|
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner
|
|
No approval required at any time. Please read
Transfer of Ownership Interests in Our General
Partner.
|
Limited
Liability
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the
control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act
and that it otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of
our partnership agreement, its liability under the Delaware Act
will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount
of capital it is obligated to contribute to us for its common
units plus its share of any undistributed profits and assets. If
it were determined, however, that the right of, or exercise of
the right by, the limited partners as a group:
|
|
|
|
|
to remove or replace our general partner;
|
|
|
|
to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
to take other action under our partnership agreement;
|
constituted participation in the control of our
business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited
partners could be held personally liable for our obligations
under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general
partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact
business with us who reasonably believe that a limited partner
is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement nor the
Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse against
our general partner if a limited partner were to lose limited
liability through any fault of our general partner. While this
does not mean that a limited partner could not seek legal
recourse, we know of no precedent for such a claim in Delaware
case law.
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a
distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all
liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to
specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair
value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose
of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited
partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of
property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is
limited shall be included in the assets of the limited
partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that
property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act
provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and
knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was
in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited
partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.
Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a
limited partnership is liable for the obligations of its
assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that
such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to it at
the time it became a limited partner and that could not be
ascertained from the partnership agreement.
Our subsidiaries conduct business primarily in five states and
we may have subsidiaries that conduct business in other states
in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a member
of our operating company may require compliance with legal
requirements in the jurisdictions in which our operating company
conducts business, including qualifying our subsidiaries to do
business there.
Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for
the obligations of a limited liability company or limited
partnership have not been clearly established in many
jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our
operating company or otherwise, it were determined that we were
conducting business in any state without compliance with the
applicable limited partnership or limited liability company
statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the
limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general
partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership
agreement, or to take other action under our partnership
agreement constituted participation in the control
of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant
jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally
liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to
the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances.
We will operate in a
179
manner that our general partner considers reasonable and
necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited liability of
the limited partners.
Issuance
of Additional Securities
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional partnership securities for the
consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our
general partner without the approval of our limited partners.
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the
issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other
partnership securities. Holders of any additional common units
we issue will be entitled to share equally with the
then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of
available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common
units or other partnership securities may dilute the value of
the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in
our net assets.
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our
partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership
securities that, as determined by our general partner, may have
rights to distributions or special voting rights to which the
common units are not entitled. In addition, our partnership
agreement does not prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity
securities, which may effectively rank senior to the common
units.
Upon issuance of additional partnership securities, our general
partner will be entitled, but not required, to make additional
capital contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its
2.0% general partner interest in us. Our general partners
2.0% interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units
in the future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will
have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole
or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units,
subordinated units or other partnership securities whenever, and
on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons
other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent
necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the general
partner and its affiliates, including such interest represented
by common and subordinated units, that existed immediately prior
to each issuance. The holders of common units will not have
preemptive rights under our partnership agreement to acquire
additional common units or other partnership securities.
Amendment
of Our Partnership Agreement
General
Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by
our general partner. However, our general partner will have no
duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to
do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us
or our limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith
or in the best interests of us or our limited partners. In order
to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments
discussed below, our general partner must seek written approval
of the holders of the number of units required to approve the
amendment or call a meeting of the limited partners to consider
and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as described below,
an amendment must be approved by a unit majority.
Prohibited
Amendments
No amendment may be made that would:
|
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its
consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or
class of limited partner interests so affected; or
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or
rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable,
reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner
or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general
partner, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
|
180
The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the
amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can
be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of
the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units
owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon the
closing of this offering, affiliates of our general partner will
own approximately 58.0% of the outstanding common and
subordinated units.
No
Unitholder Approval
Our general partner may generally make amendments to our
partnership agreement without the approval of any limited
partner to reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our name, the location of our principal place of
business, our registered agent or our registered office;
|
|
|
|
the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners
in accordance with our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate for us to qualify or to continue our qualification
as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited
partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or
to ensure that neither we, our operating company, nor its
subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income
tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our fiscal year or taxable period and related
changes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel,
to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers,
agents, or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment
Advisors Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations
adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement
to be made by our general partner acting alone;
|
|
|
|
|
|
an amendment effected, necessitated, or contemplated by a merger
agreement that has been approved under the terms of our
partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
any amendment that our general partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our
investment in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity, as otherwise
permitted by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
mergers with, conveyances to or conversions into another limited
liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets,
liabilities or operations at the time of the merger, conveyance
or conversion other than those it receives by way of the merger,
conveyance or conversion; or
|
|
|
|
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters
described above.
|
In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our
partnership agreement without the approval of any limited
partner if our general partner determines that those amendments:
|
|
|
|
|
do not adversely affect in any material respect the limited
partners considered as a whole or any particular class of
partnership interests as compared to other classes of
partnership interests;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements,
conditions, or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive,
order, ruling, or regulation of any federal or state agency or
judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of units
or to comply with any rule, regulation, guideline, or
requirement of any securities exchange on which the units are or
will be listed for trading;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general
partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the
provisions of our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus
or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or
are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.
|
Opinion
of Counsel and Limited Partner Approval
Our general partner will not be required to obtain an opinion of
counsel that an amendment will not result in a loss of limited
liability to the limited partners or result in our being treated
as an entity for federal income tax purposes in connection with
any of the amendments described above under No
Unitholder Approval. No other amendments to our
partnership agreement will become effective without the approval
of holders of at least 90.0% of the outstanding units voting as
a single class unless we first obtain an opinion of counsel to
the effect that the amendment will not affect the limited
liability under applicable law of any of our limited partners.
In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would
have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of
any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other
classes of units will require the approval of at least a
majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any
amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take
any action must be approved by the affirmative vote of limited
partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute not less
than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.
Merger,
Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
A merger or consolidation of us requires the prior consent of
our general partner. However, our general partner will have no
duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation and
may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation
whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to
act in good faith or in the best interest of us or our limited
partners.
In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our
general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a
unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell,
exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our
and our subsidiaries assets in a single transaction or a
series of related transactions, including by way of merger,
consolidation, other combination or sale of ownership interests
of our subsidiaries. Our general partner may, however, mortgage,
pledge, hypothecate, or grant a security interest in all or
substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets
without that approval. Our general partner may also sell all or
substantially all of our and our subsidiaries assets under
a foreclosure or other realization upon those encumbrances
without that approval. Finally, our general partner may
consummate any merger without the prior approval of our
unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction,
our general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding
limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not
result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement
(other than an amendment that the general partner could adopt
without the consent of the limited partners), each of our units
will be an identical unit of our partnership following the
transaction and the partnership securities to be issued do not
exceed 20.0% of our outstanding partnership securities
immediately prior to the transaction.
If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are
satisfied, our general partner may merge us or any of our
subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a newly
formed limited liability entity, if the sole purpose of that
merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal
form into another limited liability entity, our general partner
has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity
provide the limited partners and our general partner with the
same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership
agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters
rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or
applicable Delaware law in the event of a merger or
consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any
other similar transaction or event.
182
Termination
and Dissolution
We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under
our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
|
|
|
|
|
the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other
event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner
other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner
interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or
withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a
successor general partner;
|
|
|
|
the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved
by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
|
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our
partnership; or
|
|
|
|
there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without
dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.
|
Upon a dissolution under the first clause above, the holders of
a unit majority may also elect, within specific time
limitations, to continue our business on the same terms and
conditions described in our partnership agreement and appoint as
a successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of
units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an
opinion of counsel to the effect that:
|
|
|
|
|
the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of
any limited partner; and
|
|
|
|
neither we nor any of our subsidiaries would be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as
an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of
that right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or
taxed).
|
Liquidation
and Distribution of Proceeds
Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a limited
partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs
will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that
are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the
proceeds of the liquidation as described in Provisions of
Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Distributions of Cash Upon
Liquidation. The liquidator may defer liquidation or
distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time if it
determines that an immediate sale or distribution would be
impractical or would cause undue loss to our partners. The
liquidator may distribute our assets, in whole or in part, in
kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would
cause undue loss to the partners.
Withdrawal
or Removal of Our General Partner
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to
withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to
November 4, 2019 without obtaining the approval of the
holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units,
excluding common units held by the general partner and its
affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding
limited liability and tax matters. On or after June 30,
2021, our general partner may withdraw as general partner
without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving at
least 90 days advance notice, and that withdrawal
will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement.
Notwithstanding the information above, our general partner may
withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days
notice to the limited partners if at least 50.0% of the
outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person
and its affiliates, other than our general partner and its
affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement permits our
general partner in some instances to sell or otherwise transfer
all of its general partner interest and incentive distribution
rights in us without the approval of the unitholders. Please
read Transfer of General Partner
Interest and Transfer of Incentive
Distribution Rights.
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances,
other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of
all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders
of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing
general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected
but an
183
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters
cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated, unless within a specified period of time after that
withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to
continue our business and to appoint a successor general
partner. Please read Termination and
Dissolution.
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is
approved by the vote of the holders of not less than
66
2
/
3
%
of all outstanding units, voting together as a single class,
including units held by our general partner and its affiliates,
and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also
subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common
units, and a majority of the outstanding subordinated units,
voting as a single class. The ownership of more than
33
2
/
3
%
of the outstanding units by our general partner and its
affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general
partners removal. At the closing of this offering,
affiliates of our general partner will own 58.0% of the
outstanding common and subordinated units.
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner
and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end and all outstanding
subordinated units will immediately and automatically convert
into common units on a
one-for-one
basis;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests
based on the fair market value of the interests at the time.
|
In the event of removal of our general partner under
circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general
partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership
agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to
purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution
rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal
to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other
circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed
by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have
the option to require the successor general partner to purchase
the general partner interest of the departing general partner
and its incentive distribution rights for their fair market
value. In each case, this fair market value will be determined
by agreement between the departing general partner and the
successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert
selected by the departing general partner and the successor
general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the
departing general partner and the successor general partner
cannot agree upon an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement
of the experts selected by each of them will determine the fair
market value.
If the option described above is not exercised by either the
departing general partner or the successor general partner, the
departing general partners general partner interest and
its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert
into common units equal to the fair market value of those
interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other
independent expert selected in the manner described in the
preceding paragraph.
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing
general partner for all amounts due to it, including, without
limitation, all employee-related liabilities, including
severance liabilities, incurred in connection with the
termination of any employees employed by the departing general
partner or its affiliates for our benefit.
Transfer
of General Partner Interest
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less
than all, of its general partner interest to:
|
|
|
|
|
an affiliate of our general partner (other than an
individual); or
|
184
|
|
|
|
|
another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our
general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by
our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
another entity.
|
Our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general
partner interest to another person prior to June 30, 2021
without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of
the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this
transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the
rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by
the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
Our general partner and its affiliates may, at any time,
transfer units to one or more persons, without unitholder
approval, except that they may not transfer subordinated units
to us.
Transfer
of Ownership Interests in Our General Partner
At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or
transfer all or part of their ownership interests in our general
partner to an affiliate or a third party without the approval of
our unitholders.
Transfer
of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights
By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each
transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred
when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and
records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our
partnership agreement; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements we are entering into in connection with our
formation and this offering.
|
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the
absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holders
rights are limited solely to those that it has against the
nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the
beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Subordinated units or incentive distribution rights are
securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing
transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired
upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to
become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units
or incentive distribution rights.
Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has
been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may
treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute
owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or
stock exchange regulations.
Change of
Management Provisions
Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are
intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to
remove our general partner or otherwise change our management.
If any person or group, other than our general partner and its
affiliates, acquires beneficial ownership of 20.0% or more of
any class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on
all of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to
any person or group that acquires the units directly from our
general partner or its affiliates or any transferee of that
person or group that is approved by our general partner or to
any person or group who acquires the units with the prior
approval of the board of directors of our general partner.
185
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner
and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end and all outstanding
subordinated units will immediately and automatically convert
into common units on a
one-for-one
basis;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests
based on the fair market value of the interests at the time.
|
Limited
Call Right
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80.0% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner
interests of any class, our general partner will have the right,
which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates
or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the
remaining limited partner interests of the class held by
unaffiliated persons as of a record date to be selected by our
general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days
notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its
affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class
purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which
our general partner first mails notice of its election to
purchase those limited partner interests; and
|
|
|
|
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership
securities of such class for the 20 consecutive trading days
preceding the date three days before the date the notice is
mailed.
|
As a result of our general partners right to purchase
outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited
partner interests may have his limited partner interests
purchased at an undesirable time or price. The tax consequences
to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right are the same
as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in the market.
Please read Material Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Common Units.
Meetings;
Voting
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning
20.0% or more of any class of units then outstanding,
unitholders who are record holders of units on the record date
will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, meetings of our
limited partners and to act upon matters for which approvals may
be solicited.
Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of
unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action
that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may
be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a
meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken
are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to
authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the
unitholders may be called by our general partner or by
unitholders owning at least 20.0% of the outstanding units of
the class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote
either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a
majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for
which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by
proxy, will constitute a quorum unless any action by the
unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage
of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater
percentage. The units representing the general partner interest
are units for distribution and allocation purposes, but do not
entitle our general partner to any vote other than its rights as
general partner under our partnership agreement, will not be
entitled to vote on any action required or permitted to be taken
by the unitholders and will not count toward or be considered
outstanding when calculating required votes, determining the
presence of a quorum, or for similar purposes.
186
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to its
percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner
interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please
read Issuance of Additional Securities.
However, if at any time any person or group, other than our
general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently
approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates,
acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20.0% or
more of any class of units then outstanding, that person or
group will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units
may not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be
outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders,
calculating required votes, determining the presence of a
quorum, or for other similar purposes. Common units held in
nominee or street name account will be voted by the broker or
other nominee in accordance with the instruction of the
beneficial owner unless the arrangement between the beneficial
owner and its nominee provides otherwise. Except as our
partnership agreement otherwise provides, subordinated units
will vote together with common units as a single class.
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required
or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common
units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the
record holder by us or by the transfer agent.
Status as
Limited Partner
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units will be admitted as a
limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and
records. Except as described above under
Limited Liability, the common units will
be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make
additional contributions.
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption
To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates
chargeable to customers by us under Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission regulations, or in order to reverse an adverse
determination that has occurred regarding such maximum
applicable rate, our partnership agreement provides our general
partner the power to amend the agreement. If our general
partner, with the advice of counsel, determines that our not
being treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, coupled with the tax status (or lack of proof thereof)
of one or more of our limited partners, has, or is reasonably
likely to have, a material adverse effect on the maximum
applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our general
partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement
as it determines necessary or advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our
member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and
|
|
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax
status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse
effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply
with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption
price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of
the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading
days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.
|
A non-taxpaying assignee will not have the right to direct the
voting of his units and may not receive distributions in kind
upon our liquidation.
Non-Taxpaying
Assignees; Redemption
In the event any rates that we charge our customers become
regulated by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, to avoid
any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to
customers by us, or in order to reverse an adverse determination
that has occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership
agreement provides our general partner the power to amend the
agreement. If our general partner, with the advice of counsel,
determines that our not being treated as an association taxable
as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax
status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited
partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material
adverse effect on the
187
maximum applicable rates chargeable to customers by us, then our
general partner may adopt such amendments to our partnership
agreement as it determines necessary or advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our
member (and their owners, to the extent relevant); and
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax
status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse
effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply
with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption
price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of
the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading
days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.
|
Indemnification
Under our partnership agreement, we will indemnify the following
persons, in most circumstances, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar
events:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner;
|
|
|
|
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was a member, manager, partner, director,
officer, fiduciary or trustee of our partnership, our
subsidiaries, our general partner, any departing general partner
or any of their affiliates;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was serving at the request of the general
partner or any departing general partner as an officer,
director, member, manager, partner, fiduciary or trustee of
another person; and
|
|
|
|
any person designated by our general partner.
|
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of
our assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, our general partner will
not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to
contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable us to
effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against
liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons
for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the
power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our
partnership agreement.
Reimbursement
of Expenses
Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general
partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable
to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection
with operating our business. These expenses include salary,
bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons
who perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses
allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general
partner is entitled to determine in good faith the expenses that
are allocable to us.
Books and
Reports
Our general partner is required to keep or cause to be kept
appropriate books and records of our business at our principal
offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial
reporting purposes on an accrual basis. For fiscal and tax
reporting purposes, we use the calendar year.
We will furnish or make available (by posting on our website or
other reasonable means) to record holders of common units,
within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, an
annual report containing audited financial statements and a
report on those financial statements by our independent public
accountants, including a balance sheet and statements of
operations, and our equity and cash flows. Except for our fourth
quarter, we will also furnish or make available summary
financial information within 90 days after the close of
each quarter.
188
As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days
after the close of each quarter except the last quarter of each
fiscal year, our general partner will mail or make available to
each record holder of a unit a report containing our unaudited
financial statements and such other information as may be
required by applicable law, regulation or rule. This information
is expected to be furnished in summary form so that some complex
calculations normally required of partners can be avoided. Our
ability to furnish this summary information to unitholders will
depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying us with
specific information. Every unitholder will receive information
to assist him in determining its federal and state tax liability
and filing its federal and state income tax returns, regardless
of whether he supplies us with information.
Right to
Inspect Our Books and Records
Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can,
for a purpose reasonably related to its interest as a limited
partner, upon reasonable demand and at its own expense, have
furnished to him:
|
|
|
|
|
a current list of the name and last known business, residence or
mailing address of each record holder;
|
|
|
|
|
|
copies of our partnership agreement, the certificate of limited
partnership of the partnership, related amendments, and powers
of attorney under which they have been executed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
information regarding the status of our business and financial
condition; and
|
|
|
|
any other information regarding our affairs as is just and
reasonable.
|
Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from
the limited partners trade secrets or other information the
disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith
is not in our best interests or that we are required by law or
by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.
Registration
Rights
Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for
resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws any common units, subordinated units, or other partnership
securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of
its affiliates, other than individuals, or their assignees if an
exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise
available. These registration rights continue for two years and
for so long thereafter as is required for the holder to sell its
partnership securities following any withdrawal or removal of
American Midstream GP as our general partner. We are obligated
to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions. Please read Units
Eligible for Future Sale.
189
UNITS
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus,
AIM Midstream Holdings will hold an aggregate of 725,120 common
units and 4,526,066 subordinated units (or 162,620 common units
and 4,526,066 subordinated units if the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional units in full). All of the
subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of
the subordination period. The sale of these common and
subordinated units could have an adverse impact on the price of
the common units or on any trading market that may develop.
The common units sold in this offering will generally be freely
transferable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an
affiliate of ours may not be resold publicly except
in compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or
otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an
affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount
that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater
of:
|
|
|
|
|
1.0% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units
for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of
sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information
about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale,
and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least six
months (provided we are in compliance with the current public
information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we
are in compliance with the current public information
requirement), would be entitled to sell common units under
Rule 144 without regard to the rules public
information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements.
Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an
unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type
without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of
additional common units or other equity securities would result
in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership
interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the
cash distributions to and market price of, common units then
outstanding. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Securities.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its
affiliates, excluding any individual who is an affiliate of our
general partner, have the right to cause us to register under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the
offer and sale of any common units that they hold. Subject to
the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement, these
registration rights allow our general partner and its affiliates
or their assignees holding any common units to require
registration of any of these common units and to include any of
these common units in a registration by us of other common
units, including common units offered by us or by any
unitholder. Our general partner and its affiliates will continue
to have these registration rights for two years following the
withdrawal or removal of our general partner. In connection with
any registration of this kind, we will indemnify each unitholder
participating in the registration and its officers, directors,
and controlling persons from and against any liabilities under
the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws
arising from the registration statement or prospectus. We will
bear all costs and expenses incidental to any registration,
excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as
described below, our general partner and its affiliates may sell
their common units in private transactions at any time, subject
to compliance with applicable laws.
AIM Midstream Holdings, our general partner and the executive
officers and directors of our general partner have agreed not to
sell any common units they beneficially own for a period of
180 days from the date of this prospectus. Please read
Underwriting for a description of these
lock-up
provisions.
190
MATERIAL
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
This section is a summary of the material tax considerations
that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are
individual citizens or residents of the U.S. and, unless
otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the opinion of
Andrews Kurth LLP, counsel to our general partner and us,
insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to
matters of U.S. federal income tax law. This section is
based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the Internal Revenue Code),
existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated under the
Internal Revenue Code (the Treasury Regulations) and
current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which
are subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may
cause the tax consequences to vary substantially from the
consequences described below. Unless the context otherwise
requires, references in this section to us or
we are references to American Midstream Partners, LP
and our operating subsidiaries.
The following discussion does not comment on all federal income
tax matters affecting us or our unitholders. Moreover, the
discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or
residents of the U.S. and has only limited application to
corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other
unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as
tax-exempt institutions, foreign persons, IRAs, real estate
investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds. In addition, the
discussion only comments, to a limited extent, on state, local,
and foreign tax consequences. Accordingly, we encourage each
prospective unitholder to consult, and depend on, his own tax
advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and foreign tax
consequences particular to him of the ownership or disposition
of common units.
No ruling has been or will be requested from the IRS regarding
any matter affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we
will rely on opinions of Andrews Kurth LLP. Unlike a ruling, an
opinion of counsel represents only that counsels best
legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts.
Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be
sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of
this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the
market for the common units and the prices at which common units
trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS,
principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a
reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders
and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our
unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax
treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly
modified by future legislative or administrative changes or
court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be
retroactively applied.
All statements as to matters of federal income tax law and legal
conclusions with respect thereto, but not as to factual matters,
contained in this section, unless otherwise noted, are the
opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP and are based on the accuracy of
the representations made by us.
For the reasons described below, Andrews Kurth LLP has not
rendered an opinion with respect to the following specific
federal income tax issues: (i) the treatment of a
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to
cover a short sale of common units (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Treatment of Short Sales); (ii) whether our monthly
convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted
by existing Treasury Regulations (please read
Disposition of Common Units
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees); and
(iii) whether our method for depreciating Section 743
adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election and Uniformity
of Units).
Partnership
Status
A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal
income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is
required to take into account his share of items of income,
gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his
federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash
distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions
by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the
partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed
to him is in excess of the partners adjusted basis in his
partnership interest.
191
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that
publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed
as corporations. However, an exception, referred to as the
Qualifying Income Exception, exists with respect to
publicly traded partnerships of which 90% or more of the gross
income for every taxable year consists of qualifying
income. Qualifying income includes income and gains
derived from the transportation, storage, processing and
marketing of crude oil, natural gas and other products thereof.
Other types of qualifying income include interest (other than
from a financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of
real property and gains from the sale or other disposition of
capital assets held for the production of income that otherwise
constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less
than % of our current gross income
is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change
from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the
factual representations made by us and our general partner and a
review of the applicable legal authorities, Andrews Kurth LLP is
of the opinion that at least 90% of our current gross income
constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our income that is
qualifying income may change from time to time.
No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS
has made no determination as to our status or the status of our
operating subsidiaries for federal income tax purposes or
whether our operations generate qualifying income
under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead,
we will rely on the opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP on such
matters. It is the opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP that, based upon
the Internal Revenue Code, its regulations, published revenue
rulings and court decisions and the representations described
below that:
|
|
|
|
|
We will be classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes; and
|
|
|
|
Each of our operating subsidiaries will be disregarded as an
entity separate from us or will be treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes.
|
In rendering its opinion, Andrews Kurth LLP has relied on
factual representations made by us and our general partner. The
representations made by us and our general partner upon which
Andrews Kurth LLP has relied are:
|
|
|
|
|
Neither we nor the operating subsidiaries has elected or will
elect to be treated as a corporation; and
|
|
|
|
For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income has
been and will be income of the type that Andrews Kurth LLP has
opined or will opine is qualifying income within the
meaning of Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
We believe that these representations have been true in the past
and expect that these representations will continue to be true
in the future.
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a
failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that
is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case
the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to
our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if
we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to
a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in
which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return
for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock
to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This
deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to
unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have
liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets.
Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes.
If we were taxed as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes in any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to
meet the Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of
income, gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our
tax return rather than being passed through to our unitholders,
and our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In
addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated
as taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of earnings
and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the extent of
the unitholders tax basis in his common units, or taxable
capital gain, after the unitholders tax basis in his
common units is reduced to zero. Accordingly, taxation as a
corporation would result in a material reduction
192
in a unitholders cash flow and after-tax return and thus
would likely result in a substantial reduction of the value of
the units.
The discussion below is based on Andrews Kurth LLPs
opinion that we will be classified as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes.
Limited
Partner Status
Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of American
Midstream Partners, LP will be treated as partners of American
Midstream Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes. Also,
unitholders whose common units are held in street name or by a
nominee and who have the right to direct the nominee in the
exercise of all substantive rights attendant to the ownership of
their common units will be treated as partners of American
Midstream Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes.
A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been
transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would
appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those
units for federal income tax purposes. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Treatment of Short Sales.
Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be
reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal
income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a
unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes
would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income.
These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with
respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in
American Midstream Partners, LP. The references to
unitholders in the discussion that follows are to
persons who are treated as partners in American Midstream
Partners, LP for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership
Flow-Through
of Taxable Income
Subject to the discussion below under
Entity-Level Collections, we will
not pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be
required to report on his income tax return his share of our
income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether
we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate
income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash
distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in
income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and
deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his
taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.
Treatment
of Distributions
Distributions by us to a unitholder generally will not be
taxable to the unitholder for federal income tax purposes,
except to the extent the amount of any such cash distribution
exceeds his tax basis in his common units immediately before the
distribution. Cash distributions made by us to a unitholder in
an amount in excess of a unitholders tax basis generally
will be considered to be gain from the sale or exchange of the
common units, taxable in accordance with the rules described
under Disposition of Common Units below.
Any reduction in a unitholders share of our liabilities
for which no partner, including the general partner, bears the
economic risk of loss, known as nonrecourse
liabilities, will be treated as a distribution by us of
cash to that unitholder. To the extent our distributions cause a
unitholders at-risk amount to be less than
zero at the end of any taxable year, he must recapture any
losses deducted in previous years. Please read
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses.
A decrease in a unitholders percentage interest in us
because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease
his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result
in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed
distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A
non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in
ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in
his common units, if the distribution reduces the
unitholders share of our unrealized
receivables, including depreciation recapture, depletion
recapture
and/or
substantially appreciated inventory items, each as
defined in the Internal Revenue Code, and collectively,
Section 751 Assets. To that extent, the
unitholder will be treated as having been distributed his
proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then
having
193
exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro rata
portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter
deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholders
realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of
(i) the non-pro rata portion of that distribution over
(ii) the unitholders tax basis (generally zero) for
the share of Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the
exchange.
Ratio
of Taxable Income to Distributions
We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering
who owns those common units from the date of closing of this
offering through the record date for distributions for the
period
ending ,
20 , will be allocated, on a cumulative basis, an
amount of federal taxable income for that period that will
be % or less of the cash
distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we
anticipate that the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash
distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates
are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations
will approximate the amount required to make the minimum
quarterly distribution on all units and other assumptions with
respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net working capital
and anticipated cash distributions. These estimates and
assumptions are subject to, among other things, numerous
business, economic, regulatory, legislative, competitive and
political uncertainties beyond our control. Further, the
estimates are based on current tax law and tax reporting
positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS could
disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these estimates
will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of distributions
that will constitute taxable income could be higher or lower
than expected, and any differences could be material and could
materially affect the value of the common units. For example,
the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to a
purchaser of common units in this offering will be greater, and
perhaps substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to
the period described above if:
|
|
|
|
|
gross income from operations exceeds the amount required to make
minimum quarterly distributions on all units, yet we only
distribute the minimum quarterly distributions on all
units; or
|
|
|
|
we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds
of the offering in a manner that does not produce substantial
additional deductions during the period described above, such as
to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering
or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or
amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is
depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than
the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
|
Basis
of Common
Units
A unitholders initial tax basis for his common units will
be the amount he paid for the common units plus his share of our
nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be increased by his
share of our income and by any increases in his share of our
nonrecourse liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not
below zero, by distributions from us, by the unitholders
share of our losses, by any decreases in his share of our
nonrecourse liabilities and by his share of our expenditures
that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not
required to be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of
our debt that is recourse to our general partner to the extent
of the general partners net value, as defined
in Treasury Regulations under Section 752 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but will have a share, generally based on his
share of profits, of our nonrecourse liabilities. Please read
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Limitations
on Deductibility of
Losses
The deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be
limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an
individual unitholder, estate, trust, or corporate unitholder
(if more than 50% of the value of the corporate
unitholders stock is owned directly or indirectly by or
for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations)
to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be
at risk with respect to our activities, if that is
less than his tax basis. A common unitholder subject to these
limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to
the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be
less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed
to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations
will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the
extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased,
provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholders
tax basis in his common units. Upon
194
the taxable disposition of a unit, any gain recognized by a
unitholder can be offset by losses that were previously
suspended by the at-risk limitation but may not be offset by
losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously
suspended by the at-risk limitation in excess of that gain would
no longer be utilizable.
In general, a unitholder will be at risk to the extent of the
tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis
attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities,
reduced by (i) any portion of that basis representing
amounts otherwise protected against loss because of a guarantee,
stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement and
(ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold his
units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an interest in
us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to the units
for repayment. A unitholders at-risk amount will increase
or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholders units
increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or
decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of
our nonrecourse liabilities.
In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the
deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally
provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held
corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses
from passive activities, which are generally defined as trade or
business activities in which the taxpayer does not materially
participate, only to the extent of the taxpayers income
from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are
applied separately with respect to each publicly traded
partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will
only be available to offset our passive income generated in the
future and will not be available to offset income from other
passive activities or investments, including our investments or
a unitholders investments in other publicly traded
partnerships, or salary or active business income. Passive
losses that are not deductible because they exceed a
unitholders share of income we generate may be deducted in
full when he disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully
taxable transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss
limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on
deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.
A unitholders share of our net income may be offset by any
of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any
other current or carryover losses from other passive activities,
including those attributable to other publicly traded
partnerships.
Limitations
on Interest Deductions
The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayers
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of that taxpayers net investment
income. Investment interest expense includes:
|
|
|
|
|
interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for
investment;
|
|
|
|
our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
|
|
|
|
the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to
portfolio income.
|
The computation of a unitholders investment interest
expense will take into account interest on any margin account
borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit.
Net investment income includes gross income from property held
for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than
interest, directly connected with the production of investment
income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the
disposition of property held for investment or (if applicable)
qualified dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net
passive income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be
treated as investment income to its unitholders. In addition,
the unitholders share of our portfolio income will be
treated as investment income.
Entity-Level Collections
If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any
federal, state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any
unitholder or our general partner or any former unitholder, we
are authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment,
if made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the
unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment
is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be
195
determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a
distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to
amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to
maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units
and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect
to these distributions, the priority and characterization of
distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership
agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by
us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax
on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the
unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain
a credit or refund.
Allocation
of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction
In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain,
loss and deduction will be allocated among our general partner
and the unitholders in accordance with their percentage
interests in us. At any time that distributions are made to the
common units in excess of distributions to the subordinated
units, or incentive distributions are made to our general
partner, gross income will be allocated to the recipients to the
extent of these distributions. If we have a net loss, that loss
will be allocated first to our general partner and the
unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us
to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to
our general partner.
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be
allocated to account for (i) any difference between the tax
basis and fair market value of our assets at the time of an
offering and (ii) any difference between the tax basis and
fair market value of any property contributed to us by the
general partner and its affiliates that exists at the time of
such contribution, together, referred to in this discussion as
the Contributed Property. The effect of these
allocations, referred to as Section 704(c) Allocations, to
a unitholder purchasing common units from us in this offering
will be essentially the same as if the tax bases of our assets
were equal to their fair market values at the time of this
offering. In the event we issue additional common units or
engage in certain other transactions in the future,
reverse Section 704(c) Allocations, similar to
the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be
made to the general partner and all of our unitholders
immediately prior to such issuance or other transactions to
account for the difference between the book basis
for purposes of maintaining capital accounts and the fair market
value of all property held by us at the time of such issuance or
future transaction. In addition, items of recapture income will
be allocated to the extent possible to the unitholder who was
allocated the deduction giving rise to the treatment of that
gain as recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of
ordinary income by some unitholders. Finally, although we do not
expect that our operations will result in the creation of
negative capital accounts, if negative capital accounts
nevertheless result, items of our income and gain will be
allocated in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the
negative balance as quickly as possible.
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction,
other than an allocation required by the Internal Revenue Code
to eliminate the difference between a partners
book capital account, credited with the fair market
value of Contributed Property, and tax capital
account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property,
referred to in this discussion as the Book-Tax
Disparity, will generally be given effect for federal
income tax purposes in determining a partners share of an
item of income, gain, loss or deduction only if the allocation
has substantial economic effect. In any other case,
a partners share of an item will be determined on the
basis of his interest in us, which will be determined by taking
into account all the facts and circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
his relative contributions to us;
|
|
|
|
the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;
|
|
|
|
the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and
|
|
|
|
the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon
liquidation.
|
Andrews Kurth LLP is of the opinion that, with the exception of
the issues described in Section 754
Election and Disposition of Common
Units Allocations Between Transferors and
Transferees, allocations under our partnership agreement
will be given effect for federal income tax purposes in
determining a partners share of an item of income, gain,
loss or deduction.
196
Treatment
of Short Sales
A unitholder whose units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of units may be considered as
having disposed of those units. If so, he would no longer be
treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to those
units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain or
loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period:
|
|
|
|
|
any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those
units would not be reportable by the unitholder;
|
|
|
|
any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those
units would be fully taxable; and
|
|
|
|
all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.
|
Because there is no direct or indirect controlling authority on
the issue relating to partnership interests, Andrews Kurth LLP
has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment of a
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to
cover a short sale of common units; therefore, unitholders
desiring to assure their status as partners and avoid the risk
of gain recognition from a loan to a short seller are urged to
modify any applicable brokerage account agreements to prohibit
their brokers from borrowing and loaning their units. The IRS
has previously announced that it is studying issues relating to
the tax treatment of short sales of partnership interests.
Please also read Disposition of Common
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Alternative
Minimum Tax
Each unitholder will be required to take into account his
distributive share of any items of our income, gain, loss or
deduction for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. The
current minimum tax rate for noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on
the first $175,000 of alternative minimum taxable income in
excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any additional
alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective unitholders are
urged to consult with their tax advisors as to the impact of an
investment in units on their liability for the alternative
minimum tax.
Tax
Rates
Under current law, the highest marginal U.S. federal income
tax rate applicable to ordinary income of individuals is 35% and
the highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rate
applicable to long-term capital gains (generally, capital gains
on certain assets held for more than twelve months) of
individuals is 15%. However, absent new legislation extending
the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest
marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to
ordinary income and long-term capital gains of individuals will
increase to 39.6% and 20%, respectively. Moreover, these rates
are subject to change by new legislation at any time.
Recently enacted legislation will impose a 3.8% Medicare tax on
certain net investment income earned by individuals, estates and
trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012.
For these purposes, net investment income generally includes a
unitholders allocable share of our income and gain
realized by a unitholder from a sale of units. In the case of an
individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of
(i) the unitholders net investment income or
(ii) the amount by which the unitholders modified
adjusted gross income exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is
married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if
the unitholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in
any other case). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will
be imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net
investment income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income
over the dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket
applicable to an estate or trust begins.
Section 754
Election
We will make the election permitted by Section 754 of the
Internal Revenue Code. That election is irrevocable without the
consent of the IRS unless there is a constructive termination of
the partnership. Please read Disposition of
Common Units Constructive Termination. The
election will generally permit us to adjust a common unit
purchasers tax basis in our assets, or inside basis, under
Section 743(b) of the Internal
197
Revenue Code to reflect his purchase price. This election does
not apply with respect to a person who purchases common units
directly from us. The Section 743(b) adjustment belongs to
the purchaser and not to other unitholders. For purposes of this
discussion, the inside basis in our assets with respect to a
unitholder will be considered to have two components:
(i) his share of our tax basis in our assets, or common
basis, and (ii) his Section 743(b) adjustment to that
basis.
We will adopt the remedial allocation method as to all our
properties. Where the remedial allocation method is adopted, the
Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal
Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b)
adjustment that is attributable to recovery property that is
subject to depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code and whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis
to be depreciated over the remaining cost recovery period for
the propertys unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property
subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal
Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under
Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using
either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance
method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is
authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of
units even if that position is not consistent with these and any
other Treasury Regulations. Please read
Uniformity of Units.
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b)
adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value
of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization
derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful
life applied to the propertys unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity, or treat that portion as
non-amortizable
to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable.
This method is consistent with the methods employed by other
publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of
our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is
attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules
described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history.
If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken,
we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which
all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive
depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common
basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same
applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in
our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower
annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would
otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read
Uniformity of Units. A unitholders
tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our
deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an
individuals income tax return) so that any position we
take that understates deductions will overstate the common
unitholders basis in his common units, which may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of Common
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss. Andrews
Kurth LLP is unable to opine as to whether our method for
depreciating Section 743 adjustments is sustainable for
property subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the
Internal Revenue Code or if we use an aggregate approach as
described above, as there is no direct or indirect controlling
authority addressing the validity of these positions. Moreover,
the IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating
or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to
preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were
sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased
without the benefit of additional deductions.
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the
transferees tax basis in his units is higher than the
units share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets
immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of
the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a
greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any
gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely,
a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the
transferees tax basis in his units is lower than those
units share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets
immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value
of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by
the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of
whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a
transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial built-in
loss immediately after the transfer, or if we distribute
property and have a substantial basis reduction. Generally a
built-in loss or a basis reduction is substantial if it exceeds
$250,000.
198
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are
complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the
value of our assets and other matters. For example, the
allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our
assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue
Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any
Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible
assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is
generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of
time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible
assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make
will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the
deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed
altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment
to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of
compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek
permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election.
If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be
allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the
election not been revoked.
Tax
Treatment of Operations
Accounting
Method and Taxable Year
We use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the
accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.
Each unitholder will be required to include in income his share
of our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year
ending within or with his taxable year. In addition, a
unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date other than
December 31 and who disposes of all of his units following the
close of our taxable year but before the close of his taxable
year must include his share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction in income for his taxable year, with the result that
he will be required to include in income for his taxable year
his share of more than twelve months of our income, gain, loss
and deduction. Please read Disposition of
Common Units Allocations Between Transferors and
Transferees.
Initial
Tax Basis, Depreciation and Amortization
The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of
computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and,
ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The
federal income tax burden associated with the difference between
the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis
immediately prior to (i) this offering will be borne by our
general partner and its affiliates, and (ii) any other
offering will be borne by our general partner and all of our
unitholders as of that time. Please read Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Allocation of Income,
Gain, Loss and Deduction.
To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation
and cost recovery methods, including bonus depreciation to the
extent available, that will result in the largest deductions
being taken in the early years after assets subject to these
allowances are placed in service. Please read
Uniformity of Units. Property we
subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using
accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or
otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference
to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature
of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed
as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a
unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation
deductions with respect to property we own will likely be
required to recapture some or all of those deductions as
ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction and
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss.
The costs we incur in selling our units (called
syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot
be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There
are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as
organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as
syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The
underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated
as syndication expenses.
199
Valuation
and Tax Basis of Our Properties
The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the
relative fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our
assets. Although we may from time to time consult with
professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will
make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves.
These estimates and determinations of basis are subject to
challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If
the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to
be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain,
loss or deductions previously reported by unitholders might
change, and unitholders might be required to adjust their tax
liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with
respect to those adjustments.
Disposition
of Common Units
Recognition
of Gain or Loss
Gain or loss will be recognized on a sale of units equal to the
difference between the amount realized and the unitholders
tax basis for the units sold. A unitholders amount
realized will be measured by the sum of the cash or the fair
market value of other property received by him plus his share of
our nonrecourse liabilities. Because the amount realized
includes a unitholders share of our nonrecourse
liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units could
result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received from
the sale.
Prior distributions from us that in the aggregate were in excess
of cumulative net taxable income for a common unit and,
therefore, decreased a unitholders tax basis in that
common unit will, in effect, become taxable income if the common
unit is sold at a price greater than the unitholders tax
basis in that common unit, even if the price received is less
than his original cost.
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder,
other than a dealer in units, on the sale or
exchange of a unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or
loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of
units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed
at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through
December 31, 2012 and 20% thereafter (absent new
legislation extending or adjusting the current rate). However, a
portion of this gain or loss, which will likely be substantial,
will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss
under Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the
extent attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation
recapture or other unrealized receivables or to
inventory items we own. The term unrealized
receivables includes potential recapture items, including
depreciation recapture. Ordinary income attributable to
unrealized receivables, inventory items and depreciation
recapture may exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of
a unit and may be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss
realized on the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize
both ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units.
Capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000
of ordinary income each year, in the case of individuals, and
may only be used to offset capital gains in the case of
corporations.
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a
partnership in separate transactions must combine those
interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those
interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of
those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated
to the interests sold using an equitable
apportionment method, which generally means that the tax
basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears
the same relation to the partners tax basis in his entire
interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold
bears to the value of the partners entire interest in the
partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the
Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can
identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding
period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common
units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed
above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low
basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate
stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may
designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining
the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing
to use the actual holding period of common units transferred
must consistently use that identification method for all
subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder
considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common
200
units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his
tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and
application of the Treasury Regulations.
Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the
taxation of some financial products and securities, including
partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an
appreciated partnership interest, one in which gain
would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at
its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons
enter(s) into:
|
|
|
|
|
a short sale;
|
|
|
|
an offsetting notional principal contract; or
|
|
|
|
a futures or forward contract;
|
in each case, with respect to the partnership interest or
substantially identical property.
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short
sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or
forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the
taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the
taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership
interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of
the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat
a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have
substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as
having constructively sold the financial position.
Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees
In general, our taxable income and losses will be determined
annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be
subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to
the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of
the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month,
which we refer to in this prospectus as the Allocation
Date. However, gain or loss realized on a sale or other
disposition of our assets other than in the ordinary course of
business will be allocated among the unitholders on the
Allocation Date in the month in which that gain or loss is
recognized. As a result, a unitholder transferring units may be
allocated income, gain, loss and deduction realized after the
date of transfer.
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the
Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use
similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not
be permitted under existing Treasury Regulations as there is no
direct or indirect controlling authority on this issue.
Recently, however, the Department of the Treasury and the IRS
issued proposed Treasury Regulations that provide a safe harbor
pursuant to which a publicly traded partnership may use a
similar monthly simplifying convention to allocate tax items
among transferor and transferee unitholders, although such tax
items must be prorated on a daily basis. Nonetheless, the
proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of
the proration method we have adopted. Existing publicly traded
partnerships are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury
Regulations; however, they are not binding on the IRS and are
subject to change until final Treasury Regulations are issued.
Accordingly, Andrews Kurth LLP is unable to opine on the
validity of this method of allocating income and deductions
between transferor and transferee unitholders because the issue
has not been finally resolved by the IRS or the courts. If this
method is not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only
applies to transfers of less than all of the unitholders
interest, our taxable income or losses might be reallocated
among the unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of
allocation between transferor and transferee unitholders, as
well as unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable year,
to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury
Regulations.
A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set
for a cash distribution for any quarter will be allocated items
of our income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to the
month of sale but will not be entitled to receive that cash
distribution.
Notification
Requirements
A unitholder who sells any of his units is generally required to
notify us in writing of that sale within 30 days after the
sale (or, if earlier, January 15 of the year following the
sale). A purchaser of units who purchases units from another
unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of
that purchase
201
within 30 days after the purchase. Upon receiving such
notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that
transaction and to furnish specified information to the
transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase
may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties.
However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by
an individual who is a citizen of the U.S. and who effects
the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy such
requirements.
Constructive
Termination
We will be considered to have terminated our tax partnership for
federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of our
interests that, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or more of the
total interests in our capital and profits within a twelve-month
period. For purposes of measuring whether the 50% threshold is
reached, multiple sales of the same interest are counted only
once. A constructive termination results in the closing of our
taxable year for all unitholders. In the case of a unitholder
reporting on a taxable year other than a fiscal year ending
December 31, the closing of our taxable year may result in
more than twelve months of our taxable income or loss being
includable in his taxable income for the year of termination. A
constructive termination occurring on a date other than December
31 will result in us filing two tax returns (and unitholders
could receive two Schedules K-1 if the relief discussed below is
not available) for one fiscal year and the cost of the
preparation of these returns will be borne by all common
unitholders. We would be required to make new tax elections
after a termination, including a new election under
Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination
would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A
termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to
determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a
termination might either accelerate the application of, or
subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the
termination. The IRS has recently announced a relief procedure
whereby if a publicly traded partnership that has technically
terminated requests publicly traded partnership technical
termination relief and the IRS grants such relief, among other
things, the partnership will only have to provide one
Schedule K-1
to unitholders for the year notwithstanding two partnership tax
years.
Uniformity
of Units
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we
must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics
of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of
uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number
of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and
regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal
application of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6).
Any
non-uniformity
could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please
read Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Section 754 Election.
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b)
adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value
of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization
derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful
life applied to the propertys unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the
extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not
amortizable, consistent with the regulations under
Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that
position may be inconsistent with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of
our assets. Please read Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership Section 754 Election. To
the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is
attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules
described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history.
If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken,
we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under
which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would
receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether
attributable to common basis or a Section 743(b)
adjustment, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had
purchased a direct interest in our assets. If this position is
adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation and
amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to
some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and
amortization deductions not taken in the year that these
deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be
adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and
amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on
the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate
method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and
amortization method
202
to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics
of any units that would not have a material adverse effect on
the unitholders. In either case, and as stated above under
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election, Andrews Kurth LLP has not
rendered an opinion with respect to these methods. Moreover, the
IRS may challenge any method of depreciating the
Section 743(b) adjustment described in this paragraph. If
this challenge were sustained, the uniformity of units might be
affected, and the gain from the sale of units might be increased
without the benefit of additional deductions. Please read
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
organizations, non-resident aliens, foreign corporations and
other foreign persons raises issues unique to those investors
and, as described below to a limited extent, may have
substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you are a
tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our
common units.
Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from
federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and
other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on
unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income
allocated to a unitholder that is a tax-exempt organization will
be unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable
to it.
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates
that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in
the U.S. because of the ownership of units. As a
consequence, they will be required to file federal tax returns
to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and
pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our
net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly
traded partnerships, we will withhold at the highest applicable
effective tax rate from cash distributions made quarterly to
foreign unitholders. Each foreign unitholder must obtain a
taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that
number to our transfer agent on a
Form W-8BEN
or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for
these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require
us to change these procedures.
In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will
be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business, that
corporation may be subject to the U.S. branch profits tax
at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax, on
its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in the
foreign corporations U.S. net equity,
which is effectively connected with the conduct of a
U.S. trade or business. That tax may be reduced or
eliminated by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the
country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a
qualified resident. In addition, this type of
unitholder is subject to special information reporting
requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal Revenue
Code.
A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a common
unit will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain
realized from the sale or disposition of that unit to the extent
the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
business of the foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by
the IRS, interpreting the scope of effectively connected
income, a foreign unitholder would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the
U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that
unitholders gain would be effectively connected with that
unitholders indirect U.S. trade or business.
Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act,
a foreign common unitholder generally will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax upon the sale or disposition of a
common unit if (i) he owned (directly or constructively
applying certain attribution rules) more than 5% of our common
units at any time during the five-year period ending on the date
of such disposition and (ii) 50% or more of the fair market
value of all of our assets consisted of U.S. real property
interests at any time during the shorter of the period during
which such unitholder held the common units or the five-year
period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than
50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests
and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future.
Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income
tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.
203
Administrative
Matters
Information
Returns and Audit Procedures
We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days
after the close of each calendar year, specific tax information,
including a
Schedule K-1,
which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this
information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take
various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have
been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholders
share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you
that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations
or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor
Andrews Kurth LLP can assure prospective unitholders that the
IRS will not successfully contend in court that those positions
are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS could negatively
affect the value of the units.
The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns.
Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each
unitholder to adjust a prior years tax liability, and
possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a
unitholders return could result in adjustments not related
to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for
purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of
administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement
proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income,
gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership
proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the
partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be
designated as the Tax Matters Partner for these
purposes. Our partnership agreement names American Midstream GP
as our Tax Matters Partner.
The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on
our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax
Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for
assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in
our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with
less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the
IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with
the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner.
The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all
the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative
adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek
judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder
having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of
unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in
profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go
forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may
participate.
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the
treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is
not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return.
Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency
requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
Nominee
Reporting
Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another
person are required to furnish to us:
|
|
|
|
|
the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the
beneficial owner and the nominee;
|
|
|
|
whether the beneficial owner is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a person that is not a U.S. person;
|
|
|
|
a foreign government, an international organization or any
wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the
foregoing; or
|
|
|
|
a tax-exempt entity;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and description of units held, acquired or
transferred for the beneficial owner; and
|
|
|
|
specific information including the dates of acquisitions and
transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition
cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from
sales.
|
204
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish
additional information, including whether they are
U.S. persons and specific information on units they
acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of
$100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per
calendar year, is imposed by the Internal Revenue Code for
failure to report that information to us. The nominee is
required to supply the beneficial owner of the units with the
information furnished to us.
Accuracy-Related
Penalties
An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of
an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more
specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or
regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and
substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal
Revenue Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any
portion of an underpayment if it is shown that there was a
reasonable cause for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in
good faith regarding that portion.
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in
any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement
exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on
the return for the taxable year or $5,000 ($10,000 for most
corporations). The amount of any understatement subject to
penalty generally is reduced if any portion is attributable to a
position adopted on the return:
|
|
|
|
|
for which there is, or was, substantial
authority; or
|
|
|
|
as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts
of that position are disclosed on the return.
|
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the
distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of
an understatement of income for which no
substantial authority exists, we must disclose the
pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for
unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to
take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders
to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply
to tax shelters, which we do not believe includes
us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the
value of any property, or the adjusted basis of any property,
claimed on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined
to be the correct amount of the valuation or adjusted basis,
(b) the price for any property or services (or for the use
of property) claimed on any such return with respect to any
transaction between persons described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount
determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of
such price, or (c) the net Internal Revenue Code
Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year
exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the
taxpayers gross receipts.
No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment
attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds
$5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). If the valuation claimed
on a return is 200% or more than the correct valuation or
certain other thresholds are met, the penalty imposed increases
to 40%. We do not anticipate making any valuation misstatements.
In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to
any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to
transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such
transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased
to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to
the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.
Reportable
Transactions
If we were to engage in a reportable transaction, we
(and possibly you and others) would be required to make a
detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A transaction
may be a reportable transaction based upon any of several
factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance
transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a listed
transaction or that it produces certain kinds of losses
for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts
in excess of $2 million in any single year, or
$4 million in any combination of 6 successive tax years.
Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the
likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and
possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please
read Information Returns and Audit
Procedures.
205
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction
with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any
listed transaction, you may be subject to the following
provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly
narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than
described above at Accuracy-Related
Penalties;
|
|
|
|
for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on
federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any
resulting tax liability; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of
limitations.
|
We do not expect to engage in any reportable
transactions.
Recent
Legislative Developments
The present federal income tax treatment of publicly traded
partnerships, including us, or an investment in our common units
may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial
interpretation at any time. For example, in the last session of
Congress, the U.S. House of Representatives passed
legislation that would provide for substantive changes to the
definition of qualifying income and the treatment of certain
types of income earned from profits interests in partnerships.
It is possible that these legislative efforts could result in
changes to the existing federal income tax laws that affect
publicly traded partnerships. As previously proposed, we do not
believe any such legislation would affect our tax treatment as a
partnership. However, the proposed legislation could be modified
in a way that could affect us. We are unable to predict whether
any of these changes, or other proposals, will ultimately be
enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact the value of
an investment in our units.
State,
Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations
In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject
to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes,
unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or
intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in
which you are a resident. We currently do business or own
property in several states, most of which impose personal income
taxes on individuals. Most of these states also impose an income
tax on corporations and other entities. Moreover, we may also
own property or do business in other states in the future that
impose income or similar taxes on nonresident individuals.
Although an analysis of those various taxes is not presented
here, each prospective unitholder should consider their
potential impact on his investment in us. A unitholder may be
required to file income tax returns and to pay income taxes in
many of these jurisdictions in which we do business or own
property and may be subject to penalties for failure to comply
with those requirements. In some jurisdictions, tax losses may
not produce a tax benefit in the year incurred and may not be
available to offset income in subsequent taxable years. Some of
the jurisdictions may require us, or we may elect, to withhold a
percentage of income from amounts to be distributed to a
unitholder who is not a resident of the jurisdiction.
Withholding, the amount of which may be greater or less than a
particular unitholders income tax liability to the
jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a nonresident
unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax return.
Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to
unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed
by us. Please read Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Entity-Level Collections. Based
on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our
general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be
withheld will not be material.
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate
the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent
jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each
prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his
tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters.
Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all
state, local and foreign, as well as U.S. federal tax
returns, that may be required of him. Andrews Kurth LLP has not
rendered an opinion on the state, local or foreign tax
consequences of an investment in us.
206
INVESTMENT
IN AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLANS
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to
additional considerations because the investments of these plans
are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the restrictions imposed by
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code and provisions
under any federal, state, local,
non-U.S. or
other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA, collectively, Similar
Laws. For these purposes the term employee benefit
plan includes, but is not limited to, qualified pension,
profit-sharing and stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified
employee pension plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs or
annuities established or maintained by an employer or employee
organization, and entities whose underlying assets are
considered to include plan assets of such plans,
accounts and arrangements, collectively, Employee Benefit
Plans. Among other things, consideration should be given
to:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the investment is prudent under
Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA and any other applicable
Similar Laws;
|
|
|
|
whether in making the investment, the plan will satisfy the
diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of
ERISA and any other applicable Similar Laws;
|
|
|
|
whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated
business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential
after-tax investment return. Please read Material Federal
Income Tax Consequences Tax-Exempt Organizations and
Other Investors; and
|
|
|
|
whether making such an investment will comply with the
delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and any other applicable
Similar Laws.
|
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets
of an Employee Benefit Plan, often called a fiduciary, should
determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the
appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for
the plan.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code prohibit Employee Benefit Plans from engaging,
either directly or indirectly, in specified transactions
involving plan assets with parties that, with
respect to the Employee Benefit Plan, are parties in
interest under ERISA or disqualified persons
under the Internal Revenue Code unless an exemption is
available. A party in interest or disqualified person who
engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to
excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and
the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the
ERISA plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited
transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code.
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units
is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary should consider whether
the Employee Benefit Plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to
own an undivided interest in our assets, with the result that
our general partner would also be a fiduciary of such Employee
Benefit Plan and our operations would be subject to the
regulatory restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited
transaction rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules
of the Internal Revenue Code, ERISA and any other applicable
Similar Laws.
The Department of Labor regulations and Section 3(42) of
ERISA provide guidance with respect to whether, in certain
circumstances, the assets of an entity in which Employee Benefit
Plans acquire equity interests would be deemed plan
assets. Under these rules, an entitys assets would
not be considered to be plan assets if, among other
things:
(a) the equity interests acquired by the Employee Benefit
Plan are publicly offered securities i.e., the
equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors
independent of the issuer and each other, are freely
transferable and are registered under certain provisions of the
federal securities laws;
207
(b) the entity is an operating
company, i.e., it is primarily engaged in the
production or sale of a product or service, other than the
investment of capital, either directly or through a
majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or
(c) there is no significant investment by benefit
plan investors, which is defined to mean that less than
25% of the value of each class of equity interest, disregarding
any such interests held by our general partner, its affiliates
and some other persons, is held generally by Employee Benefit
Plans.
Our assets should not be considered plan assets
under these regulations because it is expected that the
investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and
(b) above.
In light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage
in prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries
contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with
their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA, the
Internal Revenue Code and other Similar Laws.
208
UNDERWRITING
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as joint
book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of
the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and
conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date
of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally
agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that
underwriter, the number of common units set forth opposite the
underwriters name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Common
|
Underwriter
|
|
Units
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,750,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase the common units included in this
offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and
to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase
all the common units (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of
the common units.
Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will
initially be offered at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by
the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
from the initial public offering price not to exceed
$ per common unit. If all the
common units are not sold at the initial offering price, the
underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling
terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters
do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.
If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number
set forth in the table above, we have granted to the
underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 562,500 additional
common units at the public offering price less underwriting
discounts and commissions, and the structuring fee. The
underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this
offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each
underwriter must purchase a number of additional common units
approximately proportionate to that underwriters initial
purchase commitment. Any common units issued or sold under the
option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions
as the other common units that are the subject of this offering.
We, our officers and directors, and our other unitholders,
including our general partner and AIM Midstream Holdings and its
affiliates, have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from
the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the
prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
dispose of or hedge any common units or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Citigroup
Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated in their sole discretion
may release any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our partnership occurs; or
(ii) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, the restrictions described above shall
continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
We intend to apply to have our common units listed on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol AMID.
209
The following table shows the underwriting discounts,
commissions and the structuring fee that we are to pay to the
underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by American Midstream Partners, LP(1)
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per common unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes a structuring fee of
$ million, or
$ million if the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full, payable by us to
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
|
We will pay a structuring fee equal to 0.75% of the gross
proceeds of this offering, including the gross proceeds from any
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, to
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill, Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated. This structuring fee will
compensate Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill, Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for providing
advice regarding the capital structure of our partnership, the
terms of the offering, the terms of our partnership agreement
and the terms of certain other agreements between us and our
affiliates.
We estimate that our total expenses for this offering will be
approximately $3.3 million.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in
the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover
short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the
over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.
|
|
|
|
|
Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters
of a greater number of common units than they are required to
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covered
short sales are sales of common units
in an amount up to the number of common units represented by the
underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
Naked
short sales are sales of common units
in an amount in excess of the number of common units represented
by the underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either
pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market
after the distribution has been completed in order to cover
short positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase
common units in the open market after the distribution has been
completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common units in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
To close a covered short position, the underwriters must
purchase common units in the open market after the distribution
has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option.
In determining the source of common units to close the covered
short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of common units available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
common units through the over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum.
|
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as
well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own
accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of the common units. They may also
cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price
that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of
these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these
transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these
transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
210
The underwriters have performed commercial banking, investment
banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which
they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses.
The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions
with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their
business for which they may receive customary fees and
reimbursement of expenses. Additionally, affiliates of certain
of the underwriters will serve as lenders under our new credit
facility.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make because of any of those liabilities.
Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority views our
common units as interests in a direct participation program,
this offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of
the FINRA rules. Investor suitability with respect to the
common units will be judged similarly to the suitability with
respect to other securities that are listed for trading on a
national securities exchange.
Offering
Price Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price
for the common units was determined by negotiations among us and
the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining
the initial public offering price were our results of
operations, our current financial condition, our future
prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future
prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management,
and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity
securities markets, including current market valuations of
publicly traded companies considered comparable to our
partnership. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at
which the common units will sell in the public market after this
offering will not be lower than the initial public offering
price or that an active trading market in our common units will
develop and continue after this offering.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), with effect from and including the date on which
the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member
state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of securities
described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in
that relevant member state other than:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined in
the Prospectus Directive;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has
implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending
Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted
under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the Representatives; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive,
|
provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or
any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of
securities to the public in any relevant member state
means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the
securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression
may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that member state, the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and
amendments thereto, including the Directive 2010/73/EU, to the
extent implemented in the relevant member state), and includes
any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state,
and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means
Directive 2010/73/EU.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any
offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their
behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view
to the final placement of
211
the securities as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly,
no purchaser of the securities, other than the underwriters, is
authorized to make any further offer of the securities on behalf
of us or the underwriters.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial
Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with
the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services
Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for
distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered
Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or
relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility
for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with
Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor
taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has
no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this
prospectus relates may be illiquid
and/or
subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers
of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on
the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this
prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
Our partnership may constitute a collective investment
scheme as defined by section 235 of the Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, that is not a
recognised collective investment scheme for the
purposes of FSMA, or CIS, and that has not been authorised or
otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it cannot be
marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public, except in
accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being distributed
in the United Kingdom to, and are only directed at:
(i) if our partnership is a CIS and is marketed by a person
who is an authorised person under FSMA, (a) investment
professionals falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective
Investment Schemes) Order 2001, as amended (the CIS
Promotion Order) or (b) high net worth companies and
other persons falling with Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of
the CIS Promotion Order; or
(ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an
authorised person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the
Financial Promotion Order) or
(b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial
Promotion Order; and
(iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other
person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made, (all such
persons together being referred to as relevant
persons). Our partnerships common units are only
available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to
subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common units will
be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not
a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any
of its contents.
An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection
with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject
of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be
communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in
which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to our
partnership.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in Germany
This prospectus has not been prepared in accordance with the
requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the
German Securities Prospectus Act
(
Wertpapierprospektgesetz
), the German Sales Prospectus
Act (
Verkaufsprospektgesetz
), or the German Investment
Act (
Investmentgesetz
). Neither the German Federal
Financial Services Supervisory Authority (
Bundesanstalt
für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht-BaFin
) nor any other
German authority has been notified of the intention to
distribute our common units in Germany. Consequently, our common
units may not be distributed in Germany by way of public
offering, public advertisement or in any similar manner and this
prospectus and any other document relating to this offering, as
well as information or statements contained therein, may not be
supplied to the public in Germany or used in connection with any
offer for subscription of the common units to the public in
Germany or any other means of public marketing. Our common units
are being offered and sold in Germany only to qualified
212
investors which are referred to in Section 3,
paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with Section 2,
no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus Act,
Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German Sales
Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11 sentence
2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This prospectus is
strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not
be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.
This offering of our common units does not constitute an offer
to buy or the solicitation or an offer to sell our common units
in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is
unlawful.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the Netherlands
Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified
investors (
gekwalificeerde beleggers
) within the meaning
of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act
(
Wet op het financieel toezicht
).
Notice to
Prospective Investors in Switzerland
This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small
number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus
is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be
copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties.
Our common units are not being offered to the public in
Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering
materials relating to our common units may be distributed in
connection with any such public offering.
We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market
Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment
scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment
Schemes Act of June 23, 2006, or CISA. Accordingly, our
common units may not be offered to the public in or from
Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering
materials relating to our common units may be made available
through a public offering in or from Switzerland. Our common
units may only be offered and this prospectus may only be
distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private placement
exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is defined in
the CISA and its implementing ordinance).
213
VALIDITY
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The validity of the common units offered hereby will be passed
upon for us by Andrews Kurth LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal
matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will
be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham &
Watkins LLP, Houston, Texas.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of American Midstream
Partners, LP and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and as of December 31, 2009 and for
the period from August 20, 2009 to December 31, 2009
included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on
the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The combined financial statements of American Midstream Partners
Predecessor as of October 31, 2009 and for the
ten-month
period ended October 31, 2009 and as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2008 included in this prospectus have
been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all
of the information found in the registration statement. For
further information regarding us and the common units offered in
this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration
statement, including the exhibits. The registration statement,
including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at
100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be
obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section
of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates or from the
SECs web site on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on public reference rooms.
As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the
SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and
other information may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the
SECs website as provided above. Our website is located at
http://www.americanmidstream.com,
and we expect to make our periodic reports and other information
filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge,
through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after
those reports and other information are electronically filed
with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any
other website is not incorporated by reference into this
prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual
reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with GAAP. Our annual report will contain a detailed
statement of any transactions with our general partner or its
affiliates, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other
benefits paid, or accrued to our general partner or its
affiliates for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount
paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed. We
also intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders
quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial
information, including the information required by
Form 10-Q,
for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain
forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified
by the use of forward-looking terminology including
will, may, believe,
expect, anticipate,
estimate, continue, or other similar
words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain
projections of financial condition or of results of operations,
or state other forward-looking information. These
forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. When
considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in
mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this
prospectus. The risk factors and other factors noted throughout
this prospectus could cause our actual results to differ
materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.
214
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
|
|
|
Historical Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements as of and
for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Historical Consolidated Financial Statements as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the Period From
August 20, 2009 (Inception Date) to December 31, 2009
and the Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-20
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
|
|
American Midstream Partners Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
Historical Combined Financial Statements as of December 31,
2008 and October 31, 2009 and for the Year Ended
December 31, 2008 and the Ten Months Ended October 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
|
|
|
|
|
F-52
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
|
|
|
|
|
F-54
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
|
|
F-1
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
(note 1)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
|
1,490
|
|
|
|
1,490
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
22,194
|
|
|
|
20,758
|
|
|
|
20,758
|
|
Risk management assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
24,436
|
|
|
|
24,523
|
|
|
|
24,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
146,808
|
|
|
|
143,394
|
|
|
|
143,394
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,985
|
|
|
|
1,776
|
|
|
|
1,776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
173,229
|
|
|
$
|
169,693
|
|
|
$
|
169,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
|
$
|
1,105
|
|
|
$
|
1,105
|
|
Accrued gas purchases
|
|
|
18,706
|
|
|
|
17,599
|
|
|
|
17,599
|
|
Dividend payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Other loans
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
Risk management liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
2,676
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
|
|
3,644
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
28,977
|
|
|
|
32,890
|
|
|
|
62,890
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
8,078
|
|
|
|
8,338
|
|
|
|
8,338
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
50,370
|
|
|
|
49,500
|
|
|
|
49,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
87,425
|
|
|
|
90,728
|
|
|
|
120,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest (0.2 million units outstanding as
of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 and
0.1 million on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2011)
|
|
|
2,124
|
|
|
|
1,998
|
|
|
|
1,404
|
|
Limited partner interest (11.0 million and
11.1 million units outstanding as of December 31, 2010
and March 31, 2011, respectively and 0.9 million on a
pro forma basis as of March 31, 2011)
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
76,911
|
|
|
|
7,535
|
|
Subordinated units (4.5 million outstanding on a pro forma
basis as of March 31, 2011)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,970
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
85,804
|
|
|
|
78,965
|
|
|
|
48,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and partners capital
|
|
$
|
173,229
|
|
|
$
|
169,693
|
|
|
$
|
169,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-2
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
For
the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
|
$
|
67,265
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
54,712
|
|
|
|
63,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
44,964
|
|
|
|
54,953
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
54,809
|
|
|
|
66,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(2,246
|
)
|
Other expenses (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners net income (loss) per common unit (See
Note 13)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common units used in computation of
limited partners net income (loss) per common unit
|
|
|
10,202
|
|
|
|
11,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma earnings per common and subordinated units (See
Note 1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.61
|
)
|
Pro forma weighted average common and subordinated units
outstanding (See Note 1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,668
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
$
|
91,148
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
2,010
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
93,204
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,454
|
)
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
Adjustments to other post retirement plan assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at March 31, 2010
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
$
|
89,723
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
2,235
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
92,004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
|
$
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
2,124
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
85,804
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,440
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,510
|
)
|
Unitholder distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,591
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,664
|
)
|
LTIP vesting
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
Adjustments to other post retirement benefit plan assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at March 31, 2011
|
|
|
11,081
|
|
|
$
|
76,911
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
1,998
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
78,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Three
Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile change in net assets to net cash used
in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
Mark to market on derivatives
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(219
|
)
|
|
|
(834
|
)
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
Risk management assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(670
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
(425
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(1,620
|
)
|
|
|
125
|
|
Accrued gas purchase
|
|
|
(2,482
|
)
|
|
|
(1,107
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
|
968
|
|
Risk management liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) in operating activities
|
|
|
2,323
|
|
|
|
5,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(494
|
)
|
|
|
(1,291
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit holder distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,664
|
)
|
Payments on other loan
|
|
|
(268
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Borrowings on long-term debt
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
21,300
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(5,120
|
)
|
|
|
(21,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
|
|
(2,888
|
)
|
|
|
(3,686
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,059
|
)
|
|
|
90
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
$
|
1,198
|
|
|
$
|
1,054
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011
|
|
1.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Nature of
Business
American Midstream Partners, LP (the Partnership)
was formed on August 20, 2009 (date of
inception) as a Delaware limited partnership for the
purpose of acquiring and operating certain natural gas pipeline
and processing businesses. We provide natural gas gathering,
treating, processing, marketing and transportation services in
the Gulf Coast and Southeast regions of the United States. We
hold our assets in a series of wholly owned limited liability
companies as well as a limited partnership. Our capital accounts
consist of general partner interests and limited partner
interests.
We are controlled by our general partner, American Midstream GP,
LLC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AIM Midstream
Holdings, LLC.
Our interstate natural gas pipeline assets transport natural gas
through Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the
FERC) regulated interstate natural gas pipelines in
Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee. Our interstate
pipelines include:
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream (Midla), LLC, which owns and operates
approximately 370 miles of interstate pipeline that runs
from the Monroe gas field in northern Louisiana south through
Mississippi to Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
|
|
|
|
American Midstream (AlaTenn), LLC, which owns and operates more
than approximately 295 miles of interstate pipeline that
runs through the Tennessee River Valley from Selmer, Tennessee
to Huntsville, Alabama and serves an eight county area in
Alabama, Mississippi and Tennessee.
|
Basis of
Presentation
These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for
interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include
all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for
complete financial statements. The year-end balance sheet data
was derived from audited financial statements but does not
include disclosures required by GAAP for annual periods. The
unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months
ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 include all adjustments and
disclosures that we believe are necessary for a fair statement
of the results for the interim periods.
Our financial results for the three months ended March 31,
2010 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that
may be expected for the full years ending December 31, 2010
and 2011. These unaudited consolidated financial statements
should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
registration statement.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of
March 31, 2001 gives effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the accrual of distributions payable to unitholders of record as
of May 27, 2011 and our general partner, in each case in
connection with our proposed initial public offering (see
Note 14) and as if such distributions had been
declared effective as of March 31, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the following recapitalization transactions (the
Recapitalization Transactions) as if they had
occurred as of March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
each general partner unit held by our general partner is reverse
split into 0.485 general partner units, resulting in the
ownership by our general partner of an aggregate of 108,718
general partner units, representing a 2.0% general partner
interest in us;
|
F-6
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
each common unit held by participants in our Long-Term Incentive
Plan, or LTIP, is reverse split into 0.485 common units,
resulting in their ownership of an aggregate of 50,946 common
units, representing an aggregate 0.9% limited partner interest
in us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each outstanding phantom unit granted to participants in our
LTIP is reverse split into 0.485 phantom units, resulting in
their holding an aggregate of 209,824 phantom units;
|
|
|
|
|
|
each common unit held by AIM Midstream Holdings is reverse split
into 0.485 common units, resulting in the ownership by AIM
Midstream Holdings of an aggregate of 5,327,205 common units,
representing an aggregate 97.1% limited partner interest in
us; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the common units held by AIM Midstream Holdings are converted
into 801,139 common units and 4,526,066 subordinated units.
|
Revenue
Recognition and the Estimation of Revenues and Cost of Natural
Gas
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:
(1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists,
(2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,
(3) the price is fixed or determinable and
(4) collectability is reasonably assured. We record revenue
and cost of product sold on a gross basis for those transactions
where we act as the principal and take title to natural gas,
NGLs or condensates that are purchased for resale. When our
customers pay us a fee for providing a service such as
gathering, treating or transportation, we record those fees
separately in revenues. For the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, the Partnership had
the following revenues by category:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation firm
|
|
$
|
3,376
|
|
|
$
|
3,318
|
|
Transportation interruptible
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
|
965
|
|
Sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
50,660
|
|
|
|
62,822
|
|
Other
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
Unrealized losses on commodity derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
|
$
|
63,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
Partners Net Income Per Unit
We compute Limited Partners Net Income per Unit by
dividing our limited partners interest in net income by
the weighted average number of units outstanding during the
period. The overall computation, presentation and disclosure
requirements for our Limited Partners Net Income per Unit
are made in accordance with the Earnings per Share
Topic of the Codification.
Earnings
Per Common Unit
The pro forma earnings per common unit provides supplemental
information in connection with our proposed initial public
offering (see Note 14). The pro forma earnings per common
unit gives effect to the Recapitalization Transactions as of
March 31, 2011 and the additional number of common units
issued in this offering (at an assumed offering price of $20.00)
necessary to pay the portion of the dividend that will be funded
from the proceeds of this offering that exceeds net income for
the three months ended March 31, 2011.
F-7
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
On October 2, 2009, American Midstream, LLC, a wholly owned
subsidiary, entered into a purchase and sale agreement to
acquire certain pipeline businesses from Enbridge Midcoast
Energy, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$150.8 million. The acquisition was effective as of
November 1, 2009. Prior to the acquisition, we had no
operating tangible assets.
The acquired businesses were renamed as follows:
American Midstream (Alabama Intrastate), LLC
American Midstream (Bamagas Intrastate), LLC
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC
American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC
American Midstream (Midla), LLC
American Midstream (Alabama Gathering), LLC
American Midstream (AlaTenn), LLC
American Midstream Onshore Pipelines, LLC
Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC
American Midstream Offshore (Seacrest), LP
American Midstream (SIGCO Intrastate), LLC
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC
The acquisition qualifies as a business combination and, as
such, the Partnership estimated the fair value of each property
as of the acquisition date (the date on which the Partnership
obtained control of the properties). The fair value is the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. Fair value measurements also utilize
assumptions of market participants. The Partnership used a
discounted cash flow model and made market assumptions as to
future commodity prices, expectations for timing and amount of
future development and operating costs, projections of future
rates of production and risk adjusted discount rates. These
assumptions represent Level 3 inputs.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the
seller and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed in the acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consideration paid to seller
|
|
|
|
|
Cash consideration
|
|
$
|
150,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
151,085
|
|
Other post-retirement benefit plan assets, net
|
|
|
394
|
|
Other liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(661
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets
|
|
$
|
150,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition costs of $0.07 million and $0.29 million
have been recorded in the statements of operations under the
caption Transaction costs on acquisitions for the three months
ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
|
|
3.
|
Concentration
of Credit Risk and Trade Accounts Receivable
|
Our primary market areas are located in the United States along
the Gulf Coast and in the Southeast. We have a concentration of
trade receivable balances due from companies engaged in the
production, trading,
F-8
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
distribution and marketing of natural gas and NGL products.
These concentrations of customers may affect our overall credit
risk in that the customers may be similarly affected by changes
in economic, regulatory or other factors. Our customers
historical financial and operating information is analyzed prior
to extending credit. We manage our exposure to credit risk
through credit analysis, credit approvals, credit limits and
monitoring procedures, and for certain transactions, we may
request letters of credit, prepayments or guarantees. We
maintain allowances for potentially uncollectible accounts
receivable. For the period and year ended December 31, 2009
and 2010, no allowances on accounts receivable were recorded.
Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ConocoPhillips Corporation,
ExxonMobil Corporation and Dow Hydrocarbons and Resources were
significant customers, representing at least 10% of our
consolidated revenue, accounting for $29.5 million,
$7.1 million, $0.1 million and $5.7 million,
respectively, of our consolidated revenue in the consolidated
statement of operations in the three months ended March 31,
2010 and $12.0 million, $28.5 million,
$9.6 million and $3.9 million, respectively, for the
three months ended March 31, 2011.
Commodity
Derivatives
To minimize the effect of a downturn in commodity prices and
protect the Partnerships profitability and the economics
of its development plans, the Partnership enters into commodity
economic hedge contracts from time to time. The terms of
contracts depend on various factors, including managements
view of future commodity prices, acquisition economics on
purchased assets and future financial commitments. This hedging
program is designed to moderate the effects of a severe
commodity price downturn while allowing us to participate in
some commodity price increases. Management regularly monitors
the commodity markets and financial commitments to determine if,
when, and at what level some form of commodity hedging is
appropriate in accordance with policies which are established by
the board of directors of our general partner. Currently, the
commodity hedges are in the form of swaps and puts.
The Partnership is required to post collateral with one
counterparty in connection with its derivative positions. As of
March 31, 2011, the Partnership had posted
$0.68 million in collateral. The counterparties are not
required to post collateral with us in connection with their
derivative positions. Netting agreements are in place with each
of the Partnerships counterparties allowing the
Partnership to offset its commodity derivative asset and
liability positions.
As of March 31, 2011, the notional volumes of our commodity
hedges for 2011 were 10.9 million gallons and
7.5 million gallons for 2012.
Interest
Rate Derivatives
The Partnership also utilizes interest rate caps to protect
against changes in interest rates on its floating rate debt.
At March 31, 2011, the Partnership had $56.5 million
outstanding under its credit facility, with interest accruing at
a rate plus an applicable margin. In order to mitigate the risk
of changes in cash flows attributable to changes in market
interest rates, the Partnership has entered into interest rate
caps that mitigate the risk of increases in interest rates. As
of March 31, 2011, we had interest rate caps with a
notional amount of $25.0 million that effectively fix the
base rate on that portion of our debt, with a fixed maximum rate
of 4%.
For accounting purposes, no derivative instruments were
designated as hedging instruments and were instead accounted for
under the
mark-to-market
method of accounting, with any changes in the
mark-to-market
value of the derivatives recorded in the balance sheets and
through earnings, rather than being
F-9
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
deferred until the anticipated transactions affect earnings. The
use of
mark-to-market
accounting for financial instruments can cause noncash earnings
volatility due to changes in the underlying commodity prices
indices or interest rates.
As of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the fair
value associated with the Partnerships derivative
instruments were recorded in our financial statements, under the
caption Risk management assets and Risk management liabilities,
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Risk management assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
Interest rate derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk management liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,079
|
|
Interest rate derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We recorded the following
mark-to-market
losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Commodity derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Interest rate derivatives
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements
The Partnerships interest rate caps and commodity
derivatives discussed above were classified as Level 3
derivatives for all periods presented.
The table below includes a roll forward of the balance sheet
amounts (including the change in fair value) for financial
instruments classified by us within Level 3 of the
valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a
financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation
hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of
the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement.
Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in
addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components,
observable components (that is, components that are actively
quoted and can be validated to external sources).
F-10
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Fair value asset (liability), beginning of period
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total realized and unrealized (losses) gains included in revenue
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(3,920
|
)
|
Purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
670
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value (liability) asset, end of period
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
(2,905
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment, Net
|
Property, plant and equipment, net, as of December 31, 2010
and March 31, 2011 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
4 to 40
|
|
|
|
2,523
|
|
|
|
2,527
|
|
Processing and treating plants
|
|
|
8 to 40
|
|
|
|
11,954
|
|
|
|
11,955
|
|
Pipelines
|
|
|
5 to 40
|
|
|
|
143,805
|
|
|
|
144,784
|
|
Compressors
|
|
|
4 to 20
|
|
|
|
7,163
|
|
|
|
7,211
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
8 to 20
|
|
|
|
1,711
|
|
|
|
1,966
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168,587
|
|
|
|
169,877
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21,779
|
)
|
|
|
(26,483
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
146,808
|
|
|
$
|
143,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of the gross property, plant and equipment balances at
December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011,
$24.3 million relate to regulated assets.
|
|
6.
|
Asset
Retirement Obligations
|
We record a liability for the fair value of asset retirement
obligations and conditional asset retirement obligations that we
can reasonably estimate, on a discounted basis, in the period in
which the liability is incurred. We collectively refer to asset
retirement obligations and conditional asset retirement
obligations as ARO. Typically, we record an ARO at the time the
assets are installed or acquired, if a reasonable estimate of
fair value can be made. In connection with establishing an ARO,
we capitalize the costs as part of the carrying value of the
related assets. We recognize an ongoing expense for the interest
component of the liability as part of depreciation expense
resulting from changes in the value of the ARO due to the
passage of time. We depreciate the initial capitalized costs
over the useful lives of the related assets. We extinguish the
liabilities for an ARO when assets are taken out of service or
otherwise abandoned.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized
$6.1 million of AROs for specific assets that we intend to
retire for operational purposes. We recorded accretion expense
of $0.28 million and $0.33 million in our consolidated
statements of operations for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, related to these
AROs.
F-11
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
No assets are legally restricted for purposes of settling our
ARO during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.
Following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending
aggregate carrying amount of our ARO liabilities for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,249
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
6,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
6,336
|
|
|
$
|
7,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Partnership did not recognize AROs as of December 31,
2009 given that, at that time, it did not intend to retire any
of its existing assets, nor were retirement costs estimable.
However, after the Partnership had obtained sufficient operating
experience with assets during 2010, it determined certain assets
would be retired from an operational perspective.
On November 4, 2009, we entered into an $85 million
secured credit facility (credit facility) with a
consortium of lending institutions. The credit facility is
composed of a $50 million term loan facility and a
$35 million revolving credit facility.
Our outstanding borrowings under the credit facility at December
31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively, were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Term loan facility
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
|
$
|
43,500
|
|
Revolving loan facility
|
|
|
11,370
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,370
|
|
|
|
56,500
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
50,370
|
|
|
$
|
49,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, letters of
credit outstanding under the credit facility were
$0.6 million.
The credit facility provides for a maximum borrowing equal to
the lesser of (i) $85 million less the required
amortization of term loan payments and (ii) 3.50 times
adjusted consolidated EBITDA (as defined: $18.8 million at
December 31, 2010 and $20.6 million at March 31,
2011). We may elect to have loans under the credit facility bear
interest either (i) at a Eurodollar-based rate with a
minimum of 2.0% plus a margin ranging from 3.25% to 4.0%
depending on our total leverage ratio then in effect, or
(ii) at a base rate (the greater of (i) the daily
adjusting LIBOR rate and (ii) a Prime-based rate which is
equal to the greater of (A) the Prime Rate and (B) an
interest rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective
Rate in effect that day, plus one percent) plus a margin ranging
from 2.25% to 3.00% depending on the total leverage ratio then
in effect. We also pay a facility fee of 1.0% per annum. In
December 2009, we entered into an interest rate cap with
participating lenders with a $25.0 million notional amount
at March 31, 2011 that effectively caps
F-12
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
our Eurodollar-based rate exposure on that portion of our debt
at a maximum of 4.0%. For the three months ended March 31,
2010 and 2011, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings
under our credit facility was approximately 7.82% and 7.80%,
respectively.
Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by a first
mortgage in favor of the lenders in our real property. The terms
of the credit facility include covenants that restrict our
ability to make cash distributions and acquisitions in some
circumstances. The remaining principal balance of loans and any
accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable in full on
the maturity date, November 3, 2012.
The term loan facility also provides for quarterly principal
installment payments as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
2012
|
|
|
39,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The credit facility also contains customary representations and
warranties (including those relating to organization and
authorization, compliance with laws, absence of defaults,
material agreements and litigation) and customary events of
default (including those relating to monetary defaults, covenant
defaults, cross defaults and bankruptcy events). The primary
financial covenants contained in the credit facility are
(i) a total leverage ratio test (not to exceed 3.50 times)
and a minimum interest coverage ratio test (not less than 2.50
times). We were in compliance with all of the covenants under
our credit facility as of December 31, 2010 and
March 31, 2011.
Fair
Market Value of Financial Instruments
The Partnership used various assumptions and methods in
estimating the fair values of its financial instruments. The
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts
receivable approximated their fair value due to the short-term
maturity of these instruments. The carrying amount of the
Partnerships credit facility approximates fair value,
because the interest rate on the facility is variable.
Our capital accounts are comprised of a 2% general partner
interest and 98% limited partner interests. Our limited partners
have limited rights of ownership as provided for under our
partnership agreement and, as discussed below, the right to
participate in our distributions. Our general partner manages
our operations, and participates in our distributions, including
certain incentive distributions pursuant to the incentive
distribution rights that are nonvoting limited partner interests
held by our general partner.
The number of units outstanding were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
|
|
11,081
|
|
General partner units
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
Distributions
The Partnership made distributions of $0 million and
$3.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010
and 2011, respectively. The Partnership made no distributions in
respect of our general partners incentive distribution
rights.
F-13
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
|
|
9.
|
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
|
Our general partner manages our operations and activities and
employs the personnel who provide support to our operations. On
November 2, 2009, the board of directors of our general
partner adopted a long-term incentive plan for its employees and
consultants and directors who perform services for it or its
affiliates. On May 25, 2010, the board of directors of our
general partner adopted an amended and restated long-term
incentive plan (as amended, the LTIP). The LTIP
currently permits the grant of awards in the form of Partnership
units, which may include distribution equivalent rights
(DERs), covering an aggregate of 625,532 of our
units. A DER entitles the grantee to a cash payment equal to the
cash distribution made by the Partnership with respect to a unit
during the period such DER is outstanding. At December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011, 111,112 and 71,112 units,
respectively, were available for future grant under the LTIP.
Ownership in the awards is subject to forfeiture until the
vesting date. The LTIP is administered by the board of directors
of our general partner. The board of directors of our general
partner, at its discretion, may elect to settle such vested
phantom units with a number of units equivalent to the fair
market value at the date of vesting in lieu of cash. Although,
our general partner has the option to settle in cash upon the
vesting of phantom unit our general partner does not intend to
settle these awards in cash.
Although other types of awards are contemplated under the LTIP,
currently outstanding awards are phantom units with DERs
(392,315 at March 31, 2011) and phantom units without DERs
(40,000 at March 31, 2011).
Grants issued under the LTIP have historically vested in
increments of 25% on each of the first four anniversary dates of
the date of the grant and do not contain any other restrictive
conditions related to vesting other than continued employment.
During 2011, the fair value of the grants issued was calculated
by the general partner based on several valuation models,
including: a DCF model, a comparable company multiple analysis
and a comparable recent transaction multiple analysis. As it
relates to the DCF model, the model includes certain market
assumptions related to future throughput volumes, projected fees
and/or
prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and
risk adjusted discount rates. Both the comparable company
analysis and recent transaction analysis contain significant
assumptions consistent with the DCF model, in addition to
assumptions related to comparability, appropriateness of
multiples (primarily based on EBITDA and DCF) and certain
assumptions in the calculation of enterprise value.
The following table summarizes our unit-based awards for each of
the periods indicated, in units:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of period
|
|
|
361,052
|
|
|
|
424,157
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
127,368
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
Converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,842
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of period
|
|
|
488,420
|
|
|
|
432,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant date fair value per share
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
|
$
|
10.0 to $13.67
|
|
The fair value of our phantom units, which are subject to equity
classification, is based on the fair value of our units at each
balance sheet date. Compensation costs related to these awards
for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 was
$0.25 million and $0.35 million, respectively, which
is classified in selling, general and administrative expenses in
the consolidated statement of operations and partners
capital on the consolidated balance sheet.
F-14
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet
recognized on December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011 was
$3.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively, and the
weighted average period over which this cost is expected to be
recognized is approximately 3 years.
|
|
10.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
We are subject to federal and state laws and regulations
relating to the protection of the environment. Environmental
risk is inherent to natural gas pipeline operations and we
could, at times, be subject to environmental cleanup and
enforcement actions. We attempt to manage this environmental
risk through appropriate environmental policies and practices to
minimize any impact our operations may have on the environment.
Future noncancelable commitments related to certain contractual
obligations are presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating leases and service contract
|
|
$
|
2,057
|
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
$
|
342
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
ARO
|
|
|
8,340
|
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,397
|
|
|
$
|
1,494
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
$
|
342
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
$
|
7,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses related to operating leases, asset retirement
obligations, land site leases and
right-of-way
agreements were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
250
|
|
ARO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
Related-Party
Transactions
|
Employees of our general partner are assigned to work for us.
Where directly attributable, the costs of all compensation,
benefits expenses and employer expenses for these employees are
charged directly by our general partner to American Midstream,
LLC which, in turn, charges the appropriate subsidiary. Our
general partner does not record any profit or margin for the
administrative and operational services charged to us. During
the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011,
administrative and operational services expenses of
$0.03 million and $0.02 million, respectively, were
allocated to us by our general partner.
We have entered into an advisory services agreement with
American Infrastructure MLP Management, L.L.C., American
Infrastructure MLP PE Management, L.L.C., and American
Infrastructure MLP Associates Management, L.L.C., as the
advisors. The agreement provides for the payment of
$0.3 million in 2010 and annual fees of $0.3 million
plus annual increases in proportion to the increase in budgeted
gross revenues thereafter. In exchange, the advisors have agreed
to provide us services in obtaining equity, debt, lease and
acquisition financing, as well as providing other financial,
advisory and consulting services. For the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011, less than $0.1 million and
$0.1 million, respectively, had been recorded to selling,
general and administrative expenses under this agreement.
F-15
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
Our operations are located in the United States and are
organized into two reporting segments: (1) Gathering and
Processing; and (2) Transmission.
Gathering
and Processing
Our Gathering and Processing segment provides wellhead to
market services to producers of natural gas and oil, which
include transporting raw natural gas from the wellhead through
gathering systems, treating the raw natural gas, processing raw
natural gas to separate the NGLs and selling or delivering
pipeline quality natural gas and NGLs to various markets and
pipeline systems.
Transmission
Our Transmission segment transports and delivers natural gas
from producing wells, receipt points or pipeline interconnects
for shippers and other customers, including local distribution
companies, or LDCs, utilities and industrial, commercial and
power generation customers.
These segments are monitored separately by management for
performance and are consistent with internal financial
reporting. These segments have been identified based on the
differing products and services, regulatory environment and the
expertise required for these operations. Gross margin is a
performance measure utilized by management to monitor the
business of each segment.
The following tables set forth our segment information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended March 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
8,088
|
|
|
$
|
46,624
|
|
|
$
|
54,712
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)
|
|
$
|
3,650
|
|
|
$
|
6,098
|
|
|
$
|
9,748
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,692
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,966
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three months ended March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
19,181
|
|
|
$
|
48,084
|
|
|
$
|
63,765
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
4,145
|
|
|
$
|
8,167
|
|
|
$
|
12,312
|
|
Unrealized losses included in revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,058
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Segment gross margin for our Gathering and Processing segment
consists of total revenue less purchases of natural gas, NGLs
and condensate. Segment gross margin for our Transmission
segment consists of total revenue, less purchases of natural
gas. Gross margin consists of the sum of the segment gross
margin amounts for each of these segments. As an indicator of
our operating performance, gross margin should not be considered
an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income or cash
flow from operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Our
gross margin may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure
of another company because other entities may not calculate
gross margin in the same manner.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Unrealized gains (losses) from derivative
mark-to-market
adjustments is included in total revenue and segment gross
margin in our Gathering and Processing segment for the three
months ended March 31, 2010. Effective January 1,
2011, we changed our gross margin and segment gross margin
measure to exclude unrealized non cash
mark-to-market
adjustments related to our commodity derivatives. There were no
such adjustments for the three months ended March 31, 2010
and $3.5 in unrealized losses were excluded from segment gross
margin for the three months ended March 31, 2011.
|
Asset information including capital expenditures, by segment is
not included in reports used by our management in its monitoring
of performance and therefore, is not disclosed.
For the purposes of our Transmission segment, for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, Enbridge Marketing
(US) L.P., ExxonMobil Corporation and Calpine Corporation
represented significant customers, each representing more than
10% of our segment revenue in this segment. Our segment revenue
derived from Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ExxonMobil
Corporation and Calpine Corporation represented
$5.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.8 million of
segment revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2010
and $4.4 million, $9.6 million and $0.8 million
for the three months ended March 31, 2011, respectively.
For the purposes of our Gathering and Processing segment, for
the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, Enbridge
Marketing (US) L.P., ConocoPhillips Corporation and Dow
Hydrocarbons and Resources represented significant customers,
each representing more than 10% of our segment revenue in this
segment. Our segment revenue derived from Enbridge Marketing
(US) L.P., ConocoPhillips Corporation and Dow Hydrocarbons and
Resources represented $24.1 million, $7.1 million and
$5.7 million of segment revenue for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and $7.6 million, $28.5 million
and $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31,
2011, respectively.
F-17
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
|
|
13.
|
Net
Income (Loss) per Limited and General Partner Unit
|
Net Income per Limited Partner Unit.
Net
income is allocated to the general partner and the limited
partners (common unitholders) in accordance with their
respective ownership percentages, after giving effect to
incentive distributions paid to the general partner. Basic and
diluted net income per limited partner unit is calculated by
dividing limited partners interest in net income by the
weighted average number of outstanding limited partner units
during the period.
Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable
rights to distributions (whether paid or unpaid) are classified
as participating securities and are included in our computation
of basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit.
We compute earnings per unit using the two-class method. The
two-class method requires that securities that meet the
definition of a participating security be considered for
inclusion in the computation of basic earnings per unit. Under
the two-class method, earnings per unit is calculated as if all
of the earnings for the period were distributed under the terms
of the partnership agreement, regardless of whether the general
partner has discretion over the amount of distributions to be
made in any particular period, whether those earnings would
actually be distributed during a particular period from an
economic or practical perspective, or whether the general
partner has other legal or contractual limitations on its
ability to pay distributions that would prevent it from
distributing all of the earnings for a particular period.
The two-class method does not impact our overall net income or
other financial results; however, in periods in which aggregate
net income exceeds our aggregate distributions for such period,
it will have the impact of reducing net income per limited
partner unit. This result occurs as a larger portion of our
aggregate earnings, as if distributed, is allocated to the
incentive distribution rights of the general partner, even
though we make distributions on the basis of available cash and
not earnings. In periods in which our aggregate net income does
not exceed our aggregate distributions for such period, the
two-class method does not have any impact on our calculation of
earnings per limited partner unit. We have no dilutive
securities, therefore basic and diluted net income per unit are
the same.
We determined basic and diluted net income per general partner
unit and limited partner unit as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per unit amounts)
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to general partner and limited partners
|
|
$
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,510
|
)
|
Weighted average general partner and limited partner units
outstanding(a)
|
|
|
10,402
|
|
|
|
11,697
|
|
Earnings per general partner and limited partner unit (basic and
diluted)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to limited partners
|
|
$
|
(1,425
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,440
|
)
|
Weighted average limited partner units outstanding(a)
|
|
|
10,202
|
|
|
|
11,473
|
|
Earnings per limited partner unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
$
|
(0.14
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to general partner
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70
|
)
|
Weighted average general partner units outstanding
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
Earnings per general partner unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.31
|
)
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Includes unvested phantom units, which are considered
participating securities, of 424,157 and 392,315 as of
December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
|
F-18
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to
Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 and the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010 and
2011 (continued)
The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events through
June 9, 2011:
On March 31, 2011, we filed a registration statement with
the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to a proposed
public offering of shares of our common units (the
IPO), and have from time to time thereafter amended
such registration statement. The registration statement, as
amended, reflects our intentions to use a portion of the net
proceeds of the offering and borrowings under our new credit
facility to make a special distribution to pre-offering
unitholders of record and our general partner. At an assumed
offering price of $20.00 per common unit, the aggregate
distribution to those unitholders and our general partner would
be approximately $30.1 million.
On May 4, 2011, the Board of Directors of our general
partner approved a distribution in the amount of
$3.7 million, consisting of $3.6 million to the
limited partners and $0.1 million to the general partner,
as well as a payment of $0.1 million in respect of DERs
outstanding and $0.1 million in DER payments.
On June 2, 2011, our Board of Directors determined that we
would gain operational and strategic flexibility from cancelling
our then-existing swap contracts that we entered into in January
2011. In conjunction with un-winding and cancelling these
contracts, we entered into new swap contracts that extend
through the end of 2012. We did not modify the put contracts we
entered into through our January 2011 hedge transactions.
F-19
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of the General Partner of
American Midstream Partners, LP
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
American Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, of changes in partners capital
and of cash flows for the period from August 20, 2009
(inception date) to December 31, 2009 and year ended
December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of American Midstream Partners, LP and its subsidiaries
at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the period from
August 20, 2009 (inception date) to December 31, 2009
and year ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
March 30, 2011
F-20
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
December 31,
2009 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,149
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
|
|
656
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
18,329
|
|
|
|
22,194
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
22,448
|
|
|
|
24,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
149,266
|
|
|
|
146,808
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
2,679
|
|
|
|
1,985
|
|
Risk management assets
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
174,470
|
|
|
$
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,934
|
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
Accrued gas purchases
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
18,706
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Other loans
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
|
615
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
2,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
24,867
|
|
|
|
28,977
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
8,078
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
56,000
|
|
|
|
50,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
81,266
|
|
|
|
87,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest (0.2 million units outstanding as
of December 31, 2010 and 2009)
|
|
|
2,010
|
|
|
|
2,124
|
|
Limited partner interest (9.8 million and 11.0 million
units outstanding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively)
|
|
|
91,148
|
|
|
|
83,624
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
93,204
|
|
|
|
85,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and partners equity
|
|
$
|
174,470
|
|
|
$
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-21
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Period from August 20, 2009 (Inception
Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
26,593
|
|
|
|
173,821
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
8,854
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
38,915
|
|
|
|
215,178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(6,082
|
)
|
|
|
(3,238
|
)
|
Other expenses (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest in net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,852
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,471
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners net income (loss) per common unit
(Note 19)
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
(.81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common units used in computation of
limited partners net income (loss) per common unit
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
10,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-22
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balances at August 20, 2009 (Inception Date)
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions by partners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,992
|
)
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
Adjustments to other post retirement benefit plan assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
$
|
91,148
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
2,010
|
|
|
$
|
46
|
|
|
$
|
93,204
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions by partners
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
11,760
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,471
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,644
|
)
|
Unitholder distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,545
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,779
|
)
|
LTIP vesting
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(903
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax netting repurchase
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(171
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(171
|
)
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,184
|
|
Adjustments to other post retirement benefit plan assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balances at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
|
$
|
83,624
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
2,124
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
85,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-23
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Period
from August 20, 2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile change in net assets to net cash used
in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
807
|
|
Mark to market on derivatives
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
Unit based compensation
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
1,185
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,447
|
)
|
|
|
791
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
(18,329
|
)
|
|
|
(3,865
|
)
|
Risk management assets
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
|
(308
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(1,523
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(199
|
)
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
Accrued gas purchase
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
3,825
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) in operating activities
|
|
|
(6,531
|
)
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of operating assets from Enbridge Midcoast Energy, LP
|
|
|
(150,818
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(1,158
|
)
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(151,976
|
)
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital contributions
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
Unit holder distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,779
|
)
|
Payment of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
(2,158
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings on other loans
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
800
|
|
Payments on other loan
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
Borrowings on long-term debt
|
|
|
63,000
|
|
|
|
26,500
|
|
Payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
(31,130
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
|
|
159,656
|
|
|
|
(4,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
(1,086
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
1,149
|
|
|
$
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
|
$
|
4,523
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-24
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from
August 20, 2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010
|
|
1.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Nature of
Business
American Midstream Partners, LP (the Partnership)
was formed on August 20, 2009 (date of
inception) as a Delaware limited partnership for the
purpose of acquiring and operating certain natural gas pipeline
and processing businesses. We provide natural gas gathering,
treating, processing, marketing and transportation services in
the Gulf Coast and Southeast regions of the United States. We
hold our assets in a series of wholly owned limited liability
companies as well as a limited partnership. Our capital accounts
consist of general partner interests and limited partner
interests.
We are controlled by our general partner, American Midstream GP,
LLC, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of AIM Midstream
Holdings, LLC.
Our interstate natural gas pipeline assets transport natural gas
through Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the
FERC) regulated interstate natural gas pipelines in
Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee. Our interstate
pipelines include:
|
|
|
|
|
American Midstream (Midla), LLC, which owns and operates
approximately 370 miles of interstate pipeline that runs
from the Monroe gas field in northern Louisiana south through
Mississippi to Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
|
|
|
|
American Midstream (AlaTenn), LLC, which owns and operates more
than approximately 295 miles of interstate pipeline that
runs through the Tennessee River Valley from Selmer, Tennessee
to Huntsville, Alabama and serves an eight county area in
Alabama, Mississippi and Tennessee.
|
Basis of
Presentation
We have prepared the consolidated financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (GAAP). The accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
American Midstream Partners, LP and its controlled subsidiaries.
All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in the preparation of the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
The financial position at December 31, 2009 and results of
operations and changes in cash flows for the period then ended
reflect operations from August 20, 2009, the date of
inception. Between the date of inception and the date of the
acquisition of the assets discussed in Note 2 on
November 2, 2009, no operating activity occurred in the
Partnership.
Use of
Estimates
When preparing financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, management must make estimates and assumptions based on
information available at the time. These estimates and
assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial
statements. Estimates and judgments are based on information
available at the time such estimates and judgments are made.
Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and
judgments often relate to information not previously available.
Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are
inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates
and judgments are used in, among other things,
(1) estimating unbilled revenues, product purchases and
operating and general and administrative costs
(2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates
of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing
long-lived assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating
the useful lives of assets and
F-25
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
(5) determining amounts to accrue for contingencies,
guarantees and indemnifications. Actual results, therefore,
could differ materially from estimated amounts.
Accounting
for Regulated Operations
Certain of our natural gas pipelines are subject to regulation
by the FERC. The FERC exercises statutory authority over matters
such as construction, transportation rates we charge and our
underlying accounting practices, and ratemaking agreements with
customers. Accordingly, we record costs that are allowed in the
ratemaking process in a period different from the period in
which the costs would be charged to expense by a non-regulated
entity. Also, we record assets and liabilities that result from
the regulated ratemaking process that would not be recorded
under GAAP for our regulated entities. As of December 31,
2009 and 2010, the Partnership had no such significant
regulatory assets or liabilities.
Revenue
Recognition and the Estimation of Revenues and Cost of Natural
Gas
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:
(1) persuasive evidence of an exchange arrangement exists,
(2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered,
(3) the price is fixed or determinable and
(4) collectibility is reasonably assured. We record revenue
and cost of product sold on a gross basis for those transactions
where we act as the principal and take title to natural gas,
NGLs or condensates that are purchased for resale. We do not
have multiple elements in our revenue contracts with our
customers. When our customers pay us a fee for providing a
service such as gathering, treating or transportation, we record
those fees separately in revenues. For the period and year ended
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively, the Partnership
had the following revenues by category:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation firm
|
|
$
|
2,274
|
|
|
$
|
10,610
|
|
Transportation interruptible
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
3,313
|
|
Sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
30,078
|
|
|
|
197,398
|
|
Other
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We derive revenue in our business from the following types of
arrangements:
Fee-Based
Under these arrangements, we generally are paid a fixed cash fee
for gathering and transporting natural gas. Fee-based revenues,
which are included in sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
above, are recorded when services have been provided, and
collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured.
Percent-of-Proceeds,
or POP
Under these arrangements, we generally gather raw natural gas
from producers at the wellhead or other supply points, transport
it through our gathering system, process it and sell the residue
natural gas and NGLs
F-26
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
at market prices. Where we provide processing services at the
processing plants that we own, or obtain processing services for
our own account under our elective processing arrangements we
typically retain and sell a percentage of the residue natural
gas and resulting NGLs. We recognize
percent-of-proceeds
contract revenue, which is included in sales of natural gas,
NGLs and condensate above, when the natural gas, NGLs or
condensate is sold to a purchaser at a fixed or determinable
price, delivery has occurred and title has transferred, and
collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured.
Fixed-Margin
Under these arrangements, we purchase natural gas from producers
or suppliers at receipt points on our systems at an index price
less a fixed transportation fee and simultaneously sell an
identical volume of natural gas at delivery points on our
systems at the same, undiscounted index price. We recognize
revenue from fixed-margin contracts, which is included in sales
of natural gas, NGLs and condensate above, when the natural gas
is sold to a purchaser at a fixed or determinable price,
delivery has occurred and title has transferred, and
collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured.
Firm
Transportation
Our obligation to provide firm transportation service means that
we are obligated to transport natural gas nominated by the
shipper up to the maximum daily quantity specified in the
contract. In exchange for that obligation on our part, the
shipper pays a specified reservation charge, whether or not it
utilizes the capacity. In most cases, the shipper also pays a
variable use charge with respect to quantities actually
transported by us. Firm transportation revenue is recorded when
products are delivered, services have been provided and
collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured.
Interruptible
Transportation
Our obligation to provide interruptible transportation service
means that we are only obligated to transport natural gas
nominated by the shipper to the extent that we have available
capacity. For this service the shipper pays no reservation
charge but pays a variable use charge for quantities actually
shipped. Interruptible transportation revenue is recorded when
products are delivered, services have been provided, and
collectability of the revenue is reasonably assured.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be
cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and cash
equivalents approximates fair value because of the short term to
maturity of these investments.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable when
we determine that we will not collect all or part of an
outstanding balance. Collectability is reviewed regularly and an
allowance is established or adjusted, as necessary, using the
specific identification method. For each of the period and year
ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Partnership recorded
no allowances for losses on accounts receivable.
Our predecessor financial statements included certain allowance
for doubtful accounts in relation with the recoverability of
certain customers accounts. In connection with our acquisition
of the Enbridge assets, we did not acquire any working capital
accounts (which includes accounts receivable) as of
November 1, 2009.
F-27
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Inventory
Inventory includes primarily product inventory. The Partnership
records all product inventories at the lower of cost or market
(LCM), which is determined on a weighted average
basis.
Operational
Balancing Agreements and Natural Gas Imbalances
To facilitate deliveries of natural gas and provide for
operational flexibility, we have operational balancing
agreements in place with other interconnecting pipelines. These
agreements ensure that the volume of natural gas a shipper
schedules for transportation between two interconnecting
pipelines equals the volume actually delivered. If natural gas
moves between pipelines in volumes that are more or less than
the volumes the shipper previously scheduled, a natural gas
imbalance is created. The imbalances are settled through
periodic cash payments or repaid in-kind through future receipt
or delivery of natural gas. Natural gas imbalances are recorded
as gas imbalances and classified within other current assets or
other current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets
based on the market value. Natural gas imbalances are recorded
as gas imbalances within Accrued gas purchases on
the consolidated balance sheets.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
We capitalize expenditures related to property, plant and
equipment that have a useful life greater than one year for
(1) assets purchased or constructed; (2) existing
assets that are replaced, improved, or the useful lives of which
have been extended; and (3) all land, regardless of cost.
Maintenance and repair costs, including any planned major
maintenance activities, are expensed as incurred.
We record property, plant and equipment at its original cost,
which we depreciate on a straight-line basis over its estimated
useful life. Our determination of the useful lives of property,
plant and equipment requires us to make various assumptions,
including the supply of and demand for hydrocarbons in the
markets served by our assets, normal wear and tear of the
facilities, and the extent and frequency of maintenance
programs. We record depreciation using the group method of
depreciation, which is commonly used by pipelines, utilities and
similar entities.
The Company engaged an independent third party to perform the
valuation associated with its acquisition. This valuation was
performed primarily using a discounted cash flow model, which
included certain market assumptions related to future throughput
volumes, projected fees
and/or
prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and
risk adjusted discount rates.
Impairment
of Long Lived Assets
We evaluate the recoverability of our property, plant and
equipment when events or circumstances such as economic
obsolescence, business climate, legal and other factors indicate
we may not recover the carrying amount of the assets. We
continually monitor our businesses, the market and business
environment to identify indicators that could suggest an asset
may not be recoverable. We evaluate the asset for recoverability
by estimating the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be
derived from operating the asset as a going concern. These cash
flow estimates require us to make projections and assumptions
for many years into the future for pricing, demand, competition,
operating cost, contract renewals, and other factors. We
recognize an impairment loss when the carrying amount of the
asset exceeds its fair value as determined by quoted market
prices in active markets or present value techniques. The
determination of the fair value using present value techniques
requires us to make projections and assumptions regarding future
cash flows and weighted average cost of capital. Any changes we
make to these projections and assumptions could result in
significant revisions to our evaluation of the recoverability of
our property, plant and equipment and the recognition of an
F-28
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
impairment loss in our consolidated statements of income. No
impairment losses were recognized during the period ended and
year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
We assess our long-lived assets for impairment using
authoritative guidance. A long-lived asset is tested for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
its carrying amount may exceed its fair value. Fair values, for
the purposes of the impairment test, are based on the sum of the
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the assets.
Examples of long-lived asset impairment indicators include:
|
|
|
|
|
A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset
or group;
|
|
|
|
A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a
long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical
condition;
|
|
|
|
A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business
climate could affect the value of a long-lived asset or asset
group, including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator
which would exclude allowable costs from the rate-making process;
|
|
|
|
An accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the
long-lived asset or asset group; and
|
|
|
|
A current-period operating cash flow loss combined with a
history of operating cash flow losses or a projection or
forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the
use of a long lived asset or asset group;
|
|
|
|
A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived
asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of
significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful
life.
|
Income
Taxes
We are not a taxable entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes or for the majority of states that impose an income
tax. Taxes on our net income generally are borne by our
unitholders through the allocation of taxable income. Our income
tax expense results from the enactment of state income tax laws
by the State of Texas that apply to entities organized as
partnerships. The Texas margin tax is computed on our modified
gross margin and was not significant for each of the period or
year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
Net income for financial statement purposes may differ
significantly from taxable income allocable to unitholders as a
result of differences between the tax basis and financial
reporting basis of assets and liabilities and the taxable income
allocation requirements under our partnership agreement. The
aggregate difference in the basis of our net assets for
financial and tax reporting purposes cannot be readily
determined because information regarding each partners tax
attributes in us is not available.
Commitments,
Contingencies and Environmental Liabilities
We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for
ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to
past or current operations. We expense amounts we incur for
remediation of existing environmental contamination caused by
past operations that do not benefit future periods by preventing
or eliminating future contamination. We record liabilities for
environmental matters when assessments indicate that remediation
efforts are probable, and the costs can be reasonably estimated.
Estimates of environmental liabilities are based on currently
available facts, existing technology and presently enacted laws
and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of
inflation and other factors. These amounts also take into
account our prior experience in remediating contaminated sites,
other companies
clean-up
experience and
F-29
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
data released by government organizations. Our estimates are
subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or
new information. We evaluate recoveries from insurance coverage
separately from the liability and, when recovery is probable, we
record and report an asset separately from the associated
liability in our consolidated financial statements.
We recognize liabilities for other commitments and contingencies
when, after fully analyzing the available information, we
determine it is either probable that an asset has been impaired,
or that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
impairment or loss can be reasonably estimated. When a range of
probable loss can be estimated, we accrue the most likely
amount, or if no amount is more likely than another, we accrue
the minimum of the range of probable loss. We expense legal
costs associated with loss contingencies as such costs are
incurred.
We have legal obligations requiring us to decommission our
offshore pipeline systems at retirement. In certain rate
jurisdictions, we are permitted to include annual charges for
removal costs in the regulated cost of service rates we charge
our customers. Additionally, legal obligations exist for a
minority of our onshore
right-of-way
agreements due to requirements or landowner options to compel us
to remove the pipe at final abandonment. Sufficient data exists
with certain onshore pipeline systems to reasonably estimate the
cost of abandoning or retiring a pipeline system. However, in
some cases, there is insufficient information to reasonably
determine the timing
and/or
method of settlement for estimating the fair value of the asset
retirement obligation. In these cases, the asset retirement
obligation cost is considered indeterminate because there is no
data or information that can be derived from past practice,
industry practice, managements experience, or the
assets estimated economic life. The useful lives of most
pipeline systems are primarily derived from available supply
resources and ultimate consumption of those resources by end
users. Variables can affect the remaining lives of the assets
which preclude us from making a reasonable estimate of the asset
retirement obligation. Indeterminate asset retirement obligation
costs will be recognized in the period in which sufficient
information exists to reasonably estimate potential settlement
dates and methods.
Asset
Retirement Obligations (AROs)
AROs are legal obligations associated with the retirement of
tangible long-lived assets that result from the assets
acquisition, construction, development
and/or
normal operation. An ARO is initially measured at its estimated
fair value. Upon initial recognition of an ARO, we record an
increase to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset
and an offsetting ARO liability. We depreciate the capitalized
ARO using the straight-line method over the period during which
the related long-lived asset is expected to provide benefits.
After the initial period of ARO recognition, we revise the ARO
to reflect the passage of time or revisions to the amounts of
estimated cash flows or their timing.
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Our net income and cash flows are subject to volatility stemming
from changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt,
commodity prices and fractionation margins (the relative
difference between the price we receive from NGL sales and the
corresponding cost of natural gas purchases). In an effort to
manage the risks to unitholders, we use a variety of derivative
financial instruments including swaps, put options and interest
rate caps to create offsetting positions to specific commodity
or interest rate exposures. In accordance with the authoritative
accounting guidance, we record all derivative financial
instruments in our consolidated balance sheets at fair market
value. We record the fair market value of our derivative
financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheets as
current and long-term assets or liabilities on a net basis by
counterparty. We
F-30
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
record changes in the fair value of our derivative financial
instruments in our consolidated statements of operations as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Commodity-based derivatives: Total revenue
|
|
|
|
Corporate interest rate derivatives: Interest expense
|
Our formal hedging program provides a control structure and
governance for our hedging activities specific to identified
risks and time periods, which are subject to the approval and
monitoring by the board of directors of our general partner. We
employ derivative financial instruments in connection with an
underlying asset, liability or anticipated transaction, and we
do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative
purposes.
The price assumptions we use to value our derivative financial
instruments can affect net income for each period. We use
published market price information where available, or
quotations from
over-the-counter,
or OTC, market makers to find executable bids and offers. The
valuations also reflect the potential impact of liquidating our
position in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time
under present market conditions, including credit risk of our
counterparties. The amounts reported in our consolidated
financial statements change quarterly as these valuations are
revised to reflect actual results, changes in market conditions
or other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Our earnings are affected by use of the
mark-to-market
method of accounting as required under GAAP for derivative
financial instruments. The use of
mark-to-market
accounting for derivative financial instruments can cause
noncash earnings volatility resulting from changes in the
underlying indices, primarily commodity prices.
The Partnerships other comprehensive income is comprised
of changes in the net pension asset or liability associated with
the OPEB plan (Note 15). Comprehensive income for the
period and year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
Unrealized gains (losses) on post retirement benefit plan assets
and liabilities
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,946
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,634
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unit-Based
Employee Compensation
We award unit-based compensation to management, nonmanagement
employees and directors in the form of phantom units, which are
deemed to be equity awards. Compensation expense on phantom
units is measured by the fair value of the award at the date of
grant as determined by management. Compensation expense is
recognized in general and administrative expense over the
requisite service period of each award. See Note 14.
Fair
Value Measurements
We apply the authoritative accounting provisions for measuring
fair value of our derivative instruments and disclosures
associated with our outstanding indebtedness. We define fair
value as an exit price representing the expected amount we would
receive when selling an asset or pay to transfer a liability in
an orderly transaction with market participants at the
measurement date.
F-31
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
We employ a hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs we use to
measure recurring fair value into three distinct categories
based upon whether such inputs are observable in active markets
or unobservable. We classify assets and liabilities in their
entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant
to the fair value measurement. Our methodology for categorizing
assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value pursuant
to this hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted
quoted prices in active markets and the lowest level to
unobservable inputs as outlined below:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 We include in this category the fair
value of assets and liabilities that we measure based on
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible
at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or
liabilities. We consider active markets as those in which
transactions for the assets or liabilities occur with sufficient
frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an
ongoing basis. We have no assets and liabilities included in
this category.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 We categorize the fair value of assets
and liabilities that we measure with either directly or
indirectly observable inputs as of the measurement date, where
pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets
for the identical instrument, as Level 2. Assets and
liabilities that we value using either models or other valuation
methodologies are derived from observable market data. These
models are primarily industry-standard models that consider
various inputs including: (a) quoted prices for assets and
liabilities, (b) time value, (c) volatility factors
and (d) current market and contractual prices for the
underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic
measures. Substantially all of these inputs are observable in
the marketplace throughout the full term of the assets and
liabilities, can be derived from observable data, or are
supported by observable levels at which transactions are
executed in the marketplace. We have no fair value of assets or
liabilities included in this category.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 We include in this category the fair
value of assets and liabilities that we measure based on prices
or valuation techniques that require inputs which are both
significant to the fair value measurement and less observable
from objective sources (i.e., values supported by lesser volumes
of market activity). We may also use these inputs with
internally developed methodologies that result in our best
estimate of the fair value. Level 3 assets and liabilities
primarily include debt and derivative instruments for which we
do not have sufficient corroborating market evidence support
classifying the asset or liability as Level 2.
Additionally, Level 3 valuations may utilize modeled
pricing inputs to derive forward valuations, which may include
some or all of the following inputs: nonbinding broker quotes,
time value, volatility, correlation and extrapolation methods.
|
We utilize a mid-market pricing convention, or the market
approach, for valuation for assigning fair value to our
derivative assets and liabilities. Our credit exposure for
over-the-counter
derivatives is directly with our counterparty and continues
until the maturity or termination of the contracts. As
appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors such as
credit and liquidity considerations.
Debt
Issuance Costs
Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of long-term debt
are deferred and charged to interest expense over the term of
the related debt. Gains or losses on debt repurchase and debt
extinguishments include any associated unamortized debt issue
costs.
Limited
Partners Net Income Per Unit
We compute Limited Partners Net Income per Unit by
dividing our limited partners interest in net income by
the weighted average number of units outstanding during the
period. The overall computation,
F-32
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
presentation, and disclosure requirements for our Limited
Partners Net Income per Unit are made in accordance with
the Earnings per Share Topic of the Codification.
Accounting
Pronouncements Recently Adopted
In December 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update
No. 2009-16,
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and
Accounting Standards Update
No. 2009-17,
Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises
Involved with Variable Interest Entities. ASU
No. 2009-16
amended the Codifications Transfers and
Servicing Topic to include the provisions included within
the FASBs previous Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of
Financial Assets an amendment of FASB Statement
No. 140, issued June 12, 2009. ASU
No. 2009-17
amended the Codifications Consolidations Topic
to include the provisions included within the FASBs
previous SFAS No. 167, Amendments to FASB
Interpretation No. 46(R), also issued June 12,
2009. These two Updates changed the way entities must account
for securitizations and special-purpose entities. ASU
No. 2009-16
requires more information about transfers of financial assets,
including securitization transactions, and where companies have
continuing exposure to the risks related to transfer financial
assets. ASU
No. 2009-17
changes how a company determines whether an entity that is
insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting
(or similar rights) should be consolidated. For us, both Updates
were effective January 1, 2010; however, the adoption of
these Updates did not have any impact on our consolidated
financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
No. 2010-06,
Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.
This ASU requires both the gross presentation of activity within
the Level 3 fair value measurement roll forward and the
details of transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair
value measurements. It also clarifies certain disclosure
requirements on the level of disaggregation of fair value
measurements and disclosures on inputs and valuation techniques.
For us, this ASU was effective January 1, 2010 (except for
the Level 3 roll forward which was effective for us
January 1, 2011); however, the adoption of this ASU did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Furthermore, during each of the period and year ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, we made no transfers in and out
of Level 1, Level 2, or Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy.
In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update
No. 2010-20,
Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing
Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. ASU No.
2010-20
requires companies that hold financing receivables, which
include loans, lease receivables, and the other long-term
receivables to provide more information in their disclosures
about the credit quality of their financing receivables and the
credit reserves held against them. On December 31, 2010, we
adopted all amendments that require disclosures as of the end of
a reporting period, and on January 1, 2011, we adopted all
amendments that require disclosures about activity that occurs
during a reporting period (the remainder of this ASU). The
adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
On October 2, 2009, American Midstream, LLC, a wholly owned
subsidiary, entered into a purchase and sale agreement to
acquire certain pipeline businesses from Enbridge Midcoast
Energy, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of approximately
$150.8 million. The acquisition was effective as of
November 1, 2009. Prior to the acquisition, we had no
operating tangible assets.
The acquired businesses were renamed as follows:
American Midstream (Alabama Intrastate), LLC
F-33
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
American Midstream (Bamagas Intrastate), LLC
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC
American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC
American Midstream (Midla), LLC
American Midstream (Alabama Gathering), LLC
American Midstream (AlaTenn), LLC
American Midstream Onshore Pipelines, LLC
Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC
American Midstream Offshore (Seacrest), LP
American Midstream (SIGCO Intrastate), LLC
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC
The acquisition qualifies as a business combination and, as
such, the Partnership estimated the fair value of each property
as of the acquisition date (the date on which the Partnership
obtained control of the properties). The fair value is the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date. Fair value measurements also utilize
assumptions of market participants. The Partnership used a
discounted cash flow model and made market assumptions as to
future commodity prices, expectations for timing and amount of
future development and operating costs, projections of future
rates of production, and risk adjusted discount rates. These
assumptions represent Level 3 inputs.
The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the
seller and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed in the acquisition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consideration paid to seller
|
|
|
|
|
Cash consideration
|
|
$
|
150,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and
liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
151,085
|
|
Other post-retirement benefit plan assets, net
|
|
|
394
|
|
Other liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(661
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total identifiable net assets
|
|
$
|
150,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition costs of $6.4 million and $0.3 million
have been recorded in the statements of operations under the
caption Transaction costs on acquisitions for the period and
year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
3.
|
Concentration
of Credit Risk and Trade Accounts Receivable
|
Our primary market areas are located in the United States along
the Gulf Coast and in the Southeast. We have a concentration of
trade receivable balances due from companies engaged in the
production, trading, distribution and marketing of natural gas
and NGL products. These concentrations of customers may affect
our overall credit risk in that the customers may be similarly
affected by changes in economic, regulatory or other factors.
Our customers historical financial and operating
information is analyzed prior to extending credit. We manage our
exposure to credit risk through credit analysis, credit
approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for
certain transactions, we may request letters of credit,
prepayments or guarantees. We maintain allowances for
potentially uncollectible accounts receivable. For the period
and year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, no allowances on
accounts receivable were recorded.
F-34
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ConocoPhillips Corporation and
ExxonMobil Corporation were significant customers, representing
at least 10% of our consolidated revenue, accounting for
$17.8 million, $5.0 million and $0.1 million,
respectively, of our consolidated revenue in the consolidated
statement of operations in the period ended December 31,
2009 and $63.9 million, $53.4 million and
$22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Other current assets as of December 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Prepaid insurance current portion
|
|
$
|
815
|
|
|
$
|
767
|
|
NGL inventory
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Other prepaid amounts
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,523
|
|
|
$
|
1,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For each of the period and year ended December 31, 2009 and
2010, the Partnership recorded no LCM write-downs.
Commodity
Derivatives
To minimize the effect of a downturn in commodity prices and
protect the Partnerships profitability and the economics
of its development plans, the Partnership enters into commodity
economic hedge contracts from time to time. The terms of
contracts depend on various factors, including managements
view of future commodity prices, acquisition economics on
purchased assets and future financial commitments. This hedging
program is designed to moderate the effects of a severe
commodity price downturn while allowing us to participate in
some commodity price increases. Management regularly monitors
the commodity markets and financial commitments to determine if,
when, and at what level some form of commodity hedging is
appropriate in accordance with policies which are established by
the board of directors of our general partner. Currently, the
commodity hedges are in the form of swaps and puts.
Neither the Partnership nor its counterparties are required to
post collateral in connection with its derivative positions and
netting agreements are in place with each of the
Partnerships counterparties allowing the Partnership to
offset its commodity derivative asset and liability positions.
As of December 31, 2010, the notional volumes of our
commodity hedges for 2011 were 2,404,584 gallons, with no
amounts hedged in 2012 or after.
Interest
Rate Derivatives
The Partnership also utilizes interest rate caps to protect
against changes in interest rates on its floating rate debt.
At December 31, 2010, the Partnership had
$56.4 million outstanding under its credit facility, with
interest accruing at a rate plus an applicable margin. In order
to mitigate the risk of changes in cash flows attributable to
changes in market interest rates, the Partnership has entered
into interest rate caps that mitigate
F-35
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
the risk of increases in interest rates. As of December 31,
2010, we had interest rate caps with a notional amount of
$26.5 million that effectively fix the base rate on that
portion of our debt, with a fixed maximum rate of 4%.
For accounting purposes, no derivative instruments were
designated as hedging instruments and were instead accounted for
under the
mark-to-market
method of accounting, with any changes in the
mark-to-market
value of the derivatives recorded in the balance sheets and
through earnings, rather than being deferred until the
anticipated transactions affect earnings. The use of
mark-to-market
accounting for financial instruments can cause noncash earnings
volatility due to changes in the underlying commodity prices
indices or interest rates.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the fair value associated
with the Partnerships derivative instruments were recorded
in our financial statements, under the caption Risk management
assets, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Commodity derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest rate derivatives
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2009 and 2010, we recorded the following
mark-to-market
losses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Commodity derivatives
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(308
|
)
|
Interest rate derivatives
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(385
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value Measurements
The Partnerships interest rate caps and commodity
derivatives discussed above were classified as Level 3
derivatives for all periods presented.
The table below includes a roll forward of the balance sheet
amounts (including the change in fair value) for financial
instruments classified by us within Level 3 of the
valuation hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a
financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation
hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of
the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement.
Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in
addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components,
observable components (that is, components that are actively
quoted and can be validated to external sources).
F-36
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Fair value asset (liability), beginning of period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
Total realized and unrealized (losses) gains included in revenue
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(385
|
)
|
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value (liability) asset, end of period
|
|
$
|
77
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment, Net
|
Property, plant and equipment, net, as of December 31 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
4 to 40
|
|
|
|
1,427
|
|
|
|
2,523
|
|
Processing and treating plants
|
|
|
8 to 40
|
|
|
|
10,255
|
|
|
|
11,954
|
|
Pipelines
|
|
|
5 to 40
|
|
|
|
131,845
|
|
|
|
143,805
|
|
Compressors
|
|
|
4 to 20
|
|
|
|
7,164
|
|
|
|
7,163
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
8 to 20
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
1,711
|
|
Computer software
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152,244
|
|
|
|
168,587
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,978
|
)
|
|
|
(21,779
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
149,266
|
|
|
$
|
146,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of the gross property, plant and equipment balances at
December 31, 2009 and 2010, $20.3 million and
$24.3 million, respectively, relate to regulated assets.
|
|
7.
|
Asset
Retirement Obligations
|
We record a liability for the fair value of asset retirement
obligations and conditional asset retirement obligations that we
can reasonably estimate, on a discounted basis, in the period in
which the liability is incurred. We collectively refer to asset
retirement obligations and conditional asset retirement
obligations as ARO. Typically we record an ARO at the time the
assets are installed or acquired, if a reasonable estimate of
fair value can be made. In connection with establishing an ARO,
we capitalize the costs as part of the carrying value of the
related assets. We recognize an ongoing expense for the interest
component of the liability as part of depreciation expense
resulting from changes in the value of the ARO due to the
passage of time. We depreciate the initial capitalized costs
over the useful lives of the related assets. We extinguish the
liabilities for an ARO when assets are taken out of service or
otherwise abandoned.
During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized
$6.1 million of AROs for specific assets that we intend to
retire for operational purposes. We recorded accretion expense
of $1.2 million, in our consolidated statements of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to
these AROs.
F-37
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
No assets are legally restricted for purposes of settling our
ARO for each of the period and year ended December 31, 2009
and 2010. Following is a reconciliation of the beginning and
ending aggregate carrying amount of our ARO liabilities for each
of the period and year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
6,058
|
|
Accretion expense
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Partnership did not recognize AROs as of December 31,
2009 given that, at that time, it did not intend to retire any
of its existing assets, nor were retirement costs estimable.
However, after the Partnership had obtained sufficient operating
experience with assets during 2010, it determined certain assets
would be retired from an operational perspective.
Other assets, net, as of December 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
$
|
2,040
|
|
|
$
|
1,338
|
|
Other post-retirement benefit plan assets, net
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Prepaid insurance long term portion
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Security deposits
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,679
|
|
|
$
|
1,985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs related to the term loan portion of our
credit facility are amortized using the effective interest
method over the term of the term credit facility. See
Note 12 for more information about our credit facility.
Deferred financing costs related to the revolver portion of our
credit facility are amortized on a straight line basis over the
term of the credit facility. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, we incurred deferred financing costs of
$2.2 million related to our November 2009 $85 million
credit facility.
F-38
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
|
|
9.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Other current liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Accrued interest payable
|
|
$
|
508
|
|
|
$
|
407
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
839
|
|
Accrued salaries
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
Accrued property taxes
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Contract obligations short term
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
Other
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,237
|
|
|
$
|
2,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long term liabilities as of December 31 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
528
|
|
ARO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,249
|
|
Contract obligations long term
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
Other deferred expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
|
$
|
8,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other loan represents insurance premium financing in the
original amounts of $0.8 million bearing interest at 4.25%
per annum, that is repayable in equal monthly installments of
less than $0.1 million through October 1, 2011.
On November 4, 2009, we entered into an $85 million
secured credit facility (credit facility) with a
consortium of lending institutions. The credit facility is
composed of a $50 million term loan facility and a
$35 million revolving credit facility.
F-39
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Our outstanding borrowings under the credit facility at December
31 were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Term loan facility
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
Revolving loan facility
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
|
11,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
|
56,370
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
56,000
|
|
|
$
|
50,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009 and 2010, letters of credit
outstanding under the credit facility were $2.0 million and
$0.6 million, respectively.
The credit facility provides for a maximum borrowing equal to
the lesser of (i) $85 million less the required
amortization of term loan payments and (ii) 3.50 times
adjusted consolidated EBITDA (as defined: $20.9 and
$18.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively). We may elect to have loans under the credit
facility bear interest either (i) at a Eurodollar-based
rate with a minimum of 2.0% plus a margin ranging from 3.25% to
4.0% depending on our total leverage ratio then in effect, or
(ii) at a base rate (the greater of (i) the daily
adjusting LIBOR rate and (ii) a Prime-based rate which is
equal to the greater of (A) the Prime Rate and (B) an
interest rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective
Rate in effect that day, plus one percent) plus a margin ranging
from 2.25% to 3.00% depending on the total leverage ratio then
in effect. We also pay a facility fee of 1.0% per annum. In
December 2009, we entered into an interest rate cap with
participating lenders with a $26.5 million notional amount
at December 31, 2010 that effectively caps our
Eurodollar-based rate exposure on that portion of our debt at a
maximum of 4.0%. For the period and year ended December 31,
2009 and 2010, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings
under our credit facility was approximately 5.79% and 7.48%,
respectively.
Our obligations under the credit facility are secured by first
mortgage in favor of the lenders in our real property. The terms
of the credit facility include covenants that restrict our
ability to make cash distributions and acquisitions in some
circumstances. The remaining principal balance of loans and any
accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable in full on
the maturity date, November 3, 2012.
The term loan facility also provides for quarterly principal
installment payments as described below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
6,000
|
|
2012
|
|
|
39,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The credit facility also contains customary representations and
warranties (including those relating to organization and
authorization, compliance with laws, absence of defaults,
material agreements and litigation) and customary events of
default (including those relating to monetary defaults, covenant
defaults, cross defaults and bankruptcy events). The primary
financial covenants contained in the credit facility are
(i) a total leverage ratio test (not to exceed 3.50 times)
and a minimum interest coverage ratio test (not less than 2.50
times). We were in compliance with all of the covenants under
our credit facility as of December 31, 2009 and 2010.
F-40
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Fair
Market Value of Financial Instruments
The Partnership used various assumptions and methods in
estimating the fair values of its financial instruments. The
carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts
receivable approximated their fair value due to the short-term
maturity of these instruments. The carrying amount of the
Partnerships credit facility approximates fair value,
because the interest rate on the facility is variable.
Our capital accounts are comprised of a 2% general partner
interest and 98% limited partner interests. Our limited partners
have limited rights of ownership as provided for under our
partnership agreement and, as discussed below, the right to
participate in our distributions. Our general partner manages
our operations, and participates in our distributions, including
certain incentive distributions pursuant to the incentive
distribution rights that are nonvoting limited partner interests
held by our general partner. Incentive distribution rights
confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations
specifically provided in our partnership agreement. Under that
agreement, our incentive distribution rights represent the right
to receive an increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%) of
quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus
after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels have been achieved. Incentive distribution
rights are not unitized and have no associated capital account.
Our general partner may transfer these incentive distribution
rights separately from its general partner interest, subject to
restrictions in our partnership agreement.
The number of units outstanding as of December 31, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
9,800
|
|
|
|
11,049
|
|
General partner units
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
Distributions
The Partnership made distributions of $0 million and
$11.8 million for the period and year ended
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We issued our
incentive distribution rights to our general partner in November
2009. However, as no such distributions are owed under our
partnership agreement prior to the consummation our initial
public offering, no distributions have been made to date on our
incentive distribution rights. We have neither adopted a policy
of nor were required to make minimum distributions during the
periods presented in these financial statements.
|
|
14.
|
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
|
Our general partner manages our operations and activities and
employs the personnel who provide support to our operations. On
November 2, 2009, the board of directors of our general
partner adopted a long-term incentive plan for its employees and
consultants and directors who perform services for it or its
affiliates. On May 25, 2010, the board of directors of our
general partner adopted an amended and restated long-term
incentive plan (as amended, the LTIP). The LTIP
currently permits the grant of awards in the form of Partnership
units, which may include distribution equivalent rights
(DERs), covering an aggregate of 625,532 of our
units. A DER entitles the grantee to a cash payment equal to the
cash distribution made by the Partnership with respect to a unit
during the period such DER is outstanding. At December 31,
2009 and 2010, 154,737 and 111,112 units, respectively,
were available for future grant under the LTIP.
F-41
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Ownership in the awards is subject to forfeiture until the
vesting date. The LTIP is administered by the board of directors
of our general partner.
Although other types of awards are contemplated under the LTIP,
currently outstanding awards are limited to phantom units with
DERs issued on November 2, 2009. The board of directors of
our general partner, at its discretion, may elect to settle such
vested phantom units with a number of units equivalent to the
fair market value at the date of vesting in lieu of cash.
Although, our general partner has the option to settle in cash
upon the vesting of phantom unit our general partner does not
intend to settle these awards in cash.
Grants issued under the LTIP have historically vested in
increments of 25% on each of the first four anniversary dates of
the date of the grant and do not contain any other restrictive
conditions related to vesting other than continued employment.
During 2009 and 2010, the fair value of the grants issued were
calculated based on a discounted cash flow (DCF)
model, prepared by an independent third party in October 2009,
using a DCF analysis. This model included certain market
assumptions related to future throughput volumes, projected fees
and/or
prices, expected costs of sales and direct operating costs and
risk adjusted discount rates. The initial valuation was prepared
in October of 2009 and the Company assessed the adequacy of that
valuation on each grant date subsequent to the initial fair
value calculation to determine if events or circumstances had
occurred that would cause that valuation to become less
relevant, noting none. Therefore, the Company maintained the $10
valuation throughout 2009 and 2010.
The following table summarizes our unit-based awards for each of
the periods indicated, in units:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Outstanding at beginning of period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361,052
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
361,052
|
|
|
|
153,368
|
|
Converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(90,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of period
|
|
|
361,052
|
|
|
|
424,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant date fair value per share
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
|
$
|
10.0
|
|
The fair value of our phantom units, which are subject to equity
classification, is based on the fair value of our units at each
balance sheet date. Compensation costs related to these awards
during 2009 and 2010 was $0.2 million and
$1.2 million, respectively, which is classified in selling,
general and administrative expenses in the consolidated
statement of operations and partners capital on the
consolidated balance sheet.
The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet
recognized on December 31, 2009 and 2010 was
$3.5 million and $3.9 million, respectively, and the
weighted average period over which this cost is expected to be
recognized is approximately 2 years.
|
|
15.
|
Post-Employment
Benefits
|
Post-Employment
Benefits other than Pensions
As a result of our acquisition from Enbridge, the sponsorship of
the AlaTenn VEBA plans were transferred from Enbridge to us
effective November 1, 2009. Accordingly, we sponsor a
contributory postretirement plan that provides medical, dental
and life insurance benefits for qualifying U.S. retired
employees (referred to as the OPEB Plan).
F-42
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
The tables below detail the changes in the benefit obligation,
the fair value of plan assets and the recorded asset or
liability of the OPEB Plan using the accrual method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Change In Benefit Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligation assumed from the acquisition from Enbridge
|
|
$
|
771
|
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
112
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, December 31
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change In Plan Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets acquired from Enbridge
|
|
$
|
1,165
|
|
|
$
|
1,174
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
Employers contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, December 31
|
|
$
|
1,174
|
|
|
$
|
1,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
394
|
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
Unrecognized actuarial gain
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost, December 31
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts of plan net assets recognized in our consolidated
balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income
that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic
benefit expense are $46,000 and $56,000 as of December 31,
2009 and 2010, respectively.
The accumulated benefit obligation for the OPEB Plan at
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 was
$0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively.
F-43
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Economic
Assumptions
The assumptions made in measurement of the projected benefit
obligations or assets of the OPEB Plan were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
|
|
4.50
|
%
|
A one percent increase in the assumed medical and dental care
trend rate would result in an increase of $0.1 million in
the accumulated post-employment benefit obligations. A one
percent decrease in the assumed medical and dental care trend
rate would result in a decrease of $0.1 million in the
accumulated post-employment benefit obligations.
The above table reflects the expected long-term rates of return
on assets of the OPEB Plan on a weighted-average basis. The
overall expected rates of return are based on the asset
allocation targets with estimates for returns on equity and debt
securities based on long term expectations. We believe this rate
approximates the return we will achieve over the long-term on
the assets of our plans. Historically, we have used a discount
rate that corresponds to one or more high quality corporate bond
indices as an estimate of our expected long-term rate of return
on plan assets for our OPEB Plan assets. For 2009 and 2010 we
selected the discount rate using the Citigroup Pension Discount
Curve, or CPDC. The CPDC spot rates represent the equivalent
yield on high-quality, zero-coupon bonds for specific
maturities. These rates are used to develop a single, equivalent
discount rate based on the OPEB Plans expected future cash
flows.
Expected
Future Benefit Payments
The following table presents the benefits expected to be paid in
each of the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the
five years thereafter by the OPEB Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Benefit
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
For the year ending
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
2012
|
|
|
56
|
|
2013
|
|
|
55
|
|
2014
|
|
|
55
|
|
2015
|
|
|
55
|
|
Five years thereafter
|
|
|
235
|
|
The expected future benefit payments are based upon the same
assumptions used to measure the projected benefit obligations of
the OPEB Plan including benefits associated with future employee
service.
Expected
Contributions to the Plans
We expect to make contributions to the OPEB Plan for the year
ending December 31, 2011 of $0.1 million.
F-44
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
Plan
Assets
The weighted average asset allocation of our OPEB Plan at the
measurement date by asset category, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Fixed income(a)
|
|
|
76.7
|
%
|
|
|
70.7
|
%
|
Cash and short-term assets(b)
|
|
|
23.3
|
%
|
|
|
29.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
United States government securities, municipal corporate bonds
and notes and as set backed securities.
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Cash and securities with maturities of one year or less.
|
|
|
16.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
We are subject to federal and state laws and regulations
relating to the protection of the environment. Environmental
risk is inherent to natural gas pipeline operations and we
could, at times, be subject to environmental cleanup and
enforcement actions. We attempt to manage this environmental
risk through appropriate environmental policies and practices to
minimize any impact our operations may have on the environment.
Future noncancelable commitments related to certain contractual
obligations are presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Operating leases and service contract
|
|
$
|
2,057
|
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
$
|
342
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
ARO
|
|
|
8,340
|
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,397
|
|
|
$
|
1,494
|
|
|
$
|
405
|
|
|
$
|
342
|
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
$
|
7,456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses related to operating leases, asset retirement
obligations, land site leases and
right-of-way
agreements were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
757
|
|
ARO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
Related-Party
Transactions
|
Employees of our general partner are assigned to work for us.
Where directly attributable, the costs of all compensation,
benefits expenses and employer expenses for these employees are
charged directly by our general partner to American Midstream,
LLC which, in turn, charges the appropriate subsidiary. Our
general
F-45
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
partner does not record any profit or margin for the
administrative and operational services charged to us. During
the period and year ended December 31, 2009 and 2010,
administrative and operational services expenses of
$0.9 million and $0.9 million were allocated to us by
our general partner.
We have entered into an advisory services agreement with
American Infrastructure MLP Management, L.L.C., American
Infrastructure MLP PE Management, L.L.C., and American
Infrastructure MLP Associates Management, L.L.C., as the
advisors. The agreement provides that we pay $0.3 million
in 2010 and annual fees of $0.3 million plus annual
increases in proportion to the increase in budgeted gross
revenues thereafter. In exchange, the advisors have agreed to
provide us services in obtaining equity, debt, lease and
acquisition financing, as well as providing other financial,
advisory and consulting services. For the period and year ended
December 31, 2009 and 2010, less than $0.1 million and
$0.3 million, respectively, had been recorded to selling,
general and administrative expenses under this agreement.
Our operations are located in the United States and are
organized into two reporting segments: (1) Gathering and
Processing; and (2) Transmission
Gathering
and Processing
Our Gathering and Processing segment provides wellhead to
market services to producers of natural gas and oil, which
include transporting raw natural gas from the wellhead through
gathering systems, treating the raw natural gas, processing raw
natural gas to separate the NGLs and selling or delivering
pipeline quality natural gas and NGLs to various markets and
pipeline systems.
Transmission
Our Transmission segment transports and delivers natural gas
from producing wells, receipt points or pipeline interconnects
for shippers and other customers, including local distribution
companies, or LDCs, utilities and industrial, commercial and
power generation customers.
These segments are monitored separately by management for
performance and are consistent with internal financial
reporting. These segments have been identified based on the
differing products and services, regulatory environment and the
expertise required for these operations. Gross margin is a
performance measure utilized by management to monitor the
business of each segment.
F-46
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
The following tables set forth our segment information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Period from August 20, 2009 (Inception date) to
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
4,976
|
|
|
$
|
27,857
|
|
|
$
|
32,833
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)
|
|
$
|
2,542
|
|
|
$
|
3,698
|
|
|
$
|
6,240
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,594
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,404
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue(b)
|
|
$
|
53,485
|
|
|
$
|
158,455
|
|
|
$
|
211,940
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)(b)
|
|
$
|
13,524
|
|
|
$
|
24,595
|
|
|
$
|
38,119
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,854
|
|
One-time transaction costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,013
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Segment gross margin for our Gathering and Processing segment
consists of total revenue, including commodity derivative
activity, less purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate.
Segment gross margin for our Transmission segment consists of
total revenue, less purchases of natural gas. Gross margin
consists of the sum of the segment gross margin amounts for each
of these segments. As an indicator of our operating performance,
gross margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more
meaningful than, net income or cash flow from operations as
determined in accordance with GAAP. Our gross margin may not be
comparable to a similarly titled measure of another company
because other entities may not calculate gross margin in the
same manner.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Noncash derivative
mark-to-market
is included in total revenue and segment gross margin in our
Gathering and Processing segment.
|
Asset information including capital expenditures, by segment is
not included in reports used by our management in its monitoring
of performance and therefore, is not disclosed.
F-47
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
For the purposes of our Transmission segment, for the period
ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended
December 31, 2010, Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ExxonMobil
Corporation and Calpine Corporation represented significant
customers, each representing more than 10% of our segment
revenue in this segment. Our segment revenue derived from
Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ExxonMobil Corporation and Calpine
Corporation represented $3.0 million, $0.1 million and
$0.9 million of segment revenue for the period ended 2009
and $16.6 million, $22.9 million and $5.1 million
for the year ended 2010, respectively.
For the purposes of our Gathering and Processing segment, for
the period ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended
December 31, 2010, Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P.,
ConocoPhillips Corporation and Dow Hydrocarbons and Resources
represented significant customers, each representing more than
10% of our segment revenue in this segment. Our segment revenue
derived from Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., ConocoPhillips
Corporation and Dow Hydrocarbons and Resources represented
$14.7 million, $5.0 million and $3.1 million of
segment revenue for the period ended 2009 and
$47.3 million, $53.4 million and $16.4 million
for the year ended 2010, respectively.
|
|
19.
|
Net
Income (Loss) per Limited and General Partner Unit
|
Net Income per Limited Partner Unit.
Net
income is allocated to the general partner and the limited
partners (common unitholders) in accordance with their
respective ownership percentages, after giving effect to
incentive distributions paid to the general partner. Basic and
diluted net income per limited partner unit is calculated by
dividing limited partners interest in net income by the
weighted average number of outstanding limited partner units
during the period.
Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable
rights to distributions (whether paid or unpaid) are classified
as participating securities and are included in our computation
of basic and diluted net income per limited partner unit.
We compute earnings per unit using the two-class method. The
two-class method requires that securities that meet the
definition of a participating security be considered for
inclusion in the computation of basic earnings per unit. Under
the two-class method, earnings per unit is calculated as if all
of the earnings for the period were distributed under the terms
of the partnership agreement, regardless of whether the general
partner has discretion over the amount of distributions to be
made in any particular period, whether those earnings would
actually be distributed during a particular period from an
economic or practical perspective, or whether the general
partner has other legal or contractual limitations on its
ability to pay distributions that would prevent it from
distributing all of the earnings for a particular period.
The two-class method does not impact our overall net income or
other financial results; however, in periods in which aggregate
net income exceeds our aggregate distributions for such period,
it will have the impact of reducing net income per limited
partner unit. This result occurs as a larger portion of our
aggregate earnings, as if distributed, is allocated to the
incentive distribution rights of the general partner, even
though we make distributions on the basis of available cash and
not earnings. In periods in which our aggregate net income does
not exceed our aggregate distributions for such period, the
two-class method does not have any impact on our calculation of
earnings per limited partner unit. We have no dilutive
securities, therefore basic and diluted net income per unit are
the same.
F-48
American
Midstream Partners, LP and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and Period from August 20,
2009 (Inception Date) to
December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31,
2010 (continued)
We determined basic and diluted net income per general partner
unit and limited partner unit as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 20, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception Date)
|
|
|
For The
|
|
|
|
to
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per unit amounts)
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to general partner and limited partners
|
|
$
|
(6,992
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,644
|
)
|
Weighted average general partner and limited partner units
outstanding(a)
|
|
|
4,596
|
|
|
|
10,711
|
|
Earnings per general partner and limited partner unit (basic and
diluted)
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
(.81
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to limited partners
|
|
$
|
(6,852
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,471
|
)
|
Weighted average limited partner units outstanding(a)
|
|
|
4,507
|
|
|
|
10,506
|
|
Earnings per limited partner unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
$
|
(1.52
|
)
|
|
$
|
(.81
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to general partner
|
|
$
|
(140
|
)
|
|
$
|
(173
|
)
|
Weighted average general partner units outstanding
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Earnings per general partner unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
$
|
(1.58
|
)
|
|
$
|
(.84
|
)
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Includes unvested phantom units, which are considered
participating securities, of 361,052 and 424,157 as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
|
The Partnership has evaluated subsequent events through
March 30, 2011.
On February 11, 2011, the Board of Directors of our general
partner approved a distribution in the amount of
$3.8 million, consisting of payments of $3.6 million
to the limited partners, $0.1 million to the general
partner and $0.1 million in DER payments.
On March 1, 2011, the Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors of our general partner approved the award of a
total of 40,000 phantom units to certain employees under the
Partnership LTIP program. The units vest over four years and do
not contain distribution equivalent rights.
F-49
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of the General Partner of
American Midstream Partners, LP
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of
American Midstream Partners Predecessor (the Predecessor) as of
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009, and the
related combined statements of operations, of changes in group
equity and of cash flows for the year ended December 31,
2008 and the ten-month period ended October 31, 2009. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the management of
American Midstream Partners, LP. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Predecessor at December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2008 and
the ten-month period ended October 31, 2009 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
As discussed in Note 11 to the financial statements, the
financial results contain significant transactions with related
parties.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
March 30, 2011
F-50
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
December 31, 2008 and October 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
421
|
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
Trade accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
1,411
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
8,121
|
|
|
|
8,508
|
|
Due from affiliates
|
|
|
20,635
|
|
|
|
33,779
|
|
Notes receivable affiliates
|
|
|
26,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
|
|
1,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
59,774
|
|
|
|
44,352
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
216,903
|
|
|
|
205,126
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
565
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
277,242
|
|
|
$
|
250,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Group Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
273
|
|
|
$
|
1,515
|
|
Accrued gas purchases
|
|
|
19,688
|
|
|
|
11,575
|
|
Notes payable affiliate
|
|
|
39,339
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
|
2,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
62,838
|
|
|
|
15,706
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
125,443
|
|
|
|
18,570
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group equity
|
|
|
151,799
|
|
|
|
231,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and group equity
|
|
$
|
277,242
|
|
|
$
|
250,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-51
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended October 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
323,205
|
|
|
|
113,227
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
13,423
|
|
|
|
10,331
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
8,618
|
|
|
|
8,577
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
358,727
|
|
|
|
144,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
7,621
|
|
|
|
(1,633
|
)
|
Other (income) expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other (income) expenses
|
|
|
4,893
|
|
|
|
3,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-52
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Year
Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended October 31,
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Group equity at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
145,833
|
|
Contributions by parent
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
Distributions to parent
|
|
|
(7,245
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group equity at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
151,799
|
|
Contributions by parent
|
|
|
111,103
|
|
Distributions to parent
|
|
|
(25,772
|
)
|
Other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(201
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Group equity at October 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
231,592
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-53
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Combined Statements of Cash
Flows
December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile change in net assets to net cash
provided by operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
1,102
|
|
|
|
1,163
|
|
Unbilled revenue
|
|
|
3,009
|
|
|
|
(387
|
)
|
Due from affiliates
|
|
|
8,262
|
|
|
|
(13,144
|
)
|
Notes receivable from affiliates
|
|
|
(4,400
|
)
|
|
|
26,872
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(1,755
|
)
|
|
|
646
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(807
|
)
|
|
|
1,242
|
|
Accrued gas purchase
|
|
|
(1,662
|
)
|
|
|
(8,113
|
)
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
(1,761
|
)
|
|
|
(922
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
18,155
|
|
|
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(10,486
|
)
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(10,486
|
)
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions from parent
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
|
111,103
|
|
Distributions to parent
|
|
|
(7,245
|
)
|
|
|
(25,772
|
)
|
Repayments of notes to affiliates
|
|
|
(11,184
|
)
|
|
|
(39,339
|
)
|
Repayments of long term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(7,929
|
)
|
|
|
(14,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
421
|
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
$
|
325
|
|
|
$
|
132
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-54
|
|
1.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Nature
of Business
These financial statements of American Midstream Partners
Predecessor (the Predecessor) have been prepared in
connection with the proposed initial public offering (the
Offering) of limited partner units in America
Midstream Partners, LP (the Partnership), which was
formed in Delaware on August 20, 2009. The Partnership
acquired certain natural gas pipeline and processing businesses
from Enbridge Energy Partners, LP (Enbridge) in
November 2009, as described below.
On October 2, 2009, Enbridge Midcoast Energy, L.P. (the
Parent), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Enbridge
entered into a purchase and sale agreement with American
Midstream, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership,
for the sale of certain pipeline entities (collectively the
Entities). The sale was effective as of
November 1, 2009. In conjunction with the close of the
transaction, the Parent received cash consideration of
$150,817,898, excluding the subsequent settlement for working
capital as provided in the purchase and sale agreement.
The Entities were as follows:
Enbridge Pipelines Alabama Intrastate L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Bamagas Intrastate L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Tennessee River L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Mississippi L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Midla L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Alabama Gathering L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines AlaTenn L.L.C.
Midcoast Holdings No. One L.L.C.
Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission L.L.C.
Enbridge Offshore Pipelines Seacrest, LP
Enbridge Pipelines SIGCO Intrastate L.L.C.
Enbridge Pipelines Louisiana Intrastate, L.L.C.
These combined financial statements represent the financial
position, results of operations, changes in group equity and
cash flows of the Predecessor, have been prepared from the
separate records maintained by Enbridge and include allocations
of certain Enbridge corporate expenses. Management of the
Partnership believes that the assumptions and estimates used in
preparation of the combined financial statements are reasonable.
However, the combined financial statements may not necessarily
reflect what the Predecessors financial position, results
of operations or cash flows would have been had it been a
stand-alone entity during the periods presented. Because of the
nature of these combined financial statements, the Parents
net investment in the Entities, including amounts due to the
Parent are shown as group equity.
The Predecessors interstate natural gas pipeline assets
transport natural gas through Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission (the FERC) regulated interstate natural
gas pipelines in Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama and Tennessee.
The interstate pipelines include:
|
|
|
|
|
Enbridge Pipelines Midla L.L.C., which owns and
operates approximately 370 miles of interstate pipeline
that runs from the Monroe gas field in northern Louisiana south
through Mississippi to Baton Rouge, Louisiana.
|
|
|
|
Enbridge Pipelines AlaTenn L.L.C., which owns and
operates approximately 295 miles of interstate pipeline
that runs through the Tennessee River Valley from Selmer,
Tennessee to Huntsville, Alabama and serves an eight county area
in Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee.
|
F-55
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
Events and transactions subsequent to the balance sheet date
have been evaluated through March 30, 2011, the date these
combined financial statements were issued.
Basis
of Presentation and Use of Estimates
The combined financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States (GAAP) on the basis of the
Parents historical ownership of the Predecessor. All
significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in the preparation of the accompanying combined
financial statements.
Use of
Estimates
When preparing financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, the Predecessor must make estimates and assumptions
based on information available at the time. These estimates and
assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, as well as the disclosures of contingent
assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial
statements. Estimates and judgments are based on information
available at the time such estimates and judgments are made.
Adjustments made with respect to the use of these estimates and
judgments often relate to information not previously available.
Uncertainties with respect to such estimates and judgments are
inherent in the preparation of financial statements. Estimates
and judgments are used in, among other things,
(1) estimating unbilled revenues, product purchases and
operating and general and administrative costs
(2) developing fair value assumptions, including estimates
of future cash flows and discount rates, (3) analyzing
long-lived assets for possible impairment, (4) estimating
the useful lives of assets and (5) determining amounts to
accrue for contingencies, guarantees and indemnifications.
Actual results, therefore, could differ materially from
estimated amounts.
Accounting
for Regulated Operations
Certain of the Predecessors natural gas pipelines are
subject to regulation by the FERC. The FERC exercises statutory
authority over matters such as construction, transportation
rates the Predecessor charges and the Predecessors
underlying accounting practices, and ratemaking agreements with
customers. Accordingly, the Predecessor records costs that are
allowed in the ratemaking process in a period different from the
period in which the costs would be charged to expense by a
nonregulated entity. Also, the Predecessor records assets and
liabilities that result from the regulated ratemaking process
that would not be recorded under GAAP for the Predecessors
regulated entities. As of December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009, the Predecessor had no significant
regulatory assets or liabilities.
Revenue
Recognition and the Estimation of Revenues and Cost of Natural
Gas
The Predecessor recognizes revenue when all of the following
criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an exchange
arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services
have been rendered, (3) the price is fixed or determinable
and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. The
Predecessor records revenue and cost of product sold on the
gross basis for those transactions where the Predecessor acted
as the principal and takes title to natural gas, natural gas
liquids (NGLs) or condensate that are purchased for
resale. When the Predecessors customers pay it a fee for
providing a service such as gathering, treating or
transportation the
F-56
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
Predecessor records those fees separately in revenues. For the
year and period ended December 31, 2008 and October 31
2009, respectively, the Predecessor had the following revenues
by category:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Period Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
October 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation firm
|
|
$
|
15,780
|
|
|
$
|
10,616
|
|
Transportation interruptible
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
Sales of natural gas, NGLs and condensate
|
|
|
348,034
|
|
|
|
129,673
|
|
Other
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Predecessor derives revenue in its business from the
following types of arrangements:
|
|
|
|
|
Fee-Based.
Under these arrangements,
the Predecessor generally is paid a fixed cash fee for gathering
and transporting natural gas.
|
|
|
|
Percent-of-Proceeds,
or POP.
Under these arrangements, the
Predecessor generally gathers raw natural gas from producers at
the wellhead or other supply points, transports it through the
Predecessors gathering system, processes it and sells the
residue natural gas and NGLs at market prices. Where the
Predecessor provides processing services at the processing
plants that it owns, or obtains processing services for its own
account under its elective processing arrangements, the
Predecessor typically retains and sells a percentage of the
residue natural gas and resulting NGLs.
|
|
|
|
Fixed-Margin.
Under these arrangements,
the Predecessor purchases natural gas from producers or
suppliers at receipt points on the Predecessors systems at
an index price less a fixed transportation fee and
simultaneously sells an identical volume of natural gas at
delivery points on the Predecessors systems at the same,
undiscounted index price.
|
|
|
|
Firm Transportation.
The
Predecessors obligation to provide firm transportation
service means that the Predecessor is obligated to transport
natural gas nominated by the shipper up to the maximum daily
quantity specified in the contract. In exchange for that
obligation on the Predecessors part, the shipper pays a
specified reservation charge, whether or not it utilizes the
capacity. In most cases, the shipper also pays a variable use
charge with respect to quantities actually transported by the
Predecessor.
|
|
|
|
Interruptible Transportation.
The
Predecessors obligation to provide interruptible
transportation service means that the Predecessor is only
obligated to transport natural gas nominated by the shipper to
the extent that the Predecessor was available capacity. For this
service the shipper pays no reservation charge but pays a
variable use charge for quantities actually shipped.
|
Estimates
of Revenue and Cost of Natural Gas
The Predecessor must estimate its current month revenue and cost
of gas to permit the timely preparation of the combined
financial statements. The Predecessor generally cannot compile
actual billing information nor obtain actual vendor invoices
within a timeframe that would permit the recording of this
actual data prior to the preparation of the combined financial
statements. As a result, the Predecessor records an estimate
each month for its operating revenues and cost of natural gas
based on the best available volume and price data for natural
gas delivered and received, along with a
true-up
of
the prior months estimate to equal the prior months
actual data. As a result there is one month of estimated data
reported in the Predecessors operating
F-57
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
revenues and cost of natural gas for each of the year ended
December 31, 2008. The operating revenues and cost of
natural gas for the ten months ended October 31, 2009
reflects actual invoiced amounts.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Predecessor considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less at the date of
purchase to be cash equivalents. The carrying value of cash and
cash equivalents approximates fair value because of the short
term to maturity of these investments.
Allowance
for Doubtful Accounts
The Predecessor establishes provisions for losses on accounts
receivable when it determines that it will not collect all or
part of an outstanding balance. Collectability is reviewed
regularly and an allowance is established or adjusted, as
necessary, using the specific identification method. As of
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 the Predecessor
has recorded, $170,393 and $985,956, respectively, in allowances
for doubtful accounts.
Inventory
Inventory includes product inventory and material and supplies
inventory. The Entities records all product inventories at the
lower of its cost, as determined on a weighted average basis, or
market value. The product inventory consists of liquid
hydrocarbons and natural gas. Upon disposition, product
inventory is recorded to Purchases of natural gas,
NGLs and Condensate at the weighted average cost of
inventory, including any adjustments recorded to reduce
inventory to market value.
Operational
Balancing Agreements and Natural Gas Imbalances
To facilitate deliveries of natural gas and provide for
operational flexibility, the Predecessor has operational
balancing agreements in place with other interconnecting
pipelines. These agreements ensure that the volume of natural
gas a shipper schedules for transportation between two
interconnecting pipelines equals the volume actually delivered.
If natural gas moves between pipelines in volumes that are more
or less than the volumes the shipper previously scheduled, a
natural gas imbalance is created. The imbalances are settled
through periodic cash payments or repaid in-kind through receipt
or delivery of natural gas. Natural gas imbalances are recorded
as gas imbalances and classified within Other currents
assets on the Predecessors combined balance sheets
using the posted index prices, which approximate market rates,
or the Predecessors weighted average cost of natural gas.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
The Predecessor capitalizes expenditures related to property,
plant and equipment that have a useful life greater than one
year for 1) assets purchased or constructed;
2) existing assets that are replaced, improved, or the
useful lives of which have been extended; and 3) all land,
regardless of cost. Maintenance and repair costs, including any
planned major maintenance activities, are expensed as incurred.
The Predecessor records property, plant and equipment at its
original cost, which the Predecessor depreciates on a
straight-line basis over the lesser of its estimated useful life
or the estimated remaining lives. The Predecessors
determination of the useful lives of property, plant and
equipment requires the Predecessor to make various assumptions,
including the supply of and demand for hydrocarbons in the
markets served by the Predecessors assets, normal wear and
tear of the facilities, and the extent and frequency of
maintenance
F-58
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
programs. The Predecessor records depreciation using the group
method of depreciation which is commonly used by pipelines,
utilities and similar entities.
Impairment
of Long Lived Assets
The Predecessor evaluates the recoverability of its property,
plant and equipment when events or circumstances such as
economic obsolescence, business climate, legal and other factors
indicate the Predecessor may not recover the carrying amount of
the assets. The Predecessor continually monitors its businesses,
the market and business environment to identify indicators that
could suggest an asset may not be recoverable. The Predecessor
evaluates the asset for recoverability by estimating the
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be derived from
operating the asset as a going concern. These cash flow
estimates require the Predecessor to make projections and
assumptions for many years into the future for pricing, demand,
competition, operating cost, contract renewals, and other
factors. The Predecessor recognizes an impairment loss when the
carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value as
determined by quoted market prices in active markets or present
value techniques. The determination of the fair value using
present value techniques requires the Predecessor to make
projections and assumptions regarding future cash flows and
weighted average cost of capital. Any changes the Predecessor
makes to these projections and assumptions could result in
significant revisions to the Predecessors evaluation of
the recoverability of its property, plant and equipment and the
recognition of an impairment loss in its consolidated statements
of income. No impairment losses were recognized during the year
ended and period ended December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009, respectively.
The Predecessor assess its long-lived assets for impairment
using authoritative guidance. A long-lived asset is tested for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
its carrying amount may exceed its fair value. Fair values, for
the purposes of the impairment test, are based on the sum of the
undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the assets.
Examples of long-lived asset impairment indicators include:
|
|
|
|
|
A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset
or group;
|
|
|
|
A significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a
long-lived asset or asset group is being used or in its physical
condition;
|
|
|
|
A significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business
climate could affect the value of a long-lived asset or asset
group, including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator
which would exclude allowable costs from the rate-making process;
|
|
|
|
An accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount
originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the
long-lived asset or asset group;
|
|
|
|
A current-period operating cash flow loss combined with a
history of operating cash flow losses or a projection or
forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the
use of a long lived asset or asset group; and
|
|
|
|
A current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived
asset or asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of
significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful
life.
|
Income
Taxes
All of the entities of the Entities are disregarded for
U.S. federal income tax purposes or for the majority of
states that impose an income tax. The Entities income tax
expense results from the enactment of state
F-59
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
income tax laws by the State of Texas that apply to entities
organized as partnerships. The Texas margin tax is computed on
our modified gross margin and was not significant for each of
the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period ended
October 31, 2009. The Predecessor has determined these
taxes to be income taxes as set forth in the authoritative
accounting guidance.
Commitments,
Contingencies and Environmental Liabilities
The Predecessor expenses or capitalizes, as appropriate,
expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental
regulations that relate to past or current operations. The
Predecessor expenses amounts it incurs for remediation of
existing environmental contamination caused by past operations
that do not benefit future periods by preventing or eliminating
future contamination. It records liabilities for environmental
matters when assessments indicate that remediation efforts are
probable, and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates
of environmental liabilities are based on currently available
facts, existing technology and presently enacted laws and
regulations, taking into consideration the likely effects of
inflation and other factors. These amounts also consider the
Predecessors prior experience in remediating contaminated
sites, other companies
clean-up
experience and data released by government organizations. Its
estimates are subject to revision in future periods based on
actual costs or new information. The Predecessor evaluates
recoveries from insurance coverage separately from the liability
and, when recovery is probable, it records and reports an asset
separately from the associated liability in its combined
financial statements.
The Predecessor recognizes liabilities for other commitments and
contingencies when, after fully analyzing the available
information, determines it is either probable that an asset has
been impaired, or that a liability has been incurred and the
amount of impairment or loss can be reasonably estimated. When a
range of probable loss can be estimated, it accrues the most
likely amount, or if no amount is more likely than another, it
accrues the minimum of the range of probable loss. The
Predecessor expenses legal costs associated with loss
contingencies as such costs are incurred.
Asset
Retirement Obligations (AROs)
AROs are legal obligations associated with the retirement of
tangible long-lived assets that result from the assets
acquisition, construction, development
and/or
normal operation. An ARO is initially measured at its estimated
fair value. Upon initial recognition of an ARO, the Predecessor
records an increase to the carrying amount of the related
long-lived asset and an offsetting ARO liability. The
Predecessor depreciates the capitalized ARO using the
straight-line method over the period during which the related
long-lived asset is expected to provide benefits. After the
initial period of ARO recognition, the Predecessor revises the
ARO to reflect the passage of time or revisions to the amounts
of estimated cash flows or their timing.
Group
Equity
The group equity balance represents a net balance reflecting the
Parents initial investment in Entities and subsequent
adjustments resulting from the operations of the Entities and
various transactions between the Parent and the Entities. Other
transactions affecting the group equity include general,
administrative and overhead costs incurred by the Parent that
are allocated to the Entities. There are no terms of settlement
or interest charges associated with the group equity balance.
|
|
2.
|
Concentration
of Credit Risk and Trade Accounts Receivable
|
The Predecessors primary market areas are located in the
United States along the Gulf Coast and in the Southeast. The
Predecessor has a concentration of trade receivable balances due
from companies engaged in the production, trading, distribution
and marketing of natural gas and NGL products. These
concentrations of
F-60
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
customers may affect our overall credit risk in that the
customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic,
regulatory or other factors. The Predecessors
customers historical financial and operating information
is analyzed prior to extending credit. The Predecessor manages
its exposure to credit risk through credit analysis, credit
approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and for
certain transactions, the Predecessor may request letters of
credit, prepayments or guarantees. The Predecessor maintains
allowances for potentially uncollectible accounts receivable.
As of December 31, 2008, ConocoPhillips Corporation and Dow
Hydrocarbons and Resources were significant customers,
representing at least 10% of the Predecessors combined
revenue, accounting for $40.5 million and
$44.2 million, respectively, of the Predecessors
combined revenue in the combined statement of operations for the
year then ended. As of October 31, 2009, ConocoPhillips
Corporation and Enbridge Marketing were significant customers,
representing at least 10% of the Predecessors combined
revenue, accounting for $18.5 million and
$40.4 million, respectively, of the Predecessors
combined revenue in the consolidated statement of operations for
the period then ended.
Other current assets as of December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Gas imbalance
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
530
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
2,045
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
Regulatory deferrals
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Other prepaid amounts
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,314
|
|
|
$
|
1,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment, Net
|
Property, plant and equipment, net, as of December 31, 2008
and October 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
433
|
|
|
$
|
433
|
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
26,628
|
|
|
|
26,633
|
|
Pipelines
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
180,470
|
|
|
|
181,096
|
|
Compressors, meters and other operating equipment
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
25,821
|
|
|
|
28,182
|
|
Vehicles, office furniture and equipment
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
6,847
|
|
|
|
6,937
|
|
Processing and treating plants
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
30,009
|
|
|
|
32,306
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,222
|
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277,430
|
|
|
|
276,697
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,527
|
)
|
|
|
(71,571
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
216,903
|
|
|
$
|
205,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For regulatory purposes, the Predecessors uses
FERC-approved depreciation rates to depreciate the regulated
pipeline assets of Enbridge Pipelines Midla L.L.C.
and Enbridge Pipelines AlaTenn L.L.C. Of
F-61
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
the gross property, plant and equipment balances at
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009
$102.4 million and $101.8 million, respectively,
related to regulated assets.
|
|
5.
|
Asset
Retirement Obligations (AROs)
|
No assets are legally restricted for purposes of settling the
Predecessors AROs for the year ended December 31,
2008 and the period ended October 31, 2009. Following is a
reconciliation of the beginning and ending aggregate carrying
amount of the Predecessors ARO liabilities for the year
ended December 31, 2008 and the period ended
October 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
1,926
|
|
|
$
|
2,006
|
|
Accretion expense
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,006
|
|
|
$
|
2,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net, as of December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Other post-retirement benefit plan assets, net
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
Deferred charges, net
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Other
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
|
$
|
684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Accrued
Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
|
Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
2,972
|
|
|
$
|
1,109
|
|
Property taxes payable
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
Environmental reserves
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,538
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Notes
Payable Affiliate
|
Short-term
Borrowings
Throughout 2008 and 2009, the Entities periodically entered into
certain short-term demand promissory notes with Enbridge
Midcoast Limited Holdings, L.L.C. (EMLH), a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Parent. At December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009, the outstanding balances of short-term
borrowings were $39.3 and $0 million, respectively. Prior
to March 2008, interest on these borrowings is charged at 130%
of the applicable federal rate as published by the U.S Treasury
(AFR). Subsequent to March 2008, interest on these
borrowings is charged at the greater of i) the London
Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR), plus 100 basis
F-62
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
points or ii) 130% of the published AFR. The weighted
average interest rate on outstanding borrowings at
October 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was 1.36% and
3.59%, respectively.
Long-term
Borrowings
During 2004, the Entities entered into a series of promissory
notes with EMLH, totaling $65 million, with repayment of
the principal balance of these notes due on November 26,
2014 (the Notes). Interest on the Notes was paid
semiannually in May and November of each year. The capitalized
deferred costs of approximately $0.1 million and
$0.1 million as of December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 associated with the issuance of this debt
are amortized over the ten year life of the Notes.
Debt
Extinguishment
On October 29, 2009, the Parent made a capital contribution
of $111.1 million to the Entities. A portion of the
proceeds of this contribution were used by the Entities to repay
in full the short-term borrowings and the Notes outstanding with
EMLH.
Financial
Covenants
There were no restrictive covenants associated with either the
short-term borrowings or the Notes.
|
|
9.
|
Post-Employment
Benefits
|
Post-Employment
Benefits Other Than Pensions
We sponsor a contributory postretirement plan that provides
medical, dental and life insurance benefits for qualifying
U.S. retired employees (referred to as the OPEB
Plan).
The tables below detail the changes in the benefit obligation,
the fair value of plan assets and the recorded asset or
liability of the OPEB Plan using the accrual method.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, January 1
|
|
$
|
642
|
|
|
$
|
741
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, December 31, and October 31
|
|
$
|
741
|
|
|
$
|
771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-63
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, January 1
|
|
$
|
987
|
|
|
$
|
999
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
123
|
|
Employers contributions
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets, December 31 and October 31
|
|
$
|
999
|
|
|
$
|
1,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
Unrecognized actuarial gain
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost, December 31 and October 31
|
|
$
|
(81
|
)
|
|
$
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts of plan assets and liabilities recognized in our
statements of financial position at December 31, 2008 and
October 31, 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Long term other assets
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
258
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income
that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic
benefit expense are $339,000 and $138,000 as of
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009, respectively.
Economic
Assumptions
The assumptions made in measurement of the projected benefit
obligations or assets of the OPEB Plan were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00%
|
|
|
|
5.70%
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
4.50%
|
|
|
|
6.00%
|
|
Rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
5%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
Health care trend
|
|
|
Grade 9% to
5% over 5 years
|
|
|
|
Grade 9% to
5% over 5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A one percent increase in the assumed medical and dental care
trend rate would result in an increase of $0.1 million in
the accumulated post-employment benefit obligations. A one
percent decrease in the assumed
F-64
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
medical and dental care trend rate would result in a decrease of
$0.1 million in the accumulated post-employment benefit
obligations.
The above table reflects the expected long-term rates of return
on assets of the OPEB Plan on a weighted-average basis. The
overall expected rates of return are based on the asset
allocation targets with estimates for returns on equity and debt
securities based on long term expectations. We believe this rate
approximates the return we will achieve over the long-term on
the assets of our plans. Historically, we have used a discount
rate that corresponds to one or more high quality corporate bond
indices as an estimate of our expected long-term rate of return
on plan assets for our OPEB Plan assets. For 2008 and 2009 we
selected the discount rate using the Citigroup Pension Discount
Curve, or CPDC. The CPDC spot rates represent the equivalent
yield on high-quality, zero-coupon bonds for specific
maturities. These rates are used to develop a single, equivalent
discount rate based on the OPEB Plans expected future cash
flows.
Expected
Future Benefit Payments
The following table presents the benefits expected to be paid in
each of the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the
five years thereafter by the OPEB Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Benefit
|
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
For the year ending
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
2012
|
|
|
56
|
|
2013
|
|
|
55
|
|
2014
|
|
|
55
|
|
2015
|
|
|
55
|
|
Five years thereafter
|
|
|
235
|
|
The expected future benefit payments are based upon the same
assumptions used to measure the projected benefit obligations of
the OPEB Plan including benefits associated with future employee
service.
Expected
Contributions to the Plans
We expect to make contributions to the OPEB Plan for the year
ending December 31, 2010 of $0.1 million.
Plan
Assets
The weighted average asset allocation of our OPEB Plan at the
measurement date by asset category, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPEB Plan
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Fixed income(a)
|
|
|
77.0%
|
|
|
|
77.0%
|
|
Cash and short-term assets(b)
|
|
|
23.0%
|
|
|
|
23.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
100.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
United States government securities, corporate bonds and notes
and asset-backed securities.
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
Cash and securities with maturities of one year or less.
|
F-65
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
|
|
10.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
The Predecessor is subject to federal and state laws and
regulations relating to the protection of the environment.
Environmental risk is inherent to natural gas pipeline
operations, and the Predecessor could, at times, be subject to
environmental cleanup and enforcement actions. The Predecessor
attempts to manage this environmental risk through appropriate
environmental policies and practices to minimize any impact the
Predecessors operations may have on the environment.
|
|
11.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Predecessor was wholly owned by the Parent and its
subsidiaries. The Parent has allocated certain overhead costs
associated with general and administrative services, including
executive management, accounting, information services,
engineering, and human resources support to the Predecessor.
These overhead costs were allocated based primarily on a
percentage of revenue, which management of the Partnership
believes is reasonable.
Revenues,
Purchases and Cost Allocations
The Predecessor recorded operating revenues to Enbridge
affiliates for natural gas gathering, treating, processing,
marketing and transportation services. Included in the
Predecessors results for the year ended December 31,
2008 and period ended October 31, 2009, are operating
revenues $202.9 of million and $73.9 million, respectively,
related to these transactions.
The Predecessor also purchased natural gas from Enbridge
affiliates for sale to third-parties at market prices on the
date of purchase. Included in the Predecessors results for
the year ended December 31, 2008 and period ended
October 31, 2009, are costs for natural gas purchases of
$0.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related
to these purchases.
The Predecessor incurred expenses related to managerial,
administrative, operational and director services provided by
the Parent and its affiliates and the ultimate parent, Enbridge
pursuant to service agreements (referred to as Enbridge
cost allocations).
The Enbridge cost allocations were charged based on a
combination of fixed monthly fees for operations and allocations
for overhead costs, which were based primarily on the direct
salaries of the employees by department and by entity. The
allocation method has been consistently applied in the
statements of operations.
The total amount charged to the Predecessor for Enbridge cost
allocations for the year ended December 31, 2008 and period
ended October 31, 2009 was $7.9 million and
$6.7 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009, the
Predecessor had affiliate receivables of $21.0 million and
$34.4 million, respectively related to these transactions.
Financing
Transactions with Affiliates
Demand
Notes Receivable and Notes Payable
At December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009, the
Predecessor had affiliate notes receivable of $26.9 and
$0 million, respectively, and affiliate notes payable of
$39.3 million and $0 million, respectively. For the
twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and ten months ended
October 31, 2009, the Predecessor had interest income of
$0.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Interest
expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and
ten months ended October 31, 2009 was $6.7 million and
$4.1 million, respectively.
F-66
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
Equity
Transactions
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and the ten
months ended October 31, 2009, the Predecessor received
contributions by the Parent of $10.5 million and
$111.1 million, respectively, and paid distributions to the
Parent of $7.3 million and $25.8 million, respectively.
The Predecessors operations are located in the United
States and are organized into two reporting segments:
(1) Gathering and Processing; and (2) Transmission.
Gathering
and Processing
The Predecessors Gathering and Processing segment provides
wellhead to market services to producers of natural
gas and oil, which include transporting raw natural gas from the
wellhead through gathering systems, treating the raw natural
gas, processing raw natural gas to separate the NGLs and selling
or delivering pipeline quality natural gas and NGLs to various
markets and pipeline systems.
Transmission
The Predecessors Transmission segment transports and
delivers natural gas from producing wells, receipt points or
pipeline interconnects for shippers and other customers,
including local distribution companies, or LDCs, utilities and
industrial, commercial and power generation customers.
These segments are monitored separately by American Midstream
Partners, LP for performance and are consistent with internal
financial reporting. These segments have been identified based
on the differing products and services, regulatory environment
and the expertise required for these operations. Gross margin is
a performance measure utilized by the Predecessor to monitor the
business of each segment.
The following tables set forth the Predecessors segment
information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
16,487
|
|
|
$
|
349,861
|
|
|
$
|
366,348
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)
|
|
$
|
15,789
|
|
|
$
|
27,354
|
|
|
$
|
43,143
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,423
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,618
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,481
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,747
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-67
American
Midstream Partners Predecessor
Notes to Combined Financial
Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2008 and October 31, 2009 and
Year Ended December 31, 2008 and Period Ended
October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gathering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transmission
|
|
|
Processing
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Period ended October 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
10,175
|
|
|
$
|
132,957
|
|
|
$
|
143,132
|
|
Segment gross margin(a)
|
|
$
|
9,881
|
|
|
$
|
20,024
|
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
Direct operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,331
|
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,577
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,630
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Segment gross margin for our Gathering and Processing segment
consists of total revenue, less purchases of natural gas,
propane and NGLs. Segment gross margin for our Transmission
segment consists of total revenue, less purchases of natural
gas. Gross margin consists of the sum of the segment gross
margin amounts for each of these segments. As an indicator of
our operating performance, gross margin should not be considered
an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income or cash
flow as determined in accordance with GAAP. Our gross margin may
not be comparable to a similarly titled measure of another
company because other entities may not calculate gross margin in
the same manner.
|
Asset information by segment, including capital expenditures, is
not included in reports used by management of American Midstream
Partners, LP in its monitoring of performance and therefore, is
not disclosed.
F-68
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF
AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP OF AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP dated as
of ,
2011, is entered into by and between American Midstream GP, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner,
and AIM Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (
AIM Midstream
), together with
any other Persons who are now or become Partners in the
Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein.
WHEREAS, the General Partner and the Limited Partners entered
into that certain First Amended and Restated Agreement of
Limited Partnership dated as of November 4, 2009 (the
First A/R Partnership Agreement
);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Initial Public Offering of
Common Units (as such terms are hereinafter defined) by the
Partnership, the Board of Directors of the General Partner deems
it necessary and appropriate to amend and restate the First A/R
Partnership Agreement to provide for certain amendments in
connection with the Initial Public Offering; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Article XIII of the First A/R
Partnership Agreement, the First A/R Partnership Agreement may
be amended upon approval by the General Partner, the holders of
at least 90% of the Outstanding Units (as defined in the First
A/R Partnership Agreement) voting as a single class, such
approval having been duly obtained in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the First A/R Partnership Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend and
restate the Second A/R Partnership Agreement to provide in its
entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Definitions.
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless
otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the
terms used in this Agreement.
Acquisition
means any transaction in
which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition,
merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control
over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of
another Person for the purpose of increasing the long-term
operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group
from the operating capacity or operating income of the
Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction.
Additional Book Basis
means the
portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property
that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such
Carrying Value as a result of
Book-Up
Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying
Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of
an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or
a
Book-Up
Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion
of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is
attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto
pursuant to a
Book-Up
Event or Book-Down Event.
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book
Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the
Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of
such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase
in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis;
provided
, that the amount treated as Additional Book
Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall
not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the
remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the
A-1
Partnerships Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event
(determined without regard to the application of this
clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items
means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with
reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the
Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the
Partnerships Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any
taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the
Excess Additional Book Basis
), the
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be
reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard
to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to
the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period.
Additional Limited Partner
means a
Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant
to
Section 10.1(b)
and who is shown as such on the
books and records of the Partnership.
Adjusted Capital Account
means the
Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of
each taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by
any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the
standards set by Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)
(or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)
and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount
of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable
period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner
in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and
706(d) of the Code and Treasury
Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii),
and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the
end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made
to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they
exceed offsetting increases to such Partners Capital
Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior
to) the taxable period in which such distributions are
reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result
of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(i)
or
Section 6.1(d)(ii)
). The foregoing definition of
Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the
provisions of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The
Adjusted Capital Account of a Partner in respect of
a Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted
Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the
only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and
after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first
issued.
Adjusted Operating Surplus
means, with
respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with
respect to such period, less (b) (i) any net increase in
Working Capital Borrowings with respect to that period and
(ii) any net decrease in cash reserves for Operating
Expenditures with respect to such period not relating to an
Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and plus
(c) (i) any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings with
respect to that period, (ii) any net decrease made in
subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures
initially established with respect to such period to the extent
such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating
Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above
and (iii) any net increase in cash reserves for Operating
Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt
instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium.
Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of
Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of
Operating Surplus.
Adjusted Property
means any property
the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
Affiliate
means, with respect to any
Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under
common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the
term control means the possession, direct or
indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership
of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common
Units
has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 5.11(a).
A-2
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments
means, as of the end of any taxable
period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all
the Partners.
Agreed Allocation
means any
allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of
income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.1
, including a Curative Allocation (if
appropriate to the context in which the term
Agreed
Allocation
is used).
Agreed Value
of any Contributed
Property means the fair market value of such property or other
consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the
General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method and
in the case of an Adjusted Preoperty, the fair market value of
such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as
described in
Section 5.5(d)
, in both cases as
determined by the General Partner.
Agreement
means this Second Amended
and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of American
Midstream Partners, LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time.
AIM Midstream
means AIM Midstream
Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
American Midstream GP
means American
Midstream GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
Associate
means, when used to indicate
a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or
organization of which such Person is a director, officer,
partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the
owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other
voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which
such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to
which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary
capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or
any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal
residence as such Person.
Available Cash
means, with respect to
any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) the sum of:
(i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group
(or the Partnerships proportionate share of cash and cash
equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter; and
(ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any
portion of additional cash and cash equivalents of the
Partnership Group (or the Partnerships proportionate share
of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that
are not wholly owned) on hand on the date of determination of
Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from
Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such
Quarter;
(b) less the amount of any cash reserves (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of cash reserves in the
case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) established by
the General Partner to:
(i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the
Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital
expenditures, for anticipated future credit needs of the
Partnership Group and for refunds of collected rates reasonably
likely to be refunded as a result of a settlement or hearing
relating to FERC rate proceedings or rate proceedings under
applicable state law, if any) subsequent to such Quarter;
(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement,
security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement
or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which
it is bound or its assets are subject; or
(iii) provide funds for distributions under
Section 6.4
or
Section 6.5
in respect of
any one or more of the next four Quarters;
provided, however
, that the General Partner may not
establish cash reserves pursuant to clause (iii) above if
the effect of establishing such reserves would be that the
Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common
Unit Arrearage on all Common
A-3
Units, with respect to such Quarter; and,
provided
further
, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash
reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such
Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available
Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been
made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of
determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General
Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Available Cash
with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs
and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
Board of Directors
means the board of
directors of the General Partner.
Book Basis Derivative Items
means any
item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with
reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g.,
depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an
Adjusted Property).
Book-Down Event
means an event that
triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the
Partners pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
Book-Tax Disparity
means with respect
to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of
the date of any determination, the difference between the
Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property
and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes
as of such date. A Partners share of the
Partnerships Book-Tax Disparities in all of its
Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by
the difference between such Partners Capital Account
balance as maintained pursuant to
Section 5.5
and
the hypothetical balance of such Partners Capital Account
computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance
with federal income tax accounting principles.
Book-Up
Event
means an event that triggers a positive
adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
Business Day
means Monday through
Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as
such by the government of the United States of America or the
State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
Capital Account
means the capital
account maintained for a Partner pursuant to
Section 5.5.
The
Capital
Account
of a Partner in respect of a Partnership
Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be
it such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the
Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on
which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
Capital Contribution
means
(i) any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of
Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the
Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the
Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an
underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting
discounts or commissions) or (ii) current distributions
that a Partner is entitled to receive but otherwise waives.
Capital Improvement
means any
(a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by
any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset
acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of
investment) of existing, or the construction of new or
improvement or replacement of existing, capital assets
(including gathering systems, compressors, processing plants,
transmission lines and related or similar midstream assets) or
(c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person that
is not a Subsidiary in which a Group Member has, or after such
capital contribution will have, an equity interest to fund such
Group Members pro rata share of the cost of the addition
or improvement to or the acquisition (through an asset
acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of
investment) of existing, or the construction of new or
replacement of existing, capital assets (including gathering
systems, compressors, processing plants, transmission lines and
related or similar midstream assets) by such Person, in each
case if and to the extent such addition, improvement,
acquisition, construction or replacement is made to increase the
long-term operating capacity, or operating income of the
Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or
such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating
capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group or such
Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such
addition, improvement, acquisition, construction or replacement.
A-4
Capital Surplus
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 6.3(a).
Carrying Value
means (a) with
respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the
Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by
all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions
charged to the Partners Capital Accounts in respect of
such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, and
(b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the
adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes,
all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any
property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with
Section 5.5(d)
and to reflect changes, additions or
other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and
acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by
the General Partner.
Cause
means a court of competent
jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment
finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud or willful
misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the
Partnership.
Certificate
means (a) a
certificate (i) substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
to the First A/R Partnership Agreement (if
such certificate was issued on or after November 4, 2009,
but prior to the date hereof) or substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
to this Agreement (if such certificate is
issued on or after the date hereof), (ii) issued in global
form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by
the General Partner, in each case issued by the Partnership
evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or (b) a
certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General
Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one
or more other Partnership Interests.
Certificate of Limited Partnership
means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as
referenced in
Section 7.2
, as such Certificate of
Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time.
Citizenship Eligibility Trigger
has
the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.9(a)(ii).
claim
(as used in
Section 7.12(c)
) has the meaning assigned to such
term in
Section 7.12(c).
Closing Date
means November 4,
2009.
Closing Price
means, in respect of any
class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of
determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or
in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either
case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction
reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted
to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on
which the respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or
admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are
not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities
Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so
quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such
day in the
over-the-counter
market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use
in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of such class, or,
if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class
are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in such Limited
Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner,
or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such
Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such
Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the
General Partner.
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any
reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code
shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding
provision of any successor law.
Combined Interest
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 11.3(a).
Commences Commercial Service
means the
date a Capital Improvement is first put into or commences
commercial service following completion of construction,
acquisition, development and testing, as applicable.
Commission
means the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency
having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.
A-5
Commodity Hedge Contract
means any
commodity exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar or other
similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of
hedging the Partnership Groups exposure to fluctuations in
the price of hydrocarbons or other commodities in their
operations and not for speculative purposes.
Common Unit
means a Partnership
Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and
obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this
Agreement. The term Common Unit does not include a
Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit
pursuant to the terms hereof.
Common Unit Arrearage
means, with
respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter
within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of
(a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a
Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of
all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in
respect of such Quarter pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(i).
Conflicts Committee
means a committee
of the Board of Directors composed of one or more Independent
Directors.
Contributed Property
means each
property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the
Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the
Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property
is adjusted pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
, such
property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but
shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage
means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as
of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the
sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearage as
to an IPO Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the
Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such
Quarter
over
(b) the sum of any distributions
theretofore made pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(ii)
and
the second sentence of
Section 6.5
with respect to
an IPO Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in
respect of the last of such Quarters).
Curative Allocation
means any
allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit
pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.1(d)(xi).
Current Market Price
means, in respect
of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of
determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per
Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive
Trading Days immediately prior to such date.
Delaware Act
means the Delaware
Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C.
Section 17-101,
et seq
., as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time, and any successor to such statute.
Departing General Partner
means a
former general partner from and after the effective date of any
withdrawal or removal of such former general partner pursuant to
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2.
Disposed of Adjusted Property
has the
meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).
Depositary
means, with respect to any
Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company
and its successors and permitted assigns.
Economic Risk of Loss
has the meaning
set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).
Eligibility Certificate
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.9(b).
Eligible Holder
means a Limited
Partner whose (a) federal income tax status would not, in
the determination of the General Partner, have the material
adverse effect described in
Section 4.9(a)(i)
or
(b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would
not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a
substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in
Section 4.9(a)(ii).
Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax
Amount
has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.9.
Estimated Maintenance Capital
Expenditures
means an estimate made in good faith
by the Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts
Committee) of the average quarterly Maintenance Capital
A-6
Expenditures that the Partnership will incur over the long term.
The Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts
Committee) will be permitted to make such estimate in any manner
it determines reasonable. The estimate will be made annually and
whenever an event occurs that is likely to result in a material
adjustment to the amount of Maintenance Capital Expenditures on
a long term basis. The Partnership shall disclose to its
Partners any change in the amount of Estimated Maintenance
Capital Expenditures in its reports made in accordance with
Section 8.3
to the extent not previously disclosed.
Except as provided in the definition of Subordination Period,
any adjustments to Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures
shall be prospective only.
Event of Withdrawal
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 11.1(a).
Existing Credit Agreement
means the
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of
October 5, 2009, by and among the Operating Company, the
other borrowers party thereto, Comerica Bank, as Administrative
Agent, Co-Lead Arranger and Syndication Administrative Agent,
BBVA Compass Bank, as Documentation Agent and Co-Lead Arranger,
and the other lenders party thereto.
Expansion Capital Expenditures
means
cash expenditures for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements, and
shall not include Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment
Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall
include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and
distributions on equity issued, in each case, to finance the
construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the
period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a
binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital
Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that
such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the
date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of.
Debt incurred or equity issued to fund such construction period
interest payments or such construction period distributions on
equity paid during such period, shall also be deemed to be debt
incurred or equity issued, as the case may be, to finance the
construction of a Capital Improvement. Expansion Capital
Expenditures will include cash contributed by a Group Member to
an entity of which such Group Member is, or after such
contribution will be, directly or indirectly, an equity owner to
be used by such entity for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements.
Where capital expenditures are made in part for Expansion
Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General
Partner, with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee, shall
determine the allocation of such expenditures between Expansion
Capital Expenditures and expenditures made for other purposes.
FERC
means the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission, or successor to powers thereof.
Final Subordinated Units
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).
First A/R Partnership Agreement
has
the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals to this
Agreement.
First Liquidation Target Amount
has
the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
First Target Distribution
means 115%
of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution per Unit (or, with respect
to the Quarter that includes the IPO Closing Date, it means the
product of 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution per Unit
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
of days in such Quarter after the IPO Closing Date, and the
denominator of which is the total number of days in such
Quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with
Section 5.11
,
Section 6.6
and
Section 6.9.
Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis
means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any
period, a basis that includes (a) the weighted average
number of Outstanding Units plus (b) all Partnership
Interests and options, rights, warrants, phantom units and
appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the
Partnership (i) that are convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Units or for which Units are issuable, in each
case that are senior to or
pari passu
with the
Subordinated Units, (ii) whose conversion, exercise or
exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date
of such calculation, (iii) that may be converted into or
exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the
Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which
the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any
contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the
payment of consideration and the compliance with
A-7
administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion,
exercise or exchange and (iv) that were not converted into
or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for
which the calculation is being made;
provided, however,
that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding
Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when calculating
whether the Subordination Period has ended or Subordinated Units
are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.7
, such Partnership Interests, options,
rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have
been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise
the last four Quarters of the measurement period;
provided,
further,
that if consideration will be paid to any Group
Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange,
the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be
that number equal to the difference between (x) the number
of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and
(y) the number of Units that such consideration would
purchase at the Current Market Price.
General Partner
means American
Midstream GP and its successors and permitted assigns that are
admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the
Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the
Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).
General Partner Interest
means the
ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in
its capacity as a general partner without reference to any
Limited Partner Interest held by it) that is evidenced by
Notional General Partner Units and includes any and all benefits
to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this
Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner
to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
Gross Liability Value
means, with
respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i),
the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a
willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arms
length transaction.
Group
means a Person that with or
through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract,
arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a
revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a
proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons),
exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership
Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose
Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, Partnership Interests.
Group Member
means a member of the
Partnership Group.
Group Member Agreement
means the
partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the
Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the
limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is
a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation
and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group
Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or
similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint
venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents
of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited
or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation
or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time.
Holder
as used in
Section 7.12
, has the meaning assigned to such term
in
Section 7.12(a).
IDR Reset Common Unit
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 5.11(a).
IDR Reset Election
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 5.11(a).
Incentive Distribution Right
means a
Limited Partner Interest issued to American Midstream GP, which
Limited Partner Interest will confer upon the holder thereof
only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this
Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no
other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a
holder of a Partnership Interest).
Incentive Distributions
means any
amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive
Distribution Rights pursuant to
Section 6.4.
Incremental Income Taxes
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.9.
A-8
Indemnified Persons
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 7.12(c).
Indemnitee
means (a) the General
Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any
Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any
Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a
manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer,
employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, the
General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any
Affiliate of any Group Member, the General Partner or any
Departing General Partner, (e) any Person who is or was
serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing
General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any
Departing General Partner as a manager, managing member, general
partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or
trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary duty to any Group
Member;
provided
that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee
by reason of providing, on a
fee-for-services
basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (f) any
Person who controls a General Partner or Departing General
Partner and (g) any Person the General Partner designates
as an Indemnitee for purposes of this Agreement.
Independent Director
means any
director that (a) is not a security holder, officer or
employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer,
director or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner,
(c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the
Partnership Group other than Common Units and awards that may be
granted to such director under the Long Term Incentive Plan (or
similar plan implemented by the General Partner or the
Partnership) and (d) meets the independence standards
required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board
of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder
and by any National Securities Exchange on which the Common
Units are listed or admitted to trading.
Ineligible Holder
has the meaning
assigned such term in
Section 4.9(c).
Initial Limited Partners
means AIM
Midstream, the LTIP Partners and the General Partner (with
respect to the Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights held by them).
Initial Public Offering
means the
initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as
described in the Registration Statement.
Initial Unit Price
means (a) with
respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the IPO
Price or (b) with respect to any other class or series of
Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units
is initially issued by the Partnership, as determined by the
General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner
determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution,
subdivision or combination of Units.
Interest Rate Hedge Contract
means any
interest rate exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor collar or
other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the
purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to
fluctuations in interest rates in their financing activities and
not for speculative purposes.
Interim Capital Transactions
means the
following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation
Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of
indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other
than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred
purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group
Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member;
(b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member;
(c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of
any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or
other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other
assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales
or other dispositions of assets as part of normal asset
retirements or replacements; (d) the termination of
Commodity Hedge Contracts or Interest Rate Hedge Contracts prior
to the respective specified termination dates; (e) capital
contributions received by a Group Member or, in the case of
capital contributions received by a Person that is not a
Subsidiary of the Partnership, capital contributions received
from the owner(s) or members of such Person that is not a Group
Member; or (f) corporate reorganizations or restructurings.
Investment Capital Expenditures
means
capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures
and Expansion Capital Expenditures. Investment Capital
Expenditures will include cash contributed by a Group Member to
an entity of which such Group Member is, or after such
contribution will
A-9
be directly or indirectly, an equity owner to be used by such
entity for capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital
Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.
IPO Closing Date
means the closing
date of the sale of the Common Units in the Initial Public
Offering.
IPO Common Units
means the Common
Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.
IPO Price
means the price per Common
Unit at which the Underwriters offer the Common Units for sale
to the public as set forth on the cover page of the final
prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the rules and
regulations of the Commission with respect to the Initial Public
Offering.
IPO Proceeds
means the portion of the
net proceeds received by the Partnership from the issuance and
sale of Common Units in connection with the closing of the
Initial Public Offering that, according to the disclosure set
forth in the section of the Registration Statement entitled
Use of Proceeds, are to be distributed to AIM
Midstream, the LTIP Partners and the General Partner.
Liability
means any liability or
obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or
otherwise.
Limited Partner
means, unless the
context otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each
Additional Limited Partner and any Departing General Partner
upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited
Partner pursuant to
Section 11.3
, in each case, in
such Persons capacity as limited partner of the
Partnership;
provided, however
, that when the term
Limited Partner
is used herein in the context
of any vote or other approval, including
Article XIII
and
Article XIV
, such term
shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an
Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to its
Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other
Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may be
required by law.
Limited Partner Interest
means the
ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership,
which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units,
Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or
a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and
all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as
provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of
such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of
this Agreement;
provided, however
, that when the term
Limited Partner Interest
is used herein in
the context of any vote or other approval, including
Article XIII
and
Article XIV
, such term shall
not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution
Right except as may be required by law.
Liquidation Date
means (a) in the
case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the
Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and
(b) of the first sentence of
Section 12.2
, the
date on which the applicable time period during which the
holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue
the business of the Partnership has expired without such an
election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event
giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on
which such event occurs.
Liquidator
means one or more Persons
selected by the General Partner to perform the functions
described in
Section 12.4
as liquidating trustee of
the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
Long Term Incentive Plan
means the
American Midstream GP, LLC Long-Term Incentive Plan of the
General Partner, as may be amended, or any equity compensation
plan successor thereto or otherwise adopted by the General
Partner or the Partnership.
LTIP Partners
means those Limited
Partners holding on the date hereof Common Units issued pursuant
to the Long Term Incentive Plan, in respect of such Common Units.
Maintenance Capital Expenditures
means
cash expenditures (including expenditures (i) for the
addition or improvement to or the replacement of the capital
assets owned by any Group Member, (ii) for the acquisition
of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital
assets or (iii) for any integrity management program,
including pursuant to the Gas Transmission Pipeline Integrity
Management Rule (49 CFR Part 192, Subpart O) and
any corresponding rule of state law) if such expenditures are
made to maintain, including over the long term, the operating
capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group.
A-10
Maintenance Capital Expenditures shall exclude Expansion
Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures, but
include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and
distributions in respect of equity issued, other than equity
issued in the Initial Public Offering, in each case, to finance
the construction or development of a replacement asset and paid
in respect of the period beginning on the date that a Group
Member enters into a binding obligation to commence constructing
or developing a replacement asset and ending on the earlier to
occur of the date that such replacement asset Commences
Commercial Service and the date that such replacement asset is
abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or equity issued,
other than equity issued in the Initial Public Offering, to fund
construction or development period interest payments, or such
construction or development period distributions in respect of
equity, shall also be deemed to be debt or equity, as the case
may be, incurred to finance the construction or development of a
replacement asset and the incremental Incentive Distributions
paid relating to newly issued equity shall be deemed to be
distributions paid on equity issued to finance the construction
or development of a replacement asset. Maintenance Capital
Expenditures will include cash contributed by any Group Member
to an entity of which such Group Member is, or after such
contribution will be, directly or indirectly, an equity owner to
be used by such entity for capital expenditures of the types
described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above.
Merger Agreement
has the meaning
assigned to such term in
Section 14.1.
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
means
$0.4125 per Unit per Quarter (such amount having been determined
by the Board of Directors at the time of the Initial Public
Offering (or with respect to the Quarter that includes the IPO
Closing Date, it means the product of such amount multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such
Quarter after the IPO Closing Date and the denominator of which
is the total number of days in such Quarter)), subject to
adjustment in accordance with
Section 5.11
,
Section 6.6
and
Section 6.9
.
National Securities Exchange
means an
exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a)
of the Securities Exchange Act and any successor to such statute.
Net Agreed Value
means, (a) in
the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such
property reduced by any Liability either assumed by the
Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is
subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any
property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the
Partnerships Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted
pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)(ii)
) at the time such
property is distributed, reduced by any Liability either assumed
by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property
is subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as
determined and required by Treasury Regulations promulgated
under Section 704(b) of the Code.
Net Income
means, for any taxable
period, the excess, if any, of the Partnerships items of
income and gain (other than those items taken into account in
the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss)
for such taxable period over the Partnerships items of
loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in
the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss)
for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation
of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and shall not include any items
specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d)
;
provided
, that the determination of the items that have
been specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d)
shall
be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii)
.
Net Loss
means, for any taxable
period, the excess, if any, of the Partnerships items of
loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in
the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss)
for such taxable period over the Partnerships items of
income and gain (other than those items taken into account in
the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss)
for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation
of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and shall not include any items
specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d)
;
provided
, that the determination of the items that have
been specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d)
shall
be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii)
.
A-11
Net Positive Adjustments
means, with
respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total
positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to
the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to
Book-Up
Events and Book-Down Events.
Net Termination Gain
means, for any
taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income,
gain, loss or deduction recognized (a) by the Partnership
(i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale,
exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single
transaction or series of related transactions (excluding any
disposition to a member of the Partnership Group) or
(b) deemed recognized by the Partnership Group pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
;
provided, however
that the
items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain
shall be determined in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and shall not include any items of
income, gain or loss specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d).
Net Termination Loss
means, for any
taxable period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income,
gain, loss or deduction (a) recognized by the Partnership
(i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale,
exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single
transaction or series of related transactions (excluding any
disposition to a member of the Partnership Group) or
(b) deemed recognized by the Partnership Group pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
;
provided, however
the items
included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be
determined in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and
shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially
allocated under
Section 6.1(d)
.
New Credit Agreement
means the
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June ,
by and among the Operating Company, as Borrower, the
Partnership, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent and L/C
Issuer, , as
Syndication Agent, as Documentation Agent, and the other lenders
party thereto. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith,
and ,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Managers.
New Credit Facility Proceed
s
means the
portion of the net proceeds of the Partnerships borrowings
made simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public
Offering under its new credit facility that, according to the
disclosure set forth in the section of the Registration
Statement entitled Use of Proceeds, are to be
distributed to AIM Midstream.
Nonrecourse Built-in Gain
means with
respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties
that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse
Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be
allocated to the Partners pursuant to
Section 6.2(b)
. If such properties were disposed of
in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such
liabilities and for no other consideration.
Nonrecourse Deductions
means any and
all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any
expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code)
that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b),
are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
Nonrecourse Liability
has the meaning
set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
Notice of Election to Purchase
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 15.1(b)
.
Notional General Partner Unit
means
notional units used solely to calculate the General
Partners Percentage Interest. Notional General Partner
Units shall not constitute Units for any purpose of
this Agreement. There shall initially
be
Notional General Partner Units (resulting in the General
Partners Percentage Interest being 2% after giving effect
to any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option). If the General
Partner makes additional Capital Contributions pursuant to
Section 5.2(b)
to maintain its Percentage Interest,
the number of Notional General Partner Units shall be increased
proportionally to reflect the maintenance of such Percentage
Interest.
Operating Company
means American
Midstream, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any
successors thereto.
Operating Expenditures
means all
Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnerships
proportionate share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries
that are not wholly owned), including taxes,
A-12
reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner and it
Affiliates, interest payments, payments made in the ordinary
course of business under Interest Rate Hedge Contracts and
Commodity Hedge Contracts (
provided
that payments made in
connection with the termination (effected on or after the IPO
Closing Date) of any Interest Rate Hedge Contract or Commodity
Hedge Contract prior to the expiration of its stipulated
settlement or termination date shall be included in Operating
Expenditures in equal quarterly installments over the remaining
scheduled life of such Interest Rate Hedge Contract or Commodity
Hedge Contract), Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures,
director and officer compensation, repayment of Working Capital
Borrowings and non-Pro Rata repurchases of Units (other than
those made with the proceeds of an Interim Capital Transaction),
subject to the following:
(a) deemed repayments of Working Capital Borrowings
deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of
the definition of Operating Surplus shall not
constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;
(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment
penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other
than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating
Expenditures when actually repaid;
(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include
(i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) Investment
Capital Expenditures, (iii) actual Maintenance Capital
Expenditures, (iv) payment of transaction expenses
(including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions,
(v) distributions to Partners (including any distributions
made pursuant to
Section 6.4(a)
), (vi) non-Pro
Rata purchases of the Units of any class made with the proceeds
of an Interim Capital Transaction or (vii) any other
payments made in connection with the Initial Public Offering
that are described under Use of Proceeds in the
Registration Statement; and
(d) where capital expenditures are made in part for
Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes,
the General Partner, with the concurrence of the Conflicts
Committee, shall determine the allocation of such capital
expenditures between Maintenance Capital Expenditures and
capital expenditures made for other purposes and, with respect
to the part of such capital expenditures consisting of
Maintenance Capital Expenditures, the period over which
Maintenance Capital Expenditures will be deducted as an
Operating Expenditure in calculating Operating Surplus.
Operating Surplus
means, with respect
to any period commencing on the IPO Closing Date and ending
prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without
duplication,
(a) the sum of:
(i) $11.5 million;
(ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of cash receipts in the
case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period
beginning on the IPO Closing Date and ending on the last day of
such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital
Transactions (except to the extent specified in
Section 6.5
and
provided
that cash receipts
from the termination (effected on or after the IPO Closing Date)
of a Commodity Hedge Contract or an Interest Rate Hedge Contract
prior to its specified termination date shall be included in
Operating Surplus in equal quarterly installments over the
remaining scheduled life of such Commodity Hedge Contract or
Interest Rate Hedge Contract);
(iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of cash receipts in the
case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of
such period but on or before the date of determination of
Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from
Working Capital Borrowings; and
(iv) cash distributions paid on equity issued to finance
all or a portion of the construction, acquisition, development
or improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a
capital asset (such as equipment or facilities) in respect of
the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters
into a binding obligation to commence the construction,
acquisition, development or improvement of a Capital Improvement
or replacement of a capital asset and ending on the earlier to
A-13
occur of the date the Capital Improvement or capital asset
Commences Commercial Service or the date that it is abandoned or
disposed of (equity issued to fund construction-, acquisition-,
development- or improvement- period interest payments on debt
incurred, or construction-, acquisition-, development- or
improvement-period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the construction, acquisition or development of a Capital
Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be
deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction,
acquisition or development of a Capital Improvement or
replacement of a capital asset for purposes of this clause
(iv));
less
(b) the sum of:
(i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the
IPO Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period;
(ii) the amount of cash reserves (or the Partnerships
proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries
that are not wholly owned) established by the General Partner
after the IPO Closing Date to provide funds for future Operating
Expenditures; and
(iii) all Working Capital Borrowings incurred on or after
the IPO Closing Date not repaid within twelve months after
having been incurred;
provided, however
, that disbursements made (including
contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a
Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced
after the end of such period but on or before the date of
determination of Available Cash with respect to such period
shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or
reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within
such period if the General Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Operating
Surplus
with respect to the Quarter in which the
Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal
zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall
be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return
on principal, but in no event shall a return of principal be
treated as cash receipts.
Opinion of Counsel
means a written
opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the
Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates)
acceptable to the General Partner.
Option Closing Date
means the date or
dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to
the Underwriters upon exercise of an Over-Allotment Option.
Outstanding
means, with respect to
Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued
by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the
Partnerships books and records as of the date of
determination;
provided, however
, that if at any time any
Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its
Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding
Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, all
Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall not be
voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be
Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited
Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by
law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a
quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement,
except that Units so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding
for purposes of
Section 11.1(b)(iv)
(such Units
shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of
Partnership Interests for purposes of this Agreement or the
Delaware Act);
provided
,
further
, that the
foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or
Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership
Interests of any class then Outstanding directly from the
General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership),
(ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the
Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding
directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in
clause (i)
provided
that the General Partner shall
have notified such Person or Group in writing that such
limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or Group
who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests issued by
the Partnership with the prior approval of the Board of
Directors.
Over-Allotment Option
means the
over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the
Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
A-14
Partner Nonrecourse Debt
has the
meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain
has the meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
means
any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including
any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the
Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i),
are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
Partners
means the General Partner and
the Limited Partners.
Partnership
means American Midstream
Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
Partnership Group
means collectively
the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
Partnership Interest
means any class
or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall
include any General Partner Interest and Limited Partner
Interests but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and
appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the
Partnership.
Partnership Minimum Gain
means that
amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).
Per Unit Capital Amount
means, as of
any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a
per-Unit
basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the
General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who
holds Units.
Percentage Interest
means as of any
date of determination (a) as to the General Partner
Interest (calculated based upon a number of Notional General
Partner Units), and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units,
the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the
percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the
quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Notional
General Partner Units deemed held by the General Partner or the
number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by
(B) the total number of Outstanding Units and Notional
General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other
Partnership Interests issued by the Partnership in accordance
with
Section 5.6
, the percentage established as a
part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to
an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.
Person
means an individual or a
corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association,
government agency or political subdivision thereof or other
entity.
Pro Rata
means (a) when used with
respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned among all
designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage
Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners
and/or
Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners
and/or
Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage
Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned among all holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative
number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by
each such holder.
Purchase Date
means the date
determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of
all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class
(other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General
Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to
Article XV
.
Quarter
means, unless the context
requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or,
with respect to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership that
includes the IPO Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal
quarter after the IPO Closing Date.
Rate Eligibility Trigger
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.9(a)(i)
.
Recapture Income
means any gain
recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any
adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of
the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the
Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income
because it represents the recapture of deductions previously
taken with respect to such property or asset.
A-15
Record Date
means the date established
by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this
Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record
Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of
Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval
of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled
to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited
Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to
receive any report or distribution or to participate in any
offer.
Record Holder
means (a) with
respect to Partnership Interests of any class of Partnership
Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the
Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is
registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing
of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with
respect to other classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in
whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on
the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of
the closing of business on such Business Day.
Redeemable Interests
means any
Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been
given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to
Section 4.10
.
Registration Statement
means the
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
(Registration
No. 333-173191)
as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the
Securities Act to register the offering and sale of Common Units
in the Initial Public Offering.
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments
means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect
to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units,
the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the
Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the
end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior
taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner
(as holder of the Notional General Partner Units), the excess of
(a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as
of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General
Partners Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items
with respect to the Notional General Partner Units for each
prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders
of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net
Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders
of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable
period.
Required Allocations
means any
allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction
pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(i)
,
Section 6.1(d)(ii)
,
Section 6.1(d)(iv)
,
Section 6.1(d)(v)
,
Section 6.1(d)(vi)
,
Section 6.1(d)(vii)
or
Section 6.1(d)(ix)
.
Reset MQD
has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Section 5.11(e)
.
Reset Notice
has the meaning assigned
to such term in
Section 5.11(b)
.
Retained Converted Subordinated Unit
has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
.
Second Liquidation Target Amount
has
the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(E)
.
Second Target Distribution
means 125%
of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution (or, with respect to the
Quarter which includes the IPO Closing Date, it means the
product of 125% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution multiplied
by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of
days in such Quarter after the IPO Closing Date and of which the
denominator is the total number of days in such Quarter),
subject to adjustment in accordance with
Section 5.11
,
Section 6.6
and
Section 6.9
.
Securities Act
means the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to
time and any successor to such statute.
Securities Exchange Act
means the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items
means in connection with any allocation of
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period,
(i) with respect to the Unitholders holding
A-16
Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the
same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the
Unitholders Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the
end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the
General Partner (as holder of the Notional General Partner
Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional
Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partners
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period
bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of
that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding
Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same
ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the
Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears
to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that
time.
Special Approval
means approval by a
majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.
Subordinated Unit
means a Partnership
Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and
obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this
Agreement. The term
Subordinated Unit
does
not include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is
convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common
Unit until such conversion occurs.
Subordination Period
means the period
commencing immediately following the distributions provided for
in
Section 6.4(a)
on the IPO Closing Date and ending
on the first to occur of the following dates:
(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of
Available Cash to Partners pursuant to
Section 6.3(a)
in respect of any Quarter beginning
with the Quarter ending September 30, 2014 in respect of
which:
(i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating
Surplus (excluding the distributions provided for in
Section 6.4(a)
) on each of (I) the Outstanding
Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units
that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units and (II) the General Partner Interest,
in each case with respect to each of the three consecutive
non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such
date, equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution on all Common Units, Subordinated Units, any other
Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding at the
time such distributions were paid, and the related distributions
on the General Partner Interest; and
(B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three
consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately
preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of (I) the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units,
Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal
in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case
that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted
Weighted Average Basis, and (II) the related distributions
on the General Partner Interest (for the avoidance of doubt, not
including the distribution to the General Partner provided for
in
Section 6.4(a)
); and
(ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages;
(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of
Available Cash to Partners pursuant to
Section 6.3(a)
in respect of any Quarter (beginning
with the Quarter ending September 30, 2012) in respect
of which:
(i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating
Surplus (excluding the distributions provided for in
Section 6.4(a)
) on each of (I) the Outstanding
Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units
that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units, and (II) the General Partner Interest,
in each case with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately
preceding such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution on all of (I) the Common Units,
Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal
in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units, in each case
that were Outstanding at the time such
A-17
distributions were paid, and (II) the related
distributions on the General Partner Interest, in each case in
respect of such period; and
(B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for the four-Quarter
period immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the
sum of (I) 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on
all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Units
that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units, in each case that were Outstanding during
such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and
(II) the related distributions on the General Partner
Interest and the corresponding Incentive Distributions (for the
avoidance of doubt, not including the distribution to the
General Partner provided for in
Section 6.4(a)
);
(ii) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
(excluding the distributions provided for in
Section 6.4(a)
) on each of (A) the Outstanding
Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units
that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units that equaled or exceeded the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution, and (B) the General Partner
Interest were made, in each case with respect to each Quarter
during the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such
date; and
(iii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearages; and
(c) the date on which the General Partner is removed as
general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by
holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause
does not exist and no Units held by the General Partner and its
Affiliates are voted in favor of such removal;
provided
,
however
, that, for purposes of
determining whether the test in clause (a)(i)(B) above has been
satisfied, Adjusted Operating Surplus will be adjusted upwards
or downwards if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith
that the amount of Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures
used in the determination of Adjusted Operating Surplus in such
clause was materially incorrect, based on circumstances
prevailing at the time of original determination of Estimated
Maintenance Capital Expenditures, for any one or more of the
preceding two four-Quarter periods.
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any
Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the
voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of
directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned,
directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such
Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a
combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or
limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is,
at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of
such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership
interests of such partnership (considering all of the
partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is
owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by
such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a
combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a
corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly
or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at
least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to
elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or
other governing body of such Person.
Surviving Business Entity
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 14.2(b)
.
Target Distributions
means each of the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution,
Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
Third Liquidation Target Amount
has
the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(F)
.
Third Target Distribution
means 150%
of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution (or, with respect to the
Quarter which includes the IPO Closing Date, it means the
product of 150% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution multiplied
by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of
days in such Quarter after the IPO Closing Date and of which the
denominator is the total number of days in such Quarter),
subject to adjustment in accordance with
Section 5.11
,
Section 6.6
and
Section 6.9
.
A-18
Trading Day
means, for the purpose of
determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited
Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National
Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner
Interests are listed is open for the transaction of business or,
if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed on any
National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking
institutions in New York City generally are open.
transfer
has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Section 4.4(a)
.
Transfer Agent
means such bank, trust
company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of
its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the
General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for the
Common Units;
provided
, that if no Transfer Agent is
specifically designated for any other Partnership Interests, the
General Partner shall act in such capacity.
Underwriters
means the underwriters in
the Initial Public Offering.
Underwriting Agreement
means the
underwriting agreement among the Underwriters, the Partnership,
the General Partner and the other parties thereto, providing for
the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters in connection
with the Initial Public Offering.
Unit
means a Partnership Interest that
is designated as a Unit and shall include Common
Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include
(i) Notional General Partner Units (or the General Partner
Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive
Distribution Rights.
Unitholders
means the holders of Units.
Unit Majority
means (i) during
the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding
Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General
Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a separate class, and at
least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting
as a separate class; and (ii) after the end of the
Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding
Common Units, voting as a single class.
Unpaid MQD
has the meaning assigned to
such term in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(B)
.
Unrealized Gain
attributable to any
item of Partnership property means, as of any date of
determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market
value of such property as of such date (as determined under
Section 5.5(d)
)) over (b) the Carrying Value of
such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be
made pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
as of such date).
Unrealized Loss
attributable to any
item of Partnership property means, as of any date of
determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying
Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment
to be made pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
as of such
date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of
such date (as determined under
Section 5.5(d)
).
Unrecovered Initial Unit Price
means
at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less
the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus
theretofore made in respect of an IPO Common Unit and any
distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any
distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an
IPO Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to
be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision
or combination of such Units.
Unrestricted Person
means
(a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each
Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer,
employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any
Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member,
a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and
(d) any Person the General Partner designates as an
Unrestricted Person for purposes of this Agreement.
U.S. GAAP
means United States
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.
Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel
has the
meaning assigned to such term in
Section 11.1(b)
.
A-19
Working Capital Borrowings
means
borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay
distributions to Partners made pursuant to a credit facility,
commercial paper facility or other similar financing
arrangements,
provided
that when such borrowings are
incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such
borrowings within 12 months other than from additional
Working Capital Borrowings.
Section 1.2
Construction.
Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used
in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns,
pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa;
(b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles
and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms
include, includes, including
or words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the
words without limitation; and (d) the terms
hereof, herein or hereunder
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
provision of this Agreement. The table of contents and headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and
shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of
this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1
Formation.
The General Partner and AIM Midstream have previously formed the
Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions
of the Delaware Act. The General Partner hereby amends and
restates the First Amended Agreement of Limited Partnership of
American Midstream Partners, LP in its entirety. This amendment
and restatement shall become effective on the date of this
Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this
Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties),
liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the
administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership
shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests
shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all
purposes.
Section 2.2
Name.
The name of the Partnership shall be American Midstream
Partners, LP The Partnerships business may be
conducted under any other name or names as determined by the
General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The
words Limited Partnership, LP,
Ltd. or similar words or letters shall be included
in the Partnerships name where necessary for the purpose
of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires.
The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at
any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited
Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the
Limited Partners.
Section 2.3
Registered
Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other
Offices.
Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered
office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be
located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County,
Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process
on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered
office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The
principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 1614
15th Street, Suite 300, Denver, CO 80202, or such
other place as the General Partner may from time to time
designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may
maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside
the State of Delaware as the General Partner shall determine
necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner
shall be 1614 15th Street, Suite 300, Denver, CO
80202, or such other place as the General Partner may from time
to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.
A-20
Section 2.4
Purpose
and Business.
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the
Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter
into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to
engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by
the General Partner, in its sole discretion, and that lawfully
may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to
the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all
of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant
to the agreements relating to such business activity, and
(b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing,
including the making of capital contributions or loans to a
Group Member;
provided, however
, that the General Partner
shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner
determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership
to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner
shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may,
in its sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the
conduct by the Partnership of any business free of any fiduciary
duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited
Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be
required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard
imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any
other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
Section 2.5
Powers.
The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and
things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to
or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the
purposes and business described in
Section 2.4
and
for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
Section 2.6
Term.
The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the
Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the
Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the
dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions
of
Article XII
. The existence of the Partnership as
a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of
the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the
Delaware Act.
Section 2.7
Title
to Partnership Assets.
Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and
whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by
the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or
collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such
Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all
of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the
Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates
or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine.
The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any
Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of
the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or
more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such
Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
provided, however
, that the General Partner shall use
reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other
than those assets in respect of which the General Partner
determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes
transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be
vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable;
provided
,
further
, that, prior to the withdrawal
or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as
practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to
effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and,
prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such
assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All
Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the
Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name
in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.
A-21
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF
LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1
Limitation
of Liability.
The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this
Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the
Delaware Act.
Section 3.2
Management
of Business.
No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate
in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of
the Delaware Act) of the Partnerships business, transact
any business in the Partnerships name or have the power to
sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. All
actions taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any
officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner,
agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member,
general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its
capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the
control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner
of the Partnership (within the meaning of
Section 17-303(a)
of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate
the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under
this Agreement.
Section 3.3
Outside
Activities of the Limited Partners.
Subject to the provisions of
Section 7.5
, which
shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to
therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be
Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and
may have business interests and engage in business activities in
addition to those relating to the Partnership, including
business interests and activities in direct competition with the
Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other
Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in
any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
Section 3.4
Rights
of Limited Partners.
(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement
or by applicable law (other than
Section 17-305(a)
of the Delaware Act, the obligations of which are expressly
replaced in their entirety by the provisions below), and except
as limited by
Section 3.4(a)(i)
, each Limited
Partner shall have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably
related, as determined by the General Partner, to such Limited
Partners interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership,
upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such
demand and at such Limited Partners own expense to obtain:
(i) true and full information regarding the status of the
business and financial condition of the Partnership (
provided
that the requirements of this
Section 3.4(a)(i)
shall be satisfied to the extent the Limited Partner is
furnished the Partnerships most recent annual report and
any subsequent quarterly or periodic reports required to be
filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act);
(ii) a current list of the name and last known business,
residence or mailing address of each Record Holder;
(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with
copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant
to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and all amendments thereto have been executed; and
(iv) such other information regarding the affairs of the
Partnership as the General Partner determines is just and
reasonable.
(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the
Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner
deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General
Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets
or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the
General Partner believes (A) is not
A-22
in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could
damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that
any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any
third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with
Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to
circumvent the obligations set forth in this
Section 3.4
).
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES;
RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF
PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1
Certificates.
Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary herein,
unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in respect
of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests,
Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates.
Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of
the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any
Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief
Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of
the General Partner. No Certificate for a class of Partnership
Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been
countersigned by the Transfer Agent for such class of
Partnership Interests;
provided
,
however
, that if
the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue
Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the
Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from
the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests
have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of
the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of
Section 6.7(c)
, if Common Units are evidenced by
Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units
are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of
Section 5.7
, the Record Holders of such Subordinated
Units (i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by
Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates
evidencing Common Units or (ii) if the Subordinated Units
are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates
evidencing Common Units.
Section 4.2
Mutilated,
Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the
Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the General Partner (for
Partnership Interests other than Common Units), the appropriate
officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership
shall execute, and the Transfer Agent (for Common Units) or the
General Partner (for Partnership Interests other than Common
Units) shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new
Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership
Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on
behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the
Transfer Agent (for Common Units) shall countersign, a new
Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, or
issue uncertificated Common Units, if the Record Holder of the
Certificate:
(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance
satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued
Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate or the
issuance of uncertificated Units before the General Partner has
notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for
value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the
General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to
the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or
open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the
Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer
Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the
alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by
the General Partner.
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within
a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss,
destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the
Limited Partner Interests
A-23
represented by the Certificate is registered before the
Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives
such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from
making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or
the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate or
uncertificated Units.
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate
or uncertificated Units under this
Section 4.2
, the
General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees
and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected
therewith.
Section 4.3
Record
Holders.
The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder
as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and,
accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the
part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership
shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise
provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such
Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without
limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer,
bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any
of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other
representative capacity for another Person in acquiring
and/or
holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the
one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such
representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of
such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement
and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner, as the
case may be, hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.
Section 4.4
Transfer
Generally.
(a) The term
transfer
, when used
in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall
mean a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns
its General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a
sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation,
mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise
or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest
assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is
or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment,
gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise,
excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but
including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole
or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth in this
Article IV
. Any transfer or
purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in
accordance with this
Article IV
shall be, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed
to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or
other owner of any Partner of any or all of the shares of stock,
membership or limited liability company interests, partnership
interests or other ownership interests in such Partner, and the
term transfer shall not mean any such disposition.
Section 4.5
Registration
and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on
behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the
provisions of
Section 4.5(b)
, the Partnership will
provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner
Interests.
(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of
Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the
Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are
surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be
imposed by the General Partner for such transfer;
provided
, that as a condition to the issuance of any new
Certificate under this
Section 4.5
, the General
Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with
respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for
registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests
evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions
hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on
behalf of the Partnership shall
A-24
execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing
Limited Partner Interests, the Transfer Agent shall countersign
and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated
transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the
holders instructions, one or more new Certificates
evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner
Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner
Interests in accordance with this
Section 4.5
and
except as provided in
Section 4.9
, each transferee
of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or
an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner
Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be
admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to
the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when
any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and
records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the
Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred,
(ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed
to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement,
(iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity,
power and authority to enter into this Agreement and
(iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers
contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of
this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited
Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner
shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.
(d) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this
Section 4.5
, (ii)
Section 4.3
, (iii)
Section 4.8
, (iv) with respect to any class or
series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any
statement of designations or an amendment to this Agreement
establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual
provisions binding on any Limited Partner and
(vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities
Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.
(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the
right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Common
Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to one or more Persons.
Section 4.6
Transfer
of the General Partners General Partner
Interest.
(a) Subject to
Section 4.6(c)
below, prior to
June 30, 2010, the General Partner shall not transfer all
or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by
Notional General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer
(i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote
of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common
Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and
its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all,
of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the
General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another
Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger
or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other
Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or
substantially all of its assets to such other Person.
(b) Subject to
Section 4.6(c)
below, on or
after June 30, 2020, the General Partner may transfer all
or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder
approval.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no
transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its
General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted
unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and
duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the
Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer
would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited
Partner under the Delaware Act or cause the Partnership to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the
extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such
transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate
portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or limited
liability company membership interest held by the General
Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of
each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to
and in compliance with this
Section 4.6
, the
transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to
compliance with the terms of
Section 10.2
, be
admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective
immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner
Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue
without dissolution.
A-25
Section 4.7
Transfer
of Incentive Distribution Rights.
The General Partner or any other holder of Incentive
Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive
Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval.
Section 4.8
Restrictions
on Transfers.
(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this
Article IV
, no transfer of any Partnership Interests
shall be made if such transfer would (i) terminate the
existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of
the jurisdiction of its formation, or (ii) cause the
Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal
income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or
taxed).
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the
transfer of Partnership Interests if it determines, with the
advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or
advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the
Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise
becoming taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited
Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General
Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement;
provided, however
, that any amendment that would result
in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of
Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities
Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is
then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to
such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a
majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such
class.
(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted
into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed
by
Section 6.7(c)
.
(d) The transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights that have
converted into Common Units shall be subject to the restrictions
imposed by
Section 6.8(b)
.
(e) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than
Section 4.8(a)
, shall preclude the settlement of any
transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into
through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on
which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to
trading.
Section 4.9
Eligibility
Certifications; Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the
advice of counsel, that
(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more
Limited Partners has or is reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by
any Group Member on assets that are subject to regulation by the
FERC or analogous regulatory body (a
Rate
Eligibility Trigger
); or
(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or
local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of
cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group
Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or
other related status of a Partner (a
Citizenship
Eligibility Trigger
);
then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this
Agreement as it determines to be necessary or advisable to
(x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited
Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners,
as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish
those Limited Partners whose U.S. federal income tax status
does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the
rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or
(y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger,
obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other
related status of the Partner (or, if the Partner is a nominee
holding for the account of another Person, the nationality,
citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the
General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those
Partners whose status as Partners does not or would not subject
any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or
forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.
A-26
(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring all
Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial
owners) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a
regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may
require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being
admitted to the Partnership as a Partner (any such required
certificate, an
Eligibility
Certificate
).
(c) Such amendments may provide that any Partner who fails
to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period
requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners) status
as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility
Certificate or other requested information the General Partner
determines that a Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a
Partner an
Ineligible Holder
) the
Partnership Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be
subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.10
. In addition, the General Partner shall
be substituted for all Limited Partners that are Ineligible
Holders as the Partner in respect of the Ineligible
Holders Partnership Interests.
(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights
in respect of Partnership Interests held by it on behalf of
Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as
the votes of Partners (including the General Partner and its
Affiliates) in respect of Partnership Interests other than those
of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or
abstaining as to the matter.
(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible
Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind
pursuant to
Section 12.4
but shall be entitled to
the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide
cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible
Holders share of any distribution in kind. Such payment
and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a
purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of his
Partnership Interest (representing his right to receive his
share of such distribution in kind).
(f) At any time after he can and does certify that he has
become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon
application to the General Partner, request that with respect to
any Partnership Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed
pursuant to
Section 4.10
, such Ineligible Holder be
admitted as a Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner,
such Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as a Partner and shall
no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General
Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Partner in respect of
such Ineligible Holders Partnership Interests.
Section 4.10
Redemption
of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time a Partner fails to furnish an
Eligibility Certificate or other information requested within
the period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to
Section 4.9
, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility
Certificate or other information the General Partner determines,
with the advice of counsel, that a Partner is not an Eligible
Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Partner establishes to
the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Partner is an
Eligible Holder or has transferred his Partnership Interests to
a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who furnishes an
Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date
fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership
Interest of such Partner as follows:
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the
30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice
of redemption to the Partner, at his last address designated on
the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall
be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall
specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption,
the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will
be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if
later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by
Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the
Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for
redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the
Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable
Interests will accrue or be made.
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable
Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price
(the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for
redemption) of Partnership Interests of the class to be so
redeemed multiplied by the number of Partnership Interests of
each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The
redemption price shall be paid, as
A-27
determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a
promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of
the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 5%
annually and payable in three equal annual installments of
principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year
after the redemption date.
(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative
shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable
Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of
redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of
Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender
by or on behalf of the Partner at the place specified in the
notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the
Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by
an assignment duly executed in blank).
(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall
no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Partnership
Interests.
(b) The provisions of this
Section 4.10
shall
also be applicable to Partnership Interests held by a Partner as
nominee of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.
(c) Nothing in this
Section 4.10
shall prevent
the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his
Partnership Interest before the redemption date if such transfer
is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of
notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw
the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such
Partnership Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the
General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee
fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be
effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS AND
ISSUANCE OF
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1
Intentionally
Omitted.
Section 5.2
Contributions
by the General Partner and the Initial Limited
Partners.
(a) Prior to the IPO Closing Date, the General Partner, AIM
Midstream and the LTIP Partners made capital contributions in
exchange for Partnership Interests.
(b) Upon the issuance of any Additional Limited Partner
Interests by the Partnership (other than (i) the Common
Units issued in the Initial Public Offering (including Common
Units issued upon the exercise by the Underwriters of the
Over-Allotment Option), (ii) any Common Units issued upon
conversion of Subordinated Units and (iii) Common Units
issued pursuant to
Section 5.11
), the General
Partner may, in order to maintain its Percentage Interest, make
additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the
product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined
by dividing (A) the General Partners Percentage
Interest immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional
Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership by (B) 100
less the General Partners Percentage Interest immediately
prior to the issuance of such Additional Limited Partner
Interests by the Partnership times (ii) the amount
contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in
exchange for such Additional Limited Partner Interests. Except
as set forth in
Article XII
, the General Partner
shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital
Contributions to the Partnership.
Section 5.3
Contributions
by Limited Partners.
(a) On the IPO Closing Date and pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute cash
to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the
Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, as set forth in
the Underwriting Agreement.
(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment
Option, each underwriter shall contribute cash to the
Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of
Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the
Underwriting Agreement.
A-28
(c) No Limited Partner will be required to make any Capital
Contribution to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
Section 5.4
Interest
and Withdrawal of Capital Contributions.
No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital
Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or
return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if
any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon
liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law
and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement.
Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no
Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to
the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or
distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which
all Partners agree within the meaning of
Section 17-502(b)
of the Delaware Act.
Section 5.5
Capital
Accounts.
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a
beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in
any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such
owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c)
of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General
Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital
Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance
with the rules of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount
of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with
respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of
Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt
from tax) computed in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant
to
Section 6.1
, and decreased by (x) the amount
of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed
distributions of cash or property made with respect to such
Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership
deduction and loss computed in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
and allocated with respect to such
Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1
.
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of
income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant
to
Article VI
and is to be reflected in the
Partners Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition
and classification of any such item shall be the same as its
determination, recognition and classification for
U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of
depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that
purpose),
provided
, that:
(i) Solely for purposes of this
Section 5.5
,
the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its
proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based
upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of
all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is
classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability
company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a
Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or
other equity holder.
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the
Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership
Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under
Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of
Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction
at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall
be allocated among the Partners pursuant to
Section 6.1
.
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction
shall be made without regard to any election under
Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership
and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or
705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such
items are not includable in gross income or are neither
currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted
tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to
Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant
to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the
amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be
treated as an item of gain or loss.
A-29
(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable
disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as
if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of
disposition were equal in amount to the Partnerships
Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
(v) In accordance with the requirements of
Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for
depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any
Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted
basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the
Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property.
Upon an adjustment pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
to the
Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to
depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further
deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization
attributable to such property shall be determined as if the
adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value
of such property immediately following such adjustment.
(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the
Partnership described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i)
shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement
for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such
adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of
loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such
Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the
adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the
Partnership).
(c) (i) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall
succeed to a Pro Rata portion of the Capital Account of the
transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
(ii) Subject to
Section 6.7(c)
, immediately
prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a
Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant
to
Section 5.7
by a holder thereof (other than a
transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to
have this
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
apply), the Capital
Account maintained for such Person with respect to its
Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will
(A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or
converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount
equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated
Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and
(y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and
(B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account
will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has
retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units
(
Retained Converted Subordinated
Units
). Following any such allocation, the
transferors Capital Account, if any, maintained with
respect to the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted
Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the
amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the
transferees Capital Account established with respect to
the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated
Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under
clause (A) hereinabove.
(iii) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant
to
Section 5.11(a)
, the Capital Account maintained
with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall
(A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an
amount equal to the product of (x) the Aggregate Quantity
of IDR Reset Common Units and (y) the Per Unit Capital
Amount for an IPO Common Unit, and (B) second, any
remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by
the holder of the Incentive Distributions Rights. In the event
that there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with
the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit
Capital Amount for an IPO Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common
Units in accordance with clause (A) of this
Section 5.5(c)(iii)
, the IDR Reset Common Units
shall be subject to
Section 6.1(d)(x)(B)
and
Section 6.1(d)(x)(C)
.
(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f),
on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or
Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as
consideration for the provision of services or the conversion of
the Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to
Section 11.3(b)
, the Capital Account of each Partner
and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately
prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to
reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to
such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each
such property immediately prior to such issuance for an amount
equal to its fair market value and had been allocated to the
Partners at such time pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)
and
Section 6.1(d)
in the same manner as any item of
gain or loss actually recognized following an event
A-30
giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have
been allocated;
provided
,
however
, that in the
event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis
amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an
issuance of a de minimis amount of Partnership Interests as
consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner
may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the
proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market
value of all Partnership assets (including cash or cash
equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional
Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner
using such method of valuation as it may adopt;
provided,
however
, that the General Partner, in arriving at such
valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of
the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The
General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the
assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines) to
arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.
(ii) In accordance with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f),
immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a
Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution
of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership
Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying
Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or
downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized
Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such
property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount
equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the
Partners, at such time, pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)
and
Section 6.1(d)
in the same manner as any item of
gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise
to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated.
In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the
aggregate fair market value of all Partnership assets (including
cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution
shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not
made pursuant to
Section 12.4
or in the case of a
deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same
manner as that provided in
Section 5.5(d)(i)
or
(B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to
Section 12.4
, be determined and allocated by the
Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
Section 5.6
Issuances
of Additional Partnership Interests.
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership
Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
relating to the Partnership Interests (including pursuant to
Section 7.4(c)
) for any partnership purpose at any
time and from time to time to such Persons for such
consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General
Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited
Partners.
(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be
issued by the Partnership pursuant to
Section 5.6(a)
or security authorized to be issued pursuant to
Section 7.4(c)
may be issued in one or more classes,
or one or more series of any such classes, with such
designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may
be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership
Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner, including
(i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or
items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership
distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms
and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be
required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking
fund provisions) or other security; (v) whether such
Partnership Interest or other security is issued with the
privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and
conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms
and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest or other
security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned
or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the
Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and
(viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest
to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to
the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such
Partnership Interest.
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it
determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with
(i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options,
rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership
Interests pursuant to this
Section 5.6
or
Section 7.4(c)
, (ii) the conversion of the
Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, (iii) this issuance of Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.11
, (iv) the admission of Additional
Limited Partners and (v) all additional issuances of
Partnership Interests. The General Partner shall determine the
relative rights, powers and duties of the holders
A-31
of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The
General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the
Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things
that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection
with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in
connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into
Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including
compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of
any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National
Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership
Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
Section 5.7
Conversion
of Subordinated Units.
(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common
Units on a
one-for-one
basis on the expiration or termination of the Subordination
Period.
(b) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common
Unit shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 6.7
.
Section 5.8
Limited
Preemptive Right.
Except as provided in this
Section 5.8
and in
Section 5.2
or as otherwise provided in a separate
agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any
preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to
the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held
in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall
have the right, that it may from time to time assign in whole or
in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership
Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms
that, the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons
other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent
necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General
Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed
immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.
Any determination by the General Partner whether to exercise its
right pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be a
determination made in its individual capacity as the general
partner of the Partnership, and such determination may be made
in accordance with
Section 7.9(c)
.
Section 5.9
Splits
and Combinations.
(a) Subject to
Section 5.9(d)
,
Section 6.6
and
Section 6.9
(dealing
with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may
make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all
Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of
Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each
Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the
Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on
a
per-Unit
basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common
Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the
number of Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end
of the Subordination Period) are proportionately adjusted.
(b) Whenever such a Pro Rata distribution, subdivision or
combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General
Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution,
subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send
notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date
to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days
prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may
cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to
calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each
Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution,
subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be
entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as
conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) If a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests, or
a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests, is made
as contemplated in this
Section 5.9
, the number of
Notional General Partner Units constituting the Percentage
Interest of the General Partner (as determined immediately prior
to the Record Date for such distribution, subdivision or
combination), shall be appropriately adjusted as of the
effective date for payment of such distribution, subdivision or
combination.
A-32
(d) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision
or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates or
uncertificated Partnership Interests to the Record Holders of
Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date
representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by
such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other
procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to
reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a
smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the
Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a
Record Holder of such new Certificate or uncertificated
Partnership Interests, the surrender of any Certificate held by
such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
(e) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units or
Notional General Partner Units upon any distribution,
subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution,
subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance
of fractional Units or fractional Notional General Partner Units
but for the provisions of this
Section 5.9(e)
, each
fractional Unit or fractional Notional General Partner Unit
shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit or Notional General
Partner Unit (and a 0.5 Unit or Notional General Partner Unit
shall be rounded to the next higher Unit or Notional General
Partner Unit).
Section 5.10
Fully
Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner
Interests.
All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in
accordance with the requirements of, this
Article V
shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests
in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be
affected by either or both of
Sections 17-607
and
17-804
of the Delaware Act.
Section 5.11
Issuance
of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive
Distribution Rights.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this
Section 5.11
, the holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in
interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the
right, exercisable at its option at any time when there are no
Subordinated Units Outstanding and the Partnership has made a
distribution pursuant to
Section 6.4(c)(v)
for each
of the four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of
each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus
for such Quarter, to make an election (the
IDR Reset
Election
) to cause the Target Distributions to be
reset in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.11(e)
and, in connection therewith, the
holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will
become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share
of a number of Common Units (the
IDR Reset Common
Units
) derived by dividing (i) the average
aggregate amount of cash distributions made by the Partnership
for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of
the Reset Notice (as defined in
Section 5.11(b)
) in
respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the
average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in
respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters
immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (the number
of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to
herein as the
Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common
Units
). If at the time of any IDR Reset Election
the General Partner and its Affiliates are not holders of a
majority interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights, then the
IDR Reset Election shall be subject to the prior written
concurrence of the General Partner that the conditions described
in the immediately preceding sentence have been satisfied. The
Percentage Interest of the General Partner, with respect to the
General Partner Interest, after the issuance of the Aggregate
Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units shall equal the Percentage
Interest of the General Partner, with respect to the General
Partner Interest, prior to the issuance of the Aggregate
Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the General Partner shall
not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contribution to
the Partnership in order to maintain its Percentage Interest in
connection therewith. The making of the IDR Reset Election in
the manner specified in
Section 5.11(b)
shall cause
each of the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with
the provisions of
Section 5.11(e)
and, in connection
therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights will become entitled to receive IDR Reset Common Units on
the basis specified above, without any further approval required
by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified
in
Section 5.11(c)
unless the IDR Reset Election is
rescinded pursuant to
Section 5.11(d).
(b) To exercise the right specified in
Section 5.11(a)
, the holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in
interest of
A-33
the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written
notice (the
Reset Notice
) to the
Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the
Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver
a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive
Distribution Rights of the Partnerships determination of
the aggregate number of IDR Reset Common Units that each holder
of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR
Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt
by the Partnership of the Reset Notice;
provided, however,
that the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units to the holder or
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur
prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of
such IDR Reset Common Units by the principal National Securities
Exchange upon which the Common Units are then listed or admitted
for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the
rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon
which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the
listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be
issued pursuant to this
Section 5.11
on or before
the 30th calendar day following the Partnerships
receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the
rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then
the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is
more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the
holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution
Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset
Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having
such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval
of a Conflicts Committee, that will provide (i) the same
economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of
IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the
Partnerships receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by
the General Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion
(on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon
which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership
Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months
following the Partnerships receipt of the Reset Notice
upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are
reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in
interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).
(e) The Target Distributions shall be adjusted at the time
of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests
pursuant to this
Section 5.11
such that (i) the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal the
average cash distribution amount per Common Unit for the two
Quarters immediately prior to the Partnerships receipt of
the Reset Notice (the
Reset MQD
),
(ii) the First Target Distribution shall be reset to equal
115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution
shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the
Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the
Reset MQD.
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS
AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1
Allocations
for Capital Account Purposes.
For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in
determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the
Partnerships items of income, gain, loss and deduction
(computed in accordance with
Section 5.5(b)
) for
each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as
provided herein below.
(a)
Net Income.
After giving effect to
the special allocations set forth in
Section 6.1(d)
,
Net Income for each taxable period and all items of income,
gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net
Income for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of
the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this
Section 6.1(a)(i)
and the Net Termination Gain
allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(i)(A)
or
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A)
for the current and all
previous taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net
Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(b)(ii)
for
A-34
all previous taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss
allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D)
or
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B)
for the current and all
previous taxable periods; and
(ii) The balance, if any, (x) to the General Partner
in accordance with its Percentage Interest, and (y) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the
percentage applicable to subclause (x).
(b)
Net Loss.
After giving effect to the
special allocations set forth in
Section 6.1(d)
, Net
Loss for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss
and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such
taxable period shall be allocated as follows:
(i)
First
, to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata;
provided
, that Net Losses shall
not be allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(b)(i)
to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to
have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the
end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit
balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
(c)
Net Termination Gains and
Losses.
After giving effect to the special
allocations set forth in
Section 6.1(d)
, Net
Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss (including a pro rata
part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into
account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination
Loss) for such taxable period shall be allocated in the manner
set forth in this
Section 6.1(c).
All allocations
under this
Section 6.1(c)
shall be made after
Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other
allocations provided under this
Section 6.1
and
after all distributions of Available Cash provided under
Section 6.4
and
Section 6.5
have been
made;
provided, however,
that solely for purposes of this
Section 6.1(c)
, Capital Accounts shall not be
adjusted for distributions made pursuant to
Section 12.4.
(i) Except as provided in
Section 6.1(c)(iv)
,
Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of
income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in
computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:
(A)
First
, to the General Partner until the
aggregate of the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General
Partner pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(i)(A)
or
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A)
and the Net Income allocated to the
General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(a)(i)
for the
current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the
aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner
pursuant to
Section 6.1(b)(ii)
for all previous
taxable periods and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the
General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D)
or
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B)
for all previous taxable
periods;
(B)
Second
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all
Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal
to 100% less the General Partners Percentage Interest,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered
Initial Unit Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs,
reduced by any distribution pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(i)
or
Section 6.4(c)(i)
with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount
determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter
defined as the
Unpaid MQD
) and
(3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;
(C)
Third
, if such Net Termination Gain is
recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the
conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit,
(x) to the General Partner in accordance with its
Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding
Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then
Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial
Unit Price, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof)
to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the
Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(iii)
with respect to such Subordinated
Unit for such Quarter;
A-35
(D)
Fourth
, to the General Partner and all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of
each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of
(1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid
MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target
Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each
Quarter of the Partnerships existence over (bb) the
cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available
Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(iv)
and
Section 6.4(c)(ii)
(the sum of (1), (2),
(3) and (4) is hereinafter defined as the
First Liquidation Target Amount
);
(E)
Fifth
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and
(z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target
Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target
Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter
of the Partnerships existence over (bb) the cumulative per
Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is
deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(v)
and
Section 6.4(c)(iii)
(the sum of (1) and
(2) is hereinafter defined as the
Second
Liquidation Target Amount
);
(F)
Sixth
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and
(z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target
Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target
Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each
Quarter of the Partnerships existence over (bb) the
cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available
Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)(vi)
and
Section 6.4(c)(iv)
(the sum of (1) and
(2) is hereinafter defined as the
Third
Liquidation Target Amount
); and
(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and
(y) of this clause (G).
(ii) Except as otherwise provided by
Section 6.1(c)(iii)
, Net Termination Loss (including
a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and
deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss)
shall be allocated:
(A)
First
, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding,
(x) to the General Partner in accordance with its
Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding
Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then
Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(B)
Second
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all
Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal
to 100% less the General Partners Percentage Interest,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(C)
Third
, to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata;
provided
that Net Termination Loss
shall not be allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C)
to the extent such allocation
would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its
Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in
its Adjusted Capital Account); and
(D)
Fourth
, the balance, if any, 100% to the General
Partner.
A-36
(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant
to
Section 5.5(d)
prior to the Liquidation Date
shall be allocated:
(A)
First
, to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata;
provided
that Net Termination Loss
shall not be allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A)
to the extent such allocation
would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its
Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or
increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital
Account); and
(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.
(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant
to
Section 6.1(c)(iii)
, subsequent Net Termination
Gain deemed recognized pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
prior to the Liquidation Date shall be allocated:
(A)
First
, to the General Partner until the
aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner
pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A)
is equal to
the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant
to
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B)
;
(B)
Second
, to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain
allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B)
is
equal to the aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated
pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A)
; and
(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.1(c)(i)
.
(d)
Special
Allocations
.
Notwithstanding any other
provision of this
Section 6.1
, the following special
allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
(i)
Partnership Minimum Gain
Chargeback.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of this
Section 6.1
, if there is a net decrease in
Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period,
each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and
gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in
the manner and amounts provided in Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6),
1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision.
For purposes of this
Section 6.1(d)
, each
Partners Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be
determined, and the allocation of income or gain required
hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any
other allocations pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)
with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation
pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(vi)
and
Section 6.1(d)(vii)
). This
Section 6.1(d)(i)
is intended to comply with the
Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(f)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(ii)
Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum
Gain.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of
this
Section 6.1
(other than
Section 6.1(d)(i)
), except as provided in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4),
if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum
Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a
share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning
of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership
income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent
periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4)
and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes
of this
Section 6.1(d)
, each Partners Adjusted
Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to
the application of any other allocations pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)
, other than
Section 6.1(d)(i)
and other than an allocation
pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(vi)
and
Section 6.1(d)(vii)
, with respect to such taxable
period. This
Section 6.1(d)(ii)
is intended to
comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain
requirement in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(iii)
Priority Allocations
.
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any
property distributed (except cash or property distributed
pursuant to
Section 12.4
) with respect to a Unit
exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property
distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the
excess,
A-37
an
Excess Distribution
and the Unit
with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an
Excess Distribution Unit
), then
(1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each
Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the
Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such
items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit
pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A)
for the
current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal
to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the
General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with
respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to
the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined
by dividing (x) the General Partners Percentage
Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by
(y) a percentage equal to 100% less the General
Partners Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess
Distribution occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in
clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution.
(B) After the application of
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A)
, the remaining items of
Partnership income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall
be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items
allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights
pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B)
for the
current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal
to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to
the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the IPO
Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current
taxable period; and (2) to the General Partner an amount
equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient
determined by dividing (x) the General Partners
Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General
Partners Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the
amounts allocated in clause (1) above.
(iv)
Qualified Income Offset.
In the
event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments,
allocations or distributions described in Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of
Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated
to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate,
to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated
under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if
any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such
adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as
possible;
provided
, that an allocation pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(iv)
shall be made only if and to the
extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its
Adjusted Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations
provided for in this
Section 6.1
have been
tentatively made as if this
Section 6.1(d)(iv)
were
not in this Agreement.
(v)
Gross Income Allocations.
In the
event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account
at the end of any taxable period in excess of the sum of
(A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant
to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such
Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such
Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross
income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as
possible;
provided
, that an allocation pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(v)
shall be made only if and to the
extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its
Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided
for in this
Section 6.1
have been tentatively made
as if
Section 6.1(d)(iv)
and this
Section 6.1(d)(v)
were not in this Agreement.
(vi)
Nonrecourse Deductions.
Nonrecourse
Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the
Partners Pro Rata. If the General Partner determines that the
Partnerships Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in
a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the
Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of
the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the
other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the
numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
(vii)
Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions.
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for
any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that
bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner
Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions
are attributable in accordance with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).
If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with
respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions attributable thereto shall be
A-38
allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the
ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
(viii)
Nonrecourse Liabilities.
For
purposes of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3),
the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the
Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of
Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of
Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners
Pro Rata.
(ix)
Code Section 754
Adjustments.
To the extent an adjustment to the
adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to
Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant
to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the
amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be
treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the
basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such
basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially
allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner
in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted
pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
(x)
Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.
(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to
any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the
Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of
Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after
taking into account allocations pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(iii)
, shall be allocated 100% to each
Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of
the termination of the Subordination Period (
Final
Subordinated Units
) in the proportion of the
number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the
total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until
each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income
or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with
respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after
taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss
and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period
will equal the product of (A) the number of Final
Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per
Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this
allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital
Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital
Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the
General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the
conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units.
This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity
will be available to the General Partner only if the method for
allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the
Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained
Subordinated Units pursuant to
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final
Subordinated Units.
(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to
the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
during any taxable period of the
Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset
Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.11
, after the
application of
Section 6.1(d)(x)(A)
, any Unrealized
Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the
Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results
in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR
Reset Common Units issued pursuant to
Section 5.11
equaling the product of (a) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR
Reset Common Units and (B) the Per Unit Capital Account for
an IPO Common Unit.
(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR
Reset Common Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an
Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining
items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable
period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such
transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until such transferor Partner
has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that
increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such
transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per
Unit Capital Account for an IPO Common Unit.
A-39
(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and
for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner
Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner
shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in
determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost
recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of
income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as
appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of
Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c)
of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve
uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or
classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such
conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to
this Agreement as provided in this
Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)
only if such conventions,
allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse
effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of
Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the
Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the
principles of Section 704 of the Code.
(xi)
Curative Allocation
.
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 6.1
, other than the Required Allocations,
the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making
the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net
amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction
allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations
and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net
amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such
Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required
Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise
been provided in this
Section 6.1
. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to
(1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account
except to the extent that there has been a decrease in
Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent
that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum Gain. In exercising its discretion under this
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A)
, the General Partner may take
into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet
made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously
made. Allocations pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A)
shall only be made with
respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General
Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be
inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.
Further, allocations pursuant to this
Section
6.1(d)(xi)(A)
shall be deferred with respect to allocations
pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent
the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely
to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable
period, (1) apply the provisions of
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A)
in whatever order is most
likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise
result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all
allocations pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A)
among
the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such
economic distortions.
(xii)
Corrective and other
Allocations.
In the event of any allocation of
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or
any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules
shall apply:
(A) Except as provided in
Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B)
, in the case of any
allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than
an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under
Section 5.5(d)
), the General Partner shall allocate
such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (1) to the
holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner
to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was
allocated to them pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
and
(2) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any
Unitholders pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)
.
A-40
(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss under
Section 5.5(d)
or an
allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss
pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)
as a result of a sale or
other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an
Adjusted Property (
Disposed of Adjusted
Property
), the General Partner shall allocate
(1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away
from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to
the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and
loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional
Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed
their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with
respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation
made pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B)
shall
be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made
as if this
Section 6.1(d)(xii)
were not in this
Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the
reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such
other Agreed Allocations.
(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital
Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or
from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative
adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of
the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a
manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent
possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will
equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account
balances of the Partners if no prior
Book-Up
Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in
excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall
be allocated pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)
hereof.
(D) For purposes of this
Section 6.1(d)(xii)
,
the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional
Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional
Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income
that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders
under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, if an
Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another
entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes (the lower tier partnership), the General
Partner may make allocations similar to those described in
Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)-(C)
to the extent the
General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to
account for the Partnerships allocable share of income,
gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that
relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is
consistent with the purpose of this
Section 6.1(d)(xii)
.
(xiii)
Special Curative Allocation in Event of
Liquidation Prior to End of Subordination Period.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 6.1
(other than the Required Allocations),
if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the conversion of the
last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items of income, gain,
loss and deduction for the taxable period that includes the
Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising in previous
taxable periods to the extent the General Partner determines
such items may be so allocated), shall be specially allocated
among the Partners in the manner determined appropriate by the
General Partner so as to cause, to the maximum extent possible,
the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit to equal the
amount such Capital Account would have been if all prior
allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net Termination Loss had
been made pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(i)
or
Section 6.1(c)(ii)
, as applicable.
Section 6.2
Allocations
for Tax Purposes.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income
tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction
shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its
correlative item of book income, gain, loss or
deduction is allocated pursuant to
Section 6.1
.
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities
attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property,
items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost
recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax
purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under
Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations
promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as
determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into
account the General Partners discretion under
Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)
);
provided
, that the
General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)
in all events.
A-41
(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or
amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b)
of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any
Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the
depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to
the Unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any
inconsistency of such approach with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6)
or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner
determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be
taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and
amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring
Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive
depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same
applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in
the Partnerships property. If the General Partner chooses
not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may
use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to
preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of
any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would
not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or
the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner
Interests.
(d) In accordance with Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e)
and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the
sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset
shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other
required allocations of gain pursuant to this
Section 6.2
, be characterized as Recapture Income in
the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or
their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any
deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment
of such gains as Recapture Income.
(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit
recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes
and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions
hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under
Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the
Partnership;
provided, however
, that such allocations,
once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the
General Partner) to take into account those adjustments
permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and
deduction, for federal income tax purposes, shall be determined
for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly basis and
shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the
National Securities Exchange on which the Partnership Interests
are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of
each month;
provided, however
, such items for the period
beginning on the IPO Closing Date and ending on the last day of
the month in which the Option Closing Date or the expiration of
the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the
Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange
on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to
trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month;
and
provided
,
further
, that gain or loss on a sale
or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any
other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and
recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as
determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the
Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange
on which the Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to
trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such
gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The
General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such
methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by
Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings
promulgated thereunder.
(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited
Partner under the provisions of this
Article VI
shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner
Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has
furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other
method determined by the General Partner.
Section 6.3
Requirement
and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record
Holders.
(a) Except as described in
Section 6.3(b)
or
Section 6.3(c)
, within 45 days following the
end of each Quarter, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash
with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance
with this
Article VI
by the Partnership to the
Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner.
All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on
any date following the IPO Closing Date from any source shall be
deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of
A-42
Available Cash distributed by the Partnership to the Partners
following the IPO Closing Date pursuant to
Section 6.4(b)
equals the Operating Surplus from the
IPO Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding
Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by
the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided
in
Section 6.5
, be deemed to be Capital
Surplus. All distributions required to be made under this
Agreement or otherwise made by the Partnership shall be made
subject to
Sections 17-607
and
17-804
of the Delaware Act.
(b) Notwithstanding
Section 6.3(a)
, in the
event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all
cash received during or after the Quarter in which the
Liquidation Date occurs, other than from Working Capital
Borrowings, shall be applied and distributed solely in
accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of,
Section 12.4
.
(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the
Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to,
all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of
Available Cash to such Partners.
(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest
shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the
Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the
Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date
set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full
payment and satisfaction of the Partnerships liability in
respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person
who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an
assignment or otherwise.
Section 6.4
Distributions
of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.
(a)
On the IPO Closing Date.
Subject to
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act, on the IPO Closing Date and immediately
prior to the commencement of the Subordination Period, the IPO
Proceeds and New Credit Facility Proceeds shall be distributed
to (x) the General Partner in accordance with its
Percentage Interest and (y) AIM Midstream and the LTIP
Partners, as Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100%
less the General Partners Percentage Interest.
(b)
During Subordination
Period.
Available Cash with respect to any
Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be
Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.3
or
Section 6.5
shall,
subject to
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act and after giving effect to the distributions
pursuant to
Section 6.4(a)
, be distributed as
follows, except as otherwise contemplated by
Section 5.6
in respect of other Partnership
Interests issued pursuant thereto:
(i)
First
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the
Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal
to 100% less the General Partners Percentage Interest
until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii)
Second
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the
Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal
to 100% less the General Partners Percentage Interest
until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearage existing with respect to such Common Unit;
(iii)
Third
, (x) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the
Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage
equal to 100% less the General Partners Percentage
Interest until there has been distributed in respect of each
Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(iv)
Fourth
, to the General Partner and all
Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First
Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
such Quarter;
(v)
Fifth
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v)
A-43
until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
(vi)
Sixth
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vi), until
there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target
Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such
Quarter; and
(vii)
Thereafter
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vi);
provided, however
, that if the Target Distributions have
been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of
Section 6.6(a)
, the distribution of Available Cash
that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any
Quarter will be made solely in accordance with
Section 6.4(b)(vii)
.
(c)
After Subordination Period.
Available
Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period
that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the
provisions of
Section 6.3
or
Section 6.5
shall, subject to
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act, be distributed as follows, except as
otherwise required by
Section 5.6
in respect of
additional Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:
(i)
First
, 100% to the General Partner and the
Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii)
Second
, 100% to the General Partner and the
Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage
Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First
Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
such Quarter;
(iii)
Third
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until
there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target
Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
(iv)
Fourth
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclause (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there
has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an
amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over
the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
(v)
Thereafter
, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);
provided, however
, that if the Target Distributions have
been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of
Section 6.6(a)
, the distribution of Available Cash
that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any
Quarter will be made solely in accordance with
Section 6.4(c)(v)
.
Section 6.5
Distributions
of Available Cash from Capital Surplus.
Available Cash with respect to any Quarter ending on or after
the IPO Closing Date that is deemed to be Capital Surplus
pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.3(a)
shall,
subject to
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act and after giving effect to the distributions
pursuant to
Section 6.4(a)
, be distributed, unless
the provisions of
Section 6.3
require otherwise,
100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until
the
A-44
Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero
pursuant to the second sentence of
Section 6.6(a)
.
Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then
be distributed (a) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (b) to all Unitholders
holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until there has
been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage.
Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it
were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance
with
Section 6.4
.
Section 6.6
Adjustment
of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels.
(a) The Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately
adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or
subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units
or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests. In the
event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be
from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Target Distributions
shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution
had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately
prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common
Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the
fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the
ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded,
the fair market value will be determined by the Board of
Directors.
(b) The Target Distributions shall also be subject to
adjustment pursuant to
Section 5.11
and
Section 6.9
.
Section 6.7
Special
Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated
Units.
(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve
matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the
holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate
in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and
distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a
Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations
of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder;
provided,
however
, that immediately upon the conversion of
Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.7
, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated
Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a
Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such
converted Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a
Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of
income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with
respect to Common Units;
provided, however
, that such
converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the
provisions of
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
,
Section 6.1(d)(x)(A)
,
Section 6.7(b)
and
Section 6.7(c)
.
(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a
Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into
a Common Unit pursuant to
Section 5.7
(other than a
transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the
transferring Unitholders Capital Account with respect to
the retained Subordinated Units or Retained Converted
Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the
allocation under
Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B)
.
(c) A Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted
from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to
Section 5.7
shall not be issued a Common Unit
Certificate pursuant to
Section 4.1
, if the Common
Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted
to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an
Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner
determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common
Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic
economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics, in
all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and
U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an IPO Common
Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this
Section 6.7(c)
, the General Partner may take
whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to
such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common
Units, including the application of
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
,
Section 6.1(d)(x)
,
Section 6.7(b)
;
provided, however
, that no
such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse
effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.
A-45
Section 6.8
Special
Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights
(i) shall (1) possess the rights and obligations
provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner
pursuant to
Article III
and
Article VII
and (2) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to
Section 5.5
and all other provisions related thereto
and (ii) shall not (1) be entitled to vote on any
matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of
Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (2) be
entitled to any distributions other than as provided in
Section 6.4(b)(v)
,
Section 6.4(b)(vi)
and
Section 6.4(b)(vii)
,
Section 6.4(c)(iii)
,
Section 6.4(c)(iv)
and
Section 6.4(c)(v)
, and
Section 12.4
or (3) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or
deduction other than as specified in this
Article VI
.
(b) The Unitholder holding Common Units that have resulted
from the conversion of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to
Section 5.11
shall not be issued a Common Unit
Certificate pursuant to
Section 4.1
if the Common
Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted
to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an
Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner
determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common
Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic
economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics, in
all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and
U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an IPO Common
Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this
Section 6.8(b)
, the General Partner may take
whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to
such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common
Units, including the application of
Section 5.5(c)(iii)
,
Section 6.1(d)(x)(B)
, or
Section 6.1(d)(x)(C)
;
provided, however
, that
no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse
effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.
Section 6.9
Entity-Level Taxation.
If legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of
existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority,
which after giving effect to such enactment or modification,
results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or
local or
non-U.S. income
or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due
from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate
of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the
General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Target
Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that
are payable by reason of any such new legislation or
interpretation (the
Incremental Income
Taxes
), or any portion thereof selected by the
General Partner, in the manner provided in this
Section 6.9
. If the General Partner elects to reduce
the Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to all or
a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner
shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Groups
aggregate liability (the
Estimated Incremental
Quarterly Tax Amount
) for all (or the relevant
portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes;
provided
that
any difference between such estimate and the actual liability
for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof)
for such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General
Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated
Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in
which any such difference can be determined. For each such
Quarter, the Target Distributions, shall be the product obtained
by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out
herein prior to the application of this
Section 6.9
times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing
(i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by
(ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter
and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such
Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of
the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be
deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount
for that Quarter.
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT
AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1
Management.
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage
all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, but without limitation on the
ability of the General Partner to
A-46
delegate its rights and powers to other Persons, all management
powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be
exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited
Partner shall have any management power over the business and
affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or
hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership
under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner
under any other provision of this Agreement, the General
Partner, subject to
Section 7.3
, shall have full
power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it
determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the
business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in
Section 2.5
and to effectuate the purposes set forth
in
Section 2.4
, including the following:
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or
borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other
contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the
issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness
that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests,
and the incurring of any other obligations;
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the
Partnership;
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the
assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of
the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters
described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to
any prior approval that may be required by
Section 7.3
and
Article XIV
);
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including
cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this
Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the
operations of the Partnership Group; subject to
Section 7.6(a)
, the lending of funds to other
Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or
guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of
capital contributions to any Group Member;
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any
contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including
instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under
contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the
Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no
recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than
its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the
terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership
than would otherwise be the case);
(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of
employees (including employees having titles such as
president, vice president,
secretary and treasurer) and agents,
outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of
the General Partner or the Partnership Group and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the
Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in,
and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any
further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures,
corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons
(including the acquisition of interests in, and the
contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to
time) subject to the restrictions set forth in
Section 2.4
;
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and
obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and
defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging
in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the
incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and
litigation;
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities
and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any
National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of
the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading
be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior
approval that may be required under
Section 4.8
);
A-47
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or
disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of
options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights and tracking and
phantom interests relating to Partnership Interests;
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the
Partnerships participation in any Group Member; and
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its
Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in
the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the
Partnership.
(b) (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any
applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and
each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership
Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby
(i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery
and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the
Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other
agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by
the Registration Statement (in each case other than this
Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements
or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that
the General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership)
is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements
referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other
agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the
Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the
Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in
Partnership Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement;
and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any
Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement
authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the
exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to
Article XV
) shall not constitute a breach by the
General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the
Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under
this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing
at law, in equity or otherwise.
Section 7.2
Certificate
of Limited Partnership.
The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited
Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner
shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other
certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to
be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation,
qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a
partnership in which the limited partners have limited
liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which
the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the
extent the General Partner determines such action to be
necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file
amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited
Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a
limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which
the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of
the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the
Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to
the terms of
Section 3.4(a)
, the General Partner
shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or
mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any
qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited
Partner.
Section 7.3
Restrictions
on the General Partners Authority.
Except as provided in
Article XII
and
Article XIV
, the General Partner may not sell,
exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions without the
approval of a Unit Majority;
provided, however
, that this
provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partners
ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security
interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the
Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any
or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the
foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.
A-48
Section 7.4
Reimbursement
of the General Partner.
(a) Except as provided in this
Section 7.4
and
elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be
compensated for its services as a general partner or managing
member of any Group Member.
(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly
basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine,
for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including
salary, bonus, incentive compensation, employment benefits and
other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the
General Partner to perform services for the Partnership Group or
for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the
Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable
to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General
Partner in connection with operating the Partnership
Groups business (including expenses allocated to the
General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall
determine the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner
or the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this
Section 7.4
shall be in addition to any
reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of
indemnification pursuant to
Section 7.7
. Any
allocation of expenses to the Partnership by Affiliates of the
General Partner in a manner consistent with then-applicable
accounting and allocation methodologies generally permitted by
FERC for rate-making purposes (or in the absence of
then-applicable methodologies permitted by FERC, consistent with
the most-recently applicable methodologies) and past business
practices shall be deemed to be fair and reasonable to the
Partnership.
(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the
Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect
thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership
benefit plans, programs and practices (including the Long Term
Incentive Plan and other plans, programs and practices involving
the issuance of Partnership Interests or options to purchase or
rights, warrants or appreciation rights or phantom or tracking
interests relating to Partnership Interests), or cause the
Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with,
or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained
or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates in
each case for the benefit of employees and directors of the
General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in respect of services
performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the
Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to
the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership
Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are
obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to
any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses incurred
by the General Partner in connection with any such plans,
programs and practices (including the net cost to the General
Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by
the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the Partnership or
otherwise, to fulfill options or awards under such plans,
programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with
Section 7.4(b)
. Any and all obligations of the
General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices
adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this
Section 7.4(c)
shall constitute obligations of the
General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor
General Partner approved pursuant to
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
or the transferee of or successor to
all of the General Partners General Partner Interest
pursuant to
Section 4.6
.
(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any
member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent
necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of
any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the
revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group
if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management
fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.
Section 7.5
Outside
Activities.
(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General
Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole
business will be to act as a general partner or managing member,
as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership
or limited liability company of which the Partnership is,
directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake
activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including
being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall
not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or
liabilities except in connection with or incidental to
(A) its performance as general partner or managing member,
if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) the
acquiring,
A-49
owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in
any Group Member or (C) the guarantee of, and mortgage,
pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in connection
with, any indebtedness of any Affiliate of the General Partner.
(b) Each Unrestricted Person (other than the General
Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every
type and description and other activities for profit and to
engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of
any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged
in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member,
independently or with others, including business interests and
activities in direct competition with the business and
activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall
constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise
existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or
any Partner. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or
any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership
relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any
Unrestricted Person.
(c) Subject to the terms of
Section 7.5(a)
and
Section 7.5(b)
, but otherwise notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the
engaging in competitive activities by any Unrestricted Person
(other than the General Partner) in accordance with the
provisions of this
Section 7.5
is hereby approved by
the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed
not to be a breach of any fiduciary duty or any other obligation
of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or any other
Unrestricted Person for the Unrestricted Persons (other than the
General Partner) to engage in such business interests and
activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the
Partnership and (iii) the Unrestricted Persons shall have
no obligation hereunder or as a result of any duty otherwise
existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to present business
opportunities to the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate
opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any
Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). No
Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires
knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or
other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership,
shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to
the Partnership, and such Unrestricted Person (including the
General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any
Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary
or other duty by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted
Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for
itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not
communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership;
provided
such Unrestricted Person does not engage in such
business or activity as a result of or using confidential or
proprietary information provided by or on behalf of the
Partnership to such Unrestricted Person.
(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may
acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to
those acquired on the IPO Closing Date and, except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at
their option, all rights relating to all Units or other
Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term
Affiliates
when used in this
Section 7.5(d)
with respect to the General Partner
shall not include any Group Member.
(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement
purports or is interpreted to have the effect of restricting or
eliminating the fiduciary duties that might otherwise, as a
result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the
General Partner to the Partnership and its Limited Partners, or
to constitute a waiver or consent by the Limited Partners to any
such restriction or elimination, such provisions shall be deemed
to have been approved by the Partners.
Section 7.6
Loans
from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the
Partnership or Group Members.
(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may, but
shall be under no obligation to, lend to any Group Member, and
any Group Member may, but shall be under no obligation to,
borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds
needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time
and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine;
provided, however
, that, in any such case the lending
party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate
greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party,
or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would
be charged or imposed on
A-50
the borrowing party, by unrelated lenders on comparable loans
made on an arms-length basis (without reference to the
lending partys financial abilities or guarantees), all as
determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall
reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any
additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in
connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of
this
Section 7.6(a)
and
Section 7.6(b)
,
the term
Group Member
shall include
any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group
Member.
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group
Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership,
funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner.
No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).
(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval
thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a
breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in
equity or otherwise, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to
the Partnership or the Limited Partners existing hereunder, or
existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact
that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or
indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General
Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as
Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partners
Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all
Partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination
Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common
Units.
Section 7.7
Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to
the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all
Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including
legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest,
settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened
pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or
proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, and whether formal or informal and including
appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is
threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of
its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in
such capacity;
provided,
that the Indemnitee shall not be
indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if
there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a
court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of
the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification
pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or
engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a
criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitees
conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this
Section 7.7
shall be made only out of the assets of
the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall
not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have
no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to
the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses
(including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee
who is indemnified pursuant to
Section 7.7(a)
in
appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand,
action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced
by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment
entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that,
in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking
indemnification pursuant to this
Section 7.7
, the
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the
Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee
to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that
the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized
by this
Section 7.7
.
(c) The indemnification provided by this
Section 7.7
shall be in addition to any other rights
to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement,
pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited
Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise,
both as to actions in the Indemnitees capacity as an
Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall
continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such
capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.
A-51
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse
the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of)
insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates, the
Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall
determine, against any liability that may be asserted against,
or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection
with the Partnerships activities or such Persons
activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether
the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person
against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this
Section 7.7
, the
Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to
serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the
performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes
duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed
on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan
pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines
within the meaning of
Section 7.7(a)
; and action
taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan
in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably
believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants
and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a
purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited
Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification
provisions set forth in this Agreement.
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in
whole or in part under this
Section 7.7
because the
Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to
which the indemnification applies if the transaction was
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(h) The provisions of this
Section 7.7
are for
the benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors,
assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to
create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this
Section 7.7
or any provision hereof shall in any
manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past,
present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the
Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify
any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions
of this
Section 7.7
as in effect immediately prior
to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims
arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in
part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal,
regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
Section 7.8
Liability
of Indemnitees.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary
damages to the Partnership, the Partners or any other Persons
who have acquired interests in the Partnership Interests, for
losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act
or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and
non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in
question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud,
willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted
with knowledge that the Indemnitees conduct was criminal.
(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General
Partner set forth in
Section 7.1(a)
, the General
Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this
Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it
hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the
General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the
General Partner in good faith.
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee
has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating
thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General
Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the
Partnerships business or affairs shall not be liable to
the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on
the provisions of this Agreement.
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this
Section 7.8
or any provision hereof shall be
prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations
on the liability of the Indemnitees under this
Section 7.8
as in effect immediately prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims
A-52
arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in
part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal,
regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
Section 7.9
Resolution
of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification
of Duties.
(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement
or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of
interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group
Member, any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of
action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of
such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved
by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement
contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty hereunder stated
or implied by law or equity or otherwise, if the resolution or
course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is
(i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the
vote of a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding
Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates),
(iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than
those generally being provided to or available from unrelated
third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the
Partnership, taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but
not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict
of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of
such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a
resolution or course of action that has not received Special
Approval or Unitholder approval. If Special Approval is sought,
then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the
Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if neither Special
Approval nor Unitholder approval is sought and the Board of
Directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of
the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or
(iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its
decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of
such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the
Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or
prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming
such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity,
the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the
Registration Statement and any actions of the General Partner
taken in connection therewith are hereby approved by all
Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or
of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Whenever the General Partner, or any committee of the
Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a
determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or
any of its Affiliates causes the General Partner to do so, in
its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as
opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement
contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express
standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner,
such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to
do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take
such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any
other or different standards (including fiduciary standards)
imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any
other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a
determination or other action to be in good faith
for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making
such determination or taking or declining to take such other
action must believe that the determination or other action is in
the best interests of the Partnership.
(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or
takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its
Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as
opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the
Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member
Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or
otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing
it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take
such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary
duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited
Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and the
General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall
not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act
in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other
A-53
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any
other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of
illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases,
at the option of the General Partner, in its
sole discretion or some variation of those phrases, are
used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is
acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt,
whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership
Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its
Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual
capacity.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no
duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or
otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other
than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any
Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General
Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in
contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing
with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any
of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its
sole discretion.
(e) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement,
neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have
any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the
Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this
Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or
otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary
duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise
existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to
replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner
or such other Indemnitee.
(f) The Limited Partners hereby authorize the General
Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of
a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or
managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions
permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this
Section 7.9
.
Section 7.10
Other
Matters Concerning the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner may rely upon, and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper
or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel,
accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment
bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and
any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice
or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as
to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be
within such Persons professional or expert competence
shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in
good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of
any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any
of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or
attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the
Partnership or any Group Member.
Section 7.11
Purchase
or Sale of Partnership Interests.
The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or
otherwise acquire Partnership Interests;
provided
that,
except as permitted pursuant to
Section 4.10
, the
General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase
Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as
Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such
Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for
any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General
Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also
purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of
Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the
provisions of
Article IV
and
Article X
.
A-54
Section 7.12
Registration
Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the
General Partner (including for purposes of this
Section 7.12
, any Person that is an Affiliate of the
General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may
later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner but
excluding any individual who is an Affiliate of the General
Partner based on such individuals status as an officer,
director or employee of the General Partner or an Affiliate of
the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires
to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or
any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or
another exemption from registration is not available to enable
such holder of Partnership Interests (the
Holder
) to dispose of the number of
Partnership Interests it desires to sell at the time it desires
to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at
the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership
shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after
receiving such request, and use all commercially reasonable
efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a
period of not less than six months following its effective date
or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership
Interests covered by such registration statement have been sold,
a registration statement under the Securities Act registering
the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests
specified by the Holder;
provided
,
however
, that
the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three
registrations pursuant to this
Section 7.12(a)
; and
provided further
,
however
, that if the General
Partner determines that a postponement of the requested
registration would be in the best interests of the Partnership
and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or
other event, the filing of such registration statement or the
effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but
not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to
the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall
(i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as
may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject
to such registration under the securities laws of such states as
the Holder shall reasonably request;
provided, however,
that no such qualification shall be required in any
jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would
become subject to general service of process or to taxation or
qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or
partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a
result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may
be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership
Interests subject to such registration on such National
Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and
(ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be
necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a
public sale of such Partnership Interests in such states. Except
as set forth in
Section 7.12(c)
, all costs and
expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the
Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a
registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering
of Partnership Interests for cash (other than an offering
relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use
all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or
amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such
registration statement as the Holder shall request;
provided
, that the Partnership is not required to make
any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership
Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes
or is declared effective by the Commission, including any
registration statement providing for the offering from time to
time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the
Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this
Section 7.12(b)
shall be an underwritten offering,
then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing
underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the
Holder that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the
Holders Partnership Interests would adversely and
materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the
Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or
amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder
that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing
underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the
offering. Except as set forth in
Section 7.12(c)
,
all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering
(other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be
paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any
registration referred to in this
Section 7.12
, the
Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations,
covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters.
Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the
Partnerships obligation under
Section 7.7
, the
Partnership shall, to the fullest extent
A-55
permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its
officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof
(collectively,
Indemnified Persons
)
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees
and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest,
settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims,
demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person
may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or
otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter
referred to in this
Section 7.12(c)
as a
claim and in the plural as claims) based
upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any
registration statement under which any Partnership Interests
were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities
or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior
to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any
summary or final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or
in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the
period the Partnership is required to keep the registration
statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting
from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements made therein not misleading;
provided,
however
, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any
Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out
of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such
registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final
prospectus or any free writing prospectus or such amendment or
supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such
Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation
thereof.
(d) The provisions of
Section 7.12(a)
and
Section 7.12(b)
shall continue to be applicable with
respect to the General Partner (and any of the General
Partners Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general
partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years
subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so
long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the
Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested
during such two-year period inclusion in a registration
statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be
filed;
provided, however
, that the Partnership shall not
be required to file successive registration statements covering
the same Partnership Interests for which registration was
demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of
Section 7.12(c)
shall continue in effect thereafter.
(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register
Partnership Interests pursuant to this
Section 7.12
may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a
Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership
Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a
reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written
notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee
and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such
registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such
transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and
subject to the terms set forth in this
Section 7.12
.
(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant
to this
Section 7.12
shall (i) specify the
Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the
Person making the request, (ii) express such Persons
present intent to offer such Partnership Interests for
distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the
proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and
(iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all
such information and materials and take all action as may be
required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all
applicable requirements in connection with the registration of
such Partnership Interests.
(g) The Partnership may enter into separate registration
rights agreements with the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates.
Section 7.13
Reliance
by Third Parties.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any
Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume
that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner
authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the
name of the Partnership has full power and authority to
encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets
of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on
behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to
deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were
the Partnerships sole party in interest, both legally and
beneficially. Each Limited Partner
A-56
hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and
all defenses or other remedies that may be available against
such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the
General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such
dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General
Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated
to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act
or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its
representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other
instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General
Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in
favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming
thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and
delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this
Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person
executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on
behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate,
document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in
accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS,
RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1
Records
and Accounting.
The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the
principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and
records with respect to the Partnerships business,
including all books and records necessary to provide to the
Limited Partners any information required to be provided
pursuant to
Section 3.4(a)
. Any books and records
maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular
course of its business, including the record of the Record
Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of
account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on,
or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic
tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information
storage device;
provided
, that the books and records so
maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form
within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership
shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an
accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership
shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis
and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate
cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted
Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual
basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments
as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
Section 8.2
Fiscal
Year.
The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending
December 31.
Section 8.3
Reports.
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than
120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the
Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or
made available, by any reasonable means to each Record Holder of
a Unit or other Partnership Interest as of a date selected by
the General Partner, an annual report containing financial
statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the
Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP,
including a balance sheet and statements of operations,
Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited
by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the
General Partner.
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than
90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last
Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to
be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means to each
Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest, as of a
date selected by the General Partner, a report containing
unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other
information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or
rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are
listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate.
A-57
(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a
report available to each Record Holder as required by this
Section 8.3
if it has either (i) filed such
report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and Retrieval system, or any successor system, and such
report is publicly available on such system or (ii) made
such report available on any publicly available website
maintained by the Partnership.
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1
Tax
Returns and Information.
The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership
that are required for federal, state and local income tax
purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable
period or years that it is required by law to adopt, from time
to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the
Partnership is required to use a taxable period other than a
year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use
reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the
Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax
information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal,
state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a
taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of
the close of the calendar year in which the Partnerships
taxable period ends. The classification, realization and
recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other
items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for
U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Section 9.2
Tax
Elections.
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under
Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable
regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right
to seek to revoke any such election upon the General
Partners determination that such revocation is in the best
interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the
adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General
Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a
convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited
Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing
price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National
Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are
listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which
such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to
Section 6.2(f)
without regard to the actual price
paid by such transferee.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General
Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any
other elections permitted by the Code.
Section 9.3
Tax
Controversies.
Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is
designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code)
and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at
the Partnerships expense) in connection with all
examinations of the Partnerships affairs by tax
authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial
proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional
services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to
cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from
doing any or all things reasonably required by the General
Partner to conduct such proceedings.
Section 9.4
Withholding.
(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the
Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners,
either as a distribution of cash to such Partners or as a
general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate
under the circumstances by the General Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be
required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the
Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant
to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the
extent that the Partnership is required or
A-58
elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any
amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income
or from a distribution to any Partner (including by reason of
Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat
the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to
Section 6.3
in the amount of such withholding from
such Partner.
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF
PARTNERS
Section 10.1
Admission
of Limited Partners.
(a) The General Partner and AIM Midstream were admitted to
the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners on November 4,
2009. The LTIP Partners were admitted to the Partnership as
Limited Partners at various dates prior to the date hereof.
(b) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and
shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person
purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Limited Partner
Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner
Interests in accordance with the provisions of
Article IV
or
Article V
. A Person may
become a Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the
consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not
become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner
Interest and until reflected on the books and records of the
Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner
Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an
Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with
Section 4.9
. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of
Common Units to the Underwriters as described in
Section 5.3
in connection with the Initial Public
Offering, the Underwriters will automatically be admitted to the
Partnership as Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units
issued to them.
(c) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder
shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership
maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer
Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of
the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect
accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer
Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may
be represented by a Certificate, as provided in
Section 4.1
.
(d) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not
entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to
receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain,
loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other
rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee
becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to
Section 10.1(b)
.
Section 10.2
Admission
of Successor General Partner.
A successor General Partner approved pursuant to
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner
Interest (represented by Notional General Partner Units)
pursuant to
Section 4.6
who is proposed to be
admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the
Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior
to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring
General Partner, pursuant to
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
or the transfer of the General Partner
Interest (represented by Notional General Partner Units)
pursuant to
Section 4.6
,
provided, however
,
that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership
until compliance with the terms of
Section 4.6
has
occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such
other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such
admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms
hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership
Group without dissolution.
Section 10.3
Amendment
of Agreement and Certificate of Limited
Partnership.
To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the
General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate
under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership
to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon
as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if
A-59
required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an
amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership.
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL
OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1
Withdrawal
of the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn
from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the
following events (each such event herein referred to as an
Event of Withdrawal
);
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the
Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General
Partner Interest pursuant to
Section 4.6
;
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to
Section 11.2
;
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a
voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or
answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar
relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files
an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the
material allegations of a petition filed against the General
Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C)
of this
Section 11.1(a)(iv)
; or (E) seeks,
consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but
not a
debtor-in-possession),
receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any
substantial part of its properties;
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under
Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered
by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary
or involuntary petition by or against the General
Partner; or
(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a
corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is
filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the
date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its
charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws
of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General
Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the
dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General
Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in
such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the
termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General
Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of
incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the
termination of the General Partner.
If an Event of Withdrawal specified in
Section 11.1(a)(iv)
,
Section 11.1(a)(v)
,
Section 11.1(a)(vi)(A)
,
Section 11.1(a)(vi)(B)
,
Section 11.1(a)(vi)(C)
or
Section 11.1(a)(vi)(E)
occurs, the withdrawing
General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within
30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree
that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this
Section 11.1
shall result in the withdrawal of the
General Partner from the Partnership.
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership
upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not
constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following
circumstances: (i) at any time before 12:00 midnight,
Central Time, on June 30, 2021, the General Partner
voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days
advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited
Partners;
provided
, that prior to the effective date of
such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders
holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units
(excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its
Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership
an Opinion of Counsel (
Withdrawal Opinion of
Counsel
) that such withdrawal (following the
selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in
the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any
Limited Partner or any Group Member or cause any Group Member to
be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for
A-60
U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not
already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00
midnight, Central Time, on June 30, 2021, the General
Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least
90 days advance notice to the Unitholders, such
withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice;
(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the
General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1(a)(ii)
or
is removed pursuant to
Section 11.2
; or
(iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at
any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by
giving at least 90 days advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal
to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the
time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other
than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or
of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The
withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the
withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing
member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal
pursuant to
Section 11.1(a)(i)
, a Unit Majority,
may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a
successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor
General Partner shall automatically become the successor general
partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the
other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general
partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of
the General Partners withdrawal pursuant to
Section 11.1(a)(i)
, a successor is not selected by
the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not
receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall
be dissolved in accordance with
Section 12.1
unless
the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to
Section 12.2
. Any successor General Partner elected
in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.1
shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 10.2.
Section 11.2
Removal
of the General Partner.
The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved
by the Unitholders holding at least
66
2
/
3
%
of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General
Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such
action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must
also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by
the Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common
Units, voting as a separate class and a majority of the
Outstanding Subordinated Units (if any Subordinated Units are
then Outstanding) voting as a separate class (including, in each
case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates).
Such removal shall be effective immediately following the
admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to
Section 10.2
. The removal of the General Partner
shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General
Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent
applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General
Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person
is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the
terms of this
Section 11.2
, such Person shall, upon
admission pursuant to
Section 10.2
, automatically
become a successor general partner or managing member, to the
extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the
General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The
right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General
Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership
has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a
Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner
elected in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.2
shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 10.2
.
Section 11.3
Interest
of Departing General Partner and Successor General
Partner.
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General
Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not
violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General
Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances
where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is
elected in accordance with the terms of
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
, the Departing General Partner shall
have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the
withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to
require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest
and its or its Affiliates general partner interest (or
equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all
of its or its Affiliates Incentive Distribution Rights
(collectively, the
Combined Interest
)
in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value
of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and
payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal.
If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under
circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner
withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates
this
A-61
Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in
accordance with the terms of
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
(or if the business of the Partnership
is continued pursuant to
Section 12.2
and the
successor General Partner is not the former General Partner),
such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the
effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing
General Partner (or, in the event the business of the
Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the
Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for
such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either
event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to
receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner
pursuant to
Section 7.4
, including any
employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities),
incurred in connection with the termination of any employees
employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates
(other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership
or the other Group Members.
For purposes of this
Section 11.3(a)
, the fair
market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by
agreement between the Departing General Partner and its
successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the
effective date of such Departing General Partners
withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment banking firm
or other independent expert selected by the Departing General
Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other
experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as
to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert
within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal
or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate
an independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert, the Departing General Partners successor shall
designate an independent investment banking firm or other
independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually
select a third independent investment banking firm or
independent expert, which third independent investment banking
firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market
value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination,
such third independent investment banking firm or other
independent expert may consider the value of the Units,
including the then current trading price of Units on any
National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or
admitted to trading, the value of the Partnerships assets,
the rights and obligations of the Departing General Partner, the
value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General
Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner
set forth in
Section 11.3(a)
, the Departing General
Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable) shall become a
Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted
into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to
Section 11.3(a)
, without reduction in such
Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by
reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General
Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all
debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the
date on which the Departing General Partner becomes a Limited
Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the
Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if
the Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if
applicable) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership
in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance
with the terms of
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
(or if the business of the Partnership
is continued pursuant to
Section 12.2
and the
successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and
the option described in
Section 11.3(a)
is not
exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General
Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the
Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount
equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by
dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner
Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a
percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the
General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and
(y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnerships assets
on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner
shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its
Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and
distributions to which the Departing General Partner was
entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause
this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the
date of such successor General Partners admission, the
successor General Partners interest in all Partnership
distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.
A-62
Section 11.4
Termination
of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and
Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearages.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General
Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under
circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the
General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of
such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all
Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and
automatically convert into Common Units on a
one-for-one
basis (
provided, however
, that such converted
Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of
Section 5.5(c)(ii)
,
Section 6.1(d)(x)
and
Section 6.7(c)
), (ii) all Cumulative Common
Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and
(iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert
its General Partner Interest (represented by Notional General
Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common
Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor in accordance with
Section 11.3
.
Section 11.5
Withdrawal
of Limited Partners.
No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the
Partnership;
provided, however
, that when a transferee of
a Limited Partners Limited Partner Interest becomes a
Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred,
such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited
Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so
transferred.
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION
AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1
Dissolution.
The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of
Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor
General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a
successor General Partner is elected pursuant to
Section 11.1
,
Section 11.2
or
Section 12.2
, the Partnership shall not be dissolved
and such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and
shall, continue the business of the Partnership. Subject to
Section 12.2
, the Partnership shall dissolve, and
its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as
provided in
Section 11.1(a)
(other than
Section 11.1(a)(ii)
), unless a successor is elected
and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to
this Agreement;
(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General
Partner that is approved by a Unit Majority;
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the
Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware
Act; or
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the
Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with
the Delaware Act.
Section 12.2
Continuation
of the Business of the Partnership After
Dissolution.
Upon an Event of Withdrawal caused by (a) the withdrawal or
removal of the General Partner as provided in
Section 11.1(a)(i)
or
Section 11.1(a)(iii)
and the failure of the Partners
to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant
to
Section 11.1
or
Section 11.2
, then
within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event
constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in
Section 11.1(a)(iv)
,
Section 11.1(a)(v)
or
Section 11.1(a)(vi)
, then, to the maximum extent
permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, a Unit
Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership
on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by
appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by a
Unit Majority. Unless such
A-63
an election is made within the applicable time period as set
forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities
necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so
made, then:
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution
unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this
Article XII
;
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former
General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner
shall be treated in the manner provided in
Section 11.3
; and
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to
the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of
Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement;
provided
, that the right of a Unit Majority to approve a
successor General Partner and to continue the business of the
Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the
Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the
exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited
liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner and
(y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the
extent not already so treated or taxed).
Section 12.3
Liquidator.
Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to
Section 12.2
,
the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as
Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner)
shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services
as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the
Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, if any, voting
as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General
Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without
15 days prior notice and may be removed at any time,
with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders
of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and
Subordinated Units, if any, voting as a single class. Upon
dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a
successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed
to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator)
shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of
at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and
Subordinated Units, if any, voting as a single class. The right
to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner
provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such
successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein
provided. Except as expressly provided in this
Article XII
, the Liquidator approved in the manner
provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further
authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of
the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of
this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable
limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of
such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in
Section 7.3
) necessary or appropriate to carry out
the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and
during the period of time required to complete the winding up
and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
Section 12.4
Liquidation.
The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the
Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up
its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by
the Liquidator, subject to
Section 17-804
of the Delaware Act and the following:
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale
or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms
as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any
property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the
property shall be deemed for purposes of
Section 12.4(c)
to have received cash equal to its
fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate
cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The
Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the
Partnerships assets for a reasonable time if it determines
that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the
Partnerships assets would be impractical or would cause
undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the
Partnerships assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it
determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue
loss to the Partners.
A-64
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to
the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity
(subject to the terms of
Section 12.3
) and amounts
to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution
rights under
Article VI
. With respect to any
liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is
otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either
settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or
establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its
payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be
distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to
discharge liabilities as provided in
Section 12.4(b)
shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to
the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital
Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital
Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of
distributions pursuant to this
Section 12.4(c)
) for
the taxable period of the Partnership during which the
liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of
occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)),
and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable
period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of
such occurrence).
Section 12.5
Cancellation
of Certificate of Limited Partnership.
Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and
property as provided in
Section 12.4
in connection
with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as
a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the
State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as
may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
Section 12.6
Return
of Contributions.
The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and
shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or
property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the
return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or
Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly
understood that any such return shall be made solely from
Partnership assets.
Section 12.7
Waiver
of Partition.
To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby
waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
Section 12.8
Capital
Account Restoration.
No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any
negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the
Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore
any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of
its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period
of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if
later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT;
MEETINGS;
RECORD DATE
Section 13.1
Amendments
to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.
Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the
approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this
Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and
record whatever documents may be required in connection
therewith, to reflect:
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location
of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the
registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of
the Partnership;
A-65
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of
Partners in accordance with this Agreement;
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the
qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a
partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability
under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members
will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or
otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;
(d) a change that the General Partner determines,
(i) does not adversely affect in any material respect the
Limited Partners considered as a whole or any particular class
of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of
Partnership Interests, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate
to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines
contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation
of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or
contained in any federal or state statute (including the
Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units
(including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding
Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax
consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any
rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National
Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or
admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate
in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant
to
Section 5.9
or (iv) is required to effect
the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent
of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated
by this Agreement;
(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the
Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a
change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership
including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change
in the definition of
Quarter
and the
dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;
(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of
Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or
its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner
being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as
amended, or plan asset regulations adopted under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United
States Department of Labor;
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation,
authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership
Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
relating to the Partnership Interests pursuant to
Section 5.6
, including any amendment that the
General Partner determines is necessary or appropriate in
connection with (i) the adjustments of the Target
Distributions pursuant to the provisions of
Section 5.11
, (ii) the implementation of the
provisions of
Section 5.11
or (iii) any
modifications to the Incentive Distribution Rights made in
connection with the issuance of Partnership Interests pursuant
to
Section 5.6
,
provided
that, with respect
to this clause (iii), the modifications to the Incentive
Distribution Rights and the related issuance of Partnership
Interests have received Special Approval;
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to
be made by the General Partner acting alone;
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by
a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with
Section 14.3
;
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the
formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the
Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity, in connection with
the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the
terms of
Section 2.4
or
Section 7.1(a)
;
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to
Section 14.3(d)
; or
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the
foregoing.
A-66
Section 13.2
Amendment
Procedures.
Except as provided in
Section 13.1
and
Section 13.3
, all amendments to this Agreement shall
be made in accordance with the requirements contained in this
Section 13.2
. Amendments to this Agreement may be
proposed only by the General Partner;
provided, however
,
that, to the full extent permitted by law, the General Partner
shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any
amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any
duty (including any fiduciary duty) or obligation whatsoever to
the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any other Person bound
by this Agreement and, in declining to propose or approve an
amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be
required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard
imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any
other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A proposed amendment
shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and,
except as otherwise provided by
Section 13.1
and
Section 13.3
, a Unit Majority, unless a greater or
different percentage is required under this Agreement or by
Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval
of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units
shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the
proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the
General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite
percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the
Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The
General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final
adoption of any such proposed amendments. The General Partner
shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required
by this
Section 13.2
if it has either (i) filed
such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, or any successor
system, and such amendment is publicly available on such system
or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly
available website maintained by the Partnership.
Section 13.3
Amendment
Requirements.
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 13.1
and
Section 13.2
, no
provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of
Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General
Partner) or requires a vote or approval of Partners (or a subset
of the Partners) holding a specified Percentage Interest
required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed,
repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect
of in the case of any provision of this Agreement other than
Section 11.2
or
Section 13.4
, reducing
such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the
written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of
Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute
not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or
increased, as applicable or the affirmative vote of Partners
whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes not less than
the voting requirement sought to be reduced, as applicable.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 13.1
and
Section 13.2
, no
amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations
of (including requiring any holder of a class of Partnership
Interests to make additional Capital Contributions to the
Partnership) any Limited Partner without its consent, unless
such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an
amendment approved pursuant to
Section 13.3(c)
, or
(ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify
in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the
amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the
General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent,
which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
(c) Except as provided in
Section 14.3
and
Section 13.1
, any amendment that would have a material
adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of
Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of
Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not
less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of
the class affected. If the General Partner determines an
amendment does not satisfy the requirements of
Section 13.1(d)(i)
because it adversely affects one
or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other
classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such
amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely
affected class or classes.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
except for amendments pursuant to
Section 13.1
and
except as otherwise provided by
Section 14.3(b)
, no
amendments shall become effective
A-67
without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the
Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners voting as a single
class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited
liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership
law of the state under whose laws the Partnership is organized.
(e) Except as provided in
Section 13.1
, this
Section 13.3
shall only be amended with the approval of
Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates)
holding at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited
Partners.
Section 13.4
Special
Meetings.
All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this
Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this
Article XIII
. Special meetings of the Limited
Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited
Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the
class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited
Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the
General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the
signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and
indicating the general or specific purposes for which the
special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after
receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such
greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership
to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing
agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a
meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a
meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting
to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through
the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place
determined by the General Partner on a date not less than
10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of
the meeting is given as provided in
Section 16.1
.
Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the
Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the
management and control of the business and affairs of the
Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners
limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other
state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.
Section 13.5
Notice
of a Meeting.
Notice of a meeting called pursuant to
Section 13.4
shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of
Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or
other means of written communication in accordance with
Section 16.1
. The notice shall be deemed to have
been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by
other means of written communication.
Section 13.6
Record
Date.
For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to
give approvals without a meeting as provided in
Section 13.11
the General Partner may set a Record
Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days
before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement
conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of
any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed
or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in
which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of
such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal
securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that
approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which
Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner
to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a
Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the
Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting
of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and
(b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners
entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date
the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in
care of the General Partner in accordance with
Section 13.11
.
Section 13.7
Adjournment.
When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice
need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date
need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced
at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such
adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the
adjourned meeting,
A-68
the Partnership may transact any business that might have been
transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for
more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given in accordance with this
Article XIII
.
Section 13.8
Waiver
of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of
Minutes.
The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however
called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if
it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and
notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy.
Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner
attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and
except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right
to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be
included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if
the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
Section 13.9
Quorum
and Voting.
The holders of a majority, by Percentage Interest, of the
Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a
meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed
owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy
shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Partners of such class
or classes unless any such action by the Partners requires
approval by holders of a greater Percentage Interest, in which
case the quorum shall be such greater Percentage Interest. At
any meeting of the Partners duly called and held in accordance
with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of
Partners holding Partnership Interests that in the aggregate
represent a majority of the Percentage Interest of those present
in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to
constitute the act of all Partners, unless a greater or
different percentage is required with respect to such action
under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of
the Partners holding Partnership Interests that in the aggregate
represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be
required;
provided, however,
that if, as a matter of law
or amendment to this Agreement, approval by plurality vote of
Partners (or any class thereof) is required to approve any
action, no minimum quorum shall be required. The Partners
present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is
present may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Partners to leave less
than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is
approved by Partners holding the required Percentage Interest
specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum any
meeting of Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the
affirmative vote of Partners with at least a majority, by
Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests entitled to
vote at such meeting (including Partnership Interests deemed
owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by
proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as
provided in
Section 13.7
.
Section 13.10
Conduct
of a Meeting.
The General Partner shall have full power and authority
concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited
Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the
determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a
quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of
Section 13.4
, the conduct of voting, the validity
and effect of any proxies and the determination of any
controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or
during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall
designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall
further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting.
All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership
maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make
such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this
Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any
meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in
writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of
proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and
approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other
evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals
in writing.
A-69
Section 13.11
Action
Without a Meeting.
If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be
taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without
a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice, if an
approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed
by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage,
by Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests of the
class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including
Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner), as
the case may be, that would be necessary to authorize or take
such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners
entitled to vote at such meeting were present and voted (unless
such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the
Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities
Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action
without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who
have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify
that any written ballot, if any, submitted to Limited Partners
for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be
returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall
be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner.
If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the
Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be
deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that
were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the
Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on
behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have
no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited
with the Partnership in care of the General Partner and
(b) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General
Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the
action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular
matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed
to be taking part in the management and control of the business
and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited
Partners limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise
permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights,
duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.
Nothing contained in this
Section 13.11
shall be
deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all Limited
Partners in connection with a matter approved by the holders of
the requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent
without a meeting.
Section 13.12
Right
to Vote and Related Matters.
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on
the Record Date set pursuant to
Section 13.6
shall
be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited
Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the
holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to
act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts
that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to
be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such
Outstanding Units.
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Persons
account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust
company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the
foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other
Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such
Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such
Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at
the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and
the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting
without further inquiry. The provisions of this
Section 13.12(b)
(as well as all other provisions of
this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of
Section 4.3
.
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER,
CONSOLIDATION OR CONVERSION
Section 14.1
Authority.
The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or
more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts
or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law
trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership
(whether general or limited (including a limited liability
partnership)) or convert into any such entity, whether such
entity is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any
A-70
other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a
written plan of merger or consolidation (
Merger
Agreement
) in accordance with this
Article XIV
.
Section 14.2
Procedure
for Merger, Consolidation or Conversion.
(a) Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to
this
Article XIV
requires the prior consent of the
General Partner,
provided, however
, that, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty
or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty
or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner
and, in declining to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall
not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other
standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement
contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law,
rule or regulation or at equity.
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to
the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve
the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
(i) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization
of each of the business entities proposing to merge or
consolidate;
(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization
of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or
consolidation (the
Surviving Business
Entity
);
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or
consolidation;
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the
equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or
into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or
obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if
any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business
entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into,
cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations
of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or
limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability
company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the
Surviving Business Entity) that the holders of such interests,
securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon
conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and
(ii) in the case of equity interests represented by
certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which
cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations
of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated business or other entity (other than the
Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be
delivered;
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents
or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or
certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of
trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership,
certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement
or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving
Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the
date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to
Section 14.5
or a later date specified in or
determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement
(
provided
, that if the effective time of the merger is to
be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of
merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time
certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed
merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to
be necessary or appropriate.
Section 14.3
Approval
by Limited Partners.
(a) Except as provided in
Section 14.3(d)
, the
General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement shall
direct that the Merger Agreement and the merger or consolidation
contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of
Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written
consent, in
A-71
either case in accordance with the requirements of
Article XIII
. A copy or a summary of the Merger
Agreement shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a
special meeting or the written consent.
(b) Except as provided in
Section 14.3(d)
and
Section 14.3(e)
, the Merger Agreement shall be
approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the
holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains
any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this
Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act
would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater
percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited
Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent
shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.
(c) Except as provided in
Section 14.3(d)
and
Section 14.3(e)
, after such approval by vote or
consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the
filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to
Section 14.5
, the merger or consolidation may be
abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in
the Merger Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this
Article XIV
or in this Agreement, the General
Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to
convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited
liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member
into, or convey all of the Partnerships assets to, another
limited liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall
have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such
merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the
Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General
Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or
conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of
the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited
Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes (to the extent not already treated as such),
(ii) the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to
effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into
another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing
instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and
the General Partner with substantially the same rights and
obligations as are herein contained.
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained
in this
Article XIV
or in this Agreement, the
General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval,
to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another
entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion
of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be,
would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the
Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or
any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already
treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not
result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any
amendments that could be adopted pursuant to
Section 13.1
, (C) the Partnership is the
Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation,
(D) each Partnership Interest outstanding immediately prior
to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an
identical Partnership Interest of the Partnership after the
effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the
number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership
in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the
Partnership Interests (other than the Incentive Distribution
Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of
such merger or consolidation.
Section 14.4
Amendment
of Partnership Agreement.
Pursuant to
Section 17-211(g)
of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation
approved in accordance with this
Article XIV
may
(a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or
(b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for
the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such
amendment or adoption made pursuant to this
Section 14.4
shall be effective at the effective
time or date of the merger or consolidation.
A-72
Section 14.5
Certificate
of Merger.
Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the
Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall
be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State
of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware
Act.
Section 14.6
Effect
of Merger or Consolidation.
At the effective time of the certificate of merger:
(a) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the
business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all
property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of
those business entities and all other things and causes of
action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be
vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or
consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business
Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business
entity;
(b) the title to any real property vested by deed or
otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall
not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger
or consolidation;
(c) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security
interests in property of any of those constituent business
entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
(d) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent
business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity
and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the
debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted
by it.
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO
ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1
Right
to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more
than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class
then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right,
which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to
the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner,
exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not
less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class
then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner
and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current
Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that
the notice described in
Section 15.1(b)
is mailed
and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or
any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of
such class purchased during the
90-day
period preceding the date that the notice described in
Section 15.1(b)
is mailed.
(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General
Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to
purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to
Section 15.1(a)
, the General Partner shall deliver
to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the
Notice of Election to Purchase
) and
shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of
Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner
Interests of such class or classes (as of a Record Date selected
by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days
prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase
shall also be published for a period of at least three
consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general
circulation printed in the English language and published in the
Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to
Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price
(determined in accordance with
Section 15.1(a)
) at
which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that
the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the
case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests,
upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner
Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by
Certificates in exchange for payment, at such office or offices
of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as
may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which
such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to
trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to
A-73
a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as
reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be
conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether
the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase
Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as
the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in
an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all
of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance
with this
Section 15.1
. If the Notice of Election to
Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least
10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to
the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding
sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited
Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then
from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any
Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all
rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests shall
thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price
(determined in accordance with
Section 15.1(a)
) for
Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon
surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing
such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner
Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner
Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the
General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case
may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the
Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the
General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall
be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests
from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as
the owner of such Limited Partner Interests.
(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by
Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a
holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to
purchase as provided in this
Section 15.1
may
surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner
Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the
amount described in
Section 15.1(a)
, therefor,
without interest thereon.
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Section 16.1
Addresses
and Notices; Written Communications.
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials
required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or
made when delivered in person or when sent by first
class United States mail or by other means of written
communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any
notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner
hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or
made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to
make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been
fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report
to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his
address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as
otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of
any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such
Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall
consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or
proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or
(ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or
proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available
via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or
proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or
made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or
certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in
accordance with the provisions of this
Section 16.1
executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the
mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving
or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice,
payment or report given or made in accordance with the
provisions of this
Section 16.1
is returned marked
to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be
delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of
notices, payments or reports returned by the United States
Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery mail service
outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices,
payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or
made without further mailing (until such time as such Record
Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the
Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if
they are available for the Partner at the principal office of
the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the
giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other
Partners. Any notice
A-74
to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the
General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership
designated pursuant to
Section 2.3
. The General
Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice
or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by
it to be genuine.
(b) The terms in writing, written
communications, written notice and words of
similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by
use of
e-mail
and
other forms of electronic communication.
Section 16.2
Further
Action.
The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all
information and take or refrain from taking action as may be
necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this
Agreement.
Section 16.3
Binding
Effect.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
Section 16.4
Integration.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the
parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining
thereto.
Section 16.5
Creditors.
None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the
benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the
Partnership.
Section 16.6
Waiver.
No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of
any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof
shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other
covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
Section 16.7
Third-Party
Beneficiaries.
Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee shall be
entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a
third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions
of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to
such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be
entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a
third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions
of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to
such Unrestricted Person.
Section 16.8
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which
together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the
parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not
signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party
shall become bound by this Agreement (a) immediately upon
affixing its signature hereto, (b) in the case of the
General Partner and the holders of Limited Partner Interest
outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Initial
Public Offering, immediately upon the closing of the Initial
Public Offering, without the execution hereof, or (c) in
the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest
pursuant to
Section 10.1(b)
, immediately upon the
acquisition of such Limited Partner Interest, without execution
hereof.
Section 16.9
Applicable
Law; Forum; Venue and Jurisdiction.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without
regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
A-75
(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any
beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a
broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or
an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):
(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or
proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to
this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to
interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or
the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of
Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or
restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership),
(B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the
Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary
duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the
Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General
Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting
a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or
(E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs
doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether
such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract,
tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory,
equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct
claims;
(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of
the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection
with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any
such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which
proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding
is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of
such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;
(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a
bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or
proceeding; and
(v) consents to process being served in any such claim,
suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return
receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address
in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services
shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and
notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (v) hereof
shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other
manner permitted by law.
Section 16.10
Invalidity
of Provisions.
If any provision or part of a provision of this Agreement is or
becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions and part thereof contained herein shall not
be affected thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a
provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision
or part reformed so that it would be valid, legal and
enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
Section 16.11
Consent
of Partners.
Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever
in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken
upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the
Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of
less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by
the results of such action.
Section 16.12
Facsimile
Signatures.
The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on
behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on
Certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by
this Agreement.
A-76
Section 16.13
Provisions
Regarding Effective Time.
This Agreement is to become effective upon the closing of the
Initial Public Offering, and accordingly in connection therewith
the parties hereto agree that the following shall apply:
(a) From and after the approval of this Agreement by the
Partners in accordance with the First A/R Partnership Agreement,
this Agreement shall constitute an agreement binding upon and
enforceable by the Partners subject to the application of the
provisions hereof generally being effective upon the closing of
the Initial Public Offering.
(b) The affairs of the Partnership shall continue to be
governed by the terms of the First A/R Partnership Agreement
until the closing of the Initial Public Offering.
(c) If the closing of the Initial Public Offering does not
occur on or before December 31, 2011, this Agreement shall
be null and void and of no force and effect and the First A/R
Partnership Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
ARTICLE XVII
CERTAIN
TRANSACTIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Section 17.1
Non-Pro
Rata Redemption of Common Units.
The General Partner is authorized to use the proceeds from any
exercise by the Underwriters of the Over-Allotment Option in the
Initial Public Offering to redeem from AIM Midstream, but not
from other Partners, that number of Common Units that
corresponds to the number of Common Units issued upon such
exercise at a price per Common Unit equal to the price per
Common Unit received by the Partnership for the Common Units
issued to the Underwriters upon such exercise.
[REMAINDER
OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
A-77
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the General Partner has executed this
Agreement as of the date first written above.
GENERAL PARTNER
AMERICAN MIDSTREAM GP, LLC
Name: Brian Bierbach
[Signature Page Second Amended & Restated
Agreement
of Limited Partnership of American Midstream Partners, LP]
EXHIBIT A
to the Second Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of
American Midstream Partners, LP
Certificate
Evidencing Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests in
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
Certificate
No.
|
Number of
Common
Units:
|
In accordance with
Section 4.1
of the Second Amended
and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of American
Midstream Partners, LP, as amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time (the
Partnership
Agreement
), American Midstream Partners, LP, a
Delaware limited partnership (the
Partnership
), hereby certifies
that
(the
Holder
) is the registered owner
of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the
Partnership (the
Common Units
)
transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by
duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate
properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of
the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the
Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all
respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the
Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are
on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of
written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of
the Partnership located at 1614 15th Street,
Suite 300, Denver, CO 80202. Capitalized terms used herein
but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the
Partnership Agreement.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF
AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE
SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH
TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN-APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR
STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION
OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR
QUALIFICATION OF AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP UNDER THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR (C) CAUSE AMERICAN MIDSTREAM
PARTNERS, LP TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A
CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL
INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR
TAXED). AMERICAN MIDSTREAM GP, LLC OR ITS SUCCESSOR, THE GENERAL
PARTNER OF AMERICAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, LP, MAY IMPOSE
ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT
RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE
NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF AMERICAN MIDSTREAM
PARTNERS, LP BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE
BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES.
THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE
SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED
INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.
The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, (i) shall become
bound by the terms of the Partnership Agreement,
(ii) represents and warrants that the Holder has all right,
power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity
necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement and
(iii) makes the waivers and gives the consents and
approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.
A-A-1
This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it
has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and
Registrar.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
Countersigned and Registered by:
|
|
By:
|
|
American Midstream GP, LLC, its General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Transfer Agent and Registrar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signature
|
|
|
|
Secretary
|
A-A-2
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the
face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows
according to applicable laws or regulations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TEN COM
|
|
as tenants in common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
|
|
|
TEN ENT
|
|
as tenants by the entireties
|
|
|
|
Custodian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Cust)
|
|
|
|
(Minor)
|
|
|
JT TEN
|
|
as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants
in common
|
|
under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)
|
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also
be used.
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED,
hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please print or typewrite name and
address of assignee)
|
|
(Please insert Social Security or
other identifying number of assignee)
|
Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by
this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint as
its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer
the same on the books of American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must
correspond with the name as written upon the face of this
Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement
or change.
|
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR
INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS
AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C.
RULE 17Ad-15
|
|
(Signature)
(Signature)
|
No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be
registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the
Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is
surrendered for registration or transfer and an Application for
Transfer of Common Units has been properly completed and
executed by a transferee either (a) on the form set forth
below or (b) on a separate application that the Partnership
will furnish on request without charge. A transferor of the
Common Units shall have no duty to the transferee with respect
to execution of the Application for Transfer of Common Units in
order for such transferee to obtain registration of the transfer
of the Common Units.
A-A-3
APPENDIX B
Glossary
of Terms
Bbl:
One stock tank barrel, or 42
U.S. gallons liquid volume, used in reference to oil or
other liquid hydrocarbons.
Bcf/d:
One billion cubic feet per day.
condensate:
A natural gas liquid with a
low vapor pressure, mainly composed of propane, butane, pentane
and heavier hydrocarbon fractions.
dry gas:
A gas primarily composed of
methane and ethane where heavy hydrocarbons and water either do
not exist or have been removed through processing.
end-use markets:
The ultimate users and
consumers of transported energy products.
FERC:
Federal Energy Regulatory
Commission.
gal:
One gallon.
gal/d:
One gallon per day.
Mcf:
One thousand cubic feet.
Mgal/d:
One thousand gallons per day.
MMBbl/d:
One million stock tank barrels
per day.
MMBtu:
One million British Thermal
Units.
MMBtu/d:
One million British Thermal
Units per day.
MMcf:
One million cubic feet.
MMcf/d:
One
million cubic feet per day.
NGA:
Natural Gas Act of 1938.
NGLs:
Natural gas liquids. The
combination of ethane, propane, normal butane, iso-butane and
natural gasolines that when removed from natural gas become
liquid under various levels of higher pressure and lower
temperature.
NYMEX:
New York Mercantile Exchange.
OPIS:
Oil Price Information Service.
play:
A proven geological formation
that contains commercial amounts of hydrocarbons.
receipt point:
The point where
production is received by or into a gathering system or
transportation pipeline.
residue gas:
The natural gas remaining
after being processed or treated.
tailgate:
Refers to the point at which
processed natural gas and natural gas liquids leave a processing
facility for end-use markets.
Tcf:
One trillion cubic feet.
throughput:
The volume of natural gas
transported or passing through a pipeline, plant, terminal or
other facility during a particular period.
wellhead:
The equipment at the surface
of a well used to control the wells pressure; also, the
point at which the hydrocarbons and water exit the ground.
WTI:
West Texas Intermediate, a type of
crude oil commonly used as a price benchmark.
B-1
3,750,000 Common
Units
American Midstream Partners,
LP
Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
,
2011
BofA Merrill Lynch
Barclays Capital
Wells Fargo Securities
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common units,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION
NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other
Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
|
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts, commissions and structuring fees) expected to be
incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the
securities registered hereby. With the exception of the SEC
registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee,
the amounts set forth below are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
8,708
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
NYSE listing fee
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
900,000
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
348,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
American
Midstream Partners, LP
Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in
the partnership agreement,
Section 17-108
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers
a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless
any partner or other person from and against any and all claims
and demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled
The Partnership Agreement
Indemnification discloses that we will generally indemnify
officers, directors and affiliates of our general partner to the
fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims,
damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by
reference.
The underwriting agreement to be entered into in connection with
the sale of the securities offered pursuant to this registration
statement, the form of which will be filed as an exhibit to this
registration statement, provides for indemnification of American
Midstream Partners, LP and our general partner, their officers
and directors, and any person who controls our general partner,
including indemnification for liabilities under the Securities
Act.
American
Midstream GP, LLC
Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in
the limited liability company agreement,
Section 18-108
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a
Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold
harmless any member or manager or other person from and against
any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
Under the limited liability agreement of our general partner, in
most circumstances, our general partner will indemnify the
following persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from
and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities
(joint or several), expenses (including legal fees and
expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or
other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions,
suits or proceedings (whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative):
|
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner
(other than us and our subsidiaries);
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was a member, partner, officer, director,
employee, agent or trustee of our general partner or any
affiliate of our general partner;
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was serving at the request of our general
partner or any affiliate of our general partner as an officer,
director, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee
of another person; and
|
|
|
|
any person designated by our general partner.
|
Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its
officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses
incurred in connection with their activities as officers and
directors of our general partner or any of its direct or
indirect subsidiaries.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities.
|
On November 4, 2009, in connection with our formation, we
issued (i) 200,000 general partner units representing a
2.0% general partner interest in us and all of our incentive
distribution rights to our general partner in exchange for
$2.0 million and (ii) 9,800,000 common units
representing a 98.0% limited partner interest in us to AIM
Midstream Holdings in exchange for $98.0 million. These
transactions were exempt from registration under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as they did not involve
a public offering.
On September 27, 2010, we issued (i) 10,000 general
partner units to our general partner in exchange for $100,000
and (ii) 490,000 common units to AIM Midstream Holdings in
exchange for $4.9 million. These transactions were exempt
from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
as they did not involve a public offering.
On November 3, 2010, we issued (i) 14,000 general
partner units to our general partner in exchange for $140,000
and (ii) 686,000 common units to AIM Midstream Holdings in
exchange for $6.9 million. These transactions were exempt
from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
as they did not involve a public offering.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits
and Financial Schedules.
|
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this
registration statement:
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Midstream
Partners, LP
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
Partnership of American Midstream Partners, LP (Included as
Appendix A to the Prospectus)
|
|
3
|
.4**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of American Midstream GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5**
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of
American Midstream GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP as to the legality of the
securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Form of opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP relating to tax matters
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Revolving and Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 5, 2009, by and among American Midstream, LLC, as
the initial borrower, Comerica Bank, as the administrative
agent, BBVA Compass Bank, as the documentation agent and
Comerica Bank and BBVA Compass Bank as co-lead arrangers.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
First Amendment to Revolving and Term Loan Credit Agreement,
dated effective as of October 5, 2009, among American
Midstream, LLC, American Midstream Marketing, LLC, American
Midstream (Alabama Gathering), LLC, American Midstream (Alabama
Intrastate), LLC, American Midstream (Alatenn), LLC, American
Midstream (Midla), LLC, American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC,
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC, American Midstream
Onshore Pipelines, LLC, Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC,
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC, American
Midstream (Sigco Intrastate), LLC and American Midstream
Offshore (Seacrest) LP, as borrowers, the Lenders named therein,
and Comerica Bank, as administrative agent.
|
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Second Amendment and Waiver to Revolving and Term Loan Credit
Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, among American Midstream,
LLC, American Midstream Marketing, LLC, American Midstream
(Alabama Gathering), LLC, American Midstream (Alabama
Intrastate), LLC, American Midstream (Alatenn), LLC, American
Midstream (Midla), LLC American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC,
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC, American Midstream
Onshore Pipelines, LLC, Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC,
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC, American
Midstream (Sigco Intrastate), LLC And American Midstream
Offshore (Seacrest) LP, the Lenders named therein), and Comerica
Bank, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and Brian Bierbach.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and Marty W. Patterson.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and John J. Connor II.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated American Midstream GP, LLC Long-Term
Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Phantom Unit Grant under American Midstream GP, LLC
Long-Term Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Membership Interests Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of
October 2, 2009, by and between Enbridge Midcoast Energy,
L.P. and American Midstream, LLC.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Firm Gas Gathering Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008,
by and between American Midstream Offshore (Seacrest) LP, and
Contango Resources Company.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated December 10, 2009, between American
Midstream Offshore (Seacrest) LP and Contango Operators, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Base Contract for Sale and Purchase of Natural Gas, dated
June 1, 2010, between ExxonMobil Gas & Power
Marketing Company and Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated July 14, 2010, by and
between American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC and Venture
Oil & Gas, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Gas Transportation Contract, dated as of November 1, 1997,
by and between Midcoast Interstate Transmission, Inc. and the
City of Decatur Utilities.
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Gas Transportation Contract, dated
November 1, 2003, by and between Enbridge Pipeline
(Alatenn), Inc. and The City of Decatur, Alabama.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and Transportation Agreement,
dated effective as of June 28, 2000, by and between Bamagas
Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
First Amendment to Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and
Transportation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, by
and between Bamagas Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and Transportation Agreement,
dated effective as of June 28, 2000, by and between Bamagas
Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
First Amendment to Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and
Transportation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, by
and between Bamagas Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, by and between Enbridge
Pipelines (AlaTenn), L.L.C. and City of Huntsville.
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Service Agreement, dated September 1, 2008, by and between
Enbridge Pipelines (Midla) L.L.C. and Enbridge Marketing (US),
LP.
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Service Agreement, dated September 1, 2008, by and between
Enbridge Pipelines (Midla) L.L.C. and Enbridge Marketing (US),
LP.
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, by and
between American Midstream, LLC and Enterprise Gas Processing,
LLC.
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated November 1, 2010, by and
between American Midstream, LLC and Enterprise Gas Processing.
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and
between American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC and
Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC.
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 8, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and Sandra M. Flower.
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and William B. Mathews.
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Form of Amendment of Grant of Phantom Units under the American
Midstream Partners, LP Long-Term Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.29*
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement.
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of American Midstream Partners, LP.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Form of consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (contained in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Form of consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (contained in
Exhibit 8.1).
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
**
|
|
Previously filed.
|
|
|
|
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) That, for the purpose of determining liability under
the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus
filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration
statement relating to an offering, other than registration
statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses
filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part
of and included in the registration statement as of the date it
is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no
statement made in a registration statement or
II-4
prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in
a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into
the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of
contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify
any statement that was made in the registration statement or
prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made
in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in
the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned
registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities
of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration
statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell
the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered
or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common
unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of
any transactions with American Midstream GP, our general
partner, or its affiliates, and of fees, commissions,
compensation and other benefits paid, or accrued to American
Midstream GP or its affiliates for the fiscal year completed,
showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient and the
services performed.
The undersigned registrant undertakes to provide to the common
unitholders the financial statements required by
Form 10-K
for the first full fiscal year of operations of the company.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the to the requirements of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston,
State of Texas, on June 9, 2011.
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
|
|
By:
|
American
Midstream GP, LLC
its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Brian
F. Bierbach
|
Name: Brian F. Bierbach
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Executive Officer and President
|
II-6
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Brian
F. Bierbach
Brian
F. Bierbach
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive
Officer) and Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Sandra
M. Flower
|
|
Vice President of Finance
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Robert
B. Hellman
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Matthew
P. Carbone
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Edward
O. Diffendal
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
L.
Kent Moore
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
David
L. Page
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Gerald
A. Tywoniuk
|
|
Director
|
|
June 9, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/
Brian
F. Bierbach
Brian
F. Bierbach
Attorney-in-Fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Midstream
Partners, LP
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of
American Midstream Partners, LP
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
Partnership of American Midstream Partners, LP (Included as
Appendix A to the Prospectus)
|
|
3
|
.4**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of American Midstream GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5**
|
|
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of
American Midstream GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1
|
|
Form of opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP as to the legality of the
securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1
|
|
Form of opinion of Andrews Kurth LLP relating to tax matters
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Revolving and Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of
October 5, 2009, by and among American Midstream, LLC, as
the initial borrower, Comerica Bank, as the administrative
agent, BBVA Compass Bank, as the documentation agent and
Comerica Bank and BBVA Compass Bank as co-lead arrangers.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
First Amendment to Revolving and Term Loan Credit Agreement,
dated effective as of October 5, 2009, among American
Midstream, LLC, American Midstream Marketing, LLC, American
Midstream (Alabama Gathering), LLC, American Midstream (Alabama
Intrastate), LLC, American Midstream (Alatenn), LLC, American
Midstream (Midla), LLC, American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC,
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC, American Midstream
Onshore Pipelines, LLC, Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC,
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC, American
Midstream (Sigco Intrastate), LLC and American Midstream
Offshore (Seacrest) LP, as borrowers, the Lenders named therein,
and Comerica Bank, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Second Amendment and Waiver to Revolving and Term Loan Credit
Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, among American Midstream,
LLC, American Midstream Marketing, LLC, American Midstream
(Alabama Gathering), LLC, American Midstream (Alabama
Intrastate), LLC, American Midstream (Alatenn), LLC, American
Midstream (Midla), LLC American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC,
American Midstream (Tennessee River), LLC, American Midstream
Onshore Pipelines, LLC, Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC,
American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC, American
Midstream (Sigco Intrastate), LLC And American Midstream
Offshore (Seacrest) LP, the Lenders named therein), and Comerica
Bank, as administrative agent.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 9, by and between American
Midstream GP, LLC and Brian Bierbach.
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 9, by and between American
Midstream GP, LLC and Marty W. Patterson.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 9, by and between American
Midstream GP, LLC and John J. Connor II.
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Amended and Restated American Midstream GP, LLC Long-Term
Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Form of Phantom Unit Grant under American Midstream GP, LLC
Long-Term Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Membership Interests Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of
October 2, 2009, by and between Enbridge Midcoast Energy,
L.P. and American Midstream, LLC.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Firm Gas Gathering Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008,
by and between American Midstream Offshore (Seacrest) LP, and
Contango Resources Company.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Letter Agreement, dated December 10, 2009, between American
Midstream Offshore (Seacrest) LP and Contango Operators, Inc.
|
|
10
|
.12**
|
|
Base Contract for Sale and Purchase of Natural Gas, dated
June 1, 2010, between ExxonMobil Gas & Power
Marketing Company and Mid Louisiana Gas Transmission, LLC
|
|
10
|
.13**
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated July 14, 2010, by and
between American Midstream (Mississippi), LLC and Venture
Oil & Gas, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Gas Transportation Contract, dated as of November 1, 1997,
by and between Midcoast Interstate Transmission, Inc. and the
City of Decatur Utilities.
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Gas Transportation Contract, dated
November 1, 2003, by and between Enbridge Pipeline
(Alatenn), Inc. and The City of Decatur, Alabama.
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and Transportation Agreement,
dated effective as of June 28, 2000, by and between Bamagas
Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
First Amendment to Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and
Transportation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, by
and between Bamagas Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and Transportation Agreement,
dated effective as of June 28, 2000, by and between Bamagas
Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
First Amendment to Natural Gas Pipeline Construction and
Transportation Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2001, by
and between Bamagas Company and Calpine Energy Services, L.P.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, by and between Enbridge
Pipelines (AlaTenn), L.L.C. and City of Huntsville.
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Service Agreement, dated September 1, 2008, by and between
Enbridge Pipelines (Midla) L.L.C. and Enbridge Marketing (US),
LP.
|
|
10
|
.22
|
|
Service Agreement, dated September 1, 2008, by and between
Enbridge Pipelines (Midla) L.L.C. and Enbridge Marketing (US),
LP.
|
|
10
|
.23
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, by and
between American Midstream, LLC and Enterprise Gas Processing,
LLC.
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated November 1, 2010, by and
between American Midstream, LLC and Enterprise Gas Processing.
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Gas Processing Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and
between American Midstream (Louisiana Intrastate), LLC and
Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC.
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 8, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and Sandra M. Flower.
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2011, by and between
American Midstream GP, LLC and William B. Mathews.
|
|
10
|
.28
|
|
Form of Amendment of Grant of Phantom Units under the American
Midstream Partners LP Long-Term Incentive Plan.
|
|
10
|
.29*
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement.
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of American Midstream Partners, LP.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
|
23
|
.3
|
|
Form of consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (contained in
Exhibit 5.1).
|
|
23
|
.4
|
|
Form of consent of Andrews Kurth LLP (contained in
Exhibit 8.1).
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this
Registration Statement).
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
**
|
|
Previously filed.
|
|
|
|
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential
treatment request. Omitted information has been filed separately
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION
Revolving and Term Loan Credit Agreement
Dated as of October 5, 2009
American Midstream, LLC,
As the initial Borrower,
Comerica Bank,
As the Administrative Agent,
BBVA Compass Bank,
As the Documentation Agent,
And
Comerica Bank and BBVA Compass Bank,
As Co-Lead Arrangers
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
1. DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.1 Certain Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. REVOLVING CREDIT
|
|
|
29
|
|
2.1 Commitment
|
|
|
29
|
|
2.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness
|
|
|
30
|
|
2.3 Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances
|
|
|
31
|
|
2.4 Disbursement of Advances
|
|
|
32
|
|
2.5 Swing Line
|
|
|
34
|
|
2.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest
|
|
|
39
|
|
2.7 Optional Prepayments
|
|
|
40
|
|
2.8 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default
|
|
|
41
|
|
2.9 Revolving Credit Facility Fee
|
|
|
41
|
|
2.10 Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances
|
|
|
42
|
|
2.11 Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
|
|
|
43
|
|
2.12 Use of Proceeds of Advances
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT
|
|
|
44
|
|
3.1 Letters of Credit
|
|
|
44
|
|
3.2 Conditions to Issuance
|
|
|
45
|
|
3.3 Notice
|
|
|
46
|
|
3.4 Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs
|
|
|
46
|
|
3.5 Other Fees
|
|
|
47
|
|
3.6 Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit
|
|
|
48
|
|
3.7 Obligations Irrevocable
|
|
|
50
|
|
3.8 Risk Under Letters of Credit
|
|
|
51
|
|
3.9 Indemnification
|
|
|
52
|
|
3.10 Right of Reimbursement
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. TERM LOAN
|
|
|
53
|
|
4.1 Term Loan
|
|
|
53
|
|
4.2 Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness
|
|
|
54
|
|
4.3 Repayment of Principal
|
|
|
54
|
|
4.4 Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term Loan
|
|
|
55
|
|
4.5 Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default
|
|
|
56
|
|
4.6 Interest Payments; Default Interest
|
|
|
56
|
|
4.7 Optional Prepayment of the Term Loan
|
|
|
57
|
|
4.8 Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan
|
|
|
58
|
|
4.9 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
59
|
|
4.10 Term Loan Facility Fee
|
|
|
59
|
|
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
5. CONDITIONS
|
|
|
59
|
|
5.1 Conditions of Initial Advances
|
|
|
60
|
|
5.2 Continuing Conditions
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
64
|
|
6.1 Organizational Authority
|
|
|
65
|
|
6.2 Due Authorization
|
|
|
65
|
|
6.3 Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens
|
|
|
65
|
|
6.4 Taxes
|
|
|
67
|
|
6.5 No Defaults
|
|
|
67
|
|
6.6 Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents
|
|
|
67
|
|
6.7 Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
68
|
|
6.8 Non-contravention
|
|
|
68
|
|
6.9 Litigation
|
|
|
68
|
|
6.10 Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.
|
|
|
68
|
|
6.11 Agreements Affecting Financial Condition
|
|
|
69
|
|
6.12 No Investment Company or Margin Stock
|
|
|
69
|
|
6.13 ERISA
|
|
|
69
|
|
6.14 Conditions Affecting Business or Properties
|
|
|
70
|
|
6.15 Environmental and Safety Matters
|
|
|
70
|
|
6.16 Subsidiaries
|
|
|
70
|
|
6.17 Management Agreements
|
|
|
70
|
|
6.18 Material Contracts
|
|
|
70
|
|
6.19 Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Trade Names, Etc.
|
|
|
71
|
|
6.20 Capital Structure
|
|
|
71
|
|
6.21 Accuracy of Information
|
|
|
71
|
|
6.22 Solvency
|
|
|
71
|
|
6.23 Employee Matters
|
|
|
72
|
|
6.24 No Misrepresentation
|
|
|
72
|
|
6.25 Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence
|
|
|
72
|
|
6.26 Acquisition Documents
|
|
|
72
|
|
6.27 State and Federal Regulation
|
|
|
73
|
|
6.28 Supplemental Schedules
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
74
|
|
7.1 Financial Statements
|
|
|
74
|
|
7.2 Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
75
|
|
7.3 Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
76
|
|
7.4 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
76
|
|
7.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance
|
|
|
77
|
|
7.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions
|
|
|
77
|
|
7.7 Notices
|
|
|
78
|
|
7.8 Hazardous Material Laws
|
|
|
79
|
|
7.9 Financial Covenants
|
|
|
80
|
|
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
7.10 Governmental and Other Approvals
|
|
|
80
|
|
7.11 Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices
|
|
|
80
|
|
7.12 Defense of Collateral
|
|
|
81
|
|
7.13 Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral
|
|
|
81
|
|
7.14 Accounts
|
|
|
82
|
|
7.15 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
83
|
|
7.16 Hedging Transaction
|
|
|
83
|
|
7.17 Further Assurances and Information
|
|
|
83
|
|
7.18 Notices Relating to Acquisition
|
|
|
83
|
|
7.19 Required Life Insurance
|
|
|
84
|
|
7.20 Enforcement of Material Contracts
|
|
|
84
|
|
7.21 Projections
|
|
|
84
|
|
7.22 Bamagas
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
84
|
|
8.1 Limitation on Debt
|
|
|
84
|
|
8.2 Limitation on Liens
|
|
|
85
|
|
8.3 Acquisitions
|
|
|
87
|
|
8.4 Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets
|
|
|
87
|
|
8.5 Restricted Payments
|
|
|
88
|
|
8.6 Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances
|
|
|
88
|
|
8.7 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.8 Sale-Leaseback Transactions
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.9 Limitations on Other Restrictions
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.10 Reserved
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.11 Reserved
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.12 Modification of Certain Agreements
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.13 Management Fees
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.14 Fiscal Year
|
|
|
90
|
|
8.15 Acquisition Documents
|
|
|
91
|
|
8.16 State and FERC Regulatory Authority
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. DEFAULTS
|
|
|
91
|
|
9.1 Events of Default
|
|
|
91
|
|
9.2 Exercise of Remedies
|
|
|
93
|
|
9.3 Rights Cumulative
|
|
|
94
|
|
9.4 Waiver by the Borrowers of Certain Laws
|
|
|
94
|
|
9.5 Waiver of Defaults
|
|
|
94
|
|
9.6 Set Off
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS
|
|
|
95
|
|
10.1 Payment Procedure
|
|
|
95
|
|
10.2 Application of Proceeds of Collateral
|
|
|
96
|
|
10.3 Pro-rata Recovery
|
|
|
97
|
|
-iii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
10.4 Treatment of a Defaulting Lender
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS
|
|
|
98
|
|
11.1 Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs
|
|
|
98
|
|
11.2 Eurodollar Lending Office
|
|
|
99
|
|
11.3 Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability
|
|
|
99
|
|
11.4 Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability
|
|
|
100
|
|
11.5 Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate
|
|
|
100
|
|
11.6 Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs
|
|
|
101
|
|
11.7 Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates
|
|
|
102
|
|
11.8 Margin Adjustment
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. THE AGENT
|
|
|
103
|
|
12.1 Appointment of the Administrative Agent
|
|
|
103
|
|
12.2 Deposit Account with the Administrative Agent or any Lender
|
|
|
103
|
|
12.3 Scope of the Administrative Agents Duties
|
|
|
104
|
|
12.4 Successor Agent
|
|
|
104
|
|
12.5 Credit Decisions
|
|
|
105
|
|
12.6 Authority of the Administrative Agent to Enforce This Agreement
|
|
|
105
|
|
12.7 Indemnification of the Administrative Agent
|
|
|
105
|
|
12.8 Knowledge of Default
|
|
|
106
|
|
12.9 The Administrative Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders
|
|
|
106
|
|
12.10 Enforcement Actions by the Administrative Agent
|
|
|
107
|
|
12.11 Collateral Matters
|
|
|
107
|
|
12.12 The Administrative Agents in their Individual Capacities
|
|
|
108
|
|
12.13 The Administrative Agents Fees
|
|
|
108
|
|
12.14 Documentation Administrative Agent or other Titles
|
|
|
108
|
|
12.15 No Reliance on the Administrative Agents Customer Identification Program
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
109
|
|
13.1 Accounting Principles
|
|
|
109
|
|
13.2 Consent to Jurisdiction
|
|
|
109
|
|
13.3 GOVERNING LAW
|
|
|
110
|
|
13.4 Interest
|
|
|
110
|
|
13.5 Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification
|
|
|
110
|
|
13.6 Notices
|
|
|
112
|
|
13.7 Reserved
|
|
|
113
|
|
13.8 Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments
|
|
|
113
|
|
13.9 Counterparts
|
|
|
116
|
|
13.10 Amendment and Waiver
|
|
|
116
|
|
13.11 Confidentiality
|
|
|
118
|
|
13.12 Substitution or Removal of Lenders
|
|
|
118
|
|
13.13 Withholding Taxes
|
|
|
120
|
|
13.14 Taxes and Fees
|
|
|
121
|
|
-iv-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
13.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
|
|
|
121
|
|
13.16 USA Patriot Act Notice
|
|
|
122
|
|
13.17 Complete Agreement; Conflicts
|
|
|
122
|
|
13.18 Severability
|
|
|
122
|
|
13.19 Table of Contents and Headings; Section References
|
|
|
122
|
|
13.20 Construction of Certain Provisions
|
|
|
123
|
|
13.21 Independence of Covenants
|
|
|
123
|
|
13.22 Electronic Transmissions
|
|
|
123
|
|
13.23 Advertisements
|
|
|
123
|
|
13.24 Reliance on and Survival of Provisions
|
|
|
123
|
|
13.25 Joint and Several Liability
|
|
|
124
|
|
13.26 Administrative Borrower as Agent for the Borrowers
|
|
|
126
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
A
|
|
Form of Request for Revolving Credit Advance
|
B
|
|
Form of Revolving Credit Note
|
C
|
|
Form of Swing Line Note
|
D
|
|
Form of Request for Swing Line Advance
|
E
|
|
Form of Notice of Letters of Credit
|
F
|
|
Form of Security Agreement
|
G
|
|
Form of Assignment Agreement
|
H
|
|
Form of Guaranty
|
I
|
|
Form of Covenant Compliance Report
|
J
|
|
Form of Term Loan Note
|
K
|
|
Form of Term Loan Rate Request
|
L
|
|
Form of Swing Line Participation Certificate
|
M
|
|
Form of Joinder to Credit Agreement
|
Schedules
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Pricing Matrix
|
1.2
|
|
Revolving Credit Percentages and Allocations
|
5.1(c)(i)(D)
|
|
Related Documentation
|
5.1(c)(iii)
|
|
Effective Financing Statements
|
6.3(b)
|
|
Pipeline Systems and other Real Property
|
6.4
|
|
Taxes
|
6.7
|
|
Compliance with Laws
|
6.9
|
|
Litigation
|
6.10
|
|
Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.
|
6.13
|
|
Pension Plans
|
6.15
|
|
Environmental and Safety Matters
|
6.16
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
-v-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
6.17
|
|
Management and Employment Agreements
|
|
|
6.18
|
|
Material Contracts
|
|
|
6.19
|
|
Trade Names
|
|
|
6.20
|
|
Equity Interests
|
|
|
6.23
|
|
Union Agreements
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Compliance Information
|
|
|
6.27(a)
|
|
Interstate Pipeline Complaints, Investigations and Proceedings
|
|
|
6.27(b)
|
|
Intrastate Pipeline Complaints, Investigations and Proceedings
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Liens
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
Investments, Loans and Advances
|
|
|
8.7
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
-vi-
REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
This Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (
Agreement
) is made as of the
5
th
day of October, 2009, by and among the financial institutions from time to time
signatory hereto (individually a
Lender
, and any and all such financial institutions
collectively the
Lenders
), Comerica Bank, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in
such capacity, the
Administrative Agent
), Co-Lead Arranger and Syndication Administrative
Agent and Compass Bank, as Documentation Agent and Co-Lead Arranger, and American Midstream, LLC
(together with any and all other Persons executing a Joinder, collectively the
Borrowers
and each, individually, a
Borrower
).
RECITALS
A. The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders extend to them credit and letters of
credit on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
B. The Lenders are prepared to extend such credit as aforesaid, but only on the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, the Borrowers, the Lenders,
and the Administrative Agent agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS.
1.1
Certain Defined Terms
. For the purposes of this Agreement the following
terms will have the following meanings:
Account(s)
means any account or account receivable as defined under the UCC,
including without limitation, with respect to any Person, any right of such Person to payment for
goods sold or leased or for services rendered.
Account Control Agreement(s)
means those certain account control agreements, or
similar agreements that are delivered pursuant to
Section 7.14
of this Agreement or
otherwise, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Acquisition
means the acquisition of certain Pipeline Systems, other Real Property
and other properties pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Documents.
Acquisition Documents
means (a) the Purchase and Sale Agreement and (b) all bills of
sale, assignments, agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection
therewith, as amended.
Acquisition Properties
means the Equity Interests, the Pipeline Systems, other Real
Property and other properties acquired by the Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.
-1-
Advance(s)
means, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by the
Administrative Borrower, and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under
Section 2.1
hereof,
the Term Loan Lenders under
Section 4.1
hereof or the Swing Line Lender under
Section
2.5
hereof, including without limitation any re-advance, refunding or conversion of such
borrowing pursuant to
Section 2.3
,
2.5
or
4.4
hereof, and any advance
deemed to have been made in respect of a Letter of Credit under
Section 3.6(c)
hereof, and
shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Base Rate Advance and a Quoted Rate
Advance.
Administrative Agent
has the meaning set forth in the preamble, and include any
successor agents appointed in accordance with
Section 12.4
hereof.
Administrative Agents Correspondent
means for Eurodollar-based Advances, the
Administrative Agents Grand Cayman Branch (or for the account of said branch office, at the
Administrative Agents main office in Detroit, Michigan
,
United States).
Administrative Borrower
means American Midstream, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, acting in its capacity as borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for the Borrowers pursuant
to
Section 13.26
hereof.
Advisory Services Agreement
means that certain Advisory Services Agreement dated
October 2, 2009, by and between the Administrative Borrower, American Infrastructure MLP
Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, American Infrastructure MLP PE
Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and American Infrastructure MLP
Associates Management, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company.
Affected Lender
has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.12
hereof.
Affiliate
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled
by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to
control another Person for the purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or
indirectly, the power (i) to vote 50% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors or managers of such other Person or (ii) to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term
Affiliate
does not include the
holders of Equity Interests in the Ultimate Parent.
Applicable Fee Percentage
means, as of any date of determination thereof, the
applicable percentage used to calculate certain of the fees due and payable hereunder, determined
by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as
Schedule 1.1
.
Applicable Insolvency Laws
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section
13.25(g)
hereof.
Applicable Interest Rate
means, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Advance
and Term Loan Advance, the Eurodollar-based Rate or the Base Rate, and (ii) with respect to each
Swing Line Advance, the Base Rate or, if made available to the Borrowers by the Swing Line
-2-
Lender at its option, the Quoted Rate, in each case as selected by the Administrative Borrower
from time to time subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
Applicable Margin
means, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable
interest rate margin, determined by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix
attached to this Agreement as
Schedule 1.1
, such Applicable Margin to be adjusted solely as
specified in
Section 11.8
hereof.
Asset Sale
means the sale, transfer or other disposition by any Credit Party of any
asset (other than the sale or transfer of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity
Interests of any Subsidiary) to any Person (other than to a Borrower or a Guarantor), and other
than the Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions.
Assignment Agreement
means an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit G
hereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Authorized Signer
means each person who has been authorized by the Administrative
Borrower to execute and deliver any requests for Advances hereunder pursuant to a written
authorization delivered to the Administrative Agent and whose signature card or incumbency
certificate has been received by the Administrative Agent.
Bamagas
means Enbridge Pipelines (Bamagas Intrastate) L.L.C., a Delaware limited
liability company.
Bankruptcy Code
means Title 11 of the United States Code and the rules promulgated
thereunder.
Base Rate
means for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the Applicable
Margin plus the greater of (i) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate and (ii) the Prime-based Rate (being
that rate of interest which is equal to the greater of (A) the Prime Rate and (B) an interest rate
per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent
(1.0%)).
Base Rate Advance
means an Advance which bears interest at the Base Rate.
Borrower
and
Borrowers
have the meanings set forth in the preamble to this
Agreement.
Business Day
means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which commercial
banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in
Detroit, Michigan and New York, New York, and in the case of a Business Day which relates to a
Eurodollar-based Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank Eurodollar
market.
Capitalized Lease
means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property
(whether real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental
obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be
capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.
-3-
Change of Control
means an event or series of events whereby (i) the Ultimate Parent
shall cease to control, directly or indirectly, more than 60% on a fully diluted basis of the
aggregate issued and outstanding voting stock (or comparable voting interests) of the Borrowers,
(ii) the Administrative Borrower shall cease to control, directly or indirectly, more than 100% on
a fully diluted basis of the aggregate issued and outstanding voting stock (or comparable voting
interests) of the each other Borrower, or (iii) the Ultimate Parent shall fail to be able, either
jointly or severally, to elect a controlling majority of the Board of Managers of the general
partner of the sole member of the Administrative Borrower.
CIP Regulations
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 12.15
hereof.
Closing Date
means the date of the execution of this Agreement by the Lenders, the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower.
Collateral
means all property, Equity Interests and rights in which a security
interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Lenders is or has been granted
or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or
otherwise to secure the Indebtedness.
Collateral Assignment
means an assignment in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and approved by the applicable insurance company, pursuant to which one or
more of the Borrowers assigns to the Administrative Agent, for the pro rata benefit of the Lenders,
its interest in the key man life insurance policy obtained pursuant to
Section 7.19
hereof.
Collateral Documents
means the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements, the
Mortgages, the Account Control Agreements, the Collateral Assignment and all other security
documents (and any joinders thereto) executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Administrative
Agent on or after the Effective Date, in connection with any of the foregoing collateral documents,
in each case, as such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.
Comerica Bank
means Comerica Bank and its successors or assigns.
Consent
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 5.1(a)
hereof.
Consolidated
(or
consolidated
) or
Consolidating
(or
consolidating
) means, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement,
the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons
determined on a consolidated (or consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP, applied on a
consistent basis. Unless otherwise specified herein,
Consolidated
and
Consolidating
shall refer to the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined
on a Consolidated or Consolidating basis.
Consolidated Amortization Expense
means, for any Test Period, the amortization
expense of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
-4-
Consolidated Depreciation Expense
means, for any Test Period, the depreciation
expense of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA
means, for any Test Period, Consolidated Net Income for such
Test Period, adjusted by (x)
adding thereto
, in each case only to the extent (and in the same
proportion) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income:
(a) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period,
(b) Consolidated Tax Expense for such Test Period,
(c) Consolidated Depreciation Expense for such Test Period,
(d) Consolidated Amortization Expense for such Test Period,
(e) (i) expenses related to any initial public offering with respect to the Parent and
other extraordinary expenses, (ii) audit expenses for the Fiscal Years ended December 31, 2007, and
December 31, 2008, and any costs associated with the opening balance sheet valuation of the
Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (iii) Fees, (iv) transaction-related expenses with
respect to the Credit Agreement and the Acquisition and (v) the premium paid for the first year of
insurance for environmental liability being purchased on or about the Effective Date,
(f) subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion,
the aggregate amount of all other non-cash charges and other expenses (determined in accordance
with GAAP) reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any non-cash charge that results in an
accrual of a reserve for cash charges in any future period) for such Test Period, and
(y) subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion,
subtracting
therefrom
the aggregate amount of all non-cash items and other income (determined in accordance
with GAAP) increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than the accrual of revenue or recording of
receivables in the ordinary course of business) for such Test Period.
Consolidated Interest Expense
means, for any Test Period, the total consolidated
interest expense of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period net of
gross interest income of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case determined
on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
plus
(without duplication) to the extent not
already included in such total consolidated interest expense:
(a) imputed interest on Debt attributable to Capitalized Leases and sale and
leaseback transactions of the Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such Test
Period;
(b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed by the Administrative
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit securing financial
obligations and bankers acceptances for such Test Period;
-5-
(c) amortization of debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium and other
financing fees and expenses, but not including any amendment fees less than $250,000, incurred
by the Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such Test Period; and
(d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations of the Administrative
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such Test Period.
Consolidated Net Income
means, for any Test Period, the consolidated net income of
the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary
losses) for such Test Period determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Tax Expense
means, for any Test Period, the tax expense of the
Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for such Test Period, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.
Contractual Obligation
means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued
by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person
is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Covenant Compliance Report
means the report to be furnished by the Administrative
Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 7.2(a)
hereof, substantially in
the form attached hereto as
Exhibit I
and certified by a Responsible Officer of the
Administrative Borrower, in which report the Administrative Borrower shall set forth the
information specified therein and which shall include a statement of then applicable level for the
Applicable Margin and Applicable Fee Percentages as specified in
Schedule 1.1
attached to
this Agreement.
Credit Parties
means the Borrowers and the Guarantors and
Credit Party
means any one of them, as the context indicates or otherwise requires.
Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate
means for any day a per annum interest rate which is
equal to the sum of one percent (1%) plus the quotient of the following:
(a) the LIBOR Rate;
divided by
(b) a percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 1.00 minus the maximum rate on
such date at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on
Euro-currency
Liabilities
as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank
is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes Eurodollar
deposits or includes a category of assets which includes Eurodollar loans, the rate at which
such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.
Debt
means as to any Person, without duplication (a) all Funded Debt of a Person,
(b) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional
sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person,
-6-
(d) all indebtedness of such Person arising in connection with and due and payable under any
Hedging Transaction entered into by such Person, (e) all recourse Debt of any partnership of which
such Person is the general partner, and (f) any Off Balance Sheet Liabilities. The term
Debt
does not include accounts payable and other current liabilities associated with the
purchase of Hydrocarbons, capital expenditures and parts and supplies on customary terms in the
trade in the ordinary course of such Persons business.
Deeds
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 6.3(e)
hereof.
Default
means any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
Defaulting Lender
shall mean a Lender which, in the reasonable determination of the
Administrative Agent (a) has failed to fund its Percentage of any Advance or to purchase
participations in a Swing Line Advance or any Reimbursement Obligations as required under this
Agreement, unless such Lender is disputing its funding obligation in good faith, (b) has otherwise
failed to pay to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid
by it under the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, unless such Lender is disputing
such obligation to pay any such amount in good faith, (c) has been, or whose holding company has
been, determined to be insolvent or that has become subject to a bankruptcy, receivership or other
similar proceeding, or (d) has had a substantial portion of its assets or management (or a
substantial portion of the assets or management of its holding company) taken over by any
Governmental Authority or any Governmental Authority has restricted its ability to act under this
Agreement, including its ability to enter into amendments, waivers or modifications of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (provided that the exercise of the customary rights of
a shareholder by a Governmental Authority which owns shares in such Lender (or its holding company)
shall not be covered by this
clause (d)
),
provided
,
however
, in all cases
that a Defaulting Lender shall no longer be deemed a Defaulting Lender when (i) the Defaulting
Lender shall have cured the conditions which shall have caused it to be a Defaulting Lender
hereunder and (ii) the Administrative Agent has agreed that such Lender shall no longer be deemed a
Defaulting Lender hereunder.
Defaulting Lenders Unfunded Portion
shall mean such Defaulting Lenders Revolving
Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment minus the sum of (a) the aggregate
principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances funded by the Defaulting Lender under the
Revolving Credit, plus (b) such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations.
Distribution
is defined in
Section 8.5
hereof.
Dollars
and the sign $ means lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary of any Borrower incorporated or organized
under the laws of the United States of America, or any state or other political subdivision thereof
or which is considered to be a
disregarded entity
for United States federal income tax
purposes and which is not a
controlled foreign corporation
as defined under Section 957
of the Internal
-7-
Revenue Code, in each case provided such Subsidiary is owned by the applicable Borrower or a
Domestic Subsidiary of such Borrower, and
Domestic Subsidiaries
means any or all of them.
Easements
means, collectively, all of the right-of-way agreements, easements,
surface use agreements, servitudes, permits, licenses and other agreements relating to any Pipeline
Assets now held or hereafter acquired by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.
Effective Date
means the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 5.1
and
5.2
have been satisfied.
Electronic Transmission
means each document, instruction, authorization, file,
information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by
e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.
Eligible Assignee
shall mean (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) any
Person (other than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in the business of making,
purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in
the ordinary course of its business, provided that such Person is administered or managed by a
Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages
a Lender; or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the (i) Administrative
Agent (and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing
Lender and Swing Line Lender), and (ii) unless a Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Administrative Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
provided that (x) notwithstanding the foregoing,
Eligible Assignee
shall not include any
Borrower, or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any Borrower; (y) notwithstanding
clause
(d)(ii)
of this definition, no assignment shall be made to an entity which is a competitor of
any Credit Party without the consent of the Administrative Borrower, which consent may be withheld
in its sole discretion; and (z) and no assignment shall be made to an Impaired Lender without the
consent of the Administrative Agent, and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the
Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender and, to the extent no Event of
Default is continuing, the Administrative Borrower.
Energy Policy Act
means the Energy Policy Act of 1992, Pub. L. No. 102-486, 106
Stat. 2776 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 15, 16, 25, 20 and 42 U.S.C.).
Equity Interest
means (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any
securities exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association
or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents of
corporate stock (however designated) in or to such association or entity, (iii) in the case of a
partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or
limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive
a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and
including, in all of the foregoing cases described in
clauses (i)
,
(ii)
,
(iii)
or
(iv)
, any warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise
acquire any of the interests described in any of the foregoing cases.
-8-
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any
successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.
E-System
means any electronic system and any other Internet or extranet-based site,
whether such electronic system is owned, operated or hosted by the Administrative Agent, any of its
Affiliates or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other
security system.
Eurodollar-based Advance
means any Advance which bears interest at the
Eurodollar-based Rate.
Eurodollar-based Rate
means a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of
(a) the Applicable Margin, plus (b) the greater of (i) two percent (2.00%) per annum and (ii) the
quotient of:
(A) the LIBOR Rate, divided by
(B) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which
the Administrative Agent is required to maintain reserves on Eurocurrency Liabilities
as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as the
Administrative Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities
which includes Eurocurrency deposits or includes a category of assets which includes
Eurocurrency loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on
such category,
such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to the
nearest whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%.
Eurodollar-Interest Period
means, for any Eurodollar-based Advance, an Interest
Period of one, two or three months (or any shorter or longer periods agreed to in advance by the
Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) as selected by the
Administrative Borrower, for such Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to
Section 2.3
or
4.4
hereof, as the case may be.
Eurodollar Lending Office
means, (a) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the
Administrative Agents office located at its Grand Caymans Branch or such other branch of the
Administrative Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending
Office by written notice to the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders and (b) as to each of the
Lenders, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the signature pages
hereof (or identified thereon as its Eurodollar Lending Office), or at such other office, branch or
affiliate of such Lender as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written
notice to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Event of Default
means each of the Events of Default specified in
Section
9.1
hereof.
Federal Funds Effective Rate
means, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per
annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
members
-9-
of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the
average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent
from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent, all
as conclusively determined by the Administrative Agent, such sum to be rounded upward, if
necessary, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100th
of 1%.
Fee Letter
means the fee letter by and between American Infrastructure MLP Funds and
Comerica Bank dated as of August 21, 2009, and executed by American Infrastructure MLP Funds on
August 24, 2009, relating to the Indebtedness hereunder, as amended, restated, replaced or
otherwise modified from time to time.
Fees
means the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, the Term Loan Facility Fee, the Letter
of Credit Fees and the other fees and charges (including any agency fees) payable by the Borrowers
to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder or under the Fee Letter.
FERC
means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or any of its successors.
Final Maturity Date
means the last to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity
Date or (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date.
Fiscal Year
means the twelve-month period ending on each December 31.
Foreign Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary, other than a Domestic Subsidiary, and
Foreign Subsidiaries
means any or all of them.
Funded Debt
of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such
Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such
date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business
and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond,
debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person
under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of
such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar obligations issued or
created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities of the type described in
(a)
,
(b)
and
(c)
above that are secured by any Liens on any property owned by such
Person as of such date even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the
payment thereof, the amount of which is determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided
,
however
, that so long as such Person is not personally liable for any such liability, the
amount of such liability shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value at such date of
the property subject to the Lien securing such liability and the amount of the liability secured,
and (e) all Guarantee Obligations in respect of any liability which constitutes liabilities of the
types described in
clauses (a)
through
(d)
above;
provided
,
however
, that Funded Debt shall not include any indebtedness under any Hedging Transaction
prior to the occurrence of a termination event with respect thereto.
-10-
GAAP
means, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States of America, as applicable on such date, consistently
applied, as in effect from time to time, except as expressly provided in
Section 13.1
hereof.
Governmental Authority
means the United States, each state, each county, each city,
and each other political subdivision in which all or any portion of the Collateral is located, and
each other political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality exercising jurisdiction over the
Administrative Agent, the Lenders, any Credit Party, any of the Indebtedness or any Collateral.
Governmental Obligations
means noncallable direct general obligations of the United
States of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is
unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.
Guarantee Obligation
means as to any Person (the
guaranteeing person
) any
obligation of the guaranteeing Person in respect of any obligation of another Person (the
primary obligor
) (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit),
the creation of which was induced by a reimbursement agreement, guaranty agreement, keepwell
agreement, purchase agreement, counterindemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing
person, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Debt, leases, dividends or other
obligations (the
primary obligations
) of the primary obligor in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person,
whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting
direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or
payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the
primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to
purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any
such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary
obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation
against loss in respect thereof;
provided
,
however
, that the term Guarantee
Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be
deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary
obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for
which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such
Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such
guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such
Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing persons maximum reasonably anticipated liability
in respect thereof as determined by the applicable Person in good faith.
Guarantor(s)
means the Parent, the Parent General Partner and each Domestic
Subsidiary of each Borrower which has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty
(or a joinder to a Guaranty), and a Security Agreement (or a joinder to the Security Agreement).
Guaranty
means, collectively, the guaranty agreements executed and delivered by the
applicable Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to
Section 5.1
hereof and those
guaranty
-11-
agreements executed and delivered from time to time after the Effective Date (whether by
execution of joinder agreements or otherwise) pursuant to
Section 7.13
hereof or otherwise,
in each case substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit H
, as amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time.
Hazardous Material
means any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined
or regulated as such in or for purposes of the Hazardous Material Laws.
Hazardous Material Law(s)
means all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and
other governmental restrictions and requirements issued by any federal, state, local or other
Governmental Authority or quasi-Governmental Authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or
political subdivision thereof) pertaining to any substance or material which is regulated for
reasons of health, safety or the environment and which is present or alleged to be present on or
about or used in any facilities owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or any portion
thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground water
conditions and the condition of the indoor and outdoor ambient air; any so-called
superfund
or
superlien
law; and any other United States federal, state or local
statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or
imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material, as now or at any
time during the term of the Agreement in effect.
Hedging Agreement
means any agreement relating to a Hedging Transaction entered into
between any Borrower and any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.
Hedging Transaction
means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap
transaction, forward rate transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign
exchange transaction, cap transaction and floor transaction, and a swap transaction, collar
transaction, cap transaction or other derivative transaction which is intended to reduce or
eliminate the risk of fluctuations in the price of Hydrocarbons (including any option with respect
to any of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing).
Hereof
,
hereto
,
hereunder
and similar terms shall refer to this
Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.
Hydrocarbons
means oil, gas, coal seam gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural
gasoline, condensate, distillate and all other liquid and gaseous hydrocarbons.
Impaired Lender
means a Defaulting Lender and any other Lender (a) which the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender believes, in good faith, has
defaulted (and continues to be in default) in fulfilling its obligations under any other syndicated
credit facilities or as a participant in any other credit facility and such Lender is not in good
faith disputing that such a failure has occurred, or (b) which, if carrying an investment grade
rating of at least BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moodys at the time it became a party to this
Agreement, no longer carries a rating of at least BBB- from S&P or Baa3 from Moodys,
provided
,
however
, in all cases that an Impaired Lender shall no longer be deemed
an Impaired Lender when (i) the Impaired Lender shall have cured the conditions which shall have
caused it to be an Impaired
-12-
Lender hereunder and (ii) the Administrative Agent has agreed that such Lender shall no longer
be deemed an Impaired Lender hereunder.
Income Taxes
means for any period the aggregate amount of taxes based on income or
profits for such period with respect to the operations of the Administrative Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, corporate franchise, capital stock, net worth and
value-added taxes assessed by state and local governments) determined in accordance with GAAP on a
Consolidated basis (to the extent such income and profits were included in computing Consolidated
Net Income).
Increased Costs
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 11.6(a)
hereof.
Indebtedness
means all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation
principal, interest (including without limitation interest accruing at the then applicable rate
provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after an applicable maturity date
and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other
applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any
insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Credit Parties whether or not a
claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, expenses and
other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, of any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof
or to the Administrative Agent, in any manner and at any time, whether arising under this
Agreement, the Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, payment
obligations under Hedging Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements), due or hereafter to become
due, now owing or that may hereafter be incurred by any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or
Affiliates thereof or to the Administrative Agent, and which shall be deemed to include protective
advances made by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the
terms of any Loan Document and any liabilities of any Credit Party to the Administrative Agent or
any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products, in each case whether or not reduced to
judgment, with interest according to the rates and terms specified, and any and all consolidations,
amendments, renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the foregoing;
provided
,
however
, that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and
contingent obligations of the Credit Parties (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined
without duplication.
Initial Reinvestment Period
means a ninety (90) day period beginning on the date of
the applicable Reinvestment Certificate during which Reinvestment must be commenced under
Section 4.8(a)
of this Agreement.
Intercompany Note
means any promissory note issued or to be issued by a Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries to evidence an intercompany loan in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent.
Interest Coverage Ratio
means, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated
EBITDA for such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such Test Period.
-13-
Interest Period
means (a) with respect to a Eurodollar-based Advance, a
Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the
effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under
Section 2.3
or
4.4
hereof, and (b) with respect to a Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate, an
interest period of 30 days (or any lesser number of days agreed to in advance by the Administrative
Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender);
provided
,
however
,
that (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall
end on the next succeeding Business Day, except that as to an Interest Period in respect of a
Eurodollar-based Advance, if the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, such
Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) when an Interest Period in
respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in
the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business
Day of such calendar month, and (iii) no Interest Period in respect of any Advance shall extend
beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.
Internal Revenue Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States
of America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Interstate Commerce Act
means the body of law commonly known as the Interstate
Commerce Act, Chapter 104, 24 Stat. 379 (codified as amended in scattered sections of 49 U.S.C.)
Interstate Pipelines
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section
6.27(a)
hereof.
Intrastate Pipelines
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section
6.27(b)
hereof.
Inventory
means any inventory as defined under the UCC.
Investment
means, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or
advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any Guarantee
Obligation) in respect of any Equity Interest, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person
and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in Equity Interests in any
other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of
Equity Interest of such Person and any investment made as a capital contribution to such other
Person.
Issuing Lender
means Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more Letters
of Credit hereunder, or its successor designated by the Administrative Borrower and the Revolving
Credit Lenders.
Issuing Office
means such office as Issuing Lender shall designate as its Issuing
Office.
Joinder
means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit M
hereto, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
L/C Indemnified Amounts
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 3.9
hereof.
L/C Indemnified Person
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 3.9
hereof.
-14-
Lender Products
means any one or more of the following types of services or
facilities extended to the Credit Parties by any Lender: (i) credit cards, (ii) credit card
processing services, (iii) debit cards, (iv) purchase cards, (v) Automated Clearing House (ACH)
transactions, (vi) cash management, including controlled disbursement services, and (vii)
establishing and maintaining deposit accounts.
Lenders
has the meaning set forth in the preamble, and shall include the Revolving
Credit Lenders, the Term Loan Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any assignee which becomes a
Lender pursuant to
Section 13.8
hereof.
Letter of Credit Agreement
means, collectively, the letter of credit application and
related documentation executed and/or delivered by the Administrative Borrower in respect of each
Letter of Credit, in each case satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, as amended, restated or
otherwise modified from time to time.
Letter of Credit Documents
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section
3.7(a)
hereof.
Letter of Credit Fees
means the fees payable in connection with Letters of Credit
pursuant to
Section 3.4(a)
and
(b)
hereof.
Letter of Credit Maximum Amount
means Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).
Letter of Credit Obligations
means at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the
aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of
Reimbursement Obligations which remain unpaid as of such date.
Letter of Credit Payment
means any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing
Lender in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other
demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.
Letter(s) of Credit
means any standby letters of credit issued by Issuing Lender at
the request of or for the account of one or more of the Borrowers pursuant to
Article 3
hereof.
LIBOR Rate
means,
(a) with respect the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance outstanding
hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in
United States Dollars for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period,
commencing on the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, appearing on Page BBAM of the
Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or
soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such
Eurodollar-Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the
Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service), the
LIBOR
Rate
shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for
displaying LIBOR rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the
Administrative Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the
LIBOR Rate
shall,
instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average
-15-
(rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%)) of
the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m.
(Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the
first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period in the interbank LIBOR market in an amount
comparable to the principal amount of the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance which is to bear
interest at such Eurodollar-based Rate and for a period equal to the relevant
Eurodollar-Interest Period; and
(b) with respect to the principal amount of any Base Rate Advance carried at the
Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on
the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1)
month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of
11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such
day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such
rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or
otherwise on such Service), the
LIBOR Rate
shall be determined by reference to such
other publicly available service for displaying Eurodollar rates as may be agreed upon by the
Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement,
the
LIBOR Rate
shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average of the
rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m.
(Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day in the interbank
Eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Indebtedness
hereunder which is to bear interest at such
LIBOR Rate
and for a period equal to one
(1) month.
Lien
means any security interest in or lien on or against any property arising from
any pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, deposit arrangement, trust
receipt, conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, Capitalized
Lease, consignment or bailment for security, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, title
exception, preferential or priority arrangement affecting property (including with respect to
stock, any stockholder agreements, voting rights agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar
arrangements), whether based on common law or statute.
Loan Documents
means, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if issued), the
Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and each Hedging Agreement, as such
documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Majority Lenders
means at any time (a) so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has not been terminated, Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the sum of (i) the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then
outstanding under the Term Loan and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been
terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving Credit and the Term Loan;
provided
that
, for purposes of determining Majority Lenders hereunder, the Letter
of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated
among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages;
provided
further
that
, so long as there are fewer than three
-16-
Lenders, considering any Lender and its Affiliates as a single Lender,
Majority
Lenders
shall mean all Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender).
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders
means at any time (a) so long as the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than
50.0% of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (b) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), Revolving Credit
Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the
Revolving Credit;
provided
that
, for purposes of determining Majority Revolving
Credit Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under
the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective
Revolving Credit Percentages;
provided
further
that
, so long as there are
fewer than three Revolving Credit Lenders, considering any Revolving Credit Lender and its
Affiliates as a single Revolving Credit Lender,
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders
shall
mean all Revolving Credit Lenders.
Majority Term Loan Lenders
means at any time with respect to the Term Loan, the Term
Loan Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the
Term Loan;
provided
that
, so long as there are fewer than three Term Loan Lenders,
considering any Term Loan Lender and its Affiliates as a single Term Loan Lender,
Majority
Term Loan Lenders
shall mean all the Term Loan Lenders.
Material Adverse Effect
means a material adverse effect on (a) the condition
(financial or otherwise), business, performance, operations, properties or prospects of the Credit
Parties taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Credit Party to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Notes (if issued) or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, or (c) the
validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Notes (if issued) or any of the other Loan
Documents or the rights or remedies or interests as creditors and/or secured parties of the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.
Material Contract
means (i) each agreement or contract to which any Credit Party is
a party or in respect of which any Credit Party has any liability, that by its terms (without
reference to any indemnity or reimbursement provision therein) provides for aggregate future
guaranteed payments in respect of any such individual agreement or contract of at least $500,000,
(ii) each material gas transportation agreement, interconnect and facilities agreement, gas storage
agreement, gas processing agreement and gas marketing agreement and (iii) any other agreement or
contract the loss of which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
provided that Material Contracts shall not be deemed to include any Pension Plans, collective
bargaining agreements, or casualty or liability or other insurance policies maintained in the
ordinary course of business.
Material Subsidiary
means (a) any Person acquired in the Acquisition, (b) any
Domestic Subsidiary of any Borrower that owns assets the value of which comprises ten percent (10%)
or more of the total book value of all assets of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (on a
Consolidated basis) or having gross revenues for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year that
comprises ten percent (10%) or more of the gross revenues of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries
(on a Consolidated basis) and (c) any other Domestic Subsidiary of any Borrower
-17-
that any Borrower from time to time designates as a Material Subsidiary by written notice to
the Administrative Agent.
Mortgages
means the mortgages, deeds of trust and any other similar documents
related thereto or required thereby covering the Pipeline Systems and other Real Property and
executed and delivered by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date pursuant to
Section 5.1
hereof, if any, and executed and delivered after the Effective Date by the any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to
Section 7.13
hereof or otherwise, and
Mortgage
means any such document, as such documents may be amended, restated or otherwise
modified from time to time.
Multiemployer Plan
means a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
Net Cash Proceeds
means the aggregate cash payments received by any Credit Party
from any Asset Sale or the issuance of Equity Interests, as the case may be, net of the ordinary
and customary direct costs incurred in connection with such sale or issuance, as the case may be,
such as legal, accounting, advisory and investment banking fees, sales commissions, and other third
party charges, and net of property taxes, transfer taxes and any other taxes paid or payable by
such Credit Party in respect of any sale or issuance.
Notes
means the Revolving Credit Notes, the Swing Line Note and the Term Loan Notes.
Off Balance Sheet Liability(ies)
of a Person means (i) any repurchase obligation or
liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivables sold by such Person, (ii)
any liability under any sale and leaseback transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (iii) any
liability under any so-called
synthetic lease
transaction entered into by such Person, or
(iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional
equivalent of any of the liabilities set forth in
subsections (i)
-
(iii)
of this
definition, but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person.
Order
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 7.4(e)
hereof.
Parent
means American Midstream Partners, LP, a Delaware limited partnership.
Parent General Partner
means American Midstream GP, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company.
PBGC
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.
Pension Plan
means any plan established and maintained by a Credit Party, or
contributed to by a Credit Party, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code and subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Percentage
means, as applicable, the Revolving Credit Percentage, the Term Loan
Percentage or the Weighted Percentage.
-18-
Permitted Acquisition
means any acquisition by any Borrower or any Guarantor of all
or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of a division or line of business of
another Person, or any Equity Interests of another Person which satisfies and/or is conducted in
accordance with the following requirements:
(a) Such acquisition is of a business or Person engaged in a line of business
which is the same as, compatible with, or complementary to, the business of such Borrower or
such Guarantor;
(b) If such acquisition is structured as an acquisition of the Equity Interests of
any Person, then the Person so acquired shall (X) become a wholly-owned direct Subsidiary of
such Borrower or of a Guarantor and such Borrower or Guarantor shall cause such acquired
Person to comply with
Section 7.13
hereof or (Y) provided that each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries continue to comply with
Section 7.4(a)
hereof, be merged with and into
such Borrower or such Guarantor (and, in the case of a Borrower, with such Borrower being the
surviving entity);
(c) If such acquisition is structured as the acquisition of assets, such assets
shall be acquired directly by a Borrower or a Guarantor (subject to compliance with
Section 7.4(a)
hereof);
(d) The Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent
not less than ten (10) (or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Administrative Agent)
nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of such acquisition, notice of such
acquisition together with Pro Forma Projected Financial Information, copies of all material
documents relating to such acquisition (including the acquisition agreement and any related
document), and historical financial information (including income statements, balance sheets
and cash flows) covering at least three (3) complete Fiscal Years of the acquisition target,
if available, prior to the effective date of the acquisition or the entire credit history of
the acquisition target, whichever period is shorter, in each case in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(e) Both immediately before and after the consummation of such acquisition and
after giving effect to the Pro Forma Projected Financial Information, no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence showing
that the business or Person being acquired does not have negative EBITDA, calculated on a
trailing twelve-month basis.
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence showing
that on and immediately after the date such acquisition is consummated (and taking into
account any Advances or Letters of Credit to be made or issued, as the case may be, in
connection with the proposed acquisition), (i) the Unused Revolving Credit Availability shall
be at least Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000) and (ii) the Total Debt
to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is not more than 3.00:1.00;
-19-
(h) The board of directors (or other Person(s) exercising similar functions) of
the seller of the assets or issuer of the Equity Interests being acquired shall not have
disapproved such transaction or recommended that such transaction be disapproved;
(i) All governmental, quasi-governmental, agency, regulatory or similar licenses,
authorizations, exemptions, qualifications, consents and approvals necessary under any laws
applicable to the Borrower or Guarantor that is making the acquisition, or the acquisition
target (if applicable) for or in connection with the proposed acquisition and all necessary
non-governmental and other third-party approvals which, in each case, are material to such
acquisition shall have been obtained, and all necessary or appropriate declarations,
registrations or other filings with any court, governmental or regulatory authority,
securities exchange or any other Person, which in each case, are material to the consummation
of such acquisition or to the acquisition target, if applicable, have been made, and evidence
thereof reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent shall have
been delivered, or caused to have been delivered, by the Administrative Borrower to the
Administrative Agent;
(j) There shall be no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge
of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries threatened in writing against the acquisition
target in any court or before or by any governmental department, agency or instrumentality,
which could reasonably be expected to be decided adversely to the acquisition target and
which, if decided adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the business, operations, properties or financial condition of the acquisition target and its
subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or would materially adversely affect the ability of the
acquisition target to enter into or perform its obligations in connection with the proposed
acquisition, nor shall there be any actions, suits, or proceedings pending, or to the
knowledge of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries threatened in writing against any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is making the acquisition which would materially
adversely affect the ability of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to enter into or
perform its obligations in connection with the proposed acquisition; and
(k) The purchase price of such proposed new acquisition, computed on the basis of
total acquisition consideration paid or incurred, or required to be paid or incurred, with
respect thereto, including the amount of Debt (such Debt being otherwise permitted under this
Agreement) assumed or to which such assets, businesses or business or Equity Interests, or any
Person so acquired is subject and including any portion of the purchase price allocated to any
non-compete agreements, (X) is less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), (Y) when added to
the purchase price for each other acquisition consummated hereunder as a Permitted Acquisition
during the same Fiscal Year as the applicable acquisition (not including acquisitions
specifically consented to which fall outside of the terms of this definition), does not exceed
Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and (Z) when added to the purchase price for each other
acquisition consummated hereunder as a Permitted Acquisition during the term of this agreement
(not including acquisitions specifically consented to which fall outside the terms of this
definition), does not exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).
-20-
Permitted Investments
means with respect to any Person:
(a) Governmental Obligations;
(b) Obligations of a state or commonwealth of the United States or the obligations
of the District of Columbia or any possession of the United States, or any political
subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are described in Section 103(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code and are graded in any of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at
least one Rating Agency; or secured, as to payments of principal and interest, by a letter of
credit provided by a financial institution or insurance provided by a bond insurance company
which in each case is itself or its debt is rated in one of the highest three (3) major grades
as determined by at least one Rating Agency;
(c) Bankers acceptances, commercial accounts, demand deposit accounts,
certificates of deposit, other time deposits or depository receipts issued by or maintained
with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof, or any bank, trust company, savings and loan
association, savings bank or other financial institution whose deposits are insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and whose reported capital and surplus equal at least
$250,000,000, provided that such minimum capital and surplus requirement shall not apply to
demand deposit accounts maintained by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
(d) Commercial paper rated at the time of purchase within the two highest
classifications established by not less than two Rating Agencies, and which matures within 270
days after the date of issue;
(e) Secured repurchase agreements against obligations itemized in
paragraph
(a)
above, and executed by a bank or trust company or by members of the association of
primary dealers or other recognized dealers in United States government securities, the market
value of which must be maintained at levels at least equal to the amounts advanced; and
(f) Any fund or other pooling arrangement which exclusively purchases and holds
the investments itemized in
(a)
through
(e)
above.
Permitted Liens
means with respect to any Person:
(a) Liens for (i) taxes or governmental assessments or charges or (ii) customs
duties in connection with the importation of goods to the extent such Liens attach to the
imported goods that are the subject of the duties, in each case (x) to the extent not yet due,
(y) as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired or (z) which are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any
such contest, any proceedings for the enforcement of such liens have been suspended and
adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in
conformity with GAAP;
(b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens,
processors, landlords liens or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business
-21-
which secure obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any
such contest, (x) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such Liens have been
suspended and (y) appropriate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of
such Person in conformity with GAAP;
(c) (i) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the
performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress payments or advance
payments due under contracts with the United States government or any agency thereof entered
into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the
ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations (not otherwise
permitted under
subsection (i)
of this definition), bids, leases, fee and expense
arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents, trade contracts, surety and appeal bonds,
performance bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations incurred in
connection with the borrowing of money, any lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the
deferred purchase price of property), provided, that in each case full provision for the
payment of all such obligations has been made on the books of such Person as may be required
by GAAP;
(d) any attachment or judgment lien that does not constitute an Event of Default
under
Section 9.1(g)
hereof or that remains unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by
appeal or otherwise for a period ending on the earlier of (i) thirty (30) consecutive days
from the date of its attachment or entry (as applicable) or (ii) the commencement of
enforcement steps with respect thereto, other than the filing of notice thereof in the public
record;
(e) terms, conditions, exceptions, limitations, easements, rights-of-way,
restrictions (including zoning restrictions), covenants, licenses, encroachments, protrusions
and other similar charges or encumbrances, minor right-of-way gaps and minor title
deficiencies on or with respect to any Pipeline System or other Real Property, in each case,
whether now or hereafter in existence, that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be
reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, and for the purposes of this
Agreement, any minor title deficiency shall include, but not be limited to, terms, conditions,
exceptions, limitations, easements, rights-of-way, servitudes, permits, surface leases and
other similar rights in respect of surface operations, and easements for pipelines, streets,
alleys, highways, telephone lines, power lines, railways and other easements and rights-of-way
on, over or in respect of any of the properties of any Loan Party that are customarily granted
or permitted to exist in the midstream pipeline industry or oil and gas industry;
provided
,
however
, that such deficiencies do not have, individually or in the
aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
(f) rights reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority by the terms of
any right, power, franchise, grant, license or permit, or by any provision of law, to revoke
or terminate any such right, power, franchise, grant, license or permit or to condemn or
acquire by eminent domain or similar process;
-22-
(g) rights reserved to or vested by law in any Governmental Authority to in any
manner, control or regulate in any manner any of the properties of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or the use thereof or the rights and interest of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries therein, in any manner under any and all laws;
(h) Liens arising in connection with workers compensation, unemployment
insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and similar statutory obligations
(excluding Liens arising under ERISA), provided that no enforcement proceedings in respect of
such Liens are pending and provisions have been made for the payment of such liens on the
books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;
(i) Liens evidenced by UCC financing statements regarding leases permitted
hereunder; and
(j) continuations of Liens that are permitted under
subsections
(a)
-
(i)
hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time
periods set forth in
subsections (b)
and
(d)
and provided further that such
Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or secure any additional obligations of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
Regardless of the language set forth in this definition, no Lien over the Equity Interests of
any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries granted to any Person other than to the Administrative
Agent for the benefit of the Lenders shall be deemed a
Permitted Lien
under the
terms of this Agreement.
Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions
means the sale of personal property by a
Person with the intent to lease such personal property as lessee provided that the value of all
personal property sold does not exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate.
Person
means a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture,
joint stock company, firm or association or a government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or other entity of any kind.
Pipeline Assets
means, collectively, all gathering systems, tubes and pipelines used
for the transportation of Hydrocarbons wherever located whether now owned or hereafter acquired by
any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, together with all equipment, contracts, fixtures,
improvements, records and other property appertaining thereto.
Pipeline Systems
means, collectively, all of the Pipeline Assets and Real Property
and Easements related thereto.
Pledge Agreement(s)
means any pledge agreement executed and delivered by a Credit
Party on the Effective Date pursuant to
Section 5.1
hereof, if any, and executed and
delivered from time to time after the Effective Date by any Credit Party pursuant to
Section
7.13
hereof or otherwise, and any agreements, instruments or documents related thereto, in each
case in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent amended, restated or otherwise
modified from time to time.
-23-
Prime-based Rate
means, for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the
greater of (i) the Prime Rate, and (ii) an interest rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds
Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent (1.0%).
Prime Rate
means the per annum rate of interest announced by the Administrative
Agent, at its main office from time to time as its
prime rate
(it being acknowledged that
such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Administrative Agent to
any of its customers), which Prime Rate shall change simultaneously with any change in such
announced rate.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet
means the pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the
Administrative Borrower which has been certified by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative
Borrower that it fairly presents in all material respects the pro forma adjustments reflecting the
transactions (including payment of all fees and expenses in connection therewith) contemplated by
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
Pro Forma Projected Financial Information
means, as to any proposed acquisition, a
statement executed by the Administrative Borrower (supported by reasonable detail) setting forth
the total consideration to be paid or incurred in connection with the proposed acquisition, and pro
forma combined projected financial information for the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and the acquisition target (if applicable), consisting of projected balance sheets as of the
proposed effective date of the acquisition and as of the end of at least the next succeeding three
(3) Fiscal Years following the acquisition and projected statements of income and cash flows for
each of those years, including sufficient detail to permit calculation of the ratios described in
Section 7.9
hereof, as projected as of the effective date of the acquisition and as of the
ends of those Fiscal Years and accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth a calculation of the
ratio so described, (ii) a statement in reasonable detail specifying all material assumptions
underlying the projections and (iii) such other information as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request.
Purchases
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 8.5
hereof.
Purchase and Sale Agreement
means that certain Membership Interests Purchase and
Sale Agreement between Enbridge Midcoast Energy, L.P., as Seller, and the Administrative Borrower,
as Buyer, dated effective as of October 2, 2009.
Purchasing Lender
has the meaning set forth in
Section 13.12
.
Quoted Rate
means the rate of interest per annum offered by the Swing Line Lender in
its sole discretion with respect to a Swing Line Advance and accepted by the Administrative
Borrower.
Quoted Rate Advance
means any Swing Line Advance which bears interest at the Quoted
Rate.
Rating Agency
means Moodys Investor Services, Inc., Standard and Poors Ratings
Services, their respective successors or any other nationally recognized statistical rating
organization which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
-24-
Real Property
means, collectively, all right, title and interest, including any
leasehold, mineral or other estate, in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property
owned, leased or operated any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in
each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances related thereto, all improvements,
including, without limitation, compression stations and processing plants, and appurtenant fixtures
and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental
to the ownership, lease or operation thereof. Unless context requires otherwise, the term
Real Property
shall refer to the Real Property of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
Refunded Swing Line Advances
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section
2.5(e)(i)
hereof.
Register
is defined in
Section 13.8(g)
hereof.
Reimbursement Obligation(s)
means the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings
under all Letters of Credit (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursement obligations that
are deemed satisfied pursuant to a deemed disbursement under
Section 3.6(c)
).
Reinvest
or
Reinvestment
means, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds
received by any Person, the application of such monies to (i) repair, improve or replace any
tangible personal property (excluding Inventory), Pipeline Systems or other Real Property of the
Credit Parties or any intellectual property reasonably necessary in order to use or benefit from
any property or (ii) acquire any such property (excluding Inventory) to be used in the business of
such Person or (iii) pay for expenses related to such reinvestment.
Reinvestment Certificate
is defined in
Section 4.8(a)
hereof.
Reinvestment Period
means a 270-day period beginning on the date of the applicable
Reinvestment Certificate during which Reinvestment must be completed under
Section 4.8(a)
of this Agreement.
Request for Advance
means a Request for Revolving Credit Advance or a Request for
Swing Line Advance, as the context may indicate or otherwise require.
Request for Revolving Credit Advance
means a request for a Revolving Credit Advance
issued by the Administrative Borrower under
Section 2.3
of this Agreement in the form
attached hereto as
Exhibit A
.
Request for Swing Line Advance
means a request for a Swing Line Advance issued by
the Administrative Borrower under
Section 2.5(b)
of this Agreement in the form attached
hereto as
Exhibit D
.
Requirement of Law
means as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and
any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or other
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its
property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.
-25-
Responsible Officer
means, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer,
chief financial officer, treasurer, president, vice president or controller of such Person, or with
respect to compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer, vice president or the
treasurer of such Person, or any other officer of such Person having substantially the same
authority and responsibility.
Revolving Credit
means the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrowers by
the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to
Article 2
hereof, in an aggregate
amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment.
Revolving Credit Advance
means a borrowing requested by the Administrative Borrower
and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under
Section 2.1
of this Agreement, including
without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to
Section
2.3
hereof and any deemed disbursement of an Advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under
Section 3.6(c)
hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based
Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
means Thirty-Five Million Dollars
($35,000,000), subject to reduction or termination under
Sections 2.10
,
2.11
or
9.2
hereof.
Revolving Credit Commitment Amount
means with respect to any Revolving Credit
Lender, (i) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount
specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled
Revolving Credit
Commitment Amount
on
Schedule 1.2
, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with
the terms hereof; and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated
(whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Revolving Credit
Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit (including the
outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Advances).
Revolving Credit Facility Fee
means the fee payable to the Administrative Agent for
distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with
Section 2.9
hereof.
Revolving Credit Lenders
means the financial institutions from time to time parties
hereto as lenders of the Revolving Credit.
Revolving Credit Maturity Date
means the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is
three (3) years from the Effective Date, and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Revolving Credit Notes
means the revolving credit notes described in
Section
2.2
hereof, made by the Borrowers to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the form attached
hereto as
Exhibit B
, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and
any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Revolving Credit Percentage
means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the
percentage specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lenders name in the column entitled
-26-
Revolving Credit Percentage
on
Schedule 1.2
, as adjusted from time to time
in accordance with the terms hereof.
Security Agreement
means, collectively, the security agreement(s) executed and
delivered by the Borrowers and the Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to
Section 5.1
hereof, and any such agreements executed and delivered after the Effective Date (whether by
execution of a joinder agreement to any existing security agreement or otherwise) pursuant to
Section 7.13
hereof or otherwise, substantially in the form of the Security Agreement
attached hereto as
Exhibit F
, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Seller
means Enbridge Midcoast Energy, L.P., which is the seller under the
Acquisition Documents.
State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies
means, collectively, the Alabama Public Service
Commission, the Office of Conservation of the State of Louisiana, the Mississippi Public Service
Commission, the Tennessee Regulatory Authority and the Texas Railroad Commission, and
State
Pipeline Regulatory Agency
means any one of the foregoing.
Subsidiary(ies)
means any other corporation, association, joint stock company,
business trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other business entity of which more
than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership, partnership or
other interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or
more of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries.
Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein or the context otherwise requires,
Subsidiary(ies) shall refer to the Subsidiary(ies) of the Administrative Borrower.
Successor Agent
has the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 12.4
hereof.
Sweep Agreement
means any agreement relating to the
Sweep to Loan
automated system of the Administrative Agent or any other cash management arrangement which the
Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent have executed for the purposes of effecting
the borrowing and repayment of Swing Line Advances.
Swing Line
means the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrowers by the
Swing Line Lender pursuant to
Section 2.5
hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the
terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Maximum Amount.
Swing Line Advance
means a borrowing requested by the Administrative Borrower and
made by Swing Line Lender pursuant to
Section 2.5
hereof and may include, subject to the
terms hereof, Quoted Rate-Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Swing Line Lender
means Comerica Bank in its capacity as lender of the Swing Line
under
Section 2.5
of this Agreement, or its successor as subsequently designated hereunder.
Swing Line Maximum Amount
means Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).
-27-
Swing Line Note
means the swing line note which may be issued by the Borrowers to
Swing Line Lender pursuant to
Section 2.5(b)(ii)
hereof in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit C
, as such note may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any note or
notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Swing Line Participation Certificate
means the Swing Line Participation Certificate
delivered by the Administrative Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to
Section
2.5(e)(ii)
hereof in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit L
.
Term Loan
means the term loan to be made to the Borrowers by the Term Loan Lenders
pursuant to
Section 4.1
hereof, in the aggregate principal amount of Fifty Million Dollars
($50,000,000).
Term Loan Advance
means a borrowing requested by the Administrative Borrower and
made by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to
Section 4.1
hereof, including without limitation
any refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to
Section 4.4
hereof, and may
include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.
Term Loan Amount
means with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the amount equal to its
Term Loan Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan.
Term Loan Facility Fee
means the fee payable to the Administrative Agent for
distribution to the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with
Section 4.10
hereof.
Term Loan Maturity Date
means the date that is three (3) years from the Effective
Date.
Term Loan Notes
means the term notes described in
Section 4.2(e)
hereof,
made by the Borrowers to each of the Term Loan Lenders in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
J
attached hereto, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any
other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.
Term Loan Percentage
means with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the percentage
specified opposite such Term Loan Lenders name in the column entitled
Term Loan
Percentage
on
Schedule 1.2
, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof.
Term Loan Rate Request
mean a request for the refunding or conversion of any Advance
of a Term Loan submitted by the Administrative Borrower under
Section 4.4
of this Agreement
in the form of
Exhibit K
attached hereto.
Test Period
means, at any time, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of the
Administrative Borrower then last ended (in each case taken as one accounting period) for which
financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement;
provided
,
however
, all financial covenant calculations with respect to the Test
Periods ending December 31, 2009, March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, and September 30, 2010, shall be
made by multiplying each figure used in the applicable calculation times a fraction, the numerator
of which is 360 and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the date of this
Agreement through the end of the applicable fiscal quarter.
-28-
Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio
means, for any Test Period, the ratio of (a)
total Debt of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period to (b)
Consolidated EBITDA of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period.
Ultimate Parent
means AIM Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company.
Uniform Commercial Code
or
UCC
means the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect in the State of New York or any state the laws of which are required to be applied to
perfect the security interests in the Collateral.
Unused Revolving Credit Availability
means, on any date of determination, the amount
equal to the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
minus
(x) the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of all Advances (including Swing Line Advances) and (y) the Letter of Credit
Obligations.
USA Patriot Act
is defined in
Section 6.7
.
Weighted Percentage
means with respect to any Lender, its percentage share as set
forth in
Schedule 1.2
, as such Schedule may be revised by the Administrative Agent from
time to time, which percentage shall be calculated as follows:
(a) as to such Lender, so long as the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has
not been terminated, its weighted percentage calculated by dividing (i) the sum of (x) its
Revolving Credit Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount, by (ii) the sum of (x) the
Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
outstanding under the Term Loan; and
(b) as to such Lender, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been
terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), its weighted percentage
calculated by dividing (i) the sum of (x) its applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Amount
plus (y) its Term Loan Amount, by (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount outstanding
under (x) the Revolving Credit (including any outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and
outstanding Swing Line Advances), and (y) the Term Loan.
Withdrawal Liability
means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of
Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
2. REVOLVING CREDIT.
2.1
Commitment
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement
(including without limitation
Section 2.3
hereof), each Revolving Credit Lender severally
and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of the Revolving Credit in Dollars to the Borrowers
from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but
excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time
outstanding such Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate
-29-
Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, advances, repayments and
readvances may be made under the Revolving Credit.
2.2
Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness
.
(a) The Borrowers, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally promise to pay to
the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid
principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) of
such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrowers on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on
such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to
this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Credit Advance
shall, from time to time from and after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest
at its Applicable Interest Rate.
(b) Each Revolving Credit Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrowers to the appropriate
lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from each Revolving Credit Advance
made by such lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time, including the
amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Revolving Credit Lender
from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to
Section
13.8(g)
, and a subaccount therein for each Revolving Credit Lender, in which Register and
subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Revolving Credit Advance
made hereunder, the type thereof and each Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any
Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to
become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Revolving Credit Lender hereunder in respect
of the Revolving Credit Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the
Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrowers in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances
and each Revolving Credit Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to
paragraph (c)
of this
Section 2.2
shall, absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the
Borrowers therein recorded;
provided
,
however
, that the failure of any
Revolving Credit Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any account,
as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the
Borrowers to repay the Revolving Credit Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect
thereto) made to the Borrowers by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement.
(e) The Borrowers agree that, upon written request to the Administrative Agent by
any Revolving Credit Lender, the Borrowers will execute and deliver, to such Revolving Credit
Lender, at the Borrowers own expense, a Revolving Credit Note evidencing the outstanding
Revolving Credit Advances owing to such Revolving Credit Lender.
-30-
2.3
Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances
. The Administrative
Borrower may request an Advance of the Revolving Credit, a refund of any Revolving Credit Advance
in the same type of Advance or to convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of
Revolving Credit Advance only by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Request for Revolving
Credit Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Administrative Borrower, subject to the
following:
(a) each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth the information
required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance, including without limitation:
(i) the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance (or the refunding or
conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance), which must be a Business Day;
(ii) whether such Advance is a new Revolving Credit Advance or a refunding
or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance; and
(iii) whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a
Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the first
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto.
(b) each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be delivered to the
Administrative Agent by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) three (3) Business Days prior to
the proposed date of the Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance,
for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be delivered by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit,
Michigan time) on the proposed date for such Revolving Credit Advance;
(c) on the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance, the sum of (x) the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances
outstanding on such date (including, without duplication) the Advances that are deemed to be
disbursed by the Administrative Agent under
Section 3.6(c)
hereof in respect of the
Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations as
of such date, in each case after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and for the issuance of any Letters of Credit, shall
not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment;
(d) in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial
funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall be at least
$1,000,000 or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less
than $1,000,000;
(e) in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the principal amount of such
Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Revolving Credit Advance to be then combined
therewith having the same Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be at least $1,000,000 (or
a larger integral multiple of $100,000) or the remainder available under
-31-
the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $1,000,000 and at any one time
there shall not be in effect more than five (5) different Eurodollar-Interest Periods;
(f) a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, once delivered to the Administrative
Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrowers and shall constitute a certification by the
Borrowers as of the date thereof that:
(i) all conditions to the making of Revolving Credit Advances set forth in
this Agreement have been satisfied and shall remain satisfied to the date of such
Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such
Revolving Credit Advance);
(ii) there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will
exist upon the making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately
after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance); and
(iii) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the
making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect
to such Revolving Credit Advance), other than any representation or warranty that
expressly speaks only as of a different date;
The Administrative Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, may also, at its
option, lend under this
Section 2.3
upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized
Signer of the Administrative Borrower to make such requests and, in the event the Administrative
Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, makes any such Advance upon a telephone or
email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by electronic file to the Administrative
Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request for Revolving Credit
Advance. The Borrowers hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to disburse Advances to the
Administrative Borrower under this
Section 2.3
pursuant to the telephone or email
instructions of any person purporting to be an Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Borrowers acknowledge that the Borrowers shall bear all risk of loss resulting from
disbursements made upon any telephone or email request. Each telephone or email request for an
Advance from an Authorized Signer for the Administrative Borrower shall constitute a certification
of the matters set forth in the Request for Revolving Credit Advance form as of the date of such
requested Advance.
2.4
Disbursement of Advances
.
(a) Upon receiving any Request for Revolving Credit Advance from the
Administrative Borrower under
Section 2.3
hereof, the Administrative Agent shall
promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender by wire, telex or telephone (confirmed by wire,
telecopy or telex) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date such Revolving
Credit Advance is to be made by each Revolving Credit Lender in an amount equal to its
Revolving Credit Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Revolving Credit Lenders commitment
to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been
-32-
suspended or terminated in accordance with this Agreement, each such Revolving Credit
Lender shall make available the amount of its Revolving Credit Percentage of each Revolving
Credit Advance in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent, as follows:
(i) for Base Rate Advances, at the office of the Administrative Agent
located at One Detroit Center, Detroit, Michigan 48226, not later than 1:00 p.m.
(Detroit, Michigan time) on the date of such Advance; and
(ii) for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Administrative Agents
Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the Administrative
Agent, not later than 12:00 p.m. (the time of the Administrative Agents Correspondent)
on the date of such Advance.
(b) Subject to submission of an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance by
the Administrative Borrower without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein,
the Administrative Agent shall make available to the Borrowers the aggregate of the amounts so
received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders in like funds and currencies:
(i) for Base Rate Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan
time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of the
Administrative Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent or to such other
account or third party as the Administrative Borrower may reasonably direct in writing,
provided such direction is timely given; and
(ii) for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (the time of
the Administrative Agents Correspondent) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance,
by credit to an account of the Administrative Borrower maintained with the
Administrative Agents Correspondent or to such other account or third-party as the
Administrative Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it
for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender to such Revolving Credit Lender. Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Revolving Credit Lender prior to the date
of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such Revolving Credit Lender does not intend to
make available to the Administrative Agent such Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Credit
Percentage of such Advance, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Revolving Credit
Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date, as aforesaid.
The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrowers
the amount of such payment in reliance on such assumption. If such amount is not in fact made
available to the Administrative Agent by such Revolving Credit Lender, as aforesaid, the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving
Credit Lender. If such Revolving Credit Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the
Administrative Agents demand therefor and the
-33-
Administrative Agent has in fact made a corresponding amount available to the Borrowers,
the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the Borrowers
shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, if such notice is delivered to the
Administrative Borrower prior to 1:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) on a Business Day, on the
day such notice is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day, and such amount paid by
the Borrowers shall be applied as a prepayment of the Revolving Credit (without any
corresponding reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment), reimbursing the
Administrative Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf of such Revolving Credit
Lender. The Borrowers shall retain their claim against such Revolving Credit Lender with
respect to the amounts repaid by it to the Administrative Agent and, if such Revolving Credit
Lender subsequently makes such amounts available to the Administrative Agent, the
Administrative Agent shall promptly make such amounts available to the Borrowers as a
Revolving Credit Advance. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from
such Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, but without duplication,
interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by
the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, to the date such amount is recovered by the
Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:
(i) in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender, for the first two (2)
Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and
thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances;
and
(ii) in the case of the Borrowers, the rate of interest then applicable to
such Advance of the Revolving Credit.
Until such Revolving Credit Lender has paid the Administrative Agent such amount, such Revolving
Credit Lender shall have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose
whatsoever. The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Advance
hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any
Advance hereunder, and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to the Borrowers or any
of their Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent, any other Revolving Credit Lender, or any other
party for another Revolving Credit Lenders failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.
2.5
Swing Line
.
(a)
Swing Line Advances
. The Swing Line Lender may, on the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including without limitation
Section
2.5(c)
hereof), but shall not be required to, make one or more Advances (each such advance
being a
Swing Line Advance
) to the Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day
during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit
Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the Swing Line
Maximum Amount. Subject to the terms set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances
may be made under the Swing Line.
-34-
(b)
Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness
.
(i) Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice
an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrowers to Swing Line Lender
resulting from each Swing Line Advance from time to time, including the amount and date
of each Swing Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if any,
and the amount and date of any repayment made on any Swing Line Advance from time to
time. The entries made in such account or accounts of Swing Line Lender shall be prima
facie evidence, absent manifest error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations
of the Borrowers therein recorded;
provided
,
however
, that the failure
of Swing Line Lender to maintain such account, as applicable, or any error therein,
shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Swing Line
Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement.
(ii) The Borrowers agree that, upon the written request of Swing Line
Lender, the Borrowers will execute and deliver to Swing Line Lender a Swing Line Note.
(iii) The Borrowers, jointly, severally and unconditionally promise to pay to
the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of such Swing Line Advance (plus
all accrued and unpaid interest) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on such other
dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this
Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swing Line Advance shall,
from time to time after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its
Applicable Interest Rate.
(c)
Requests for Swing Line Advances
. The Administrative Borrower may
request a Swing Line Advance by the delivery to Swing Line Lender of a Request for Swing Line
Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Administrative Borrower, subject to the
following:
(i) each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall set forth the
information required on the Request for Advance, including without limitation, (A) the
proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, which must be a Business Day, (B) whether such
Swing Line Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance, and (C) in the
case of a Quoted Rate Advance, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto;
(ii) on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to
all outstanding requests for Swing Line Advances made by the Administrative Borrower as
of the date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances
outstanding on such date shall not exceed the Swing Line Maximum Amount;
-35-
(iii) on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to
all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and
Letters of Credit requested by the Administrative Borrower on such date of determination
(including, without duplication, Advances that are deemed disbursed pursuant to
Section 3.6(c)
hereof in respect of the Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations
hereunder), the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit
Advances and the Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date plus (y) the Letter of
Credit Obligations on such date shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment;
(iv) (A) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Base Rate Advance, the
principal amount of the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or
conversion thereof, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or
such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and (B) in the case of
a Swing Line Advance that is a Quoted Rate Advance, the principal amount of such
Advance, plus any other outstanding Swing Line Advances to be then combined therewith
having the same Interest Period, if any, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($250,000) or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender,
and at any time there shall not be in effect more than two (2) Interest Rates and
Interest Periods;
(v) each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall be delivered to the Swing
Line Lender by 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) on the proposed date of the Swing
Line Advance;
(vi) each Request for Swing Line Advance, once delivered to Swing Line
Lender, shall not be revocable by the Borrowers, and shall constitute and include a
certification by the Borrowers as of the date thereof that:
(A) all conditions to the making of Swing Line Advances set forth in
this Agreement shall have been satisfied and shall remain satisfied to the date of
such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such
Swing Line Advance);
(B) there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will
exist upon the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after
giving effect to such Swing Line Advance); and
(C) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained
in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material
respects and shall be true and correct in all material respect as of the date of
the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving
effect to such Swing Line Advance), other than any representation or warranty that
expressly speaks only as of a different date;
-36-
(vii) At the option of the Administrative Agent, subject to revocation by the
Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time and so long as the Administrative
Agent is the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers, at their option, may utilize the
Administrative Agents
Sweep to Loan
automated system for obtaining Swing Line
Advances and making periodic repayments. At any time during which the
Sweep to
Loan
system is in effect, Swing Line Advances shall be advanced to fund borrowing
needs pursuant to the terms of the Sweep Agreement. Each time a Swing Line Advance is
made using the
Sweep to Loan
system, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have
certified to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders each of the matters set forth in
clause (vi)
of this
Section 2.5(c)
. Principal and interest on Swing
Line Advances requested, or deemed requested, pursuant to this Section shall be paid
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sweep Agreement without any deduction,
setoff or counterclaim whatsoever. Unless sooner paid pursuant to the provisions hereof
or the provisions of the Sweep Agreement, the principal amount of the Swing Loans shall
be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Revolving Credit
Maturity Date. The Administrative Agent may suspend or revoke the Borrowers privilege
to use the
Sweep to Loan
system at any time and from time to time for any
reason and, immediately upon any such revocation, the
Sweep to Loan
system
shall no longer be available to the Borrowers for the funding of Swing Line Advances
hereunder (or otherwise), and the regular procedures set forth in this
Section
2.5
for the making of Swing Line Advances shall be deemed immediately to apply. The
Administrative Agent may, at its option, also elect to make Swing Line Advances upon the
Administrative Borrowers telephone requests on the basis set forth in the last
paragraph of
Section 2.3
, provided that the Borrowers comply with the provisions
set forth in this
Section 2.5
.
(d)
Disbursement of Swing Line Advances
. Upon receiving any executed
Request for Swing Line Advance from the Administrative Borrower and the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in
Section 2.5(c)
hereof, Swing Line Lender shall make available
to the Borrowers the amount so requested in Dollars not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit,
Michigan time) on the date of such Advance, by credit to an account of the Administrative
Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent or to such other account or third party as
the Administrative Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, subject to applicable law,
provided such direction is timely given. Swing Line Lender shall promptly notify the
Administrative Agent of any Swing Line Advance by telephone, telex or telecopier.
(e)
Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line Advances
.
(i) The Administrative Agent, at any time in its sole and absolute
discretion, may, in each case on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably
direct the Administrative Agent to act on their behalf) request each of the Revolving
Credit Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as a Revolving Credit
Lender) to make an Advance of the Revolving Credit to the Borrowers, in an amount equal
to such Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal
amount of the Swing Line Advances
-37-
outstanding on the date such notice is given (the
Refunded Swing Line
Advances
);
provided
,
however
, that the Swing Line Advances carried
at the Quoted Rate which are refunded with Revolving Credit Advances at the request of
the Swing Line Lender at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing shall not be subject to
Section 11.1
and no losses, costs or expenses
may be assessed by the Swing Line Lender against the Borrowers or the Revolving Credit
Lenders as a consequence of such refunding. The applicable Revolving Credit Advances
used to refund any Swing Line Advances shall be Base Rate Advances. In connection with
the making of any such Refunded Swing Line Advances or the purchase of a participation
interest in Swing Line Advances under
Section 2.5(e)(ii)
hereof, the Swing Line
Lender shall retain its claim against the Borrowers for any unpaid interest or fees in
respect thereof accrued to the date of such refunding. Unless any of the events
described in
Section 9.1(i)
hereof shall have occurred (in which event the
procedures of
Section 2.5(e)(ii)
shall apply) and regardless of whether the
conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit
Advance are then satisfied (but subject to
Section 2.5(e)(iii)
), each Revolving
Credit Lender shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Advance available to the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the
Administrative Agent specified in
Section 2.4(a)
hereof prior to 11:00 a.m.
(Detroit, Michigan time) on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is
given, in immediately available funds. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances
shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Advances, subject to
Section 11.1
hereof.
(ii) If, prior to the making of an Advance of the Revolving Credit pursuant
to
Section 2.5(e)(i)
hereof, one of the events described in
Section
9.1(i)
hereof shall have occurred, each Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date
such Advance of the Revolving Credit was to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line
Lender an undivided participating interest in each Swing Line Advance that was to have
been refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Swing Line
Advance. Each Revolving Credit Lender within the time periods specified in
Section
2.5(e)(i)
hereof, as applicable, shall immediately transfer to the Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an
amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all
Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date. Upon receipt thereof, the
Administrative Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a Swing Line
Participation Certificate evidencing such participation.
(iii) Each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to make Revolving Credit
Advances to refund Swing Line Advances, and to purchase participation interests, in
accordance with
Section 2.5(e)(i)
and
(ii)
, respectively, shall be
absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including,
without limitation, (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right
which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or
any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the
-38-
occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) any adverse
change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower or any other Person;
(D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any Borrower or any other
Person; (E) any inability of the Borrowers to satisfy the conditions precedent to
borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such Revolving Credit
Advance is to be made or such participating interest is to be purchased; (F) the
termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder; or (G) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the
foregoing. If any Revolving Credit Lender does not make available to the Administrative
Agent the amount required pursuant to
Section 2.5(e)(i)
or
(ii)
hereof,
as the case may be, the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Swing Line Lender, shall
be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender, together
with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is
paid in full (x) for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, at the
Federal Funds Effective Rate and (y) thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable
to such Swing Line Advances. The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make
available its pro rata portion of the amounts required pursuant to
Section
2.5(e)(i)
or
(ii)
hereof shall not be affected by the failure of any other
Revolving Credit Lender to make such amounts available, and no Revolving Credit Lender
shall have any liability to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line
Lender, or any other Revolving Credit Lender or any other party for another Revolving
Credit Lenders failure to make available the amounts required under
Section
2.5(e)(i)
or
(ii)
hereof.
(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Revolving Credit Lender shall be
required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to refund a Swing Line Advance or to
purchase a participation in a Swing Line Advance if at least two (2) Business Days prior
to the making of such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Lender, the officers of the
Swing Line Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall
have received written notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender that Swing Line
Advances should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
notice of default
;
provided
,
however
, that the obligation of the Revolving Credit Lenders
to make refund such Swing Line Advance or purchase a participation in such Swing Line
Advance) shall be reinstated upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has
been waived by the requisite Lenders.
2.6
Interest Payments; Default Interest
.
(a) Interest on the unpaid balance of all Base Rate Advances of the Revolving
Credit and the Swing Line from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such
Advance to the date repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be
payable in immediately available funds commencing on February 1, 2010, and on the first day of
each February, May, August and November thereafter (in respect of the preceding three months
or any portion thereof). Whenever any payment under this
-39-
Section 2.6(a)
shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date
for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base
Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of
days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate
resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.
(b) Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit shall accrue
at its Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last
day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the
Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the
actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable
thereto to but not including the last day thereof.
(c) Interest on each Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line shall accrue at its
Quoted Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the
Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Quoted Rate shall be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first
day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all
accrued and unpaid interest on any Revolving Credit Advance refunded or converted pursuant to
Section 2.3
hereof and any Swing Line Advance refunded pursuant to
Section
2.5(e)
hereof, shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is refunded or
converted.
(e) In the case of any Event of Default under
Section 9.1(i)
, immediately
upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon
receipt by the Administrative Agent of notice from the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders,
interest shall accrue and be payable on demand on all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line
Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest
Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances and Quoted
Rate Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest Period, if
any, and at all other such times, and for all Base Rate Advances from time to time
outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).
2.7
Optional Prepayments
.
(a) (i) The Borrowers may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any
Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit at any time,
provided
that
,
unless the
Sweep to Loan
system shall be in effect in respect of the Revolving
Credit, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of Base Rate
Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit remaining outstanding shall be at least One Million Dollars
($1,000,000), and (ii) subject to
Section 2.10(c)
hereof, the Borrowers may prepay all
or part of the outstanding principal of any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving
-40-
Credit at any time (subject to not less than five (5) Business Days notice to the
Administrative Agent),
provided
that
, after giving effect to any partial
prepayment, the unpaid portion of such Advance which is to be refunded or converted under
Section 2.3
hereof shall be at least One Million and Dollars ($1,000,000).
(b) (i) The Borrowers may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any
Swing Line Advance carried at the Base Rate at any time,
provided
that
, after
giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Base Rate Advances
remaining outstanding shall be at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) and (ii)
subject to
Section 2.10(c)
hereof, the Borrowers may prepay all or part of the
outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate at any time
(subject to not less than one (1) days notice to the Swing Line Lender),
provided
that
, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such
Quoted Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000).
(c) Any prepayment of a Base Rate Advance made in accordance with this Section
shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of any other type of Advance shall be
subject to the provisions of
Section 11.1
hereof, but otherwise without premium or
penalty.
2.8
Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default
. If, (a) as to any
outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit or any outstanding Quoted Rate Advance
of the Swing Line, the Administrative Agent has not received payment of all outstanding principal
and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or does not receive
a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of
Section 2.3
or
2.5
hereof
with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last day of the
applicable Interest Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any
Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, which has not been prepaid
shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, be converted
automatically to a Base Rate Advance and the Administrative Agent shall thereafter promptly notify
the Administrative Borrower of said action. All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance
converted to a Base Rate Advance under this
Section 2.8
shall be due and payable in full on
the date such Advance is converted.
2.9
Revolving Credit Facility Fee
. From the Closing Date to the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent
for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective
Revolving Credit Percentages, a Revolving Credit Facility Fee in arrears from the Closing Date
through the earlier of December 10, 2009, and the Effective Date, in advance commencing on the
Effective Date for the period from the Effective Date through February 1, 2010, and in advance on
the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter (in respect of the following
three months or any portion thereof). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee payable to each Revolving
Credit Lender shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the Revolving
Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect (whether used or unused). The Revolving Credit Facility
Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty
-41-
(360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the
Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for
payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, the
Administrative Agent shall make prompt payment to each Revolving Credit Lender of its share of the
Revolving Credit Facility Fee based upon its respective Revolving Credit Percentage. It is
expressly understood that the Revolving Credit Facility Fees described in this Section are not
refundable.
2.10
Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances
.
(a) If at any time and for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount
of Revolving Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances, plus the outstanding Letter of Credit
Obligations, shall exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, the Borrowers shall
immediately reduce any pending request for a Revolving Credit Advance on such day by the
amount of such excess and, to the extent any excess remains thereafter, repay any Revolving
Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of the outstanding
amount of such Advances and the amount of such remaining excess, with such amounts to be
applied between the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances as determined by the
Administrative Agent and then, to the extent that any excess remains after payment in full of
all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances, to provide cash collateral in support
of any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) 110% of the amount
of such Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) the amount of such remaining excess, with such
cash collateral to be provided on the basis set forth in
Section 9.2
hereof. The
Borrowers acknowledge that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, they are also
responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under
Section
11.1
hereof. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to
outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried
at the Base Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to
Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.
(b) Upon the payment in full of the Term Loan, any prepayments required to be made
on the Term Loan pursuant to
Sections 4.8(a)
and
(b)
of this Agreement shall
instead be applied to prepay any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit, resulting in
a permanent reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Immediately upon receipt
by any Credit Party of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests of such
Person (other than (i) Equity Interests under any stock option or employee incentive plans
listed on
Schedule 7.13
hereto (or any successor plans) and (ii) Equity Interests
issued for the purpose of curing an Event of Default hereunder, as determined by the
Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, which Net Cash Proceeds shall be prepaid in
accordance with
Section 4.8(b)
hereof and the first sentence of this
Section
2.10(b)
) after the Effective Date, the Borrowers shall prepay any amounts outstanding
under the Revolving Credit by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Net Cash Proceeds
except to the extent such Equity Interests are issued as consideration in any Permitted
Acquisition, in which case no prepayment shall be required. Subject to
Section 10.2
hereof, any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base
Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next
-42-
to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based Advances under
the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate. If any
amounts remain thereafter, a portion of such prepayment equivalent to the undrawn amount of
any outstanding Letters of Credit shall be held by the Issuing Lender or the Administrative
Agent as cash collateral for the Reimbursement Obligations, with any additional prepayment
monies being applied to any Fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding under this Agreement,
and with the remainder of such prepayment thereafter being returned to the Borrowers.
(c) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Revolving
Credit Advances under this
Section 2.10
or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the
Loan Documents is due, the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit or any other Indebtedness
to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may deposit the
amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the
Administrative Agent, for and on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on such terms and
conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and upon such deposit the
obligation of the Borrowers to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied.
Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said
cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of
the Revolving Credit on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the
Eurodollar-based Advances of such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under
Section 11.1
hereof;
provided
,
however
, that if a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred at any time while sums are on deposit in the cash collateral
account, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply such sums to
reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to the last day of the
applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrowers will be obligated to pay any
resulting breakage costs under
Section 11.1
.
2.11
Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
.
The Administrative Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days prior written notice to the
Administrative Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any
time, or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial
reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to
Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000); (ii) each reduction shall be accompanied by the payment of the Revolving Credit
Facility Fee, if any, accrued and unpaid to the date of such reduction; (iii) the Borrowers shall
prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including, without
duplication, any deemed Advances made under
Section 3.6
hereof) outstanding hereunder, plus
the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the amount of the then applicable Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment as so reduced, together with interest thereon to the date of prepayment; (iv)
no reduction shall reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than
the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time; and (v) no such
reduction shall reduce the Swing Line Maximum Amount unless the Administrative Borrower so elects,
provided that the Swing Line
-43-
Maximum Amount shall at no time be greater than the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment;
provided
,
however
, that if the termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment requires the prepayment of a Eurodollar-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance
and such termination or reduction is made on a day other than the last Business Day of the then
current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar-based Advance or such Quoted Rate Advance,
then, pursuant to
Section 11.1
, the Borrowers shall compensate the Revolving Credit Lenders
and/or the Swing Line Lender for any losses or, so long as no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may deposit the amount of such prepayment in a collateral
account as provided in
Section 2.10(c)
. Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be
distributed by the Administrative Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such
Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement
by or readvance to the Borrowers, and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Swing Line
shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Swing Line Lender and will not be available
for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrowers. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Revolving Credit Lenders portion thereof
proportionately (based on the applicable Revolving Credit Percentages), and shall be permanent and
irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base
Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate and
then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried
at the Quoted Rate.
2.12
Use of Proceeds of Advances
. Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be used
to finance the Acquisition and working capital and other lawful corporate purposes.
3. LETTERS OF CREDIT.
3.1
Letters of Credit
. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
Issuing Lender may through the Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the
date hereof until thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written
request of the Administrative Borrower accompanied by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement
and such other documentation related to the requested Letter of Credit as the Issuing Lender may
require, issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrowers, in an aggregate
amount for all Letters of Credit issued hereunder at any one time outstanding not to exceed the
Letter of Credit Maximum Amount. Each Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum face amount of One
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender)
and each Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof) shall expire not later than the first to
occur of (i) one year after the date of issuance thereof and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to
the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in effect on the date of issuance thereof; provided, however, to
the extent the Borrowers cash collateralize any Letter of Credit at least one hundred eighty (180)
days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in cases where such Letter of Credit could be
automatically renewed beyond such Revolving Credit Maturity Date, such letter of Credit may contain
a customary evergreen provision relating to the renewal thereof. The submission of all
applications in respect of and the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject in
all respects to the International Standby Practices 98, and any successor documentation thereto and
to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of the
-44-
State of New York. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Letter of
Credit Document other than any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall control.
3.2
Conditions to Issuance
. No Letter of Credit shall be issued (including the
renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit previously issued) at the request and for the account
of the Borrowers unless, as of the date of issuance (or renewal or extension) of such Letter of
Credit:
(a) (i) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of
Credit Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount; and (ii) after giving
effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date plus
the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including all
Advances deemed disbursed by the Administrative Agent under
Section 3.6(c)
hereof in
respect of the Borrowers Reimbursement Obligations) hereunder requested or outstanding on
such date do not exceed the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment;
(b) the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall
be true and correct in all material respects as of date of the issuance of such Letter of
Credit (both before and immediately after the issuance of such Letter of Credit), other than
any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;
(c) there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon
the issuance of such Letter of Credit;
(d) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Issuing Lender at its
Issuing Office, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for issuance
(or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion, may permit), the Letter
of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such other documents and materials as may
be required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit
shall be reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Lender;
(e) no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or Governmental
Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing Lender from issuing the
Letter of Credit requested, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its
Revolving Credit Percentage thereof pursuant to
Section 3.6
hereof, and no law, rule,
regulation, request or directive having the force of law shall prohibit the Issuing Lender
from issuing, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit
Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or letters of credit generally;
(f) there shall have been (i) no introduction of or change in the interpretation
of any law or regulation, (ii) no declaration of a general banking moratorium by banking
authorities in the United States, New York or the respective jurisdictions in which the
Revolving Credit Lenders, any Borrower and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit
are located, and (iii) no establishment of any new restrictions by any central bank or other
governmental agency or authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks
generally that, in any case described in this
clause (f)
, would make it unlawful or
-45-
unduly burdensome for the Issuing Lender to issue or any Revolving Credit Lender to take
an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested Letter of Credit or letters
of credit generally;
(g) if any Revolving Credit Lender is an Impaired Lender, the Issuing Lender has
entered into arrangements satisfactory to it to eliminate the Issuing Lenders risk with
respect to the participation in Letters of Credit by all such Impaired Lenders, including,
without limitation, the creation of a cash collateral account or delivery of other security by
the Borrowers to assure payment of such Impaired Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of all
outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations; and
(h) Issuing Lender shall have received the issuance fees required in connection
with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 3.4
hereof.
Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Lender pursuant hereto shall constitute the
certification by the Borrowers of the matters set forth in
Section 5.2
hereof. The
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.
3.3
Notice
. The Issuing Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent,
concurrently with or promptly following its issuance of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete
copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon its receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent shall
give notice, substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit E
, to each Revolving Credit
Lender of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount thereof and the amount of
such Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage thereof.
3.4
Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs
.
(a) The Borrowers shall pay letter of credit fees as follows:
(i) A per annum letter of credit fee with respect to the undrawn amount of
each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto (based on the amount of each Letter of
Credit) in the amount of the Applicable Fee Percentage (determined with reference to
Schedule 1.1
to this Agreement) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for
distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit
Percentages.
(ii) A letter of credit facing fee on the face amount of each Letter of
Credit shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Issuing Lender
for its own account, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Fee Letter.
(b) All payments by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent for distribution to
the Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders under this
Section 3.4
shall be
made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Issuing Office or such other office of
the Administrative Agent as may be designated from time to time by written notice to the
Administrative Borrower by the Administrative Agent. The fees described in
clauses
(a)(i)
and
(ii)
above (i) shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances, (ii) in
the case of fees due under
clause (a)(i)
above, shall be payable
-46-
semi-annually in advance and (iii) in the case of fees due under
clause (a)(ii)
above, shall be annually in advance. The fees due under
clause (a)(i)
above shall be
determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the undrawn amount of the face
amount of each such Letter of Credit on the date of determination, and shall be calculated on
the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days from the date of the
issuance thereof to the stated expiration thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge that,
unless the Issuing Lender otherwise agrees, any material amendment and any extension to a
Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be treated as a new Letter of Credit for the purposes
of the letter of credit facing fee.
(c) If any change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any
court or administrative or Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof,
adopted after the date hereof, shall either (i) impose, modify or cause to be deemed
applicable any reserve, special deposit, limitation or similar requirement against letters of
credit issued or participated in by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) impose on Issuing Lender or any
Revolving Credit Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement, the Letters of Credit or
any participations in such Letters of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in
clause (i)
or
(ii)
above shall be to increase the cost or expense to Issuing
Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of
the Letters of Credit (which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing
Lenders or such Revolving Credit Lenders reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such cost
increases and expenses resulting from such events), then, upon demand by the Issuing Lender or
such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, the Borrowers shall, within thirty (30) days
following demand for payment, pay to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the
case may be, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit
Lender, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Lender or such
Revolving Credit Lender for such increased cost and expense incurred by the Issuing Lender or
such Revolving Credit Lender (together with interest on each such amount from ten days after
the date such payment is due until payment in full thereof at the Base Rate), provided that if
the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender could take any reasonable action, without
cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate
such cost or expense, it agrees to do so within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the
foregoing matters. Each demand for payment under this
Section 3.4(c)
shall be
accompanied by a certificate of Issuing Lender or the applicable Revolving Credit Lender
setting forth the amount of such increased cost or expense incurred by the Issuing Lender or
such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, as a result of any event mentioned in
clause (i)
or
(ii)
above, and in reasonable detail, the methodology for
calculating and the calculation of such amount, which certificate shall be prepared in good
faith and shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof.
3.5
Other Fees
. In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to
the Letter of Credit Fees, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay, for the sole account
of the Issuing Lender, standard documentation, administration, payment and cancellation charges
assessed by Issuing Lender or the Issuing Office, at the times, in the amounts and on the terms
-47-
set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the standard fee schedule of the Issuing
Office in effect from time to time.
3.6
Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of
Credit
.
(a) Upon issuance by the Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit hereunder (and on
the Effective Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit), each Revolving Credit
Lender shall automatically acquire a pro rata participation interest in such Letter of Credit
and each related Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Revolving Credit Percentage.
(b) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment
presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Issuing Lender
an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other
demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the
Administrative Agent relative thereto not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan time), in
Dollars, on (i) the Business Day that the Administrative Borrower received notice of such
presentment and honor, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time)
or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Administrative Borrower
received such notice, if such notice is received after 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time).
(c) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment
presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrowers do not reimburse the Issuing
Lender as required under
clause (b)
above and the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has not been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the
Borrowers shall be deemed to have immediately requested that the Revolving Credit Lenders make
a Base Rate Advance of the Revolving Credit (which Advance may be subsequently converted at
any time into a Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to
Section 2.3
hereof) in the
principal amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or
other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the
Administrative Agent relative thereto. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the
Revolving Credit Lenders of such deemed request, and each such Lender shall make available to
the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit
Percentage) of the amount of such Advance.
(d) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment
presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrowers do not reimburse the Issuing
Lender as required under
clause (b)
above, and (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), or (ii) any
reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender from the Borrowers is or must be returned or
rescinded upon or during any bankruptcy or reorganization of any Credit Party or otherwise,
then the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving
Credit Lender will be obligated to pay the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing
Lender its pro rata share (based on its
-48-
Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such
draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred
by the Administrative Agent relative thereto (but no such payment shall diminish the
obligations of the Borrowers hereunder). Upon receipt thereof, the Administrative Agent will
deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a participation certificate evidencing its
participation interest in respect of such payment and expenses. To the extent that a
Revolving Credit Lender fails to make such amount available to the Administrative Agent by
11:00 am (Detroit, Michigan time) on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is
given, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay interest on such amount in respect of each day
from the date such amount was required to be paid, to the date paid to the Administrative
Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate. The failure of any
Revolving Credit Lender to make its pro rata portion of any such amount available under to the
Administrative Agent shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to
make available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be
responsible for failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such pro rata portion
available to the Administrative Agent.
(e) In the case of any Advance made under this
Section 3.6
, each such
Advance shall be disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for
disbursement of any Advance set forth in
Article 2
hereof or
Article 5
hereof,
and, to the extent of the Advance so disbursed, the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrowers
to the Administrative Agent under this
Section 3.6
shall be deemed satisfied (unless,
in each case, taking into account any such deemed Advances, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line, plus the Letter of
Credit Obligations (other than the Reimbursement Obligations to be reimbursed by this Advance)
on such date exceed the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment).
(f) If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment
presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall provide notice thereof
to the Administrative Borrower on the date such draft or demand is honored, and to each
Revolving Credit Lender on such date unless the Borrowers shall have satisfied its
reimbursement obligations by payment to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the
Issuing Lender) as required under this
Section 3.6
. The Issuing Lender shall further
use reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Administrative Borrower prior to honoring any
such draft or other demand for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such
notice, shall not affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Lender with respect to any
Letter of Credit or the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including without
limitation the obligations of the Borrowers under this
Section 3.6
.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing however, no Revolving Credit Lender shall be
deemed to have acquired a participation in a Letter of Credit if the officers of the Issuing
Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received
written notice from the Administrative Agent or any Lender at least two (2) Business Days
prior to the date of the issuance or extension of such Letter of Credit or, with respect to
any Letter of Credit subject to automatic extension, at least five (5)
-49-
Business Days prior to the date that the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit must be
notified that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, that the issuance or extension of
Letters of Credit should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
notice of default
;
provided
,
however
, that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have
acquired such a participation upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been
waived by the requisite Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.
(h) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any
Revolving Credit Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing
Lender shall be the sole issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.
(i) In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender becomes an Impaired Lender, the
Issuing Lender may, at its option, require that the Borrowers enter into arrangements
satisfactory to Issuing Lender to eliminate the Issuing Lenders risk with respect to the
participation in Letters of Credit by such Impaired Lender, including creation of a cash
collateral account or delivery of other security to assure payment of such Impaired Lenders
Revolving Credit Percentage of all outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.
3.7
Obligations Irrevocable
. The obligations of the Borrowers to make payments
to the Administrative Agent for the account of Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders with
respect to Letter of Credit Obligations under
Section 3.6
hereof, shall be unconditional
and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, including, without
limitation:
(a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, any Letter of
Credit Agreement, any other documentation relating to any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents (the
Letter of Credit Documents
);
(b) Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any substitution, exchange or
release of or failure to perfect any interest in collateral or security, with respect to or
under any Letter of Credit Document;
(c) The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which any Borrower
may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any
persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person,
whether in connection with this Agreement, any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the
transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions;
(d) Any draft or other statement or document presented under any Letter of Credit
proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement
therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(e) Payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit
against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of such
-50-
Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate
reference to such Letter of Credit;
(f) Any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Administrative Agent,
Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any party to any of the Letter of Credit
Documents or any other Loan Document to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy
conferred upon the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any
such party under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any of the Letter of
Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the Administrative Agent,
Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party; or
(g) Any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of this
Section
3.7
, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or otherwise of any Borrower
from the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in
Section 3.6
hereof.
No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or
nature which any Borrower has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be
available hereunder to such Borrower against the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or any
Revolving Credit Lender. With respect to any Letter of Credit, nothing contained in this
Section 3.7
shall be deemed to prevent any Borrower, after satisfaction in full of the
absolute and unconditional obligations of the Borrowers hereunder with respect to such Letter of
Credit, from asserting in a separate action any claim, defense, set off or other right which they
(or any of them) may have against the Administrative Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit
Lender in connection with such Letter of Credit.
3.8
Risk Under Letters of Credit
.
(a) In the administration and handling of Letters of Credit and any security
therefor, or any documents or instruments given in connection therewith, Issuing Lender shall
have the sole right to take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the
Letters of Credit.
(b) Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall
issue the Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and
shall make all collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in
accordance with Issuing Lenders regularly established practices and procedures and will have
no further obligation with respect thereto. In the administration of Letters of Credit,
Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted on the advice of counsel,
accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing Lender with due care and Issuing
Lender may rely upon any notice, communication, certificate or other statement from any
Borrower, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which Issuing Lender
believes to be authentic. Issuing Lender will, upon request, furnish the Revolving Credit
Lenders with copies of Letter of Credit Documents related thereto.
-51-
(c) In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and
the assignments hereunder, Issuing Lender makes no representation and shall have no
responsibility with respect to (i) the obligations of the Borrowers or the validity,
sufficiency or enforceability of any document or instrument given in connection therewith, or
the taking of any action with respect to same, (ii) the financial condition of, any
representations made by, or any act or omission of any Borrower or any other Person, or (iii)
any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers possessed by Issuing Lender in its
capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit in the absence of its gross negligence or willful
misconduct. Each of the Revolving Credit Lenders expressly acknowledges that it has made and
will continue to make its own evaluations of the Borrowers creditworthiness without reliance
on any representation of Issuing Lender or Issuing Lenders officers, agents and employees.
(d) If at any time Issuing Lender shall recover any part of any unreimbursed
amount for any draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest
thereon, the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall receive same
for the pro rata benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective
Revolving Credit Percentages and shall promptly deliver to each Revolving Credit Lender its
share thereof, less such Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata share of the costs of such
recovery, including court costs and attorneys fees. If at any time any Revolving Credit
Lender shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such unreimbursed amount or
interest thereon in excess of such Revolving Credit Lenders Revolving Credit Percentage of
such payment, such Revolving Credit Lender will promptly pay over such excess to the
Administrative Agent, for redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.
3.9
Indemnification
. The Borrowers hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify and
agree to hold harmless the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative
Agent and their respective Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees and agents
of such Persons (each an
L/C Indemnified Person
), from and against any and all claims,
damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever which the
Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent or any such Person may
incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter of
Credit (collectively, the
L/C Indemnified Amounts
), and none of the L/C Indemnified
Persons shall be liable or responsible for:
(a) the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions
of any beneficiary in connection therewith;
(b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any endorsement
thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
insufficient, fraudulent or forged;
(c) payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit
against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of
Credit (unless such payment resulted from the gross negligence or willful
-52-
misconduct of the Issuing Lender), including failure of any documents to bear any
reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;
(d) any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or
delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of
Credit; or
(e) any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in connection with any
Letter of Credit.
It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender will rely
on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth
therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.
With respect to
subparagraphs (a)
through
(e)
hereof, (i) the Borrowers shall be
required to indemnify any L/C Indemnified Person for any L/C Indemnified Amounts to the extent such
amounts result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Indemnified Person or
any officer, director, employee or agent of such L/C Indemnified Person and (ii) the Administrative
Agent and the Issuing Lender shall be liable to the Borrowers to the extent, but only to the
extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by any Borrower
which were caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any L/C Indemnified Person or by
the Issuing Lenders wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the
beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly
complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.
3.10
Right of Reimbursement
. Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the
Issuing Lender on demand, pro rata in accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Percentage,
for (i) the reasonable costs and expenses of the Issuing Lender to be reimbursed by the Borrowers
pursuant to any Letter of Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not reimbursed by
the Borrowers or any other Credit Party and (ii) any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, fees, reasonable expenses or disbursements of
any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Issuing
Lender in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including
Section 3.6(c)
hereof), any Letter of Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating thereto, or any Letter
of Credit Agreement, to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers, except to the extent that such
liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were incurred by Issuing Lender as a result of Issuing
Lenders gross negligence or willful misconduct or by the Issuing Lenders wrongful dishonor of any
Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other
demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such
Letter of Credit.
4. TERM LOAN.
4.1
Term Loan
. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Loan
Lender, severally and for itself alone, agrees to lend to the Borrowers, in a single disbursement
in Dollars on the Effective Date an amount equal to such Lenders Term Loan Percentage of the Term
Loan.
-53-
4.2
Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness
.
(a) (i) The Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Term Loan Lender such Lenders Term Loan Percentage of the then
unpaid aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date
and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time
pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the unpaid principal
Indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loan shall, from the Effective Date (until paid), bear
interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. There shall be no readvance or reborrowings of any
principal reductions of the Term Loan.
(b) Each Term Loan Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an
account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrowers to the appropriate lending office
of such Term Loan Lender resulting from each Advance of the Term Loan made by such lending
office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest
payable thereon and paid to such Term Loan Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to
Section
13.8(g)
, and a subaccount therein for each Term Loan Lender, in which Register and
subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Advance of the Term Loan
made hereunder, the type thereof and each Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any
Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to
become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Term Loan Lender hereunder in respect of the
Advances of the Term Loan and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative
Agent hereunder from the Borrowers in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and each Term
Loan Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the Register pursuant to
paragraph (c)
of this
Section 4.2
shall, absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers
therein recorded;
provided
,
however
, that the failure of any Term Loan Lender
or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, as applicable, or
any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the
Advances of the Term Loan (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) made to the
Borrowers by the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) The Borrowers agree that, upon written request to the Administrative Agent by
any Term Loan Lender, the Borrowers will execute and deliver to such Term Loan Lender, at the
Borrowers expense, a Term Loan Note evidencing the outstanding Advances under the Term Loan
owing to such Term Loan Lender.
4.3
Repayment of Principal
.
-54-
(a) The Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan as set forth below, each such
quarterly principal installment to be paid on the first day of each February, May, August and
November, commencing on February 1, 2010, until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when all
remaining outstanding principal plus accrued interest thereon shall be due and payable in
full:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment (to be
|
|
|
made on each
|
Period
|
|
stated date)
|
February 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
May 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
August 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
November 1, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
February 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,500,000
|
|
May 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,500,000
|
|
August 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,500,000
|
|
November 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,500,000
|
|
February 1, 2012
|
|
$
|
2,500,000
|
|
May 1, 2012
|
|
$
|
2,500,000
|
|
August 1, 2012
|
|
$
|
2,500,000
|
|
Term Loan Maturity Date
|
|
Any amounts of principal or interest then outstanding on the Term Loan
|
(b) Whenever any payment under this
Section 4.3
shall become due on a day
that is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereunder shall be extended to the next
Business Day.
4.4
Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of Term
Loan
. The Administrative Borrower may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term
Loan as a Term Loan Advance with a like Eurodollar-Interest Period or convert each such Advance of
the Term Loan to an Advance with a different Eurodollar-Interest Period, but only after delivery to
the Administrative Agent of a Term Loan Rate Request executed in connection with the Term Loan by
an Authorized Signer and subject to the terms hereof and to the following:
(a) each Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the
Term Loan Rate Request form with respect to the Term Loan, including without limitation:
(i) whether the Term Loan Advance is a refunding or conversion of an
outstanding Term Loan Advance;
(ii) in the case of a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Term Loan
Advance, the proposed date of such refunding or conversion, which must be a Business
Day; and
-55-
(iii) whether such Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) is to be a Base
Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, in the case of a Eurodollar-based
Advance, the Eurodollar-Interest Period(s) applicable thereto.
(b) each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to the Administrative
Agent (i) by 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of
the refunding or conversion of a Eurodollar-based Advance or (ii) by 1:00 p.m. on the proposed
date of the refunding or conversion of a Base Rate Advance;
(c) the principal amount of such Advance of the Term Loan plus the amount of any
other Advance of the Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable
Interest Rate and Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Base Rate
Advance, at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), or the remaining principal balance
outstanding under the Term Loan, whichever is less, and (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar-based
Advance, at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or the remaining principal balance
outstanding under the Term Loan, whichever is less, or in each case a larger integral multiple
of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);
(d) no Term Loan Advance shall have a Eurodollar-Interest Period ending after the
Term Loan Maturity Date, and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the
Administrative Borrower shall select Eurodollar-Interest Periods (or the Base Rate) for
sufficient portions of the Term Loan such that the Borrowers may make the required principal
payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in accordance with
Section 4.5
below;
(e) at no time shall there be no more than five (5) Eurodollar-Interest Periods in
effect for Advances of the Term Loan; and
(f) a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to the Administrative Agent, shall
not be revocable by the Borrowers.
4.5
Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default
. In the event the
Administrative Borrower shall fail with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan to
timely exercise their option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with
Section
4.4
hereof (and such Advance has not been paid in full on the last day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto according to the terms hereof), or, if on the last
day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, a Default or Event of Default shall exist, then,
on the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, the principal amount of such Advance
which has not been prepaid shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Advance and the
Administrative Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Administrative Borrower thereof. All
accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under this
Section
4.5
shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.
4.6
Interest Payments; Default Interest
.
(a) Interest on the unpaid principal of all Base Rate Advances of the Term Loan
from time to time outstanding shall accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to
the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in
-56-
arrears commencing on February 1, 2010, and on the first day of each February, May,
August and November thereafter (in respect of the preceding three months or any portion
thereof). Whenever any payment under this
Section 4.6
shall become due on a day that
is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next Business Day.
Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and
assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given
to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of
such change in the Base Rate.
(b) Interest on the unpaid principal of each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term
Loan having a related Eurodollar-Interest Period of three (3) months or less shall accrue at
its applicable Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on
the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest shall be payable
in immediately available funds on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan outstanding
from time to time having a Eurodollar-Interest Period of six (6) months or longer, at
intervals of three (3) months after the first day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest
Period, and shall also be payable on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable
thereto. Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the
Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
Section 4.6(a)
or
(b)
hereof, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Term Loan Advance refunded or
converted pursuant to
Section 4.4
hereof shall be due and payable in full on the date
such Term Loan Advance is refunded or converted.
(d) In the case of any Event of Default under
Section 9.1(i)
, immediately
upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon notice from
the Majority Term Loan Lenders interest shall be payable on demand on the principal amount of
all Advances of the Term Loan from time to time outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the
Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance, plus, in the case of
Eurodollar-based Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing
Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times and for all Base Rate
Advances, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).
4.7
Optional Prepayment of the Term Loan
.
(a) Subject to
clause (b)
hereof, the Borrowers (at their option), may
prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal of any Term Loan Advance bearing
interest at the Base Rate at any time, and may prepay all or any portion of the outstanding
principal of any Term Loan bearing interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate upon one (1) Business
Days notice to the Administrative Agent by wire, telecopy or by telephone (confirmed by wire
or telecopy), with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the date of such
prepayment. Any prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest
Rate is the Base Rate shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of a portion of
the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is
-57-
the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be without premium or penalty, except to the extent set
forth in
Section 11.1
.
(b) Each partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to all installments
of the Term Loan due thereunder in the inverse order of maturity to all such principal
payments as follows: first to that portion of the Term Loan outstanding as a Base Rate
Advance, second to that portion of the Term Loan outstanding as Eurodollar-based Advances
which have Eurodollar-Interest Periods ending on the date of payment, and last to any
remaining Advances of the Term Loan being carried at the Eurodollar-based Rate.
(c) All prepayments of the Term Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent for
distribution ratably to the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan
Percentages.
4.8
Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loan
.
(a) Subject to
clauses (c)
and
(d)
hereof, immediately upon
receipt by any Credit Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sales, which are not
Reinvested as described in the following sentence, the Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan by
an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent the Net
Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate in the calendar year in
which such prepayment is to be made or $5,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this
Agreement,
provided
,
however
, that the Borrowers shall not be obligated to
prepay the Term Loan with such Net Cash Proceeds if the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) promptly following the sale, the Administrative Borrower provides to the Administrative
Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower
(
Reinvestment Certificate
) stating (x) that the sale has occurred, (y) that no
Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the sale
or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, and (z) a description of the planned
Reinvestment of the proceeds thereof, (ii) the Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds is
commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the Reinvestment Period,
and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the
sale and at the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment. If any such
proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrowers shall
promptly pay such proceeds to the Administrative Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan
in accordance with
clauses (c)
and
(d)
hereof.
(b) Subject to
clauses (c)
and
(d)
hereof, immediately upon
receipt by any Credit Party of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests of
such Person (other than Equity Interests under any stock option or employee incentive plans
listed on
Schedule 7.13
hereto (or any successor plans) after the Effective Date, to
the extent such Equity Interests are issued for the purpose of curing an Event of Default
hereunder, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, the
Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Net
Cash Proceeds.
-58-
(c) Subject to
clause (d)
hereof, each mandatory prepayment under this
Section 4.8
or any other mandatory or optional prepayment under this Agreement shall
be in addition to any scheduled installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and
shall be subject to
Section 11.1
. Each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan shall be
applied to installments of principal on the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity.
(d) To the extent that, on the date any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan
under this
Section 4.8
is due, the Indebtedness under the Term Loan or any other
Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate
and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrowers may deposit
the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the
Administrative Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders (which shall be an interest-bearing
account), on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent and upon such deposit, the obligation of each Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment
shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral
account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to
reduce the principal balance of the Term Loan on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest
Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of the Term Loan, thereby avoiding
breakage costs under
Section 11.1
.
4.9
Use of Proceeds
. Proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by the Borrowers
to finance the Acquisition.
4.10
Term Loan Facility Fee
. From the Closing Date to the Term Loan Maturity
Date, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for distribution
to the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders of the Term Loan (the
Term Loan Lenders) pro-rata in accordance with their respective Term Loan Percentages, a Term
Loan Facility Fee in arrears from the Closing Date through the earlier of December 10, 2009, and
the Effective Date, in advance commencing on the Effective Date for the period from the Effective
Date through February 1, 2010, and in advance on the first day of each February, May, August and
November thereafter (in respect of the following three months or any portion thereof). The Term
Loan Facility Fee payable to each Term Loan Lender shall be determined by multiplying the
Applicable Fee Percentage times the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan to be made to the
Borrowers by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to
Section 4.1
hereof. The Term Loan Facility
Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the
actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Term Loan Facility Fee shall be due on
a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next
Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, the Administrative Agent shall make prompt payment to
each Term Loan Lender of its share of the Term Loan Facility Fee based upon its respective Term
Loan Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Term Loan Facility Fees described in this
Section are not refundable.
5. CONDITIONS.
The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the
obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following
conditions:
-59-
5.1
Conditions of Initial Advances
. The obligations of the Lenders to make
initial Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to
issue initial Letters of Credit, in each case, on the Effective Date only, are subject to the
following conditions:
(a)
Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
. The Borrowers
shall have executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender
requesting Notes, the Swing Line Note and the Revolving Credit Notes; the Borrowers shall have
executed and delivered this Agreement, and, to the extent any Person becomes a Material
Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement and before the initial Advance hereunder, a
Joinder; and each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered the other Loan Documents to
which such Credit Party is required to be a party (including all schedules and other documents
to be delivered pursuant hereto); and such Notes (if any), this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall be in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Bamagas
shall not be required to execute and deliver a Joinder or any other Loan Document required to
be executed and delivered under this
Section 5.1
to the extent the consent required to
execute and deliver such documents and to perform its obligations thereunder from Calpine
Energy Services, L.P. (the
Consent
) has not been obtained.
(b)
Authority
. Subject to the last sentence of
Section 5.1(a)
hereof, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) such certificates of resolutions or
other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of a Responsible Officer of
each Credit Party as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity,
authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible
Officer in connection with the Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is a party, (ii) such
documents and certificates certified by the appropriate Governmental Authority as of a recent
date before the date of this Agreement as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing that
each Credit Party is duly organized or formed, validly existing, in good standing and, in the
case of each Credit Party, qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such
qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) copies of each organizational or other governing
document of each Credit Party certified by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party and,
with respect the articles of organization or formation of each Credit Party, certified by the
appropriate Governmental Authority as of a recent date before the date of this Agreement.
(c)
Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents
. Subject to
the last sentence of
Section 5.1(a)
hereof, the Administrative Agent shall have
received the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and fully executed by each party thereto:
(i) The Collateral Documents, each in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent and fully executed by each party thereto and
dated as of the Effective Date, including:
-60-
(A) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Credit
Parties;
(B) the Guaranty, executed and delivered by the Guarantors;
(C) the Collateral Assignment executed and delivered by one or more of
the Borrowers; and
(D) Mortgages covering the Acquisition Properties together with the
related documentation specified in
Schedule 5.1(c)(i)(D)
.
(ii) The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that at least eighty
percent (80%) of the total value of all Pipeline Systems and other Real Property of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are encumbered by the Collateral Documents.
(iii) Certified copies of uniform commercial code requests for information,
or a similar search report certified by a party acceptable to the Administrative Agent,
dated a date reasonably prior to the Effective Date, listing all effective financing
statements in the jurisdictions noted on
Schedule 5.1(c)(iii)
which name any
Credit Party (under their present names or under any previous names used within five (5)
years prior to the date hereof) as debtors, together with (x) copies of such financing
statements, and (y) authorized Uniform Commercial Code (Form UCC-3) Termination
Statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any
Collateral described in the Collateral Documents previously granted by any Person (other
than Liens permitted by
Section 8.2
of this Agreement).
(iv) Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements,
amendments to financing statements and assignments of financing statements, stock powers
executed in blank and any endorsements) requested by the Administrative Agent and
reasonably required to be provided in connection with the Collateral Documents to
create, in favor of the Administrative Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), a first
priority perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have been filed,
registered or recorded, or shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent in
proper form for filing, registration or recordation.
(d)
Equity
. On or before the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent
shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the holders of the Equity Interests of
the Administrative Borrower shall have contributed (directly or indirectly) to their equity
capital in an aggregate amount of not less than $93,000,000; such contribution being made in a
manner and on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
(e)
Insurance
. The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence
reasonably satisfactory to it and its insurance consultant that the Credit Parties have
obtained the insurance policies required by
Section 7.5
hereof and required by any of
the
-61-
other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, with respect to all material
processing plants as requested by the Administrative Agent, and that such insurance policies
are in full force and effect.
(f)
Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements
. Subject to the
last sentence of
Section 5.1(a)
hereof, each Credit Party shall have each performed
and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the extent required to be performed or complied
with by such Credit Party. No Person (other than the Administrative Agent, Lenders and
Issuing Lender) party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in material
default in the performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents or shall be in material default in the performance or compliance
with any of the material terms or material provisions of, in each case to which such Person is
a party.
(g)
Opinions of Counsel
. The Credit Parties shall furnish the
Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date, with signed copies for each Lender, opinions
of counsel to the Credit Parties, including opinions of local counsel to the extent deemed
reasonably necessary by the Administrative Agent, in each case dated the Effective Date and
covering such matters as reasonably required by and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form
and substance to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders.
(h)
Payment of Fees
. The Borrowers shall have paid to Comerica Bank any
fees due under the terms of the Fee Letter, along with any other fees, costs or expenses due
and outstanding to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders as of the Effective Date (including
reasonable, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent).
(i)
Pro Forma Balance Sheet
. The Borrowers shall have delivered to the
Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Pro
Forma Balance Sheet.
(j)
Material Contracts
. The Administrative Agent shall have been
provided with access to electronic copies of all Material Contracts described on
Schedule
6.18
hereof.
(k)
Management Agreement and Employment Agreements
. The Administrative
Agent shall have received copies of the Advisory Services Agreement and all employment
agreements of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries which shall remain in effect following the
Effective Date.
(l)
Closing Certificate
. The Administrative Agent shall have received a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower dated the Effective Date
(or, if different, the date of the initial Advance hereunder), stating that to the best of his
or her respective knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions set forth in this
Section 5.1
have been satisfied to the extent required to be satisfied by any Credit
Party; (b) the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in this Agreement or
-62-
any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and correct in all material
respects; (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) since
June 30, 2009, nothing shall have occurred which has had, or could reasonably be expected to
have, a material adverse change on the business, results of operations, conditions, property
or prospects (financial or otherwise) of any Borrower or any other Credit Party; (e) there
shall have been no material adverse change to the Pro Forma Balance Sheet; and (f) there shall
have been no material adverse change in each Borrowers ability to perform its obligations
under the Acquisition Documents or otherwise in connection with the Acquisition.
(m)
Acquisition
.
(i) Funds have been escrowed pursuant to the provisions of the Acquisition
Documents to protect against certain litigation more particularly described in the
Acquisition Documents. The Administrative Borrower hereby grants the Administrative
Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders a security interest in all of the
Administrative Borrowers right, title and interest in and to the funds escrowed
pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.
(ii) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (A) a
certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower certifying: (I)
that the Administrative Borrower is concurrently consummating the Acquisition in
accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents (with all of the material
conditions precedent thereto having been satisfied in all material respects by the
parties thereto) and acquiring substantially all of the Acquisition Properties
contemplated by the Acquisition Documents; (II) as to the final purchase price for the
Acquisition Properties after giving effect to all adjustments as of the closing date
contemplated by the Acquisition Documents and specifying, by category, the amount of
such adjustment; (III) that attached thereto is a true and complete list of the
Acquisition Properties which have been excluded from the Acquisition pursuant to the
terms of the Acquisition Documents, specifying with respect thereto the basis of
exclusion as (1) title defect, (2) preferential purchase right, (3) environmental or (4)
casualty loss; (IV) that attached thereto is a true and complete list of all Acquisition
Properties for which the Seller has elected to cure a title defect; (V) that attached
thereto is a true and complete list of all Acquisition Properties for which the Seller
has elected to remediate an adverse environmental condition; and (VI) that attached
thereto is a true and complete list of all Acquisition Properties which are currently
pending final decision by a third party regarding purchase of such property in
accordance with any preferential right; (B) a true and complete executed copy of each of
the Acquisition Documents in reasonable form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders; (C) original counterparts or copies, certified as
true and complete, of the assignments, deeds and leases for all of the Acquisition
Properties; and (D) such other related documents and information as the Administrative
Agent shall have reasonably requested.
-63-
(iii) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received evidence
satisfactory to it that all Liens on the Acquisition Properties associated with any
credit facilities and Funded Debt have been released or terminated and that arrangements
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent have been made for recording and filing of such
releases.
(n)
Environmental Due Diligence, etc.
. The Administrative Agent and the
Lenders shall have received, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, (i) a Phase I Environmental Assessment prepared by R.W. Beck covering
the Bazor Ridge facility and (ii) a reliance letter from R.W. Beck with respect to such
Phase I Environmental Assessment. The Seller shall have indemnified the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries with respect to the environmental conditions present at the Harmony plant
located approximately 7 miles southwest of Quitman, Clarke County, Mississippi pursuant to and
to the extent provided in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.
(o)
Remaining Availability
. After giving effect to the Revolving Credit
Advances made to fund the Acquisition, the Borrowers shall have Unused Revolving Credit
Availability of at least $10,000,000.
(p)
Funding Limitation
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Lender and the Lenders shall not be obligated to make initial Advances or issue
Letters of Credit on the Effective Date in excess of an amount equal to the product of (a)
three (3)
times
(b) $24,764,000, being the Consolidated EBITDA as of June 30, 2009, on a
trailing twelve (12) month basis, as reflected in the PricewaterhouseCoopers letter dated as
of August 21, 2009.
(q)
Termination
. A Revolving Credit Advance and a Term Loan Advance to
fund the Acquisition shall occur on or before December 10, 2009.
5.2
Continuing Conditions
. The obligations of each Lender to make Advances
(including the initial Advance) under this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to
issue any Letters of Credit shall be subject to the continuing conditions that:
(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or
the request for the Letter of Credit, as the case may be; and
(b) Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in
each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the
date of the Advance or Letter of Credit (as the case may be) as if made on and as of such date
(other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date).
6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.
Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line
Lender and the Issuing Lender as follows:
-64-
6.1
Organizational Authority
. Each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries is a
corporation (or other business entity) duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws
of the state or jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as applicable, and each such party
is duly qualified and authorized to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity in each
jurisdiction where the character of its assets or the nature of its activities makes such
qualification and authorization necessary except where failure to be so qualified or be in good
standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Borrower and
each of Subsidiaries has all requisite corporate, limited liability or partnership power and
authority to own all its property (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible or of any kind
whatsoever) and to carry on its business in substantially the manner as such business was operated
immediately prior to the Effective Date.
6.2
Due Authorization
. Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents, to which each Borrower and each of their
Subsidiaries is party, and the issuance of the Notes by the Borrowers (if requested) are within
such Persons corporate, limited liability or partnership power, have been duly authorized, are not
in contravention of any law applicable to such party or the terms of such partys organizational
documents and, except as have been previously obtained or as referred to in
Section 6.10
,
below, do not require the consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other third
party except to the extent that such consent or approval is not material to the transactions
contemplated by the Loan Documents or the Acquisition Documents.
6.3
Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens
.
(a) Each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries, to the extent applicable, has
good and valid title (or, in the case of Real Property and Easements, good and defensible
title) to all assets owned by it, subject only to the Liens permitted under
Section
8.2
hereof, and each Borrower and each of their Subsidiaries has a valid leasehold or
interest as a lessee or a licensee in all of its leased Real Property, subject to Permitted
Liens;
(b)
Schedule 6.3(b)
hereof identifies all of the material Real Property
and Easements owned or operated or leased, as lessee thereunder, by the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries on the Effective Date, including all warehouse or bailee locations as of the
Effective Date;
(c) The Pipeline Systems are covered by recorded Easements in favor of each
applicable Borrower or its applicable Subsidiaries (or their predecessors in interest) and
their respective successors and assigns, except where the failure of the Pipeline Systems to
be so covered, individually or in the aggregate, (i) does not materially interfere with the
ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in substantially
the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior to the Effective Date, (ii) does
not materially detract from the value or the use of the portion of the Pipeline Systems which
are not covered and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) The Easements establish a contiguous and continuous right-of-way for each
separate system of tubes and pipelines comprising the Pipeline Systems and, subject
-65-
to the Permitted Liens, grant each applicable Borrower or its applicable Subsidiaries (or
their predecessors in interest) and their respective successors and assigns, the right to
construct, operate and maintain the Pipeline Systems in, over, under or across the land
covered thereby in the same way that a prudent owner and operator in the midstream pipeline
business would construct, operate and maintain similar assets;
(e) The Real Property is covered by fee deeds, real property leases and other
instruments (the
Deeds
) in favor of each applicable Borrower or its applicable
Subsidiaries (or their predecessors in interest) and their respective successors and assigns;
(f) The Deeds grant to each applicable Borrower or its applicable Subsidiaries
(or their predecessors in interest) and their respective successors and assigns, the right to
construct, operate and maintain the Real Property in, over and under the land covered thereby
in the same way that a prudent owner and operator in the midstream pipeline business would
construct, operate and maintain similar assets;
(g) To the knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries after due inquiry and
investigation, there has been no and there is not presently any occurrence of any (i) breach
or event of default on the part of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any
Easement or Deed, (ii) breach or event of default on the part of any other party to any
Easement or Deed, and (iii) event that, with the giving of notice of lapse of time or both,
would constitute such breach or event of default on the part of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to any Easement or Deed or on the part of any other party there to,
in each case, to the extent such breach or default, individually or in the aggregate, (A)
materially interferes with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior to
the Effective Date, (B) materially detracts from the value or the use of the portion of the
Pipeline Systems and/or Real Property covered thereby and (C) could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(h) To the knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries after due inquiry and
investigation, (i) the Easements and Deeds (to the extent applicable) are in full force and
effect in all material respects and are valid and enforceable against the parties thereto in
accordance with their terms (subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance or similar
laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to, as to enforceability, general
principles of equity) and (ii) all rental and other payments due thereunder by the Borrowers
and their Subsidiaries and their predecessors in interest, have been duly paid in accordance
with the terms of the Easements and Deeds, except to the extent that the failure to do so,
individually or in the aggregate, (A) does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct
of the businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in substantially the manner as such
businesses were operated immediately prior to the Effective Date, (B) does not materially
detract from the value or the use of the portion of the Pipeline System and/or Real Property
covered thereby and (C) could not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect;
-66-
(i) The Pipeline Systems are located with the confines of the descriptions
contained in the Easements and do not encroach upon any adjoining property in any one or more
material respects;
(j) The Real Property is located within the confines of description contained in
the Deeds and do not encroach upon any adjoining property in any one or more material
respects;
(k) The buildings or improvements owned or leased by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, and the operation and maintenance thereof, do not (i) contravene any applicable
zoning or building law or ordinance or other administrative regulation or (ii) violate any
applicable restrictive covenant or any Requirement of Law, the contravention of which would
materially affect the use of the property subject thereto;
(l) The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries will collectively own or collectively
have a valid leasehold interest in all assets that were owned or leased (as lessee) by the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Effective Date to the extent that
such assets are necessary for the continued operation of the businesses of the Borrowers and
their Subsidiaries in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately
prior to the Effective Date;
(m) To the knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries after due inquiry and
investigation, no material condemnation, eminent domain or expropriation action has been
commenced or threatened against any such owned or leased Real Property; and
(n) There are no Liens on and no financing statements on file with respect to any
of the assets owned by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for the Liens permitted
pursuant to
Section 8.2
of this Agreement.
6.4
Taxes
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.4
hereof, each Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries has filed on or before their respective due dates or within the
applicable grace periods, all United States federal, state, local and other tax returns which are
required to be filed or has obtained extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent
in filing such returns in accordance with such extensions and has paid all material taxes which
have become due pursuant to those returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such
party, as the case may be, to the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such
taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with
respect to which adequate provision has been made on the books of such party as may be required by
GAAP.
6.5
No Defaults
. Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default
under or with respect to any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which it is a party or by
which it or any of its property is bound which would cause or would reasonably be expected to cause
a Material Adverse Effect.
6.6
Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents
. This Agreement and each of
the other Loan Documents to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (including
-67-
without limitation, each Request for Advance), have each been duly executed and delivered by
its duly authorized officers and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such party,
enforceable against such party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement
thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights, generally and by general
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or
equity).
6.7
Compliance with Laws
. (a) Except as disclosed on
Schedule 6.7
, each
Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied with all applicable federal, state and local
laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including consent decrees and
administrative orders) including but not limited to Hazardous Material Laws, and is in compliance
with any Requirement of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) neither the extension of credit
made pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the proceeds thereof by the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets
control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as
amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or The United and
Strengthening America by providing appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism
(
USA Patriot Act
) Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, October 26, 2001 or Executive Order
13224 of September 23, 2001 issued by the President of the United States (66 Fed. Reg. 49049
(2001)).
6.8
Non-contravention
. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including each Request for Advance) to which any Borrower
and any of its Subsidiaries is a party are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture,
agreement or undertaking to which such party is a party or by which it or its properties are bound
where such violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.9
Litigation
. Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.9
hereof, there is no
suit, action, proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding or governmental
investigation pending against or to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened in writing against
any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any suit, action or proceeding in which any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is the plaintiff and in which no counterclaim or cross-claim
against such party has been filed) or involving the Acquisition, or any judgment, decree,
injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission, agency,
instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
involving the Acquisition, nor is any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in violation of any
applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement of any Governmental
Authority or court which could in any of the foregoing events reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or to impair the consummation of the Acquisition on the time and in the
manner contemplated by the Acquisition Documents.
6.10
Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc
. Except as set forth on
Schedule
6.10
hereof, no material authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or formal
exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or registration with, any court, Governmental Authority
or any securities exchange or any other Person (whether or not governmental) is required in
connection
-68-
with (a) the execution, delivery and performance: (i) by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents to which such party is a party
or (ii) by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries of the grant of Liens granted, conveyed or
otherwise established (or to be granted, conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) otherwise necessary to the operation
of its business in substantially the manner as such business was operated immediately prior to the
Effective Date, except in each case for (x) such matters which have been previously obtained, and
(y) such filings to be made concurrently herewith or promptly following the Effective Date as are
required by the Collateral Documents to perfect Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent. All
such material authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings,
declarations and registrations which have previously been obtained or made, as the case may be, are
in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers after due inquiry and
investigation, are not the subject of any attack or threatened attack (in each case in any material
respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.
6.11
Agreements Affecting Financial Condition
. To their knowledge after due
inquiry, neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary expects that any contract for the sale or purchase
of goods or services will be cancelled or terminated which, if so cancelled or terminated, would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and that has not been disclosed to the
Administrative Agent. However, if such Borrower or Subsidiary suspects such a contract may be
terminated or cancelled, commercially reasonable efforts have been undertaken to promptly replace
such contract with a commercially reasonable substitute.
6.12
No Investment Company or Margin Stock
. Neither any Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is an
investment company
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended. Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as
one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any of the Advances
will be used by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or carry margin stock. Terms
for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect, are used in this
paragraph with such meanings.
6.13
ERISA
. Neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries maintains or
contributes to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, except as set forth on
Schedule
6.13
hereto or otherwise disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing. There is no
accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or
Section 302 of ERISA, or any outstanding liability with respect to any Pension Plans owed to the
PBGC other than future premiums due and owing pursuant to Section 4007 of ERISA, and no
reportable event
as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect to any
Pension Plan other than an event for which the notice requirement has been waived by the PBGC.
None of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries has engaged in a prohibited transaction with
respect to any Pension Plan, other than a prohibited transaction for which an exemption is
available and has been obtained, which could subject such parties to a material tax or penalty
imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA. Each Pension Plan
is being maintained and funded in accordance with its terms and is in material compliance with the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA. Neither any
-69-
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any
Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have resulted in any
Withdrawal Liability and, except as notified to the Administrative Agent in writing following the
Effective Date, no such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241
of ERISA) or insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA).
6.14
Conditions Affecting Business or Properties
. Neither the respective
businesses nor the properties of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is affected by any fire,
explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo,
act of god, or other casualty which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
(except to the extent such event is covered by insurance sufficient to ensure that, upon
application of the proceeds thereof, no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to
occur).
6.15
Environmental and Safety Matters
. Except as set forth in
Schedules
6.9
,
6.10
and
6.15
:
(a) all facilities and property owned or leased by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws;
(b) to the knowledge of the Borrowers after due inquiry and investigation, there
have been no unresolved and outstanding past, and there are no pending or threatened:
(i) claims, complaints, notices or requests for information received by any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any alleged violation of any
Hazardous Material Law, or
(ii) written complaints, written notices or written inquiries to any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries regarding potential liability of any Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries under any Hazardous Material Law; and
(c) to the knowledge of the Borrowers after due inquiry and investigation, no
conditions exist at, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice
or both, are reasonably likely to give rise to liability under any Hazardous Material Law or
result in a Material Adverse Effect.
6.16
Subsidiaries
. Except as disclosed on
Schedule 6.16
hereto as of the
Effective Date, and thereafter, except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent in writing from
time to time, neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Subsidiaries.
6.17
Management Agreements
.
Schedule 6.17
attached hereto is an accurate
and complete list of all management and significant employment agreements in effect on or as of the
Effective Date to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is bound.
6.18
Material Contracts
.
Schedule 6.18
attached hereto is an accurate and
complete list of all Material Contracts in effect on or as of the Effective Date to which any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is bound.
-70-
6.19
Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Trade Names, Etc
. The Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and
permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their businesses in
substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior to the Effective Date
without known conflict with any rights of others.
Schedule 6.19
contains a true and
accurate list of all trade names and any and all other names used by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries during the five-year period ending as of the Effective Date.
6.20
Capital Structure
.
Schedule 6.20
attached hereto sets forth all
issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, including
the number of authorized, issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries, the par value of such Equity Interests and the holders of such Equity Interests, all
on and as of the Effective Date. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Borrower and
each of its Subsidiaries are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free
and clear of all Liens (except for the benefit of the Administrative Agent) and such Equity
Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws concerning
the issuance of securities. Except as disclosed on
Schedule 6.20
, there are no preemptive
or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or
understandings for the purchase or acquisition from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, of any
Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
6.21
Accuracy of Information
.
(a) The projections, the Pro Forma Balance Sheet and the other pro forma financial
information delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Effective Date are based upon
good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrowers to be accurate
and reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial
information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results
during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the
projected results set forth therein.
(b) From June 30, 2009, through the Effective Date, there has been no change in
the business, operations, condition, property or prospects (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) To the best knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, as of the
Effective Date, (i) neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any material
contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not disclosed by or reserved
against in the opening balance sheet to be delivered hereunder and (ii) there are no
unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries which contingent obligations and losses in the aggregate could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.22
Solvency
. After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents, each Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
will be solvent, able to pay its indebtedness as it matures and will have capital
-71-
sufficient to carry on its businesses in substantially the manner as such businesses were
operated immediately prior to the Effective Date and all business in which it is about to engage.
This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration. The Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries do not intend to nor does management of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries believe
the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries will incur debts beyond their ability to pay as they mature.
The Borrowers and their Subsidiaries do not contemplate filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an
arrangement or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction now
or hereafter in effect relating to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, nor does any Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries have any knowledge of any threatened bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
6.23
Employee Matters
. There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, unfair
labor practice complaints, grievances, arbitration proceedings or controversies pending or, to the
best knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened in writing against any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries by any employees of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, other than non-material
employee grievances or controversies arising in the ordinary course of business. Set forth on
Schedule 6.23
are all union contracts or agreements to which any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is party as of the Effective Date and the related expiration dates of each such
contract.
6.24
No Misrepresentation
. Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document,
certificate, information or report furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in writing in connection with any
of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contains a misstatement of material fact, or
omits to state a material fact required to be stated in order to make the statements contained
herein or therein, taken as a whole, not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which
such statements were made. There is no fact, other than information known to the public generally,
known to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after diligent inquiry, that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not been disclosed to the Administrative Agent
in writing.
6.25
Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence
. As to each Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries, (a) it is an organization as described on
Schedule 6.25
hereto and has
provided the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with complete and correct copies of its articles
of incorporation, by-laws and all other applicable charter and other organizational documents, and,
if applicable, a good standing certificate and (b) its correct legal name, business address, type
of organization and jurisdiction of organization, tax identification number and other relevant
identification numbers are set forth on
Schedule 6.25
hereto.
6.26
Acquisition Documents
. The copies of the Acquisition Documents previously
delivered by any Borrower to the Administrative Agent are true, accurate and complete and have not
been amended or modified in any manner, other than pursuant to amendments or modifications
previously delivered to the Administrative Agent. No party to any Acquisition Document is in
default in respect of any material term or obligation thereunder. The Acquisition Documents comply
in all material respects with all applicable laws.
-72-
6.27
State and Federal Regulation
.
(a) The interstate common carrier pipeline operations comprising a portion of the
Pipeline Systems (the
Interstate Pipelines
) are subject to rate regulation by the
FERC under the Interstate Commerce Act and the Energy Policy Act. With respect to the
Interstate Pipelines, (a) the rates on file with the FERC are just and reasonable pursuant to
the Energy Policy Act and (b) no provision of the tariff containing such rates is unduly
discriminatory or preferential. Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.27(a)
, neither any
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any Person that now owns or has owned an interest in
the Interstate Pipelines has been or is the subject of a complaint, investigation or other
proceeding regarding their respective rates or practices with respect to the Interstate
Pipelines. No complaint, investigation or other proceeding set forth on
Schedule
6.27(a)
, individually or in the aggregate, could result, if adversely determined to the
position or interest of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other such Person, in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(b) With respect to those certain intrastate common carrier pipeline operations
that comprise a portion of the Pipeline Systems (the
Intrastate Pipelines
), are
subject to regulation by the State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies. Each Borrower and each of
its Subsidiaries that owns pipelines and conducts pipeline operations has followed prudent
practice in the Hydrocarbon transportation, processing and distribution industries, as
applicable, regarding the setting of rates for services provided and the implementation of
such rates. The rates charged by each applicable Borrower and its applicable Subsidiaries
with respect to the Intrastate Pipelines provide no more than a fair return on the aggregate
value of the property used to render services on the Intrastate Pipelines, and no such party
uses, charges, imposes or implements, or has previously done any of the foregoing, in a
discriminatory manner. Except as set forth on
Schedule 6.27(b)
, neither any Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries that owns any interest in any of the Intrastate Pipelines has been
or is the subject of a complaint, investigation or other proceeding by any Governmental
Authority regarding their respective rates or practices with respect to the Intrastate
Pipelines. No complaint, investigation or other proceeding set forth on
Schedule
6.27(b)
, individually or in the aggregate, could result, if adversely determined to the
position or interest of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or other such Person, in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Each applicable Borrower and each of its applicable Subsidiaries is in
compliance, in all material respects, with all rules, regulations and orders of the FERC and
all State Pipeline Regulatory Agencies applicable to the Pipeline Systems.
(d) As of the Effective Date, neither any Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is
liable for any refunds or interest thereon as a result of an order from the FERC or any
Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Pipeline Systems.
(e) Each applicable Borrowers and each of its applicable Subsidiarys report on
Form 2 or 2A, as applicable, filed with the FERC, if any, complies with all applicable
material legal requirements and does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to make the statements therein not misleading.
-73-
(f) Without limiting the generality of
Section 6.10
of this Agreement, no
certificate, license, permit, consent, authorization or order (to the extent not otherwise
obtained) is required by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from any Governmental
Authority to construct, own, operate and maintain the Pipeline Systems, or to transport,
process and/or distribute Hydrocarbons under existing contracts and agreements as the Pipeline
Systems are presently owned, operated and maintained.
6.28
Supplemental Schedules
. Not later than thirty (30) days after the date on
which any information on any Schedule to this Agreement changed, the Borrowers shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an updated version of such Schedule;
provided
,
however
, the
delivery of any updated Schedule hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver of any obligation of any
Borrower under any Loan Document, and such updated Schedule shall not be effective until it is
accepted by the Administrative Agent.
7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.
Each Borrower covenants and agrees, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit
hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, that it will, and, as
applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:
7.1
Financial Statements
. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, in form and
detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the following documents:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days
after the end of each Fiscal Year, or, for the first Fiscal Year end after the Effective Date,
within one hundred fifty (150) days after end of such Fiscal Year, a copy of the audited
Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating financial statements of the Administrative Borrower
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited
Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash
flows of the Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year or
partial Fiscal Year and underlying assumptions, setting forth in each case in comparative form
the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, certified as being fairly stated in all material
respects by an independent, nationally recognized certified public accounting firm reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the
end of each fiscal quarter of the Administrative Borrower (except the last quarter of each
Fiscal Year), Administrative Borrower prepared unaudited Consolidated and Consolidating
balance sheets of the Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end
of such quarter and the related unaudited statements of income, stockholders equity and cash
flows of the Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the portion of the
Fiscal Year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form
the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous Fiscal Year, and certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower as being fairly stated in all material
respects; and
-74-
all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to be
prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods reflected therein
and with prior periods (except as approved by a Responsible Officer and disclosed therein),
provided
,
however
, that the financial statements delivered pursuant to
clauses
(b)
hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to change from audit
and year-end adjustments.
7.2
Certificates; Other Information
. Furnish to the Administrative Agent, in
form and detail acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the following documents:
(a) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described in
Sections 7.1(a)
for each fiscal year end, and 7
.1(b)
for each fiscal quarter
end, a Covenant Compliance Report (or, in the case of the Administrative Borrower prepared
financial statements for the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, a draft Covenant
Compliance Report) duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower;
(b) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all significant reports submitted by
the Administrative Borrowers firm(s) of certified public accountants in connection with each
annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related
internal control systems of the Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries made
by such accountants, including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management
in connection with their services;
(c) Any financial reports, statements, press releases, other material information
or written notices delivered to the holders of the Equity Interests of any Credit Party (to
the extent not otherwise required hereunder), as and when delivered to such Persons;
(d) Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections for the
Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the next succeeding Fiscal Year,
on a quarterly basis and for the following Fiscal Year on an annual basis, including a balance
sheet, as at the end of each relevant period and for the period commencing at the beginning of
the Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of such relevant period, such projections certified
by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower as being based on reasonable estimates
and assumptions taking into account all facts and information known (or reasonably available
to the Administrative Borrower or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries) by a Responsible
Officer of the Administrative Borrower;
(e) Within forty-five (45) days after and as of the end of each fiscal quarter of
the Administrative Borrower, a report certified by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative
Borrower as to the volume of Hydrocarbons transported through the Pipeline Systems and the
volume of Hydrocarbons processed in the processing plants of the Credit Parties, each
organized by major operating unit;
(f) Any additional information as required by any Loan Document, and such
additional schedules, certificates and reports respecting all or any of the Collateral, the
-75-
items or amounts received by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in full or partial
payment thereof, and any goods (the sale or lease of which shall have given rise to any of the
Collateral) possession of which has been obtained by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
all to such extent as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time, any
such schedule, certificate or report to be certified as true and correct in all material
respects by a Responsible Officer of the Administrative Borrower and shall be in such form and
detail as the Administrative Agent may reasonably specify; and
(g) Such additional financial and/or other information as the Administrative Agent
or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, promptly following such request.
7.3
Payment of Obligations
. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before
maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its material obligations of
whatever nature, including without limitation all assessments, governmental charges, claims for
labor, supplies, rent or other obligations, except where (a) the amount or validity thereof is
currently being appropriately contested in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with
respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or (ii) the
failure to make such payment will not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
7.4
Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws
.
(a) Continue to engage in their respective business and operations substantially
as conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date;
(b) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and maintain
its qualifications to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualifications are necessary
for its operations, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to
Section 8.4
;
(c) Take all action it deems necessary in its reasonable business judgment to
maintain all rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for the normal conduct of
its business except where the failure to so maintain such rights, privileges or franchises
could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect;
(d) Comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the
extent that failure to comply therewith could not, either singly or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
(e) (i) Continue to be a Person whose property or interests in property is not
blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23,
2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to
Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the
Order
), (ii) not engage
in the transactions prohibited by Section 2 of that Order or become associated with Persons
such that a violation of Section 2 of the Order would arise, and (iii) not become a Person on
the list of Specially Designated National and Blocked Persons, or (iv) otherwise not become
subject to the limitation of any OFAC regulation or executive order.
-76-
7.5
Maintenance of Property; Insurance
. (a) Keep all material property it
deems, in its reasonable business judgment, useful and necessary in its business in working order
(ordinary wear and tear excepted), including, without limitation, all material Pipeline Systems and
other Real Property; (b) (i) maintain or cause the maintenance of the interests and rights (A)
which are necessary to maintain the Easements for the Pipeline Systems and to maintain the other
Real Property, and (B) which individually and in the aggregate, could, if not maintained,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) subject to the Permitted Liens,
maintain the Pipeline Systems within the confines of the descriptions contained in the Easements
without material encroachment upon any adjoining property and maintain the Real Property within the
confines of descriptions contained in the Deeds without material encroachment upon any adjoining
property; (iii) maintain such rights of ingress and egress necessary to permit any applicable
Borrower or any of its applicable Subsidiaries to inspect, operate, repair and maintain the
Pipeline Systems and the other Real Property except to the extent that the failure to maintain such
rights, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect and provided that any applicable Borrower or any of its applicable Subsidiaries may
hire third parties to perform these functions; and (iv) maintain all material agreements, licenses,
permits and other rights required for any of the foregoing described in
clauses (i)
,
(ii)
and
(iii)
of this
Section 7.5(b)
in full force and effect in
accordance with their terms, timely make any payments due thereunder, and prevent any default
thereunder that could result in a termination or loss thereof, except any such failure to pay or
default that could not reasonably, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to cause a
Material Adverse Effect; (c) maintain insurance coverage with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies on physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such
types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature in the midstream oil and
gas industry (including without limitation casualty and public liability and property damage
insurance), and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of the
incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and
to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice or any applicable Requirements of
Law would dictate; (d) in the case of all insurance policies covering any Collateral, such
insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to any
applicable Borrower or any of its applicable Subsidiaries, and to the Administrative Agent (as
mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property interests, lender loss payee) as their respective
interests may appear; (e) in the case of all public liability insurance policies, such policies
shall list the Administrative Agent as an additional insured, as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request; and (f) if requested by the Administrative Agent, certificates evidencing such
policies, including all endorsements thereto, to be deposited with the Administrative Agent, such
certificates being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
7.6
Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions
. Permit the
Administrative Agent, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives (a) at
all reasonable times during normal business hours following advance notice if no Default exists,
upon the request of the Administrative Agent, to examine each Borrowers and each of their
Subsidiaries books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and properties; (b) from time to time,
during normal business hours, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, to conduct full or
partial collateral audits of the Accounts and Inventory of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and
appraisals of all or a portion of the fixed assets (including Pipeline Systems and other Real
Property to the extent accompanied by a representative of the applicable Borrower or its
-77-
applicable Subsidiary(ies), such accompaniment to take place at the reasonable request of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender, and subject to the terms of any applicable Easements) of the
Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, such audits and appraisals to be completed by an appraiser as may
be selected by the Administrative Agent and consented to by the Administrative Borrower (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld), with all reasonable costs and expenses of such audits to
be reimbursed by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,
provided
that
, so long as no
Event of Default or Default exists, such audits shall be limited to once each Fiscal Year and the
Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for such audits more
frequently than once each Fiscal Year; (c) during normal business hours and at their own risk and
to the extent accompanied by a representative of the applicable Borrower or its applicable
Subsidiary(ies), such accompaniment to take place at the reasonable request of the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, and subject to the terms of any applicable Easements, to enter onto the Real
Property and Easements owned or leased by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct
inspections, investigations or other reviews of such Real Property and Easements; and (d) at
reasonable times during normal business hours following advance notice and at reasonable intervals,
to visit all of any Borrowers and any of its Subsidiaries offices, discuss each Borrowers and
its Subsidiaries respective financial matters with their respective officers, as applicable, and,
by this provision, each Borrower authorizes, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to authorize,
its independent certified or chartered public accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of
such Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries and examine any of such Borrowers and any of its
Subsidiaries books, reports or records held by such accountants, subject, in each case, to the
policies and procedures of such certified or chartered public accountants.
7.7
Notices
. Promptly give written notice to the Administrative Agent of:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries has knowledge;
(b) any (i) litigation or proceeding existing at any time between any Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority or other third party, or any
investigation of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries conducted by any Governmental
Authority, which in any case if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect,
including, without limitation, any form of material notice, summons, citation, proceeding or
order received from the FERC, any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency or any other Governmental
Authority concerning the regulation of any material portion of the Pipeline Systems or other
Real Property, or (ii) any material adverse change in the financial condition of any Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries since the date of the last audited financial statements delivered
pursuant to
Section 7.1(a)
hereof;
(c) the occurrence of any event which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
believes could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly after
concluding that such event could reasonably be expected to have such a Material Adverse
Effect;
(d) promptly after becoming aware thereof, the taking by the Internal Revenue
Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax position (or any such tax
-78-
position taken by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a filing with the Internal
Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction) which could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect, setting forth the details of such position and the financial impact
thereof;
(e) (i) all jurisdictions in which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
proposes to become qualified after the Effective Date to transact business, (ii) the
acquisition or creation of any new Subsidiaries, (iii) any material change after the Effective
Date in the authorized and issued Equity Interests of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or any other material amendment to any Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries charter, by-laws
or other organizational documents, such notice, in each case, to identify the applicable
jurisdictions, capital structures or amendments as applicable, provided that such notice shall
be given not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such
changes, acquisition or creation, as the case may be (or such shorter period to which the
Administrative Agent may consent);
(f) any default or event of default by any Person under any Subordinated Debt
Document, concurrently with delivery or promptly after receipt (as the case may be) of any
notice of default or event of default under the applicable document, as the case may be; and
(g) not less than ten (10) days prior to the proposed effective date thereof, any
proposed Asset Sale that is not expressly permitted hereby, together with any purchase and
sale agreement, bills of sale, assignments, agreements, instruments and other documents to be
executed and delivered in connection therewith.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer
of the Administrative Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and, in
the case of notices referred to in
clauses (a)
,
(b)
,
(c)
,
(d)
,
(f)
and
(g)
hereof stating what action the applicable Borrower or its applicable
Subsidiaries has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.
7.8
Hazardous Material Laws
.
(a) Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance
with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws, keep all material required permits, approvals,
certificates, licenses and other authorizations required under such Hazardous Material Laws in
effect and remain in compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material
compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws;
(b) (i) Promptly notify the Administrative Agent and provide copies upon receipt
of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries relating to its facilities and properties or compliance with Hazardous Material
Laws which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect and (ii) promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction
of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders any material actions and proceedings
relating to compliance with Hazardous
-79-
Material Laws to which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is named a party, other
than such actions or proceedings being contested in good faith and with the establishment of
reasonable reserves;
(c) To the extent necessary to comply in all material respects with Hazardous
Material Laws, remediate or monitor contamination arising from a release or disposal of
Hazardous Material, which solely, or together with other releases or disposals of Hazardous
Materials could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(d) Provide such information and certifications which the Administrative Agent or
any Lender may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this
Section 7.8
.
7.9
Financial Covenants
.
(a)
Interest Coverage Ratio
. Maintain, as of end of each Test Period and
as of the date of each Advance and each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit, an Interest
Coverage Ratio of not less than 2.50:1.00.
(b)
Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio
. Maintain, as of the end of
each Test Period and as of the date of each Advance and each date of issuance of a Letter of
Credit, a Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio of not more than 3.50:1.00.
7.10
Governmental and Other Approvals
. Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in
effect, as applicable, all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications,
exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations (whether with any court, governmental agency,
regulatory authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which are necessary in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, as applicable,
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other documents or instruments to be executed
and/or delivered by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable in connection therewith
or herewith, except where the failure to so apply for, obtain or maintain could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.11
Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices
.
(a) Comply in all material respects with all material requirements imposed by
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, the minimum funding
requirements for any Pension Plan, except to the extent that any noncompliance could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Promptly notify the Administrative Agent upon the occurrence of any of the
following events in writing: (i) the termination, other than a standard termination, as
defined in ERISA, of any Pension Plan subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA by any
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) the appointment of a trustee by a United States
District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (iii) the
commencement by the PBGC, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to Title IV
of ERISA; (iv) the failure of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to make any payment in
respect of any Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal
-80-
Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (v) the withdrawal of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries from any Multiemployer Plan if any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries reasonably
believes that such withdrawal would give rise to the imposition of Withdrawal Liability with
respect thereto; or (vi) the occurrence of (x) a
reportable event
which is required
to be reported by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiary under Section 4043 of ERISA other than
any event for which the reporting requirement has been waived by the PBGC or (y) a
prohibited transaction
as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the
Internal Revenue Code other than a transaction for which a statutory exemption is available or
an administrative exemption has been obtained.
7.12
Defense of Collateral
. Defend the Collateral from any Liens other than Liens
permitted by
Section 8.2
.
7.13
Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral
.
(a) With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of any
Borrower (directly or indirectly) subsequent to the Effective Date, whether by Permitted
Acquisition or otherwise, cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent, for and on behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by the
Administrative Agent):
(i) to the extent such new Domestic Subsidiary is not a Material
Subsidiary, within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic
Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine), a
Guaranty, or in the event that a Guaranty already exists, a joinder agreement to the
Guaranty whereby such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the
Guaranty;
(ii) to the extent such new Domestic Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary,
within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or
such longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine), a Joinder whereby
such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Borrower under this Agreement;
(iii) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic
Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine), a
joinder agreement to the Security Agreement whereby such Domestic Subsidiary grants a
Lien over its assets (other than Equity Interests which should be governed by
(b)
of this
Section 7.13
) as set forth in the Security Agreement, and
such Domestic Subsidiary shall take such additional actions as may be necessary to
ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over such assets of such Domestic
Subsidiary, subject only to the other Liens permitted pursuant to
Section 8.2
of
this Agreement; and
(iv) within the time period specified in and to the extent required under
clause (c)
of this
Section 7.13
, a Mortgage and/or other documents
required to be delivered in connection therewith.
-81-
(b) With respect to the Equity Interests of each Person which becomes (whether by
Permitted Acquisition or otherwise) (i) a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective
Date, cause each Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary that holds such Equity Interests to
execute and deliver such Pledge Agreements, and take such actions as may be necessary to
ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity
Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary held by each applicable Borrower or its applicable
Subsidiary, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the
Administrative Agent) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic
Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine); and (ii) a
Foreign Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, the Equity Interests of which is held
directly by any Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries, cause each applicable Borrower
or its applicable Subsidiary that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such
Pledge Agreements and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority
perfected Lien over sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, such
Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the Administrative Agent)
within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary (or such
longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine); and
(c) With respect to the acquisition of a fee interest in Pipeline Systems and/or
other Real Property by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after the Effective Date
(whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise), not later than thirty (30) days after the
acquisition is consummated or the owner of such property becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or
such longer time period as the Administrative Agent may determine), such party shall execute
or cause to be executed (unless waived by the Administrative Agent), a Mortgage (or an
amendment to an existing mortgage, where appropriate) covering such Pipeline Systems and/or
other Real Property, together with such additional real estate documentation and environmental
reports, as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent;
in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable
discretion, together with such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate
authority items, certificates and opinions of counsel, as reasonably required by the Administrative
Agent. Upon the Administrative Agents request, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries shall take,
or cause to be taken, such additional steps as are necessary or advisable under applicable law to
perfect and ensure the validity and priority of the Liens granted under this
Section 7.13
.
7.14
Accounts
. Maintain all deposit accounts and securities accounts of each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries with the Administrative Agent or a Lender, provided that, with
respect to any such accounts maintained with any Lender (other than the Administrative Agent), such
party (i) shall cause to be executed and delivered an Account Control Agreement in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) has taken all other steps necessary, or
in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to ensure that the Administrative Agent has a
perfected security interest in such account;
provided
,
however
, notwithstanding the
foregoing, each operating account of each Borrower shall be maintained with the Administrative
Agent at all times.
-82-
7.15
Use of Proceeds
. Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit as set forth in
Section 2.12
hereof and the proceeds of the Term Loan as set forth in
Section 4.9
hereof. The Borrowers shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any such advances for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any
margin stock
(as defined in Regulation U of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner which violates the provisions of
Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other purpose in violation of any
applicable statute or regulation.
7.16
Hedging Transaction
. Within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date,
the Borrowers shall enter into an interest rate Hedging Agreement sufficient, at the minimum, to
cover fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit
Advances as of the Effective Date and the Term Loan for a two-year period following the execution
of such Hedging Agreement. The Hedging Agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
7.17
Further Assurances and Information
.
(a) Take such actions as the Administrative Agent or Majority Lenders may from
time to time reasonably request to establish and maintain first priority perfected security
interests in and Liens on all of the Collateral, subject only to those Liens permitted under
Section 8.2
hereof, including executing and delivering such additional pledges,
assignments, mortgages, lien instruments or other security instruments covering any or all of
the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries assets as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
require, such documentation to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, and prepared at the expense of the Borrowers.
(b) Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the
Administrative Agent within a reasonable time following the Administrative Agents request,
and at the expense of the Borrowers, such other documents or instruments as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement or the
other Loan Documents and to provide for Advances under and payment of Notes in accordance with
the intents and purposes herein and therein expressed.
(c) Provide the Administrative Agent, within five (5) Business Days following the
Administrative Agents request therefor, with any other information required by Section 326 of
the USA Patriot Act or necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to verify the
identity of each Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries as required by Section 326 of the USA
Patriot Act.
7.18
Notices Relating to Acquisition
. In the event that after the Effective
Date: (i) the Administrative Borrower is required or elects to purchase any of the Acquisition
Properties which had been excluded from, or return any of the Acquisition Properties which had been
included in, the Acquisition Properties in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents,
(ii) the Administrative Borrower is required to honor any preferential purchase right in respect of
any Acquisition Property which has not been waived, (iii) any matter being disputed in accordance
with the terms of the Acquisition Documents is resolved or (iv) the Administrative
-83-
Borrower and the Seller calculate and agree upon the
closing adjustment statement
or
post-closing adjustment statement
as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, then, in
each such case, promptly give the Administrative Agent notice in reasonable detail of such
circumstances.
7.19
Required Life Insurance
. Maintain key man life insurance policy(ies) in
reasonable form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and issued by an insurance
company satisfactory to the Administrative Agent insuring the life of the chief executive officer
of Administrative Borrower from time to time holding such office, which chief executive officer is
Brian Bierbach as of the Effective Date, in the amount of $5,000,000.
7.20
Enforcement of Material Contracts
. Enforce all materials rights and
interests under each Material Contract except to the extent any failure to so enforce such rights
(i) does not violate the terms of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not
material adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured parties under any
Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
7.21
Projections
. Within sixty (60) days following the Effective Date, the
Borrowers shall deliver the monthly projections of the Administrative Borrower and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries through December, 2010.
7.22
Bamagas
. Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the Consent, and, to
the extent the Consent is not obtained prior the Effective Date, within five (5) Business Days of
obtaining the Consent, cause Bamagas to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for and on
behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by the Administrative Agent), the items described in
Section 7.13(a)
hereof that are otherwise required to be executed and delivered by each
Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of any Borrower (directly or indirectly) subsequent to
the Effective Date, whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise.
8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.
Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend
credit hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, it will not, and, as
applicable, it will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
8.1
Limitation on Debt
. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt,
except:
(a) Indebtedness of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents;
(b) any Debt existing on the Effective Date and set forth in
Schedule 8.1
attached hereto and any renewals or refinancing of such Debt (provided that (i) the aggregate
principal amount of such renewed or refinanced Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal
amount of the original Debt outstanding on the Effective Date (less any principal payments on
term Debt and the amount of any commitment reductions made thereon on or prior to such renewal
or refinancing), (ii) the renewal or refinancing of such Debt shall be on substantially the
same or better terms as in effect with respect to such Debt on the Effective Date, and shall
otherwise be in compliance with this
-84-
Agreement, and (iii) at the time of such renewal or refinancing no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the renewal or refinancing of such
Debt;
(c) any Debt of any Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition
of fixed or capital assets, whether pursuant to a loan or a Capitalized Lease provided that
both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the aggregate
amount of all such Debt at any one time outstanding (including, without limitation, any Debt
of the type described in this
clause (c)
which is set forth on
Schedule 8.1
hereof) shall not exceed $1,000,000, and any renewals or refinancings of such Debt on terms
substantially the same or better than those in effect at the time of the original incurrence
of such Debt;
(d) any Debt of any Borrower or any Subsidiary that is assumed to finance the cost
of Permitted Acquisitions to the extent all such Debt at any one time outstanding does not
exceed $1,000,000;
(e) Debt under any Hedging Transactions, provided that such transaction is entered
into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;
(f) Debt arising from judgments or decrees not deemed to be a Default or Event of
Default under
subsection (g)
of
Section 9.1
;
(g) Debt owing to a Person that is a Credit Party, but only to the extent
permitted under
Section 8.6
hereof;
(h) Debt incurred in connection with the Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions;
and
(i) the guarantee of or other reimbursement obligations in connection with
performance bonds issued in connection with or related to the Pipeline Systems to the extent
all such Debt at any one time outstanding does not exceed $1,000,000; and
(j) additional unsecured Debt not otherwise described above, provided that both
at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the
aggregate amount of all such Debt shall not exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Debt of the type described in clauses
(c)
,
(d)
and
(j)
of this
Section 8.1
shall not be permitted to be incurred
or assumed by Bamagas until such time as the Consent is obtained and the other terms and
provisions of
Section 7.22
have been satisfied in full.
8.2
Limitation on Liens
. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon
any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:
-85-
(a) Permitted Liens;
(b) Liens securing Debt permitted by
Section 8.1(c)
,
provided
that
, (i) such Liens are created upon fixed or capital assets acquired or leased by
the applicable Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement
(including without limitation by virtue of a loan or a Capitalized Lease), (ii) any such Lien
is created solely for the purpose of securing indebtedness representing or incurred to finance
the cost of the acquisition, construction or improvement of the item of property subject
thereto, (iii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time
exceed 100% of the sum of the purchase price or cost of the applicable property, equipment or
improvements and the related costs and charges imposed by the vendors thereof and (iv) the
Lien does not cover any property other than the fixed or capital asset acquired;
provided
,
however
, that no such Lien shall be created over any owned Pipeline
Systems or other Real Property of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for which the
Administrative Agent has received a Mortgage or for which such party is required to execute a
Mortgage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;
(c) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents;
(d) any escrow account of the Administrative Borrower required by the Seller for
obligations under the Acquisition documents;
(e) other Liens, existing on the Effective Date, set forth on
Schedule 8.2
and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof on substantially the same or better terms as
in effect on the Effective Date and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement;
(f) Liens to secure Hedging Transactions with any of the Lenders or Affiliates
thereof;
(g) Liens existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by
any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or existing on any property or asset of any Person
that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date prior to the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens are not created in contemplation of or in connection
with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as applicable, (ii) such Liens
shall not apply to any other property or assets of any Borrower or any of its other
Subsidiaries, (iii) such Liens shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the
date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as applicable, and
extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements thereof that do not increase the
outstanding principal amount thereof and (iv) the Debt secured by such Lien is Debt permitted
under
Section 8.1(d)
hereof;
(h) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions
relating to bankers Liens, rights of set-off, netting or similar rights and remedies as to
deposit, securities and commodities accounts;
(i) Liens of sellers of goods to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries arising
under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code or similar provision of applicable law
-86-
and any deposits with vendors in the ordinary course of business solely in connection
with the purchase of such goods;
(j) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or
similar arrangements, or by way of contract that secures Debt under any agreement, for the
sale of goods and services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and
(k) Liens arising in connection with the Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions.
Regardless of the provisions of this
Section 8.2
, no Lien over the Equity Interests of any
Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower (except for those Liens for the benefit of the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders) shall be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.
8.3
Acquisitions
. Except for Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions permitted
under
Section 8.6
, if any, purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the
purchase of all or substantially all or any material portion of the assets or business interests or
a division or other business unit of any Person, or any Equity Interest of any Person, or any
business or going concern.
8.4
Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets
. Enter into any merger
or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its
property, business or assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests, receivables and
leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or liquidate, wind up or dissolve,
except:
(a) Inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business;
(b) obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, parts, property or
equipment, or property or equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of the businesses
of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries;
(c) mergers or consolidations of any Subsidiary of any Borrower with or into any
Borrower or any Guarantor so long as such Borrower or such Guarantor shall be the continuing
or surviving entity; provided that at the time of each such merger or consolidation, both
before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing or result from such merger or consolidation;
(d) any Subsidiary of any Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into a Borrower or a
Guarantor if the Borrowers determine in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in
the best interests of the Borrowers, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing or would result therefrom;
(e) sales or transfers, including without limitation upon voluntary liquidation
from any of the Borrowers Subsidiaries to a Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that the
applicable Borrower or Guarantor takes such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably
request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens in favor of the Lenders over such
transferred assets;
-87-
(f) subject to
Section 4.8(a)
hereof, (i) Asset Sales (exclusive of asset
sales permitted pursuant to all other subsections of this
Section 8.4
) in which the
sales price is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold and the
consideration received is cash or cash equivalents or Debt of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries being assumed by the purchaser, provided that the aggregate amount of such Asset
Sales does not exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year and no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing at the time of each such sale (both before and after giving effect
to such Asset Sale), and (ii) other Asset Sales approved by the Majority Lenders in their sole
discretion;
(g) the sale or disposition of Permitted Investments and other cash equivalents in
the ordinary course of business;
(h) dispositions of owned or leased vehicles in the ordinary course of business;
and
(i) the Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions.
The Lenders hereby consent and agree to the release by the Administrative Agent of any and all
Liens on the property sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this
Section 8.4
.
8.5
Restricted Payments
. Declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment
or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively,
Distributions
) on account of any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or any warrants,
rights or options to acquire any of its Equity Interests, now or hereafter outstanding
(collectively,
Purchases
), except to the extent each of the following conditions are
satisfied:
(a) no Default or Event of Default exists or would, after giving effect thereto,
exist;
(b) the Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than 3.00:1.00 as of the
most recently ended Test Period, but including any Debt incurred between the end of such Test
Period and the date of the applicable Distribution or Purchase and excluding any Debt paid
between the end of such Test Period and the date of the applicable Distribution or Purchase;
and
(c) the Borrowers have Unused Revolving Credit Availability of at least
$7,500,000.
8.6
Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances
. Make or allow to remain
outstanding any Investment (whether such investment shall be of the character of investment in
shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or otherwise) in, or any loans or
advances to, any Person other than:
(a) Permitted Investments;
-88-
(b) Investments existing on the Effective Date and listed on
Schedule 8.6
hereof;
(c) sales on open account in the ordinary course of business;
(d) intercompany loans or intercompany Investments made by any Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries to or in any Guarantor or any other Borrower; provided that, in the case of
any intercompany loans or intercompany Investments made by any Borrower in Guarantors
(excluding the Parent and the Parent General Partner), the aggregate amount from time to time
outstanding in respect thereof shall not exceed $1,000,000; and provided, further, that in
each case, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of
making such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment or result from such intercompany loan
or intercompany Investment being made and that any intercompany loans are Collateral pledged
to the Administrative Agent under the appropriate Collateral Documents and are, to the extent
requested by the Administrative Agent, evidenced by and funded under an Intercompany Note
pledged to the Administrative Agent under the appropriate Collateral Documents;
provided
,
however
, notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of
doubt, there is no limitation on Investments by any Borrower in the Parent or the Parent
General Partner for purposes of reimbursement or payment of employee-related costs such as
payroll and benefits;
(e) Investments in respect of Hedging Transactions provided that such transaction
is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;
(f) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of any Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries for moving, entertainment, travel and other similar expenses in the
ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not exceed $100,000 at any time
outstanding;
(g) Permitted Acquisitions and Investments in any Person acquired pursuant to a
Permitted Acquisition;
(h) Investments constituting deposits made in connection with the purchase of
goods or services in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount for such deposits
not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding; and
(i) other Investments not described above provided that both at the time of and
immediately after giving effect to any such Investment (i) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result from the making of such Investment and
(ii) the aggregate amount of all such Investments shall not exceed $500,000 at any time
outstanding.
In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this
Section 8.6
(except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken
at the original cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or
depreciation, but less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.
-89-
8.7
Transactions with Affiliates
. Except as set forth in
Schedule 8.7
and as limited in
Section 8.13
hereof, enter into any transaction, including, without
limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with
any Affiliates of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries except: (a) transactions with Affiliates that
are the Borrowers or Guarantors; (b) transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and (c)
transactions in the ordinary course of the businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and
upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such party than it would obtain in a comparable
arms length transaction from unrelated third parties.
8.8
Sale-Leaseback Transactions
. Except for the Permitted Sale/Leaseback
Transactions, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Borrower
or its Subsidiaries of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by
such party to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by
such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such party, as the case may
be.
8.9
Limitations on Other Restrictions
. Except for this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, enter into any agreement, document or instrument which would (i) restrict the
ability of any Subsidiary of any Borrower to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind
to any Borrower or any Guarantor, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatever nature to
any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part
of its assets to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) restrict or prevent any Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries from granting the Administrative Agent on behalf of Lenders Liens upon,
security interests in and pledges of their respective assets, except to the extent such
restrictions exist in documents creating Liens permitted by
Section 8.2(b)
hereunder.
8.10
Reserved
.
8.11
Reserved
.
8.12
Modification of Certain Agreements
. Make, permit or consent to any amendment
or other modification to the constitutional documents of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or
any Material Contract except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not
violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and (ii)
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
provided
,
however
, the Administrative Agent shall have received a true and correct copy of any such
amendment or other modification at least five (5) Business Days prior to the execution and delivery
thereof.
8.13
Management Fees
. Pay or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, any
management, consulting or other fees to an Affiliate;
provided
,
however
, that so
long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or, after giving effect to such payment or
advance, would exist, the Borrowers may pay management, consulting or other fees as described in
the Advisory Services Agreement in effect on the Closing Date, as amended with the consent of the
Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
8.14
Fiscal Year
. Permit the Fiscal Year of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to end on a day other than December 31.
-90-
8.15
Acquisition Documents
. Amend, modify or supplement any of the Acquisition
Documents if the effect thereof could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (and
provided that the Administrative Borrower promptly furnishes to the Administrative Agent a copy of
such amendment, modification or supplement).
8.16
State and FERC Regulatory Authority
. Except in the ordinary course of
business (to the extent that the Administrative Agent receives notice within five (5) Business Days
thereof), knowingly take any action or permit any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to take any
action which could cause any Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries business that is not already so
regulated or treated to be (a) regulated as a
utility
,
public utility
or a
gas utility
by any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency; (b) deemed to be providing any
service that would require the prior approval of any State Pipeline Regulatory Agency in order to
discontinue or abandon such service; (c) within the meaning of the regulations of any State
Pipeline Regulatory Agency be deemed to be charging a
residential rate
or
commercial
rate
or (ii) providing
gas utility service to residential and small commercial
customers
(within the meaning of Section 7.45 of the rules of the Texas Railroad Commission);
or (d) subject to FERC jurisdiction.
9. DEFAULTS.
9.1
Events of Default
. The occurrence of any of the following events shall
constitute an Event of Default hereunder:
(a) non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest on the Indebtedness
under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line) and the Term Loan or (ii) any
Reimbursement Obligation;
(b) non-payment of any other amounts due and owing by the Borrowers under this
Agreement or by any Credit Party under any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party,
other than as set forth in
subsection (a)
above, within three (3) Business Days after
the same is due and payable;
(c) default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants
or agreements of the Borrowers set forth in
Sections 7.1
,
7.2
,
7.4(a)
and
(e)
,
7.5(c)
,
(d)
,
(e)
and
(f)
,
7.6
,
7.7
,
7.9
,
7.13
,
7.14
,
7.15
,
7.16
,
7.17
or
Article 8
in its entirety, provided that an Event of Default arising from a breach
of
Sections 7.1
or
7.2
shall be deemed to have been cured upon delivery of the
required item; and provided further that any Event of Default arising solely due to a breach
of
Section 7.7
shall be deemed cured upon the earlier of (x) the giving of the notice
required by
Section 7.7
and (y) the date upon which the Default or Event of Default
giving rise to the notice obligation is cured or waived;
(d) default in the observance or performance of any of the other conditions,
covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by any
Credit Party and continuance thereof for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;
(e) any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein or in any
certificate, instrument or other document submitted pursuant hereto proves untrue or
misleading in any material adverse respect when made;
-91-
(f) (i) default by any Credit Party in the payment of any indebtedness for
borrowed money, whether under a direct obligation or guaranty (other than Indebtedness
hereunder) of any Credit Party in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (or the
equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate when
due and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure and or (ii) failure to comply
with the terms of any other obligation of any Credit Party with respect to any indebtedness
for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in
the aggregate, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure and which would permit the
holder or holders thereto to accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money, or require
the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance of such indebtedness;
(g) the rendering of any judgment(s) (not covered by adequate insurance from a
solvent carrier which is defending such action without reservation of rights) for the payment
of money in excess of the sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (or the equivalent thereof
in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate against any Credit Party,
and such judgments shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise
for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its entry;
(h) the occurrence of (i) a
reportable event
, as defined in ERISA, which
is determined by the PBGC to constitute grounds for a distress termination of any Pension Plan
subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or contributed to by or on behalf of any Credit Party
for the benefit of any of its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United
States District Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event
is not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days after notice
thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension Plan (without limiting any of
the Administrative Agents or any Lenders other rights or remedies hereunder), or (ii) the
termination or the institution of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate any such Pension Plan,
or (iii) the appointment of a trustee by the appropriate United States District Court to
administer any such Pension Plan, or (iv) the reorganization (within the meaning of Section
4241 of ERISA) or insolvency (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) of any
Multiemployer Plan, or receipt of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in
reorganization or insolvency, or the complete or partial withdrawal by any Credit Party from
any Multiemployer Plan, which in the case of any of the foregoing, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(i) except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, any Credit Party shall be
dissolved (other than a dissolution of a Subsidiary of any Borrower which is not a Guarantor
or a Borrower) or liquidated (or any judgment, order or decree therefor shall be entered)
except as otherwise permitted herein; or if a creditors committee shall have been appointed
for the business of any Credit Party; or if any Credit Party shall have made a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt and if not an
adjudication based on a filing by a Credit Party, it shall not have been dismissed within
ninety (90) days, or shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization
or to effect a plan or arrangement with creditors or shall
-92-
fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become due in the ordinary course of
business (except as contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are made in such
partys financial statements); or shall file an answer to a creditors petition or other
petition filed against it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in
bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the appointment of a
receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or assets; or such receiver, trustee
or custodian shall have been appointed for any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon
application or consent of a Credit Party) and shall not have been removed within ninety (90)
days; or if an order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Credit
Party and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within ninety (90) days;
(j) a Change of Control; or
(k) any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be in full force
and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan
Document), as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be
contested by any party thereto (other than any Lender, the Administrative Agent, Issuing
Lender or Swing Line Lender), or any Person shall deny that it has any or further liability or
obligation under any Loan Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated (other than
in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document), invalidated,
revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Lenders and the
Administrative Agent the benefits purported to be created thereby, or any Loan Document
purporting to grant a Lien to secure any Indebtedness shall, at any time after the delivery of
such Loan Document, fail to create a valid and enforceable Lien on any Collateral purported to
be covered thereby or such Lien shall fail to cease to be a perfected Lien with the priority
required in the relevant Loan Document.
9.2
Exercise of Remedies
. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
hereunder: (a) the Administrative Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, declare the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated;
(b) the Administrative Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders,
declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes, immediately due and payable,
without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers;
(c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in
Section 9.1(i)
and
notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by the Administrative Agent under preceding
clauses
(a)
or
(b)
, the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness shall become automatically and
immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically
and immediately terminated; (d) the Administrative Agent shall, upon being directed to do so by the
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, demand immediate delivery of cash collateral, and the Borrowers
agree to deliver such cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to 110% of the maximum amount
that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters
of Credit, for deposit into an account controlled by the Administrative Agent; (e) the
Administrative Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, notify
the Administrative Borrower or any Credit Party that interest shall accrue and be payable on demand
on all Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Term Loan
Advances with respect to which
Sections 2.6
-93-
and
4.6
hereof shall govern) owing from time to time to the Administrative Agent or
any Lender, at a per annum rate equal to the then applicable Base Rate plus two percent (2%); and
(f) the Administrative Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders
or the Lenders, as applicable (subject to the terms hereof), exercise any remedy permitted by this
Agreement, the other Loan Documents or applicable law.
9.3
Rights Cumulative
. No delay or failure of the Administrative Agent and/or
Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or
privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof,
or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The rights of the Administrative Agent and
Lenders under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies which
Lenders would otherwise have.
9.4
Waiver by the Borrowers of Certain Laws
. To the extent permitted by
applicable law, the Borrowers hereby agree to waive, and do hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive
and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation, stay, appraisement, extension or
redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which, but for this provision, might be
applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, on any claim for
interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage contemplated by or granted under or in
connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been voluntarily given, with full knowledge of
the consequences thereof.
9.5
Waiver of Defaults
. No Event of Default shall be waived by the Lenders
except in writing signed by an officer of the Administrative Agent in accordance with
Section
13.10
hereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor
any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or further exercise of their rights by the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders. No waiver of any Event of Default shall extend to any other
or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders
in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. The Borrowers
expressly agree that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Lenders or the
Administrative Agent by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.
9.6
Set Off
. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of
Default, each Lender may at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrowers but
subject to the provisions of
Section 10.3
hereof (any requirement for such notice being
expressly waived by the Borrowers), setoff and apply against any and all of the obligations of the
Borrowers now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether owing to such Lender, any
Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender or the Administrative Agent, any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness
at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower and any
property of any Borrowers from time to time in possession of such Lender, irrespective of whether
or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Lender may be contingent and unmatured and
regardless of whether any Collateral then held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender is
adequate to cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Lender shall give
written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower of the occurrence
thereof. The Borrowers hereby grant to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent a lien on and
security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral
-94-
security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of the Borrowers under this
Agreement. The rights of each Lender under this
Section 9.6
are in addition to the other
rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such Lender may
have.
10. PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS.
10.1
Payment Procedure
.
(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or
deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise provided
herein, all payments made by the Borrowers of principal, interest or fees hereunder shall be
made without setoff or counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement and
must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan time)
on the date such payment is required or intended to be made in Dollars in immediately
available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agents office located at
One Detroit Center, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving
Credit Lenders in the case of payments in respect of the Revolving Credit and any Letter of
Credit Obligations and for the ratable benefit of the Term Loan Lenders in the case of
payments in respect of the Term Loan. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after
1:00 p.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business
Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. Upon receipt of each such
payment, the Administrative Agent shall make prompt payment to each applicable Lender, or, in
respect of Eurodollar-based Advances, such Lenders Eurodollar Lending Office, in like funds
and currencies, of all amounts received by it for the account of such Lender.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the
Administrative Borrower at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which any payment
to be made by the Borrowers is due that the Borrowers do not intend to remit such payment, the
Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, assume that
the Borrowers have remitted such payment when so due and the Administrative Agent may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Revolving Credit Lender or Term Loan
Lender, as the case may be, on such payment date an amount equal to such Lenders share of
such assumed payment. If the Borrowers have not in fact remitted such payment to the
Administrative Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent
the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Lender, together with
the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made
available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the
first two (2) Business Days that such amount remains unpaid, and thereafter at a rate of
interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances.
(c) Subject to the definition of
Interest Period
in
Section 1
of
this Agreement, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding
-95-
Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest, if any,
in connection with such payment.
(d) All payments to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement or any of the
Notes (including without limitation payments under the Swing Line and/or Swing Line Note)
shall be made without setoff or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and, subject to full compliance by
each Lender (and each assignee and participant pursuant to
Section 13.8
) with
Section 13.13
, without deduction for or on account of any present or future
withholding or other taxes of any nature imposed by any Governmental Authority or of any
political subdivision thereof or any federation or organization of which such Governmental
Authority may at the time of payment be a member (other than any taxes on the overall income,
net income, net profits or net receipts or similar taxes (or any franchise taxes imposed in
lieu of such taxes) on the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any branch maintained by the
Administrative Agent or a Lender) as a result of a present or former connection between the
Administrative Agent or such Lender and the Governmental Authority, political subdivision,
federation or organization imposing such taxes), unless any Borrower is compelled by law to
make payment subject to such tax. In such event, the Borrowers shall:
(i) pay to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agents own
account and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Lenders such additional
amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Administrative Agent and/or such Lender
or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) receive a net amount equal to the full
amount which would have been receivable had payment not been made subject to such tax;
and
(ii) remit such tax to the relevant taxing authorities according to
applicable law, and send to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender or Lenders
(including the Swing Line Lender), as the case may be, such certificates or certified
copy receipts as the Administrative Agent or such Lender or Lenders shall reasonably
require as proof of the payment by any Borrower of any such taxes payable by such
Borrower.
As used herein, the terms
tax
,
taxes
and
taxation
include all taxes,
levies, imposts, duties, fees, deductions and withholdings or similar charges together with
interest (and any taxes payable upon the amounts paid or payable pursuant to this
Section
10.1
) thereon. The Borrowers shall be reimbursed by the applicable Lender for any payment made
by the Borrowers under this
Section 10.1
if the applicable Lender is not in compliance with
its obligations under
Section 13.13
at the time of the Borrowers payment.
10.2
Application of Proceeds of Collateral
. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of Default under
Section 9.1(i)
,
immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon
the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, the acceleration of any Indebtedness
arising under this Agreement and/or the exercise of any other remedy in each case by the requisite
Lenders under
Section 9.2
hereof, the Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any
Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by any Credit Party or
-96-
others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness first, to pay
all incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and
any protective advances made by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral under or
pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, next, to pay any fees and expenses owed to the Issuing
Lender hereunder, next, to the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line
and any Reimbursement Obligations) and the Term Loan, on a pro rata basis, next to any obligations
owing by any Credit Party under any Hedging Agreements on a pro rata basis, next, to any other
Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to the Credit Parties, as the
case may be.
10.3
Pro-rata Recovery
. If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery
(whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of setoff or otherwise) on account of principal of,
or interest on, any of the Advances made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit
Obligations or Swing Line Advances held by it in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or
thereafter obtained by all Lenders upon principal of and interest on all such Indebtedness, such
Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit, the Term
Loan and/or the Letter of Credit Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such
purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the
applicable Percentages of the Lenders;
provided
,
however
, that if all or any
portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing
holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such
recovery, but without interest.
10.4
Treatment of a Defaulting Lender
.
(a) The obligation of any Lender to make any Advance hereunder shall not be
affected by the failure of any other Lender to make any Advance under this Agreement, and no
Lender shall have any liability to the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, the
Administrative Agent, any other Lender, or any other Person for another Lenders failure to
make any loan or Advance hereunder.
(b) If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then such Defaulting Lenders
right to participate in the administration of the loans, this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, including without limitation any right to vote in respect of any amendment, consent
or waiver of the terms of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, or to direct or approve
any action or inaction by the Administrative Agent shall be suspended for the entire period
that such Lender remains a Defaulting Lender and the stated commitment amounts and outstanding
Advances of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or
the Majority Lender (or any class thereof), as the case may be, have taken or may take any
action hereunder (including, without limitation, any action to approve any consent, waiver or
amendment to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents);
provided
,
however
,
that the foregoing shall not permit (i) an increase in such Defaulting Lenders stated
commitment amounts, (ii) the waiver, forgiveness or reduction of the principal amount of any
Indebtedness outstanding to such Defaulting Lender (unless all other Lenders affected thereby
are treated similarly), (iii) the extension of the final maturity date(s) of such Defaulting
Lenders portion of any of the loans or other extensions of credit or other obligations of
-97-
the Borrowers owing to such Defaulting Lender, in each case without such Defaulting
Lenders consent, or (iv) any other modification which under
Section 13.10
requires
the consent of all Lenders or the Lender(s) affected thereby which affects the Defaulting
Lender differently than the Non-Defaulting Lenders affected by such modification, other than a
change to or waiver of the requirements of
Section 10.3
which results in a reduction
of the Defaulting Lenders commitment or its share of the Indebtedness on a non pro-rata
basis.
(c) To the extent and for so long as a Lender remains a Defaulting Lender and
notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 10.3
hereof, the Administrative Agent shall
be entitled, without limitation, (i) to withhold or setoff and to apply in satisfaction of
those obligations for payment (and any related interest) in respect of which the Defaulting
Lender shall be delinquent or otherwise in default to the Administrative Agent or any Lender
(or to hold as cash collateral for such delinquent obligations or any future defaults) the
amounts otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, (ii) if the amount of Advances made by such Defaulting Lender is less than its
Percentage requires, apply payments of principal made by the Borrowers amongst the
Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis or to the Defaulting Lenders obligations as the
Administrative Agent deems appropriate in its sole discretion, until all outstanding Advances
are held by all Lenders according to their respective Percentages and (iii) to bring an action
or other proceeding, in law or equity, against such Defaulting Lender in a court of competent
jurisdiction to recover the delinquent amounts, and any related interest. Performance by the
Borrowers of their respective obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of the operation of this Section,
except to the extent expressly set forth herein and in any event the Borrowers shall not be
required to pay any Revolving Credit Facility Fee under
Section 2.9
of this Agreement
in respect of such Defaulting Lenders Unfunded Portion of the Revolving Credit for the period
during which such Lender is a Defaulting Lender. Furthermore, the rights and remedies of the
Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Swing Line Lender and the other
Lenders against a Defaulting Lender under this section shall be in addition to any other
rights and remedies such parties may have against the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, applicable law or otherwise, and the Borrowers waive no
rights or remedies against any Defaulting Lender.
11. CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS.
11.1
Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs
. If (i) the Borrower make any payment of
principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance on any day other than
the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntarily, pursuant to any
mandatory provisions hereof, by acceleration, or otherwise); (ii) the Borrowers convert or refund
(or attempts to convert or refund) any such Advance on any day other than the last day of the
Interest Period applicable thereto (except as described in
Section 2.5(e)
); (iii) the
Borrowers fail to borrow, refund or convert any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance
after notice has been given by the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent in
accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance; or (iv) or if the Borrowers fail to make
any payment of principal in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance when
-98-
due, the Borrowers shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any
Lender, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor for any
resulting loss, cost or expense incurred (excluding the loss of any Applicable Margin) by the
Administrative Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, as a result thereof, including, without
limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or
redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not the Administrative Agent and Lenders, as
the case may be, shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. The amount payable hereunder
by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case
may be, shall be deemed to equal an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of
interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or
converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or
convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest
for said Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably
determined by the Administrative Agent and Lenders, as the case may be) which would have accrued to
the Administrative Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, on such amount by placing such amount on
deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurocurrency market.
Calculation of any amounts payable to any Lender under this paragraph shall be made as though such
Lender shall have actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Advance through the purchase of
an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity
comparable to the relevant Interest Period;
provided
,
however
, that any Lender may
fund any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, in any manner it
deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation
of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of the Administrative Borrower,
the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower a certificate
setting forth the basis for determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be
conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.
11.2
Eurodollar Lending Office
. For any Eurodollar Advance, if the Administrative
Agent or a Lender, as applicable, shall designate a Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books
separate from those of the rest of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, the Administrative
Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have the option of maintaining and carrying the
relevant Advance on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.
11.3
Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability
. If the Administrative Agent
or the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall determine in good
faith that, by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets
generally, deposits in Eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the
Administrative Agent or such Lenders at the applicable LIBOR Rate, then the Administrative Agent
shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Administrative Borrower. Thereafter, until the
Administrative Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist,
(i) the obligation of Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR
Rate, and the right of the Borrowers to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as an Advance
which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended, (ii) effective upon
the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period related to any existing Eurodollar-based Advance,
each such Eurodollar-based Advance shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears
interest at or by reference to the Prime-based Rate (plus
-99-
the Applicable Margin) (without regard to satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere
herein), and (iii) effective immediately following such notice, each Advance which bears interest
at or by reference to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate shall automatically be converted into an
Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Prime-based Rate (plus the Applicable
Margin) (without regard to satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere
herein).
11.4
Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability
. If, after the date of this
Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or
regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of
their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of the
Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder
to make or maintain any Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, such
Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Administrative Borrower and to the Administrative
Agent. Thereafter, (a) the obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Advances which bear
interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate and the right of the Borrowers to convert an Advance
into or refund an Advance as an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate
shall be suspended and thereafter only the Prime-based Rate, plus the Applicable Margin shall be
available, and (b) if any of the Lenders may not lawfully continue to maintain an Advance which
bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, the applicable Advance shall immediately be
converted to an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Prime-based Rate (plus the
Applicable Margin). For purposes of this Section, a change in law, rule, regulation,
interpretation or administration shall include, without limitation, any change made or which
becomes effective on the basis of a law, rule, regulation, interpretation or administration
presently in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, rule,
regulation, interpretation or administration.
11.5
Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate
. If, after the date of
this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or
regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or
compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any
request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank
or comparable agency:
(a) shall subject any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Advance or shall change
the basis of taxation of payments to any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) of the principal of or interest on any Advance or any other amounts due under
this Agreement in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net
income of any of the Lenders or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices); or
(b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without
limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System),
-100-
special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the
account of, or credit extended by, any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) or shall impose on any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar
Lending Offices) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting
any Advance;
and the result of any of the foregoing matters is to increase the costs to any of the Lenders of
maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as an Advance which bears interest at or by
reference to the LIBOR Rate to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the
Lenders under this Agreement in respect of an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to
the LIBOR Rate, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, and the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower of such fact and demand
compensation therefor and, within ten (10) Business Days after such notice, the Borrowers agree to
pay to such Lender or Lenders such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
Lenders for such increased cost or reduction, provided that each Lender agrees to take any
reasonable action, to the extent such action could be taken without cost or administrative or other
burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or reduction, within a
reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. The Administrative Agent will
promptly notify the Administrative Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge which will
entitle Lenders to compensation pursuant to this Section, or which will cause the Borrowers to
incur additional liability under
Section 11.1
hereof, provided that the Administrative
Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever to the Lenders or the Borrowers in the event it fails to
do so. A certificate of the Administrative Agent (or such Lender, if applicable) setting forth the
basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or
Lenders shall accompany such demand and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct absent
manifest error.
11.6
Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs
.
(a) If, after the Effective Date, the adoption or introduction of, or any change
in any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or
hereafter in effect and whether or not presently applicable to any Lender or the
Administrative Agent, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental
Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
Lender or the Administrative Agent with any guideline, request or directive of any such
authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk based capital
guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by such
Lender or the Administrative Agent (or any corporation controlling such Lender or the
Administrative Agent) and such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be,
determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such
Lenders or the Administrative Agents obligations or Advances hereunder and such increase has
the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or the Administrative Agents (or
such controlling corporations) capital as a consequence of such obligations or Advances
hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or the Administrative Agent (or such
controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into
consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such
Lender or the Administrative Agent to
-101-
be material (collectively,
Increased Costs
), then the Administrative Agent or
such Lender shall notify the Administrative Borrower, and thereafter the Borrowers shall pay
to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days
of written demand therefor from such Lender or the Administrative Agent, additional amounts
sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Administrative Agent (or such controlling
corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which such
Lender or the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of
such Lenders or the Administrative Agents obligations or Advances hereunder. A statement
setting forth the amount of such compensation, the methodology for the calculation and the
calculation thereof which shall also be prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by
such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, shall be submitted by such Lender
or by the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Borrower, reasonably promptly after
becoming aware of any event described in this
Section 11.6(a)
and shall be
conclusively presumed to be correct, absent manifest error.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Borrowers shall not be required to
pay any increased costs under
Sections 11.5
,
11.6
or
3.4(c)
for any
period ending prior to the date that is 180 days prior to the making of a Lenders initial
request for such additional amounts unless the applicable change in law or other event
resulting in such increased costs is effective retroactively to a date more than 180 days
prior to the date of such request, in which case a Lenders request for such additional
amounts relating to the period more than 180 days prior to the making of the request must be
given not more than 180 days after such Lender becomes aware of the applicable change in law
or other event resulting in such increased costs.
11.7
Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates
. Each Lender
(including without limitation the Swing Line Lender) may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment
as to any Advance hereunder by designating a branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such
Advance;
provided
that (a) such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performances
of its obligations hereunder and (b) no such designation shall result in any material increased
costs to the Borrowers.
11.8
Margin Adjustment
. Adjustments to the Applicable Margins and the Applicable
Fee Percentages, based on
Schedule 1.1
, shall be implemented on a quarterly basis as
follows:
(a) Such adjustments shall be given prospective effect only, effective as to all
Advances outstanding hereunder, the Applicable Fee Percentage and the Letter of Credit Fee,
upon the date of delivery of the financial statements under
Sections 7.1(a)
and
7.1(b)
hereunder and the Covenant Compliance Report under
Section 7.2(a)
hereof, in each case establishing applicability of the appropriate adjustment and in each case
with no retroactivity or claw-back. In the event the Borrowers shall fail timely to deliver
such financial statements or the Covenant Compliance Report and such failure continues for
three (3) days, then (but without affecting the Event of Default resulting therefrom) from the
date delivery of such financial statements and report was required until such financial
statements and report are delivered, the Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee
-102-
Percentages shall be at the highest level on the Pricing Matrix attached to this
Agreement as
Schedule 1.1
.
(b) From the Effective Date until the required date of delivery (or, if earlier,
delivery) of the financial statements under
Section 7.1(a)
or
7.1(b)
hereof,
as applicable, and the Covenant Compliance Report under
Section 7.2(a)
hereof, for the
fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2009, the Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee Percentages
shall be those set forth under the Level III column of the pricing matrix attached to this
Agreement as
Schedule 1.1
. Thereafter, Applicable Margins and Applicable Fee
Percentages shall be based upon the quarterly financial statements and Covenant Compliance
Reports, subject to recalculation as provided in
Section 11.8(a)
above.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, if, prior to the payment and discharge
in full (in cash) of the Indebtedness and the termination of any and all commitments
hereunder, as a result of any restatement of or adjustment to the financial statements of the
Administrative Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries (relating to the current or any prior
fiscal period) or for any other reason, the Administrative Agent determines that the
Applicable Margin and/or the Applicable Fee Percentages as calculated by the Borrowers as of
any applicable date of determination were inaccurate in any respect and a proper calculation
thereof would have resulted in different pricing for any fiscal period, then (x) if the proper
calculation thereof would have resulted in higher pricing for any such period, the Borrowers
shall automatically and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent,
promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders, an amount equal to
the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over
the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period and, if the current fiscal
period is affected thereby, the Applicable Margin and/or the Applicable Fee Percentages for
the current period shall be adjusted based on such recalculation; and (y) if the proper
calculation thereof would have resulted in lower pricing for such period, the Administrative
Agent and Lenders shall have no obligation to recalculate such interest or fees or to repay
any interest or fees to the Borrowers.
12. THE AGENT.
12.1
Appointment of the Administrative Agent
. Each Lender and the holder of each
Note (if issued) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act on behalf of
such Lender or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers
hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms
hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto, including
without limitation the power to execute or authorize the execution of financing or similar
statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under this
Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume
and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust
with or for any Credit Party.
12.2
Deposit Account with the Administrative Agent or any Lender
. Each Borrower
authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Lender, in the Administrative Agents or such
-103-
Lenders sole discretion, upon notice to the Administrative Borrower to charge its general
deposit account(s), if any, maintained with the Administrative Agent or such Lender for the amount
of any principal, interest, or other amounts or costs due under this Agreement when the same become
due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes.
12.3
Scope of the Administrative Agents Duties
. The Administrative Agent shall
have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and shall not, by
reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender (and no
implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Administrative
Agent). None of the Administrative Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors,
officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection
herewith or therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or all of the
Lenders for those acts requiring consent of all of the Lenders) (except for its or their own
willful misconduct or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain,
inquire into or verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any Affiliate
of the Credit Parties, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness,
enforceability, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant
hereto or any security thereunder, (c) the performance by the Credit Parties of their respective
obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or
thereunder, including without limitation in connection with the making of any Advance or the
issuance of any Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to
rely upon any certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any cable, telegraph,
telex, facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and
to have been sent or given by or on behalf of a proper person. The Administrative Agent may treat
the payee of any Note as the holder thereof. The Administrative Agent may employ agents and may
consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and
shall not be liable to the Lenders (except as to money or property received by them or their
authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent selected by it with
reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.
12.4
Successor Agent
. The Administrative Agent may resign as such at any time
upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Administrative Borrower and each of the
Lenders. If the Administrative Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of the
Administrative Agent shall become vacant for any other reason, Majority Lenders shall, by written
instrument, appoint successor agent(s) (
Successor Agent
) satisfactory to such Majority
Lenders and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the
Administrative Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);
provided
,
however
, that any such Successor Agent shall be a bank or a trust company
or other financial institution which maintains an office in the United States, or a commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any Affiliate of such bank
or trust company or other financial institution which is engaged in the banking business, and shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Such Successor Agent shall thereupon
become the Administrative Agent hereunder, as applicable, and the Administrative Agent shall
deliver or cause to be delivered to any successor agent such documents of transfer and assignment
as such Successor Agent may reasonably request. If a Successor Agent is not so appointed or does
not
-104-
accept such appointment before the resigning Administrative Agents resignation becomes
effective, the resigning Administrative Agent may appoint a temporary successor (subject to the
approval of the Administrative Borrower so long as no Default or Event of Default, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to act until such appointment by the Majority
Lenders and, if applicable, the Administrative Borrower, is made and accepted, or if no such
temporary successor is appointed as provided above by the resigning Administrative Agent, the
Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all of the duties of the resigning Administrative Agent
hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if applicable, the Administrative
Borrower, is made and accepted. Such Successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights and
obligations of the resigning Administrative Agent as if originally named. The resigning
Administrative Agent shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Agent all moneys at
the time held by the resigning Administrative Agent hereunder after deducting therefrom its
expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed hereunder. Upon such succession of any such
Successor Agent, the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent hereunder, except for its gross negligence
or willful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the provisions of this
Article 12
shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Administrative Agent
in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the
Administrative Agent.
12.5
Credit Decisions
. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently of the
Administrative Agent and each other Lender and based on the financial statements of the Borrowers
and such other documents, information and investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit decision to extend credit hereunder from time to time. Each Lender also acknowledges that
it will, independently of the Administrative Agent and each other Lender and based on such other
documents, information and investigations as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to
make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and
privileges available to it under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other document executed
pursuant hereto.
12.6
Authority of the Administrative Agent to Enforce This Agreement
. Each
Lender, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, grants the Administrative Agent full
power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for
the collection and enforcement of any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the
claims of the Lenders allowed in any proceeding relative to any Credit Party, or their respective
creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which the
Administrative Agent considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and
enforcement of the Notes, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
12.7
Indemnification of the Administrative Agent
. The Lenders agree (which
agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement) to indemnify the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers, but without
limiting any obligation of the Borrowers to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their
respective Weighted Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities,
costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees
and expenses of house and outside counsel) which may be
-105-
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates in
any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent and its
Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents;
provided
,
however
,
that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs
or expenses resulting from the Administrative Agents or its Affiliates gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any
reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and
outside counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether
through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent that the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates are not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrowers, but
without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to make such reimbursement. Each Lender agrees to
reimburse the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of
any amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates by the Lenders pursuant to this
Section, provided that, if the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates are subsequently reimbursed
by the Borrowers for such amounts, they shall refund to the Lenders on a pro rata basis the amount
of any excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent and its
Affiliates under this Section shall become impaired as determined in the Administrative Agents
reasonable judgment or the Administrative Agent shall elect in its sole discretion to have such
indemnity confirmed by the Lenders (as to specific matters or otherwise), the Administrative Agent
shall give notice thereof to each Lender and, until such additional indemnity is provided or such
existing indemnity is confirmed, the Administrative Agent may cease, or not commence, to take any
action. Any amounts paid by the Lenders hereunder to the Administrative Agent or its Affiliates
shall be deemed to constitute part of the Indebtedness hereunder.
12.8
Knowledge of Default
. It is expressly understood and agreed that the
Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, unless the officers of the Administrative Agent immediately responsible for
matters concerning this Agreement shall have received a written notice from a Lender or any
Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a
notice
of default
. Upon receiving such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each
Lender of such Default or Event of Default and provide each Lender with a copy of such notice and
shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Lenders within three (3) Business Days (but without
any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). The Administrative Agent shall
also furnish the Lenders, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other
information required to be provided by the applicable Borrower hereunder.
12.9
The Administrative Agents Authorization; Action by Lenders
. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Administrative Agent is authorized and empowered
hereunder on behalf of the Lenders to give any approval or consent, or to make any request, or to
take any other action on behalf of the Lenders (including without limitation the exercise of any
right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Administrative Agent shall be
required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request
-106-
or to take such other action only when so requested in writing by the Majority Lenders or the
Lenders, as applicable hereunder. Action that may be taken by the Majority Lenders, any other
specified Percentage of the Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for
hereunder) may be taken (i) pursuant to a vote of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as
required hereunder at a meeting (which may be held by telephone conference call), provided that the
Administrative Agent exercises good faith, diligent efforts to give all of the Lenders reasonable
advance notice of the meeting, or (ii) pursuant to the written consent of the requisite percentages
of the Lenders as required hereunder, provided that all of the Lenders are given reasonable advance
notice of the requests for such consent.
12.10
Enforcement Actions by the Administrative Agent
. Except as otherwise
expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents and subject to the
terms hereof, the Administrative Agent will take such action, assert such rights and pursue such
remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders or all of the
Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct;
provided
,
however
, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to act or omit to act if, in
the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, such action or omission may expose the
Administrative Agent to personal liability for which the Administrative Agent has not been
satisfactorily indemnified hereunder or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or
applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, no Lender (other than the Administrative Agent, acting in its capacity as agent)
shall be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents.
12.11
Collateral Matters
.
(a) The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without
the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take
any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary
to perfect and maintain a perfected security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted
pursuant to the Loan Documents.
(b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable
discretion, to the full extent set forth in the post-amble to
Section 13.10
hereof,
(1) to release or terminate any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any
Collateral and release any Guaranty (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under any
other Loan Document; (b) constituting property (including, without limitation, Equity
Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with
any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including
the property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) constituting property in which a Credit Party
owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if
approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as
the case may be, as provided in
Section 13.10
; (2) to subordinate the Lien granted to
or held by the Administrative Agent on any Collateral to any other holder of a Lien on such
Collateral
-107-
which is permitted by
Section 8.2(b)
hereof; and (3) if all of the Equity
Interests held by the Credit Parties in any Person are sold or otherwise transferred to any
transferee other than any Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower as part of or in connection
with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction)
permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to release such Person from all of
its obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, under any Guaranty).
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the
Administrative Agents authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant
to this
Section 12.11(b)
.
12.12
The Administrative Agents in their Individual Capacities
. Comerica Bank and
its Affiliates, successors and assigns shall each have the same rights and powers hereunder as any
other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though such Lender were not
the Administrative Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor
to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking,
trust, financial advisory or other business with the Credit Parties as if such Lender were not
acting as the Administrative Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration therefor
without having to account for the same to the Lenders.
12.13
The Administrative Agents Fees
. Until the Indebtedness has been repaid and
discharged in full and no commitment to extend any credit hereunder is outstanding, the Borrowers
jointly and severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, any agency or other
fee(s) set forth (or to be set forth from time to time) in the applicable Fee Letter on the terms
set forth therein. The agency fees referred to in this
Section 12.13
shall not be
refundable under any circumstances.
12.14
Documentation Administrative Agent or other Titles
. Any Lender identified on
the facing page or signature page of this Agreement or in any amendment hereto or as designated
with consent of the Administrative Agent in any assignment agreement as Lead Arranger,
Documentation Administrative Agent, Syndications Administrative Agent or any similar titles, shall
not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement as a
result of such title other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the
foregoing, the Lenders so identified shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship
with any Lender as a result of such title. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and
will not rely, on the Lender so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or
not taking action hereunder.
12.15
No Reliance on the Administrative Agents Customer Identification Program
.
(a) Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its
Affiliates, participants or assignees, may relay on the Administrative Agent to carry out such
Lenders, Affiliates, participants or assignees customer identification program, or other
obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations
thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or
replaced, the
CIP Regulations
), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any
programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or agents,
-108-
the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i) any identify verification
procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with government lists, (iv) any
customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other
laws.
(b) Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under
the laws of the United States or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification
requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations
because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains
a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to supervision
by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank)
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the certification, or, if applicable,
recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a
shell
and certifying to other
matters as required by Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (x)
within 10 days after the Effective Date, and (y) at such other times as are required under the
USA Patriot Act.
13. MISCELLANEOUS.
13.1
Accounting Principles
. Where the character or amount of any asset or
liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other
accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done,
unless otherwise specified herein, in accordance with GAAP;
provided
,
however
, if
the Administrative Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Administrative Borrower
requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after
the date of this Agreement in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision
(or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower that the Majority Lenders
request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such
notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such
provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before
such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such
provision amended in accordance herewith;
provided
,
further
,
however
,
nothing in this
Section 13.1
shall obligate the Administrative Agent or any Lender to amend
this Agreement pursuant to such request of the Administrative Borrower.
13.2
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION
. EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT OR
NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND EACH BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
AND LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE
HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH UNITED STATES FEDERAL COURT OR NEW YORK STATE COURT. EACH
BORROWER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY COURT IN OR OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BY THE DELIVERY OF COPIES OF SUCH
PROCESS TO
-109-
IT AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESSES SPECIFIED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HERETO OR BY CERTIFIED MAIL
DIRECTED TO SUCH ADDRESS OR SUCH OTHER ADDRESS AS MAY BE DESIGNATED BY IT IN A NOTICE TO THE OTHER
PARTIES THAT COMPLIES AS TO DELIVERY WITH THE TERMS OF
SECTION 13.6
. NOTHING IN THIS
SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY
OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR LIMIT THE RIGHT OF THE LENDERS OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT (OR ANY
OF THEM) TO BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY OR ANY OF THEIR PROPERTY
IN THE COURTS WITH SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. EACH BORROWER
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN THE ABOVE
DESCRIBED COURTS.
13.3
GOVERNING LAW
. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
13.4
Interest
. In the event the obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest on
the principal balance of the Notes or on any other amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other
Loan Documents is or becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which the Borrowers are
permitted by law to contract or agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of
this Agreement, then, in that event, the rate of interest applicable thereto with respect to such
Lenders applicable Percentages shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and
all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in
reduction of principal and not of interest.
13.5
Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification
.
(a) The Borrowers shall pay or reimburse (i) the Administrative Agent and its
Affiliates for payment of, on demand, all reasonable costs and expenses, including, by way of
description and not limitation, reasonable outside attorney fees and advances, appraisal and
accounting fees, lien search fees, and required travel costs, incurred by the Administrative
Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the commitment, syndication, negotiation,
consummation, closing and funding of the loans contemplated hereby, or in connection with the
preparation, administration or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
(including the obtaining of legal advice regarding the rights and responsibilities of the
parties hereto) or any refinancing or restructuring of the loans or Advances provided under
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or any amendment, revision, modification, consent
or waiver thereof requested by any Borrower, and (ii) the Administrative Agent and its
Affiliates and each of the Lenders, as the case may be, for all stamp and other taxes and
duties payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing
or recording of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting
from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes or duties. Furthermore, all reasonable
costs and expenses, including without limitation outside attorney fees, incurred by the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and, after the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default, by the Lenders in revising, preserving, protecting, exercising or
enforcing any of
-110-
its or any of the Lenders rights against any Borrower or any other Credit Party, or
otherwise incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders in
connection with any Event of Default or the enforcement of the loans (whether incurred through
negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise), including by way of description and not
limitation, such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or
action by any person against the Administrative Agent, its Affiliates, or any Lender which
would not have been asserted were it not for the Administrative Agents or such Affiliates or
Lenders relationship with the Borrowers hereunder or otherwise, shall also be paid by the
Borrowers. All of said amounts required to be paid by the Borrowers hereunder and not paid
within five (5) Business Days upon demand, as aforesaid, shall bear interest, from the date
incurred to the date payment is received by the Administrative Agent, at the Base Rate, plus
two percent (2%).
(b) EACH BORROWER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH
OF THE LENDERS (AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES) HARMLESS FROM ALL LOSS, COST, DAMAGE,
LIABILITY OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING REASONABLE OUTSIDE ATTORNEYS FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS (BUT
WITHOUT DUPLICATION OF SUCH FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS FOR THE SAME SERVICES), INCURRED BY THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH OF THE LENDERS BY REASON OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, OR ENFORCING
THE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY CREDIT PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS,
AS APPLICABLE, OR IN THE PROSECUTION OR DEFENSE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING CONCERNING ANY
MATTER GROWING OUT OF OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS,
EXCLUDING, HOWEVER, ANY LOSS, COST, DAMAGE, LIABILITY OR EXPENSES TO THE EXTENT ARISING AS A
RESULT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE PARTY SEEKING TO BE INDEMNIFIED
UNDER THIS
SECTION 13.5(B)
, PROVIDED THAT, THE BORROWERS SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO
REIMBURSE THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS FOR ONLY A SINGLE FINANCIAL CONSULTANT
SELECTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT IN CONSULTATION WITH THE LENDERS.
(c) EACH BORROWER AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT AND EACH LENDER (AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES), AND THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES,
AGENTS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PENALTIES, FINES,
LIABILITIES, SETTLEMENTS, DAMAGES, COSTS OR EXPENSES OF WHATEVER KIND OR NATURE (INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS AND CONSULTANTS FEES, INVESTIGATION AND LABORATORY
FEES, ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES REQUIRED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN CONNECTION
WITH THE VIOLATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LAWS), COURT COSTS AND LITIGATION EXPENSES, ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATED TO (I) THE PRESENCE, USE, DISPOSAL, RELEASE OR THREATENED RELEASE OF ANY
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ON, FROM OR
-111-
AFFECTING ANY PREMISES OWNED OR OCCUPIED BY ANY CREDIT PARTY IN VIOLATION OF OR THE
NON-COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LAWS, (II) ANY PERSONAL INJURY (INCLUDING
WRONGFUL DEATH) OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (REAL OR PERSONAL) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO SUCH
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, (III) ANY LAWSUIT OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT OR THREATENED, SETTLEMENT
REACHED OR GOVERNMENTAL ORDER OR DECREE RELATING TO SUCH HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, AND/OR (IV)
COMPLYING OR COMING INTO COMPLIANCE WITH ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LAWS (INCLUDING THE COST OF
ANY REMEDIATION OR MONITORING REQUIRED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH) OR ANY OTHER REQUIREMENT OF
LAW;
PROVIDED
,
HOWEVER
, THAT THE BORROWERS SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATIONS UNDER
THIS
SECTION 13.5(C)
WITH RESPECT TO CLAIMS, DEMANDS, PENALTIES, FINES, LIABILITIES,
SETTLEMENTS, DAMAGES, COSTS OR EXPENSES TO THE EXTENT ARISING AS A RESULT OF THE GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR SUCH LENDER, AS THE CASE MAY
BE. THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWERS UNDER THIS
SECTION 13.5(C)
SHALL BE IN ADDITION
TO ANY AND ALL OTHER OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES THE BORROWERS MAY HAVE TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT OR ANY OF THE LENDERS AT COMMON LAW OR PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AGREEMENT.
13.6
Notices
.
(a) Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement (and except as
provided in
clause (b)
below), all notices and other communications provided to any
party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and shall be
given by personal delivery, by mail, by reputable overnight courier or by facsimile and
addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth on
Schedule 13.6
or at such
other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties that
complies as to delivery with the terms of this
Section 13.6
or posted to an E-System
set up by or at the direction of the Administrative Agent (as set forth below). Any notice,
if personally delivered or if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid and sent by
registered or certified mail, shall be deemed given when received or when delivery is refused;
any notice, if given to a reputable overnight courier and properly addressed, shall be deemed
given two (2) Business Days after the date on which it was sent, unless it is actually
received sooner by the named addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be
deemed given when received. The Administrative Agent may, but, except as specifically
provided herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the basis of any notice given to
it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly confirm such notice in
writing or by facsimile, and such notice will not be deemed to have been received until such
confirmation is deemed received in accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth
above. If such telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such
telephonic notice shall control. Any notice given by the Administrative Agent or any Lender
to any Borrower shall be deemed to be a notice to all of the Credit Parties.
-112-
(b) Notices and other communications provided to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be delivered or
furnished by electronic communication (including email and Internet or intranet websites)
pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent or any
Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it
hereunder by electronic communications (including email and any E-System) pursuant to
procedures approved by it. Unless otherwise agreed to in a writing by and among the parties
to a particular communication, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address
shall be deemed received upon the senders receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended
recipient (such as by the
return receipt requested
function, return email, or other
written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other communications posted to any E-System shall
be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as
described in the foregoing
clause (i)
of notification that such notice or other
communication is available and identifying the website address therefore.
13.7
Reserved
.
13.8
Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments
.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
Borrowers and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.
(b) The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by any Borrower of its rights
or duties hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be
made (or be effective) without the prior written approval of the Lenders.
(c) No Lenders may at any time assign or grant participations in such Lenders
rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents except (i) by way of
assignment to any Eligible Assignee in accordance with
clause (d)
of this Section,
(ii) by way of a participation in accordance with the provisions of
clause (e)
of this
Section or (iii) by way of a pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the
restrictions of
clause (f)
of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or
transfer by any Lender shall be deemed to be null and void).
(d) Each assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its rights and
obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to the following
terms and conditions:
(i) each such assignment shall be made on a pro rata basis, and shall be in
a minimum amount of the lesser of (x) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser
amount as the Administrative Agent shall agree and (y) the entire remaining amount of
assigning Lenders aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any
outstanding Letters of Credit) and the Term Loan;
provided
,
however
,
that, after giving effect to such assignment, in no event shall the entire remaining
amount (if any) of assigning Lenders aggregate interest
-113-
in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit)
and the Term Loan be less than $5,000,000; and
(ii) the parties to any assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined by the
Administrative Agent) in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit G
(with appropriate
insertions acceptable to the Administrative Agent), together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in the Assignment Agreement
(
provided
,
however
, that such Lender need not deliver an Assignment
Agreement in connection with assignments to such Lenders Affiliates or to a Federal
Reserve Bank).
Until the Assignment Agreement becomes effective in accordance with its terms, and the
Administrative Agent has confirmed that the assignment satisfies the requirements of this
Section 13.8
, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to continue to
deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned.
From and after the effective date of each Assignment Agreement that satisfies the requirements of
this
Section 13.8
, the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement,
such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents (including without limitation the right to receive fees payable hereunder in respect
of the period following such assignment) and the assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and
be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
The words
execution
,
signed
,
signature
, and words of like import
in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of
records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or
enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system,
as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal
Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures
and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
Upon request, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, new Note(s)
payable to the order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to the assigning
Lender pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness
retained by the assigning Lender, to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the
assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Lender hereunder. The
Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that any such new Note(s)
shall be given in renewal and replacement of the Notes issued to the assigning lender prior to such
assignment and shall not effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced
by such prior Note, and each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement.
(e) The Borrowers and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that each of the
Lenders may at any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
grant participations in such Lenders rights and obligations hereunder (on a pro rata basis
only) and under the other Loan Documents to any Person (other than a natural
-114-
person or to any Borrower or any of such Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries); provided
that any participation permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be
subject to a participation agreement that incorporates the following restrictions:
(i) such Lender shall remain the holder of its Notes hereunder (if such
Notes are issued), notwithstanding any such participation;
(ii) a participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any
sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof; and
(iii) such Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce
the obligations of the Credit Parties relating to the Notes and the other Loan
Documents, including, without limitation, the right to proceed against any Guarantors,
or cause the Administrative Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof),
and the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement without the consent of the participant (unless such participant is an
Affiliate of such Lender), except for those matters covered by
Section 13.10(a)
through
(e)
hereof (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights
over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Lender and the Credit
Parties, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders may continue to deal directly
with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and duties hereunder).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any participation granted by any
Lender hereunder, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents against the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any
Credit Party;
provided
,
however
, that the participant may have rights
against such Lender in respect of such participation as may be set forth in the
applicable participation agreement and all amounts payable by the Credit Parties
hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation. Each
such participant shall be entitled to the benefits of
Article 11
of this
Agreement to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by
assignment pursuant to
clause (d)
of this Section, provided that no participant
shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such the provisions of
Article 11
than the issuing Lender would have been entitled to receive in
respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such issuing Lender to such
participant had no such transfer occurred and each such participant shall also be
entitled to the benefits of
Section 9.6
hereof as though it were a Lender,
provided that such participant agrees to be subject to
Section 10.3
hereof as
though it were a Lender.
(f) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any
portion of its rights under this Agreement (including its Notes, if any) to secure obligations
of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve
Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment or enforcement thereof shall release such
Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledge or assignee for
such Lender as a party hereto.
-115-
(g) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at its principal office a copy of each
Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the
Register
) for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, the Percentages of such Lenders and the
principal amount of each type of Advance owing to each such Lender from time to time. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, and the
Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advances recorded therein for all purposes of
this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower or any Lender
upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Agent and a copy of such information shall be
provided to any such party on their prior written request. The Administrative Agent shall
give prompt written notice to the Administrative Borrower of the making of any entry in the
Register or any change in such entry.
(h) The Borrowers authorize each Lender to disclose to any prospective assignee or
participant which has satisfied the requirements hereunder, any and all financial information
in such Lenders possession concerning the Credit Parties which has been delivered to such
Lender pursuant to this Agreement, provided that each such prospective assignee or participant
shall execute a confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of
Section 13.11
hereof or shall otherwise agree to be bound by the terms thereof.
(i) Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed
or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties
hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and
thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this
Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents.
13.9
Counterparts
. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and
each executed copy shall constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.
13.10
Amendment and Waiver
.
(a) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, nor consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be
effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the
Majority Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent at the written request of the Majority
Lenders) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect to the subject matter
thereof, by all Lenders (and, with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, by any Credit Party or the Guarantors that are signatories thereto), and then
such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given;
provided
,
however
, that no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Lender or Lenders affected thereby, do any
of the following: (a) increase or decrease the stated amount of such Lenders commitment
hereunder, (b) reduce the amortization or principal of, or interest on, any outstanding
Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (c) postpone any date fixed for
any payment of principal of, or interest on, any
-116-
outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (d) except as
expressly permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, release all or substantially
all of the Collateral (provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be
prohibited thereby from proposing or participating in a consensual or nonconsensual
debtor-in-possession or similar financing), or release any material guaranty provided by any
Person in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders,
provided
,
however
, that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled, without notice to or any
further action or consent of the Lenders, to release any Collateral which any Credit Party is
permitted to sell, assign or otherwise transfer in compliance with this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents or release any guaranty to the extent expressly permitted in this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents (whether in connection with the sale, transfer or other
disposition of the applicable Guarantor or otherwise), (e) terminate or modify any indemnity
provided to the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except as shall be
otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (f) change the
definitions of
Revolving Credit Percentage
,
Term Loan Percentage
,
Weighted Percentage
,
Interest Periods
,
Majority Lenders
,
Majority Revolving Credit Lenders
,
Majority Term Loan Lenders
,
Sections 10.2
or
10.3
hereof or this
Section 13.10
;
provided
,
further
, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date may be
postponed or extended, only with the consent of all of the Revolving Credit Lenders; and the
Term Loan Maturity Date may be postponed or extended only with the consent of all of the Term
Loan Lenders; and
provided further
, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
in a writing signed by the Swing Line Lender, do any of the following: (x) reduce the
principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (y) postpone any date fixed for any
payment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note and
provided
further
, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in a writing signed by
Issuing Lender affect the rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents and no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless in a writing
signed by the Administrative Agent affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. All references in this Agreement to
Lenders
or
the Lenders
shall refer to all Lenders, unless expressly stated
to refer to Majority Lenders (or the like).
(b) The Administrative Agent shall, upon the written request of the Administrative
Borrower, execute and deliver to the Credit Parties such documents as may be necessary to
evidence (1) the release of any Lien granted to or held by the Administrative Agent upon any
Collateral: (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and payment in
full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under any other Loan Document; (b)
which constitutes property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests in any Person)
sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by
sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any
Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement; (c) which constitutes property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at
the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or
ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as
provided in this
Section 13.10
; or (2) the release of any Person from its obligations
under
-117-
the Loan Documents (including without limitation the Guaranty) if all of the Equity
Interests of such Person that were held by a Credit Party are sold or otherwise transferred to
any transferee other than any Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower as part of or in
connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of
transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
provided
that
(i) the Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute any such release or
subordination agreement under
clauses (1)
or
(2)
above on terms which, in the
Administrative Agents opinion, would expose the Administrative Agent to liability or create
any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse
or warranty or such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the
Indebtedness or any Liens upon any Collateral retained by any Credit Party, including (without
limitation) the proceeds of the sale or other disposition, all of which shall constitute and
remain part of the Collateral.
13.11
Confidentiality
. Each Lender agrees that it will not disclose without the
prior consent of the Administrative Borrower (other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries,
another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or to its auditors or counsel) any information with
respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents; provided that any Lender may disclose any such information (a) as has become
generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained by such Lender from any third party
under no duty of confidentiality to any Credit Party, (b) as may be required or appropriate in any
report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to any inquiry, by, any municipal, state
or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender, including the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations
(whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (c) as may be required or
appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (d) in
order to comply with any law, order, regulation, ruling or other requirement of law applicable to
such Lender, and (e) to any prospective assignee or participant in accordance with
Section
13.8(h)
hereof.
13.12
Substitution or Removal of Lenders
.
If (a) the obligation of any Lender to make Eurocurrency-based Advances has been suspended
pursuant to
Section 11.3
or
11.4
, (b) any Lender has demanded compensation under
Sections 3.4(c)
,
11.5
or
11.6
, (c) any Lender has become an Impaired Lender
or (d) any Lender has not approved an amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement, if
such amendment, waiver or modification has been approved by the Majority Lenders and the consent of
such Lender is required (in each case, an
Affected Lender
), then the Borrowers shall have
the following rights in addition to any other rights or remedies it may have hereunder:
(i) Subject to
Section 12.8
hereof, the Borrowers may, with the
assistance of the Administrative Agent, seek a substitute Lender or Lenders (which may
be one or more of the Lenders (the
Purchasing Lender
or
Purchasing
Lenders
) to purchase the Advances of the Revolving Credit, the Swing Line and/or
the Term Loan, as the case may be and assume the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment
(including without limitation the participations in
-118-
Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit) under this Agreement of such Affected
Lender, and require the Affected Lender to sell its Advances of the Revolving Credit,
the Swing Line and the Term Loan, as the case may be, and assign its Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment to such Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders within two (2)
Business Days after receiving notice from the Administrative Borrower requiring it to do
so, at an aggregate price equal to the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus unpaid
interest accrued thereon up to but excluding the date of the sale, payable (in
immediately available funds) in cash. In connection with any such sale, and as a
condition thereof, the Borrowers shall pay to the Affected Lender all fees accrued for
its account hereunder to but excluding the date of such sale, plus, if demanded by the
Affected Lender within ten (10) Business Days after such sale, (x) the amount of any
compensation which would be due to the Affected Lender under
Section 11.1
if the
Borrowers had prepaid the outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances of the Affected Lender
on the date of such sale (unless such Affected Lender is an Impaired Lender, in which
case no such compensation shall be due) and (y) any additional compensation accrued for
its account under
Sections 3.4(c)
,
11.5
and
11.6
to but
excluding said date. Upon such sale, the Purchasing Lender or Purchasing Lenders shall
assume the Affected Lenders commitment, the rights of the Affected Lender shall be
terminated hereunder and the Affected Lender shall be released from its obligations
hereunder to a corresponding extent. The Affected Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing
Lender, as assignee, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, shall enter into an
Assignment Agreement pursuant to
Section 13.8
hereof, whereupon such Purchasing
Lender shall be a Lender party to this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an assignee
hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender with a Revolving
Credit Percentage equal to its ratable share of the then applicable Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment and the applicable Percentages of the Term Loan of the Affected
Lender,
provided
,
however
, that if the Affected Lender does not execute
such Assignment Agreement within (2) Business Days of receipt thereof, the
Administrative Agent may execute the Assignment Agreement as the Affected Lenders
attorney-in-fact. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution,
as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of
such Lender or in its own name to execute and deliver an Assignment Agreement while such
Lender is an Affected Lender hereunder (such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with
an interest and irrevocable). In connection with any assignment pursuant to this
Section 13.12
, the Borrowers or the Purchasing Lender shall pay to the
Administrative Agent the administrative fee for processing such assignment referred to
in
Section 13.8
; and
(ii) With respect to any Affected Lender that is an Impaired Lender, the
Administrative Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent
and notwithstanding
Section 10.3
of this Agreement or any other provisions
requiring pro rata payments to the Lenders, elect to reduce the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment by the amount of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of such
Affected Lender and repay all amounts (both any
-119-
outstanding Term Loan Advances, subject to
subclause (D)
below, if such
Affected Lender is a Defaulting Lender, and any Revolving Credit Advances) owing to such
Affected Lender, subject to the following:
(A) such Affected Lender shall receive an amount in cash equal to the
outstanding principal amount owing to such Affected Lender under this Agreement,
plus unpaid interest accrued thereon up to but excluding the date of the repayment.
In addition, and as a condition thereof, the Borrowers shall pay to the Affected
Lender all fees accrued for its account hereunder to but excluding the date of such
repayment, plus, if demanded by the Affected Lender within ten (10) Business Days
after such repayment, any additional compensation accrued for its account under
Sections 3.4(c)
,
11.5
and
11.6
to but excluding said date;
(B) after giving effect to the reduction in the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment and the payments required under
subclause (A)
above,
the Borrowers shall have Unused Revolving Credit Availability of at least
$5,000,000 (after taking into account the sum on such date of the outstanding
principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter
of Credit Obligations);
(C) the stated dollar commitment of any other Lender is not increased
thereby; and
(D) if such Affected Lender is a Defaulting Lender and such Defaulting
Lender holds no share of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, or with respect
to which the Borrowers have elected to reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate
Commitment of such Defaulting Lender by such Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit
Percentage in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
clause (ii)
,
the Borrowers may repay all amounts owing to such Lender in connection with the
Term Loan, provided that (I) the Majority Lenders have consented to such payment in
writing, (II) after giving effect to any reduction of the Revolving Credit
Aggregate Commitment or payments on the Revolving Credit under
clause (ii)
above and payments on the Term Loan under this
clause (D)
, the Borrowers
shall have availability, on the date of the repayment, to borrow additional
Revolving Credit Advances under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of at
least $5,000,000 (after taking into account the sum on such date of the outstanding
principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter
of Credit Obligations) and (III) the stated dollar commitment of any other Lender
is not increased thereby.
13.13
Withholding Taxes
. If any Lender is not a
united states person
within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, such Lender shall promptly
(but in any event prior to the initial payment of interest hereunder or prior to its accepting any
assignment under
Section 13.8
hereof, as applicable) deliver to the Administrative Agent
two
-120-
original executed copies of (i) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or any successor form
specifying the applicable tax treaty between the United States and the jurisdiction of such
Lenders domicile which provides for the exemption from withholding on interest payments to such
Lender, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor form evidencing that the income
to be received by such Lender hereunder is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business in the United States or (iii) other evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that
such Lender is exempt from United States income tax withholding with respect to such income;
provided
,
however
, that such Lender shall not be required to deliver to the
Administrative Agent the aforesaid forms or other evidence with respect to Advances to the
Borrowers, if such Lender has assigned its entire interest hereunder (including its Revolving
Credit Commitment Amount, any outstanding Advances hereunder and participations in Letters of
Credit issued hereunder and any Notes issued to it by the Borrowers), to an Affiliate which is
incorporated under the laws of the United States or a state thereof, and so notifies the
Administrative Agent. Such Lender shall amend or supplement any such form or evidence as required
to insure that it is accurate, complete and non-misleading at all times. Promptly upon notice from
the Administrative Agent of any determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments
previously made to such Lender hereunder were subject to United States income tax withholding when
made, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent the excess of the aggregate amount required
to be withheld from such payments over the aggregate amount actually withheld by the Administrative
Agent. In addition, from time to time upon the reasonable request and the sole expense of the
Borrowers, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall (to the extent it is able to do so based
upon applicable facts and circumstances), complete and provide the Administrative Borrower with
such forms, certificates or other documents as may be reasonably necessary to allow any Borrower,
as applicable, to make any payment under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without any
withholding for or on the account of any tax under
Section 10.1(d)
hereof (or with such
withholding at a reduced rate), provided that the execution and delivery of such forms,
certificates or other documents does not adversely affect or otherwise restrict the rights and
benefits (including without limitation economic benefits) available to such Lender or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,
or under or in connection with any transactions not related to the transactions contemplated
hereby.
13.14
Taxes and Fees
. Should any tax (other than as a result of a Lenders failure
to comply with
Section 13.13
or a tax based upon the net income or capitalization of any
Lender or the Administrative Agent by any jurisdiction where a Lender or the Administrative Agent
is or has been located), or recording or filing fee become payable in respect of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan Documents or any amendment, modification or supplement hereof or thereof, the
Borrowers agree to pay the same, together with any interest or penalties thereon arising from any
Borrowers actions or omissions, and agrees to hold the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
harmless with respect thereto,
provided
,
however
, that the Borrowers shall not be
responsible for any such interest or penalties which were incurred prior to the date that notice is
given to the Credit Parties of such tax or fees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained
in this
Section 13.14
shall affect or reduce the rights of any Lender or the Administrative
Agent under
Section 11.5
hereof.
13.15
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
. THE LENDERS, THE AGENT AND EACH BORROWER KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE ANY
-121-
RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTION OF
ANY OF THEM. NEITHER THE LENDERS, THE AGENT NOR ANY BORROWER SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE, BY
COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHERWISE, ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER
ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE
DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT OR ANY
BORROWER EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY ALL OF THEM.
13.16
USA Patriot Act Notice
. Pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby notify the Credit Parties that if they or any of their
Subsidiaries open an account, including any loan, deposit account, treasury management account, or
other extension of credit with the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Administrative Agent or
the applicable Lender will request the applicable Persons name, tax identification number,
business address and other information necessary to identify such Person (and may request such
Persons organizational documents or other identifying documents) to the extent necessary for the
Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender to comply with the USA Patriot Act.
13.17
Complete Agreement; Conflicts
. This Agreement, the Notes (if issued), any
Requests for Revolving Credit Advance and Requests for Swing Line Advance and Term Loan Rate
Requests, and the Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto, superseding
all prior agreements, discussions and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and
none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. In the event of any
conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall
govern.
13.18
Severability
. In case any one or more of the obligations of the Credit
Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining obligations of the Credit Parties shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby,
and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the
validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement,
the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents in any other jurisdiction.
13.19
Table of Contents and Headings; Section References
. The table of contents and
the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall in
no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions hereof and references herein to
sections
,
subsections
,
clauses
,
paragraphs
,
subparagraphs
,
exhibits
and
schedules
shall be to sections,
subsections, clauses, paragraphs, subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules, respectively, of this
Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided herein or unless the context otherwise clearly
indicates.
-122-
13.20
Construction of Certain Provisions
. If any provision of this Agreement or any
of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is
prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or
indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.
13.21
Independence of Covenants
. Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent
effect (subject to any exceptions stated in such covenant) so that if a particular action or
condition is not permitted by any such covenant (taking into account any such stated exception),
the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would be otherwise within the
limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of
Default.
13.22
Electronic Transmissions
.
(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties, the Lenders, and each of
their Affiliates is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or otherwise make or
communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in connection with any Loan
Document and the transactions contemplated therein. Each Borrower and each other Credit Party
hereby acknowledges and agrees that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily
secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception,
disclosure and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby
authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions.
(b) All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to
Section 13.6
and this
Section 13.22
, separate terms and conditions posted or
referenced in such E-System and related contractual obligations executed by the Administrative
Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders in connection with the use of such E-System.
(c) All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be provided
as is
and
as available
. None of the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates
warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission,
and each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein. No warranty of any kind is
made by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in connection with any E Systems or
Electronic Transmission, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular
purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code
defects. The Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders agree that the
Administrative Agent has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment,
software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or
otherwise required for any E-System.
13.23
Advertisements
. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the
names of the Credit Parties and the existence of the Indebtedness in general advertisements and
trade publications.
13.24
Reliance on and Survival of Provisions
. All terms, covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties of the Credit Parties to any of the Loan Documents made herein or in
any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other
-123-
document furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in connection with this Agreement or
any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders, notwithstanding
any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any Lender or on such Lenders behalf, and those
covenants and agreements of the Borrowers set forth in
Section 13.5
hereof (together with
any other indemnities of any Credit Party contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any of the
other Loan Documents) and of Lenders set forth in
Section 12.7
hereof shall survive the
repayment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of any commitment to extend credit.
13.25
Joint and Several Liability
.
(a) Each of the Borrowers acknowledges and agrees that it is the intent of the
parties that each such Borrower be primarily liable for the obligations as a joint and several
obligor. It is the intention of the parties that with respect to liability of any Borrower
hereunder arising solely by reason of its being jointly and severally liable for Advances and
other extensions of credit taken by the Borrowers, the obligations of such Borrower shall be
absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement or
any Note as to any Borrower, as the case may be;
(ii) the failure of any Lender or any holder of any Note:
(A) to enforce any right or remedy against any Borrower, as the case may
be, or any other Person (including any Guarantor) under the provisions of this
Agreement, such Note, or otherwise, or
(B) to exercise any right or remedy against any guarantor of, or
collateral securing, any obligations;
(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other
term of, all or any of the Indebtedness, or any other extension, compromise or renewal
of any Indebtedness;
(iv) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Indebtedness
with respect to any Borrower, as the case may be, for any reason, including any claim of
waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and
each of the Borrowers hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense (other than
the defense of payment in full of the Indebtedness) or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment
or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, nongenuineness,
irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence
affecting, any Indebtedness with respect to any Borrower, as the case may be;
(v) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or nonperfection of any
collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition of, or consent to
departure from, any guaranty, held by any Lender or any holder of the Notes securing any
of the Indebtedness; or
-124-
(vi) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense (other
than the defense of payment in full of the Indebtedness) available to, or a legal or
equitable discharge of, any Borrower, as the case may be, any surety or any guarantor.
(b) Each of the Borrowers agrees that its joint and several liability hereunder
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any
payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Indebtedness is rescinded or must be restored by
any Lender or any holder of any Note, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any
Borrower, as the case may be, as though such payment had not been made;
(c) Each of the Borrowers hereby expressly waives: (i) notice of the Lenders
acceptance of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the existence or creation or non payment of all
or any of the Indebtedness other than notices expressly provided for in this Agreement; (iii)
presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices whatsoever other than
notices expressly provided for in this Agreement; (iv) any claim or defense based on an
election of remedies; and (v) all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon
the Indebtedness or any part thereof, any obligation hereunder, or any security for or
guaranty of any of the foregoing.
(d) No delay on any of the Lenders part in the exercise of any right or remedy
shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by any of the Lenders of
any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right or remedy. No action of any of the Lenders permitted hereunder shall in any way
affect or impair any such Lenders rights or any Borrowers Indebtedness under this Agreement.
(e) Each of the Borrowers hereby represents and warrants to each of the Lenders
that it now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information
concerning the Borrowers affairs, financial condition and business. Lenders shall not have
any duty or responsibility to provide any Borrower with any credit or other information
concerning such Borrowers affairs, financial condition or business which may come into the
Lenders possession.
(f) Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants (i) that the business
operations of the Borrowers are interrelated and that the business operations of the Borrowers
complement one another, and such entities have a common business purpose, and (ii) that, to
permit their uninterrupted and continuous operations, such entities now require and will from
time to time hereafter require funds and credit accommodations for general business purposes
and that (iii) the proceeds of advances under the Revolving Credit, the Term Loan, the Swing
Line and the other credit facilities extended hereunder will directly or indirectly benefit
the Borrowers hereunder, severally and jointly, regardless of which the Borrowers receives
part or all of the proceeds of such Advances.
(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it is the intention
of the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders that the amount of the respective
-125-
Borrowers obligations hereunder shall be in, but not in excess of, the maximum amount
thereof not subject to avoidance or recovery by operation of applicable law governing
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution,
insolvency, fraudulent transfers or conveyances or other similar laws (collectively,
Applicable Insolvency Laws
). To that end, but only in the event and to the extent
that the Borrowers respective obligations hereunder or any payment made pursuant thereto
would, but for the operation of the foregoing proviso, be subject to avoidance or recovery
under Applicable Insolvency Laws, the amount of the Borrowers respective obligations
hereunder shall be limited to the largest amount which, after giving effect thereto, would
not, under Applicable Insolvency Laws, render the Borrowers respective obligations hereunder
unenforceable or avoidable or subject to recovery under Applicable Insolvency Laws. To the
extent any payment actually made hereunder exceeds the limitation contained in this
Section 13.25(g)
, then the amount of such excess shall, from and after the time of
payment by the Borrowers (or any of them), be reimbursed by the Lenders upon demand by such
Borrowers. The foregoing proviso is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Agent and
the Lenders hereunder against the Borrowers to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable
Insolvency Laws and neither any Borrower nor any Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any
right or claim under this
Section 13.25(g)
that would not otherwise be available under
Applicable Insolvency Laws.
13.26
Administrative Borrower as Agent for the Borrowers
. Each Borrower hereby
irrevocably appoints the Administrative Borrower as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for
all Borrowers, which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the
Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such
appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower.
Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (i) to provide
the Administrative Agent with all notices with respect to Advances and Letters of Credit obtained
for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and
(ii) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain
Advances and Letters of Credit and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the
Register pursuant to
Sections 2.2(c)
,
4.2(c)
and
13.8(g)
hereof and
Collateral of the Borrowers in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein and in the other
Loan Documents, is done solely as an accommodation to the Borrowers in order to utilize the
collective borrowing powers of the Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at
their request, and that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not incur liability to any
Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from
the handling of the Register and the Collateral in a combined fashion since the operation of each
Borrower is dependent on the performance of the integrated group. To induce the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders to do so, and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby jointly and
severally agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and hold the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders harmless against any and all liability, expense, loss or claim of damage or
injury, made against the Administrative Agent or any Lender by any Borrower or by any third-party
whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (a) the handling of the Register and Collateral of
the Borrowers as herein provided, (b) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders relying on any
instructions of the Administrative Borrower, or (c) any other
-126-
action taken by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan
Documents, except that the Borrowers will have no liability to the Administrative Agent or any
Lender, as applicable, under this
Section 13.26
with respect to any liability that has been
finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such party, as the case may be.
[Signatures Follow On Succeeding Page]
-127-
WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMERICAN MIDSTREAM, LLC,
as the Administrative Borrower and as a Borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Brian Bierbach
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian Bierbach, CEO and President
|
|
|
Signature Page Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK
,
as the Administrative Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Caroline M. McClurg
|
|
|
|
Caroline M. McClurg, Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK
,
as a Lender, as Issuing Lender
and as Swing Line Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
Caroline M. McClurg
|
|
|
|
Caroline M. McClurg, Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Page Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPASS BANK,
as the Documentation Agent and as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Greg Determann
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Greg Determann
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
Signature Page Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
,
as a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Jason S. York
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Jason S. York
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
Signature Page Credit Agreement
Schedule 1.1
Applicable Margin Grid
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities
*
(basis points per annum)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basis for Pricing
|
|
Level I
|
|
Level II
|
|
Level III
|
|
Level IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
≥ 2.00:1.00 but
|
|
≥ 2.50:1.00 but
|
|
|
Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio
|
|
< 2.00:1.00
|
|
< 2.50:1.00
|
|
< 3.00:1.00
|
|
≥ 3.00:1.00
|
Revolving Credit Eurodollar Margin
|
|
|
325.00
|
|
|
|
350.00
|
|
|
|
375.00
|
|
|
|
400.00
|
|
Revolving Credit Base Rate Margin
|
|
|
225.00
|
|
|
|
250.00
|
|
|
|
275.00
|
|
|
|
300.00
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility Fee
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
Letter of Credit Fees (exclusive of facing fees)
|
|
|
325.00
|
|
|
|
350.00
|
|
|
|
375.00
|
|
|
|
400.00
|
|
Term Loan Eurodollar Margin
|
|
|
325.00
|
|
|
|
350.00
|
|
|
|
375.00
|
|
|
|
400.00
|
|
Term Loan Base Rate Margin
|
|
|
225.00
|
|
|
|
250.00
|
|
|
|
275.00
|
|
|
|
300.00
|
|
Term Loan Facility Fee
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
100.00
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Definitions as set forth in the Credit Agreement.
|
|
**
|
|
Level III pricing shall be in effect until the delivery of the audited financial statements
for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, after which time the pricing grid shall govern.
|
Schedule 1.2
Percentages and Allocations
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REVOLVING
|
|
REVOLVING
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CREDIT
|
|
CREDIT
|
|
TERM LOAN
|
|
TERM LOAN
|
|
WEIGHTED
|
LENDERS
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
ALLOCATIONS
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
ALLOCATIONS
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
Comerica Bank
|
|
|
35.296
|
%
|
|
$
|
12,353,600
|
|
|
|
35.296
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,648,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compass Bank
|
|
|
35.294
|
%
|
|
$
|
12,352,900
|
|
|
|
35.294
|
%
|
|
$
|
17,647,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Royal Bank of Canada
|
|
|
29.41
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,293,500
|
|
|
|
29.41
|
%
|
|
$
|
14,705,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTALS
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
35,000,000
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
50,000,000
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|